THE ANNALS O86, & AND é MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, INCLUBING ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY. (BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ANNALS’ COMBINED WITH LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S ‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.’) CONDUCTED BY ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pb.D., F.B.S., -WIELIAM CARRUTHERS, Ph.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., _ AND ¥ WILLIAM FRANCIS, F.LS. VOL. I1.—EIGHTH SERIES, ¢ = Be ae ee o; Q aie LONDON: PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, SOLD BY SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, HAMILTON, KENT, AND CO., LD. ; BAILLIERE, PARIS: HODGES, FIGGIS, AND CO., DUBLIN ; AND ASHER, BERLIN. 1908. co “Omnes res create sunt divine sapientie et potentix testes, divitie felicitatis humanz :—ex harum usu Jonitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini ; ex ceconomid in conseryatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis elucet. Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper estimata ; a veré eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper inimica fuit.”—Linnzvs. ‘Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour voir qu’elle est le chef-d’ceuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor- tent toutes ses opérations.’—Brucuner, Théorie du Systéme Animal, Leyden, 1767. oe © 4s es oe « ~ Lhe sylvan power Obey our summons; from their deepest dells The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild And odorous branches at our feet; the Nymphs That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed, But scatter round ten thousand forms minute Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles, Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread, The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne, All, all to us unlock their secret stores And pay their cheerful tribute. J. Taytor, Norwich, 1818, a CONTENTS OF VOL. II. [EIGHTH SERIES. ] NUMBER 7. Page I. On some Jurassic Mollusca from Arabia. By R. Burien Bwro; F.G.S., and G. C. Crick, Assoc.R.S.M., F.G.S. (Plates ATELTES) ge NN CIR I ET en II. Descriptions of Two new Cyprinodontid Fishes from West parics.. By Ga A. BOULENGER, ERS. cfc... a nse odes divs veyharere 29 Il. Description of a new Silurid Fish of the Genus Synodontis from South Cameroon. By G. A. BoutenGsr, F.R.S........... 30 IV. Onanew Genus of Snakes from Brazil. By G. A. BouLENGER, es pea eis) Sha) oink ces ciacds ened a) sy elias ahs vl S'o, cccho Nd Seale SENS 5 31 V. Description of a new Newt. By G. A. Bounencer, F.R.S. ET ttem even verve Sereva tel eke ctor aay letesar st stat erure! Pov eieie ew ghera tls ais Keg oaks 32 VI. Amphipoda from the Auckland Islands. By Aurrep O. NW AIR Rea NaS. ES Zi05ee (Ebates Veh oad starch ctatce pte’ arate ee aeceeeeeee piel dames peat. 5 . 94 XIV. Remarks on the Hymenopterous Genus Tiphia. By Rowuanp E. TurvER, F.Z.S., F.E.S. 0 Bane Pods te ee yee 116 New Books:—Economic Ornithology: 1. Food Habits of the Grosbeaks. 2. Birds that eat Scale-Insects.—British Museum Guides: 1. A Guide to the’ Exhibited Series of Insects. 2. Guide to the Gallery of Fishes.—C. B. Wiison. North- American Parasitic Copepods belonging to the Family Caligide: Parts 3 & 4. A Revision of the Pandarine and COCrOPIN@ sa. <\s's1s's cists n'est nike es ole ecg ose ee 182—134 The Genotype of Cidaris, by F. A. Bather; Note on the Squirrel- Genus “ Zetis,” by Oldfield Thomas ..............00.- 184, 136 NUMBER 8. XV. On new Species of Histeride and Notices of others. By G. Laws; FB. Site st Sie nis/stiwlds obs Wiad > aren oe ee 137 XVI. The Hybrid between the Bream and the Rudd (Abramis brama xX Leuciscus erythrophthalmus). By C. Tare Reean, M.A. (Plates VII. & VIIL.) XVII. The Colleetions of William John Burchell, D.C.L., in the Hope Department, Oxford University Museum :— IV. On the Lepidoptera Rhopalocera collected by W. J. Burchell in Brazil, 1825-1830. By J. ©. Movuxroy, of Magdalen College, Oxford XVIII. A Case of Abnormal Dentition in a Dhole, or Indian Red Dog (Cuon dukhunensis). By R. I. Pocock, F.L.S., F.Z.S., Super- intendent of the Zoological Society’s Gardens XIX. Notes on the Coleopterous Genera Horia, Fab., and Cissites, Latr., and a List of the described Species. By C.J. Ganan, M.A.. 199 XX. Contributions towards a Revision of the Genus Lomanotus. By NaTHANIEL Coiean, M.R.LA. XXI. List of Batrachia and Reptilia collected in Northern Mata- beleland. By E. C. Cuuss, F.Z.8. XXII. Descriptions of anew Frog and a new Snake from Formosa. By GC, At BounenGee Eig srw o\esiehte wa lon ; XXIII. Description of a new Fish of the Genus Cichlosoma from Tampico, with Notes on some other Fishes from Mexico and the Caribbean Sea. By ©. Tate Reoan, M.A. ...............45..., 222. Proceedings of the Geological Society ......... eas ahh 12s SES 224 CONTENTS. v NUMBER 9. Page XXIV. A Preliminary Revision of the Irish Char. By C. Tate UBT Le SS a ne an er ede te ta i Ate a 225 , XXV. A Collection of Bats from Formosa. By AvueustTa ArnBAcK-CHRISTIE-LINDE, Zootomical Institute, University of PS RUGLNG) Vireo RRR near che IA Er ARS CIE Se cit re oe 235 XXVI. Diagnoses of new Fishes discoveredby Capt. E. L. Rhoades in Lake Nyassa. By G. A. BouLeNcER, F.R.S,........ 238 XXVII. Description of a new Snake from Yunnan. By G. A. CRIS MIDE ED. Sa sie J tie Sic ais cute aire cies ssc os cae ate t ie ea flee 244 XXVIII. On some new Species and Subspecies of Birds from Upper Burma. By Major H. H. Harineron ........ i cpacors w, XXIX. Notes on the Forficwaria—XI. A Revision of the Brachylabide (Isolabide).. By Matcotm Burr, B.A., F.E.S., Be gy BG. aPeys se otal asd akaloverer 2 ay) Sshd,a7=/ 4 3,pye) suds as oo \o!4)s 246 XXX. Descriptions of new African Heterocera. By GrorGe T, BrEaim- AKER, EF DS., BAe tasscnide shed scansaee anes des 255 XXXI. A new Freshwater Polyzoon from S. Africa. By I@erRNa bade SOLE CE) TEEPE OEE f DD nO DOI Cai De yaa iar Sore a 264 XXXII. New African Phlebotomic Diptera in the British Museum (Natural History).—Part 1V. Tabanide (continued). By Ernest PB Tee OUTS BEIM teeta ats) fo eee Sins feof A ata So oie Faiersicad #0 oie’ s 30 y iye' 274 XXXII. On Mammals from the Malay Peninsula and Islands. ROE WWE LH OWPAS So chao cies carey care 2 Aw sr ayotnss nyse ee one IRL Sa es 301 XXXIV. A new Jerboa from China. By OLpFireLp THomas .. 307 NUMBER 10. XXXV. Rhyuchotal Notes—No. XLV. By W. L. Distant ., 809 XXXVI. Descriptions and Records of Bees—XX. By T. D. A. Wocwmnnn, University or Coloradoty oxen ie 6°53 ite Giersaiale te ale o 023 XXXVII. Descriptions of new Species of New-Zealand Coleo- eta ey Majorel. BROUN BANS pieblin.'s » tikenwslas afte ofthe « das B04 XXXVUI. New African Phlebotomic Diptera in the British Museum (Natural History)—Part V. Yabanide (continued). By MSTA I SA SL USIPAGN F810} a aado olesaiel dns vier ela 2 Mele) «. 6 viehee'b ia a ond s)e.n 352 XXXIX. Descriptions of Three new Cyprinoid Fishes from Yunnan, collected by Mr. John Graham. By C. Tare Recan, M.A. 356 XL. Description of a new Loricariid Fish of the Genus Pleco- stomus from Argentina. By C. Tare Reagan, M.A. ............ 308 XLI. Descriptions of new Fishes from Lake Candidius, Formosa, collected by Dr. A. Moltrecht. By C. Tare Regan, MA. ...... 0. al CONTENTS. Page XLII. Twenty new Forms of Pteropus, By Knup ANDERSEN... 361 XLUI. New Bats and Rodents in the British Museum. By Oxp- EMEED DWOMAS soso: a ewe vedo mid win oo ee eee Pe pe Pa te 3 XLIV. A new Fruit-Bat from Sierra Leone. By Oxiprire.p PEGWABS YcSis: bi. Wisc op pees ple Ove k Meee ses sapie fo Mees Wi SR 375 Dondon i Fens pcceeerhotehns see a eke 25 eae cee 376 XLVI. Notes on the Forficularia—XIV. A Revision of the rt Aare i gag By Matcoto Burs, B.A., F.ES., F.L.S., F.Z.S., vc. s Wenig 382 Shoe te © ws is iets » iv i6) e708 06m Ofna s 2.9 Viele 28 ete tere 6 ele 4s oly Ul eleieio em = Contributions towards a Revision of the Genus Lomanotus: a Post- seript, py N« Colgan, M.BiGAYs VE; wis. vas coke a sy ae 392 NUMBER ll. XLVII. On the Forms of Squirrel hitherto classed under Se. fin- laysoni, Tloraf. “By R.'C. WRouGHTon %.. 3.5052 52 senses eee B95 XLVIIL. On a new Type of Stridulating-organ in Mygalomorph Spiders, with the Description of a new Genus and Species belonging tovthe Suborder. By Ais, Higsr 77 's.5e.s see eee mee yes ee MOR XLIX. Descriptions of new Species of New-Zealand Coleoptera. By Major'T. Broun, 1S; (Ves) ae ev te ee a2 eee eee 405 L. On the Animals of Genera and Species of Mascarene Land- Mollusca belonging to the Family Zonitide, collected by Monsieur KE. Dupont. By Lt.-Col. H. H. Gopwin-Avusten, F.R.S. &e. (PlatesI XXL) ig .dl ca hbe sae sa wales noe ee eee eee asi foe LI. Descriptions of some Rhynchota from Ruwenzori. By W. L. DISTANT | ogi cas apices has pens A pene Re eee Seen ceeenie 436 LIL. A Synopsis of the Fishes of the Subfamily Salangine. By OesTare REGAN, MLA. oo, csc aes cians se Coe epee ee 444 LIIL. The Systematic Position of Stylophorus caudatus. By C. Wawa He An IMAL: 5-25-00 vo Mian «+ aa Gises ae ae 6 pen eee en 447 LIV. Description of a new Species of Charazes from the Came- roons, West Africa. By Hersert Drucn, F.LS. &. .......... 449 LV. Preliminary Descriptions of Two new Species of Myonycteris. By Knup ANDERSEN ....... cece essen ne cece eccececneseaces LVI. A new Rodent-Mole from North-western Rhodesia. By EE GPRS ERIELE no nvols itn se -1 eae alelok 6 ok bs o> oat Gee 451 LVII. A new Tree-Kangaroo from British New Guinea. By OLDELELD SRHOMAS 9 coc ws ae obits Fics ow Reta nieces ol ea ee ee 452 CONTENTS. Vil f Page LVIII. A new Species of the Mascarene Genus Eliurus. By BENGE DE REOMAGS 21 /21h Laetes Sac tee Seaieis« nine 0 cles +s Salas )AOO LIX. A new Generic Name for an Orectolobid Shark. By C. Bemmerliviccan, MUAG 35555. Die hance: Oe bossa tied: eit et ake 454 LX. A Collection of Freshwater Fishes made by Mr. C. F. Underwood in Costa Rica. By C. Tats Ruaan, M.A.........+.. 455 New Books :—Heredity. By J. ArnrHur THomson.—A Book of Birds. By W. P. Pycrart, A.L.S., F.Z.S.—Casey, Tuos. L. A Revision of the Tenebrionid Subfamily Contiontine. — C. Hovarp, Docteur de Sciences, Lauréat de l'Institut. Les Zoocécidies d’Europe et du Bassin de la Méditerranée, Descrip- tion des Galles. Tome premier. Cryptogames, Gymnospermes, Monocotylédones, Dicotylédones ............. bon conn 464—467 Generic Names of Polychzet Worms that have been preoccupied and remain unreplaced, by Robert T. Leiper, M.B., F.Z.S., Helmin- thologist to the London School of Tropical Medicine ........ 468 NUMBER 12. _LXI. Descriptions of new Rhopalocera from the Upper Congo. See. Uw DETHONE-DAKER, BLD, BZ 96 a ede cis a clgarice: 469 LXII. A Revision of the British and Irish Fishes of the Genus RECUSUIS DY, Cc PATH EGAN, MCAS | coi cene «ace snes nants < 482 LXIII. A new Squirrel from Burmah. By R.C. Wroveuton.. 491 LXIV. Diagnoses of new Fishes from the Upper Zambesi. By EA OES) DESIGN GEE EY EU.ISE) pros ol claiareyelcle ceva aise «nis A ciaaate + ols sea sie 3 492 LXV. A new Pogonomys presented to the British Museum by Sir William Ingram. By OLDFIELD THOMAS ..........,+00000- 495 LXVI. A new Akodon from Tierra del Fuego. By OLpFIELD MONA Sian Gore, MS 5 Mee Sina Tara act Mere Lye aksls oe apa. 3 shee ieVern 400 LXVII. The Squirrels described as Sciurus steerti from Balabac fel Palawan. By OLDFIRLD THOMAS 2.05 .060+-- cco ccnececes 498 LXVIII. Note on the Copepod Genus Ozthona. By G. P. Farran, Department of Agriculture and Technical Instruction, Mpretion yraned PVQNM, «5 . +c cccroteiais, «oa. cicy sow saves SP mare + ¥eeve.)p- ab, LXIX. On Two new Genera of Recent Pharetronid Sponges. ee fv. Wimepareick. (Plates XTIT-XV.) 2... cncccegerccssves 503 LXX. Descriptions of new Batrachians and Reptiles discovered by Mr. M. G. Palmer in South-western Colombia. By G, A. ee UL HN GM Re Hele yee yes, cateskatarornls Sieg: Meseurae oor © Baya earls? 30 515 LXXI. Agamide and Iguanide. By A.GinruEr, F.R.S. &e. .. 528 Vill CONTENTS. Page LXXII. Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews.— No. XXX. By Prof. M‘Inrosu, M.D.,UL.D., F.R.S., &. (Plates OT Or LT.) ap vw es pe 6 ae ee oa eed eee eee . 524 LXXIII. Ona Collection of Bats from Yola, Northern Nigeria, collected by Mr. G. W. Webster. By Guy Doruman, B.A....... 545 Proceedings of the Geological Society ......scecseseeeesseeeess 547 PLATES IN VOL. II. PraTE I. Il. ( Jurassic Mollusea from Arabia. N10 IV. Molge macrosoma. V. Amphipoda from the Auckland Islands. VI. Trichoniscoides albidus and T. sarsi. ee Hybrid between the Bream and the Rudd, IX, x | Mascarene Land-Mollusca. Species of Stylarioides and Brada. XII. a. .( Recent Pharetronid Sponges. THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. [EIGHTH SERIES. ] CO eqnAROHNOSNOOOSEE per litora spargite muscum, Naiades, et circiim vitreos considite fontes: Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores: Floribue et pictum, dive, replete canistrum. At vos, o Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas ; Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas Ferte, Dee pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.” N. Parthenii Giannettasi, Eel. 1. No. 7. JULY 1908. I.—On some Jurassic Mollusca from Arabia. By R. BULLEN NEwTON, F.G.S., and G. C. Crick, Assoc.R.8.M., P.G.8. { Plates I.-III. ] PRELIMINARY STATEMENT. THE fossils described in this communication, and which have been presented to the British Museum, were collected by Major H. 8. Hazelgrove, of the Indian Army, from localities situated in South-western Arabia—Nobat Dakim and Dihala districts, the former about 50 miles north of Aden and the latter about double that distance also north of Aden, According to the letter and sketch-map accompanying the specimens, those from ‘‘ Nobat”’ were obtained about 7 miles from that place in a basaltic region and are in a very dark grey limestone ; the “ Dihala”’ fossils, found in a light fawn- coloured rock, were discovered about 15 miles to the north- east of that locality, “at the tops of the small cultivated valleys which run up between the low spurs on which the Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol, ii. i! 4 Messrs. R. B. Newton and G. C. Crick on some villages of Al-Kura and Samma stand,” and apparently beneath the “ Deccan Trap ” series, which rise to a height of about 3500 feet. PELECYPODA anp GASTROPODA. By R. BuLten Newron. Among the specimens from Dihala are examples of Farallelodon egertonianus, a species of the Arciform-Pelecy- pods, which has been recorded from the Himalayas (Niti and Spiti) and also from Somaliland, and Nucula cuneiformis, previously found at both Spiti and Cutch, a closely related form to the European UN. cacilia, Orbigny (=. ornati of Quenstedt), of Callovian and Oxford Clay horizons. Only one of the ‘‘ Nobat” fossils is capable of determina- tion. I refer to the natural limestone cast of a Nerinea, which shows strong affinities to WV. desvoidyi of Orbigny, belonging to the European Corallian (Sequanian) Series. These specimens are of interest not only from the fact that they enable us to announce for the first time the presence of a Jurassic fauna in Arabia, but also because they present a facies which connects them with the Bihin Limestone fauna of Somaliland and that of the Spiti Shales of Northern India, although, before pronouncing upon their probable geological age, it will be necessary to briefly consider what is known concerning the horizon of those two remote deposits. The Bihin Limestone.—From a paleontological point of view the first notice of the Bihin Limestone of Somaliland is to be found in “A Note on the Geology of Somaliland,” published in the ‘Geological Magazine’ for 1896, p. 290, by Dr. J. W. Gregory *, who gives a list of fossils found at Bihin, 15 miles from Berbera, which were determined by Messrs. G. C. Crick, F. A. Bather, and myself, including Belemnites subhastatus, Zieten, Parallelodon egertonianus, Stoliczka, Rhynchonella edwardst, Chapuis & Dewalque, and Rhynchonella subtetrahedra of Davidson, the presence of which appeared to be of such value that the age of this lime- stone was regarded as Bathonian. In fuither papers of the same journal, and immediately following Dr. Gregory’s account, Mr. Crick and myself gave detailed notices of the fossils submitted to us, the Parallelodon egertonianus being referred to (pp. 294-296) as originally occurring in Northern Indian in company with several well- known European Jurassic Mollusca determined by Stoliczka * References to the literature, when not included in the text, will be found further on in the paper under ‘“ Bibliography.” 9 Jurassic Mollusca from Arabia. 5 and regarded by that author as belonging to Quenstedt’s “Brown Jura” or the “ Dogger,” evidence which was con- sidered at the time in favour of the Bihin Limestone being recognized as of Bathonian age. Mr. Crick’s remarks, however (pp. 296-298), on Belemnites subhastatus favoured the Callovian age for this limestone, since that Cephalopod was said to be characteristic of the macrocephalus-zone of Germany. At a later period, during the discussion on a paper by Dr. Gregory ‘On the Geology and Fossil Corals and KEchinids of Somaliland,” read before the Geological Society, Mr. G. C. Crick stated that the Cephalopoda from the Bihin Limestone “ appeared to indicate the presence of an horizon somewhat younger than Bathonian” (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. 1900, vol. lvi. p. 45). Since the Bihin Limestone fossils were described, further specimens in the British Museum have been examined from the same beds, although no published account of them has yet been issued. Among these the following provisional deter- minations are now made :—WNerinea cf. elatior, Orbigny, a Corallian species represented by some narrow elongate natural casts; Volsella (= Modiola) subangustissima, Dacqué, a form found in the Kimeridgian of Western Somaliland (Atschabo) ; Pholadomya cf. carinata, Goldfuss, originally described from the Callovian of the Sarthe region of France, and which has in more modern years been recognized by Douvillé as part of the Jurassic (Sequanian) fauna of Choa to the south of Abyssinia; Ceromya cf. striata, Orbigny sp. (=obovata, Roemer, and inflata, Agassiz), belonging to Corallian and Kimeridgian times, a species recorded by G. Miiller as occurring in the Kimeridgian of German East Africa ; and Terebratula subsella, Leymerie, ranging from Corallian to Kimeridgian, although perhaps more characteristic of the former period, is known from the Kimeridgian of German Somaliland through the researches of Dr. Dacqué, and ac- cording to Prof. Douvillé it also occurs in the Jurassic rocks of Choa to the south of Abyssinia. The Spitt Shales.—The paleontology of the Spiti deposits of the Northern Himalaya appears to have been first made known to us by Captain J, D. Herbert in 1831, who gave an account, with a plate of figures, of a number of fossils that had been collected in those beds by Dr. Gerard. This was tollowed in 1833 by a further notice of the same collection written by the Rev. R. Everest, accompanied by two plates of fossils. Thirty years afterwards the Gerard collection was again 1# 4 Messrs. R. B. Newton and G. C. Crick on some studied, and this time by the late Dr. H. F. Blanford, who recognized in part an Upper Oolitic character of the species, which he considered were identical with, or closely allied to, forms characteristic of the Oxford Clay. Dr. Oppel was the next student of this fauna, especially in connection with the Cephalopoda. He noted Ammonites macrocephalus as one of the characteristic species, and he therefore regarded the beds as of Callovian age and equivalent to the Kelloways-rock series of Europe. Then followed Dr. Stoliczka’s memoir *, dealing in part with the same subject, in which is enumerated the characteristic fossils of the Spiti Shales, with some remarks as to their horizonal value, as follows :— “ The characteristic fossils are Ammonites macrocephalus, parkinsont, curvicosia, liparus, triplicatus, and biplex ; Astarte major and unilateralis, Nu- cula cuneiformis, Trigonia costata, &c. “ Without entering at present on the questions of separate zones, I believe the best equivalent of these beds is Quen- stedt’s Brown Jura, or now usually called Dogger, comprising a great number of so-called formations, clays, limestones, sandstones, shales, &c., which have in England, France, Germany, &c. only local value. The Himalayan Jura approaches in many respects in the character of its fossils to the Russian. It is a mistaken opinion to regard certain beds which contain Planulati-Ammonites as Upper Jura. The Spiti Shales have been treated in this manner because they abound in ‘ Planu/ati.’ But all those we do find, Ammo- nites curvicosta, braikenridgii, triplicatus, and the Kimeridgian form of Am. biplex, all these species are not Upper but Middle Jurassic; even if we could abstract all the rest of the fossils. Trigonia costata proves nothing, as it goes through many strata without essential alteration; similarly the Avicula inequivalvis. ‘The Cutch Deposits are equally not of Upper but of Middle Jurassic age, and have a great number of species identical with the Oolite inférieur of Bayeux and Montreuil Bellay.” These early determinations of the Spiti fossils have been subjected to considerable revision in recent years, and especially so in connection with the Cephalopoda, which have been more closely studied than the other groups of Mollusca, The latest published views as to the age of the Spiti Shales appear in a monograph by Dr. Carl Diener on the geology of the Central Himalayan region, where the lower beds containing Belemnites gerard: are regarded as Upper Jurassic and * Stoliczka, Mem. Geol. Surv. India, 1865, vol. v. part 1, p. 139, Jurassic Mollusca from Arabia. 5 included in his division of the “ Chidamu Beds.” ‘The same author states that Professor Victor Uhlig agrees with this correlation, besides thinking it probable that the Chidamu Beds are Kimeridgian *. It should also be mentioned here that Professor Uhlig is now engaged in examining and reporting upon “The Fauna of the Spiti Shales,” descriptions of the Ammonite species having already been published; and we await with interest the completion of that work, which should finally settle all disputes as to the stratigraphical values of those northern Indian deposits. Age of the Arabian Mollusca.—In considering the geolo- gical age of Major Hazelgrove’s fossils from Arabia it would seem that there is every evidence to prove that they belong to a higher horizon than the Bathonian. The Parallelodon egertonianus, as previously mentioned, shows some similarity with a Kimeridgian form from German Kast Africa. Then, again, the Nucula cuneiformis, which is characteristic of Indian Jurassic deposits, exhibits besides some marked affinities with Quenstedt’s N. ornati, occurring in the Ox- fordian of Germany and England. The MNerinea-cast also appears to possess certain characters which would connect it with the Corallian period. From such comparisons it 1s reasonable to assume that this fauna should be recognized as originating somewhere between the Oxfordian and Kime- ridgian, in which case the Corallian (or Sequanian) would represent its rightful period in the Jurassic series. Every detail of research made in connection with the present enquiry tends to indicate that these Arabian lime- stones may be correlated with the Jurassic rocks of Bihin and probably other districts of Hastern Africa, as well as with these occurring on the Tibetan side of the Himalayas—the Niti Pass neighbourhood north of Kumaun and the Spitt district N.N.E. of Simla—and with certain rocks in the Cutch province of Western India. Similar Jurassic regions are also known in Persia, Baluchistan, and Madagascar. DESCRIPTION OF THE SPECIES. PELECYPODA. Genus PARALLELODON, Meek and Worthen. Parallelodon egertonianus, Stoliczka. (PI. I. figs. 1-4.) Area, J. D. Herbert, Gleanings in Science, 1831, vol. iii. pl. xvii. fig. 6, p. 272. * These opinions are reproduced and adopted in Professor A. ds Lapparent’s ‘ Traité de Géologie,’ 19U6, edition 5, p. 1255, 6 Messrs. R. B. Newton and G. C. Crick on some Arca, Everest, Asiatic Researches, 1833, vol. xviii. pt. 2, pl. ii. fig. 27, p, 114. heltie virgata, Blanford, Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, 1863, p. 136; Blanford and Salter, Paleontology of Niti, Northern Himalaya, 1865, p. 103; non J. de C. Sowerby, 1840, Macrodon egertonianum, Stoliczka, Mem. Geol. Surv. India, 1865, vol. v. pl. viil. fig. 7, p. 89. Parallelodon egertonianus, R. B. Newton, Geological Magazine, 1896, pp. 294-296. From Stoliczka’s diagnosis we understand this species to be an obliquely elongate shell, convex, narrow, and with radiating coste; the coste are fewer and consequently wider apart towards the anterior margin and nearly obsolete posteriorly ; concentric strie unequal, undulating, sometimes lamellose, These characters are mostly well expressed in the valves from Arabia now referred to this species, although the posterior radiating cost are more apparent than in Indian examples, a fact which is probably due to better preservation. Rather more than eleven years ago I recognized this species among the Bihin Limestone fossils of Somaliland, and I then referred to a peculiarity of ornamentation seen only on the right valve, which had not previously been noticed, viz. the presence of intermittent ribbing between the primary radial coste, a structure which I also observed at the same time in some of the original Indian specimens in the British Museum collected by the late Sir Richard Strachey, and which is further observable in the valves from Arabia. I now find the same sculpture in J. de C. Sowerby’s Cucullea virgata from the Cutch Jurassic, a species which has already been mistaken for egertonianus, although it represents a shell of very different contour, being more or less quadrate and, moreover, furnished with almost central umbones, and alto- gether lacking the obliquity of the Spiti form. Very similar sculpture is present on the left valve of Cucullea lasti, described by G. Miller (in Bornhardt, ‘ Deutsch. Ost-Afrika,’ 1900, vol. vii. pl. xvii. figs. 1, 2, p. 533) from the Kimeridgian of German East Africa; but that form has also more central umbones, less oblique radial coste, and rather more inflated valves. This egertonianus is also quite distinct from Dr. Dacqué’s Macrodon rufe * from the Kimeridgian of Western Somali- land (Atschabo and Harro Rufa), as pointed out by that author, who further regards his species as showing a greater * “Beitrage zur Geologie des Somalilandes,” Beitr. Paliontologie Geologie Oesterr.-Ungarns Orients, 1906, vol. xvii. pl. xv. figs. 4-6, pp. 137, 138. Jurassic Mollusca from Arabia. i resemblance to Arca (Cucullea ?) jonest of Tate * from the Uitenhage beds of South Africa. Like the Indian and African specimens, the Arabian examples are sometimes a good deal crushed, although two of the largest left valves exhibit their natural convexity. The valves also vary in size, the largest having a height of 30 mm. and a length of 54 mm, The ligament area in most examples is not preserved, but a sectioned left valve shows a fairly deep concavity beneath the umbo, but unfortunately without surface structure ; this same specimen exhibits evidence of the elongate horizontal teeth at the posterior end of hinge-line, which serve to indicate the generic position of this species. Loc. Near Dihala. Genus Nucuua, Lamarck. Nucula cuneiformis, J. de C. Sowerby. (Pl. I. figs. 5-7.) Modiola, J. D. Herbert, Gleanings in Science, 1831, vol. iii. pl. xvii. fig. 5, p. 272; Everest, Asiatic Researches, 1833, vol. xvii. pt. 2, fig, 28, p. 114. a Nucula, J. de C. Sowerby, Asiatic Researches, 1833, vol. xviii. pt. 2, 5 218. Nucula? cuneiformis, J. de C. Sowerby, Trans. Geol. Soc. London, 1840, ser. 2, vol. v. pl. xxii. fig. 4, p. 328. ‘ Nucula cunetformis, H. ¥. Blanford, Journ, Asiatic Soc, Bengal, 1863, vol. xxxil. p. 135. ; Nucula cuneiformis, Stoliczka, Mem. Geol. Sury. India, 1865, vol. v. p- 90. Among the Arabian specimens are some inflated examples of a Nucula which show so great a resemblance to JV. cunei- formis from the Jurassic rocks of Spiti and Cutch that I am unable to separate them from that species. In Sowerby’s original description of the shell it is stated to be ‘ transversely elongate-elliptical, gibbose, smooth ; beaks f close to the anterior extremity, small, incurved.” Unfortunately the type of the species is missing from Capt. C. W. Grant’s collection of Cutch fossils in the Geolo- gical Society’s Museum, although I am enabled to institute a comparison, as there happens to be an example of this shell (determined by myself) in the Rev. J. F. Blake’s collection * Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. 1867, vol. xxiii. pl. ix. fig. 9, p. 161. + It may be here mentioned that Nucula is one of the few genera which has posteriorly directed umbones (opisthogyrous) ; therefore the position of the “beaks” should be referred to as posterior, and not anterior. 8 Messrs. R. B. Newton and G. C. Crick on some of fossils from that area of India, now in the British Museum. The late Dr. H. F. Blanford recognized some distorted specimens from the Himalayan Jurassics, previously figured by Herbert and Everest as Modiola and by J. de C. Sowerby as Wucula, as forms of the N.? eunetformis, an opinion which was subsequently confirmed by Stoliczka in his memoir dealing with the Spiti Shales of the North-western Himalaya. The Arabian shells show distortion through pressure as characterize most of the Spiti examples; their valves are of similar size and ornamentation, just as inflated, possessing in- curved posterior umbones, the surface of posterior end being abruptly truncated and mostly occupied by a wide lunule. The characteristic dentition of the genus has been displayed by the rubbing down of the dorsal surface of one of the specimens. The Cutch specimen used for comparison exhibits rather more roundness of contour, although the slightly angulate appearance of the Arabian valves is probably more or less due to the pressure to which they have been partially subjected during the period of fossilization. Accompanying the specimens of Nucula cunedformis are some very depressed valves which have probably undergone lateral pressure, making it possible that they belong to the same species ; a rubbed down surface of one of these valves exhibits the characteristic nuculoid dentition. Among European shells this species is closely related to Nucula ornati of Quenstedt (‘ Handbuch Petrefactenkunde,’ 1852, pl. xliv. fig. 7, p. 528) from Kelloways Rock and Oxford Clay horizons, a form subsequently recognized by Albert Oppel as Nucula cecilia of Orbigny (‘ Prodrome Pal. Strat.’ 1849, vol. i. p. 339; ‘Die Juraformation,’ 1857, p- 565) of Callovian age. The same form has also been figured under the name of N. ornata, Quenstedt, from the Oxford Clay of Weymouth, in Robert Damon’s ‘ Geology of Weymouth,’ 1888, pl. ii. figs. 6-8), the types of which are in the British Museum. Loc. Near Dihala. GASTROPODA. Genus Trocuus, Linneus. Trochus arabiensis, sp.n. (Pl. I. figs. 8, 9.) Description.—Shell conical, smooth, and with subobtuse apex ; with five depressed, narrowly sutured, slightly turreted whorls on nearly the same plane, which are more or less Jurassic Mollusca from Arabia. 9 concave on the upper surface, the last having a sharply carinated periphery ; base inflated and doubtfully umbilicate ; aperture apparently subcircular ; sculpture comprising fine, closely arranged, regular spiral striations both on the upper and basal surfaces, crossed by oblique lines of growth which are strongest and most evident at the base; lower margin of whorls obscurely tubercled. Dimensions.—Height = 22, diameter =18 mm. The two specimens now described somewhat resemble the genus Amberleya, though not so prominently turreted as most known forms of that genus, and of much less decorative sculpture than usually obtains. I know of no form of Jurassic Trochide similarly ornamented. About twelve of the regular spiral lines can be counted on the surface of the penultimate and body-whorl (where they are best seen), and there are slight indications of tubercles on the periphery, although the specimens are somewhat worn and coated in places with the light-coloured matrix. The base is fairly ventricose, but whether there is an umbilication or not is very uncertain, as the hard limestone covers up this part of the basal region. The form is of interest to record as it accompanies the shells found in the light-coloured limestone, and unques- tionably forms part of the same fauna, although its relation- ship to other species has not been traced. There is, however, aslight similarity of structure to a form figured by Dr. Dacqué (Trochus sp. indet.) from the Kimeridgian of Somaliland (Atschabo), but without specimens for actual examination a more accurate comparison is not possible (pl. xvi. fig. 8, p- 142 of Dacqué’s memoir, quoted in the list of literature), although a peripheral keel is present on the lower whorl. Loc. Near Dihala. Genus NERIN#A, Defrance. Nerinea cf. desvoidyt, Orbigny. (Pl. I. fig. 10.) Nerinea desvoidyt, Onbigny, Prodrome Paléontologie Stratigraphique, 1850, vol. ii. p. 4; Pal. Frangaise, Terr. Jurassiques, Gastéropodes 1850, pl. cclxi. p. 107. 6 Nerinea gose, Contejean, Kimméridien de Montbéliard, 1859, pl. vii. fig. 1, p. 281; (pars) Thurman and Etallon, Lethea Bruntrutana, 1864, pl. vii. fig. 38, p. 93, non Romer. Nerinea desvoidyi, P. de Loriol, Mon. Paléont. Géol. Etages Sup. Jurassique, Mém. Soc. Linn. Normandie, 1872, vol. xy. pl. vi. figs. 2-5, p. 81; Blake and Hudleston, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. 1877, vol. xxxili. p. 266. This specimen is a natural cast of a large fragment of 10 Messrs. R. B. Newton and G. C. Crick on some Nerinea, and regarded as having close affinities with N. des- voidyt from the Corallian (Sequanian) rocks of France. It measures 125 mm. in length and consists of rather more than six whorls of greater width than height, each one showing an oblique central depression which is parallel with a well- marked suture. The general form is narrow and elongate, the whorls very gradually enlarging with age, and appearing to exactly correspond with P. de Loriol’s figures of a cast from Normandy (pl. vi. figs. 8,4) which exhibits a similar rate of increase in the volutions and the same obliquity at the median depression. A small patch of original shell- structure is still to be seen on the basal whorl, although not included in our illustration, showing some obscure lines of growth, which, however, are less sinuous than those depicted by Orbigny in his original figure. The present specimen shows also considerable resemblance to Rémer’s JV. gose, as interpreted by Goldfuss (‘ Petrefacta Germania,’ 1844, vol. iii. pl. clxxv. fig. 9, p. 41), from the German Portlandian ; but the whorls appear to be higher and the suture more oblique. A very similar cast of this genus has been figured and described by Coquand under the name of N. pauli from the Lower Cretaceous (Barremian) deposits of the Province of Constantine in Northern Africa (‘ Géologie et Paléontologie Constantine,’ 1862, pl. iv. fig. 3), but it is capable of separa- tion from the present form by its taller volutions and their more deeply excavated sides. Messrs. J. F. Blake and W. H. Hudleston acknowledge this species in the Corallian strata of Weymouth. ‘The blackish limestone containing this specimen has also produced a few casts of naticoid and bivalve shells; but these are of no scientific importance, as their determination is quite impossible. Loc. Near Nobat. CEPHALOPODA. By G. C. CRICK. As has already been explained, Major Hazelgrove’s collec- tion was obtained at two localities in S.W. Arabia—(1) in the neighbourhood of Nobat Dakim, about 50 miles north of Aden, and (2) trom the neighbourhood of the villages of Al- Kura and Samma, to the N.E. of Dihala, about 100 miles N. of Aden. Ina letter accompanying the specimens Major Hazelgrove writes :—‘‘ I have marked the seven dark speci- mens ‘ Nobat,’ though I found them about seven miles trom Jurassic Mollusca from Arabia. 11 that place, at the end of a long valley which runs north from Nobat Dakim. All the remaining fossils were found at the tops of the small cultivated valleys which run up between the low spurs on which the villages of Al-Kura and Samma stand ; and there were several more neighbouring valleys of the same sort, with fossils in them in similar situations.” According to the sketch-map accompanying the specimens, the fossils marked “ Nobat” were found between layers of basalt on the western side of Jebel Manif (2500 feet), about 7 miles N.N.E. from Nobat Dakim. The villages of Al-Kura and Samma, near which the remaining fossils were found beneath Deccan trap, are at a distance of about 15 miles N.E. of Dihala. Only one Cephalopod (the Belemnite) is labelled “‘ Nobat.” It is, however, to be observed that the small portions of matrix still adhering to this specimen agree perfectly with the matrix of the fossils from near Dihala, whilst its state of preservation differs entirely from that of the other specimens labelled “* Nobat.” The Cephalopoda comprise two Nautili, five Ammonites, and one Belemnite. A perfectly flat and smooth internal cast, about 40 mm. in diameter, without any indication what- ever of sutures, is possibly the remains of an Ammonite. The Nautili and Ammonites are contained in a light fawn- coloured limestone ; they are all very much crushed, and in no single instance is it possible to make out a suture-line. Portions of matrix on the Belemnite indicate that that also was obtained from similar rocks, DESCRIPTION OF THE SPECIES. A. NAUTILOIDEA. Genus NAutius, Breyn. Nautilus cf. hewagonus, J. de C. Sowerby. CE We tie 2?) 1826. Nautilus hezagonus, J. de C. Sowerby, Min. Conch. vol. vi. p. 55, 1. dxxix. fig. 2. (For references, see A. H. Foord, Cat. Foss. Genk rit. Mus, pt. 2, 1891, pp. 235-236.) Using the name in a broad sense, the genus Nautilus is represented by two examples, about 90 and 95 mm. in diameter respectively. Both are doubtless referable to the same species, but are so very much crushed that their original dimensions cannot now be ascertained. The shell appears to have been rather inflated and rapidly expanding, and 12 Messrs. R. B. Newton and G. C. Crick on some to have had its greatest thickness at the margin of the umbilicus. This seems to have been relatively small and may possibly have been closed, but unfortunately it is obscured in both specimens. ‘The sides are flattened and convergent and their outer half is slightly concave ; the periphery is flattened, is about one-half the width of the sides, where the shell has a diameter of about 90 mm., and has subangular margins, and in one specimen there is a shallow longitudinal groove almost close to the margin. The whole surface is ornamented with rather coarse lines of growth, which in crossing the whorl pass from the umbilical margin across the lateral area in a slightly backward direction, and with a feeble orad-concave curve at about the middle of this area as far as the subangular peripheral margin, where they turn rather abruptly backward, so as to form a relatively deep hyponomic sinus on the periphery. The position of the siphuncle is not seen, and the septa are not shown. In its crushed condition, showing only the ornaments of the test, and neither the position of the siphuncle nor the form of the suture, its identification is rendered extremely difficult. The Arabian fossil bears much resemblance to Nautilus hexagonus, described by J. de C. Sowerby * from the Calea- reous grit of Shotover, Oxfordshire, and of Abingdon, Berk- shire +, &c., the ornaments of the test corresponding exactly with those shown in Sowerby’s figure; but the Arabian species appears to have had relatively a narrower periphery. The specimen from near Charee, in Cutch, that J. de C. Sowerby ¢ referred with a query to that species because it differed “‘in having a smaller umbilicus and in being more rounded,” is referred to Nautilus calloviensis, Oppel §, by Waagen ||, who states that in Cutch it is found in beds asso- ciated with Macrocephalites macrocephalus, From the Upper Jurassic rocks of Mombasa in Hast Africa Beyrich J records a fragmentary specimen as being allied to Nautilus hexagonus. * J. de C. Sowerby, Min. Conch. vol. vi. p. 55 (1826), pl. dxxix. fig. 2. + The species has also been recorded in rocks ranging from the Stones- field Slate (Great Oolite, Bathonian) up to the Kimeridge Clay (see A. H. Foord, Cat. Foss. Ceph. Brit. Mus. pt. 2, 1891, pp. 235-286), but it is very doubtful if all these records refer to Sowerby’s species. _ { J. de C. Sowerby, Trans. Geol. Soc. [2] vol. v. pt. 2, 1840, p. 329, pl. xxiii. fig. 4, expl. of plate (unpaged). This specimen is now in the Museum of the Geological Society of London. § A. Oppel, ‘ Die Juraformation,’ 1856-8, p. 547 (1857). || W. Waagen, ‘Jurassic Fauna of Kutch’ (Pal. Indica), vol. i, Cepha- lopoda, pt. 1, 1873, p. 18, pl. iii. figs. 2 a, b. q H. E. Beyrich, “‘ Ueber Hildebrandt’s geologische Sammlungen yon NMombassa,’”’ Monatsber. d. k. Preussischen Akad. d, Wissenschaften zu Berlin, 1878, pp. 767-775. Jurassic Mollusca from Arabia. 13 In its general form the Arabian species possibly closely resembled the form which Dacqué * has described (as Nauti- lus ennianus) from Somaliland from beds which he regards as of Kimeridgian age. The Somaliland fossil has a similar subangular- margined periphery, but its ornaments are unknown. The concave peripheral area of Nautilus giganteus—a species sometimes regarded tT as a synonym of J. de C. Sowerby’s Nautilus he: ragonus—described by d’Orbigny t from the Lower Oxfordian, but recorded § also from beds of Lower Kimeridgian age, seems to distinguish that species from both the Arabian and Somaliland forms. Of the species recorded from the Jurassic rocks of Cutch, the Arabian form may be compared with both Nauéilus kumagunensis, Waagen ||, and Nautilus wandaensis, Waagen { ; from the former, however, it seems to be distinguished by its coarser lines of erowth and apparently more robust form, and from the latter by its probably narrower and more sharply defined periphery. On the whole, however, it seems to come nearer the latter, but unfortunately in that species the test, which is very well shown in the present specimens, is incom- pletely known, Nautilus kumagunensis occurs in the upper region of the macrocephalus-beds, whilst N. wandaensis occurs in the Dhosa QOolite in association with Aspidoceras per- armatum. Nautilus wandaensis has also been recorded, in association with Pertsphinctes, Macrocephalites, indeterminable fragments of Belemnites, and a new species of Rhynchonella, from Mtaru in German Hast Africa, from rocks regarded as of the same age as the Dhosa Oolite ** of Cutch. The flat, sharply-defined periphery, with its subangular margins and feeble longitudinal sulcus near the margin, the slight depression of the outer part of the lateral area, and the direction of the lines of growth in the Arabian example * BE. Dacqué, Beitr. zur Paliont. u. Geol. Oesterr.-Ungarns, &c., Bd. xvii. Hett 3 & 4, p. 144, pl. xvii. fig. 5. + See A. H. Foord, Pak. Foss. Ceph. Brit. Mus. pt. 2, 1891, pp. 235- 236. t A. D. @Orbigny, Pal. Frang., Terr. jurass. vol. i. 1842, p. 163, l. XXXVI. § A. Etallon, “ Lethea Bruntrutana, &c.,” pt. 1 (Neue Denkschriften der allgemeinen Schweizerischen Gesellschaft fiir die gesammten Natur- wissenschaften, Bd. xviii.), 1861, p. 74, pl. i. fig. 2, || W. Waagen, ‘Jurassic Fauna of Kuteh’ (Pal. Indica), vol. i. Cephalopoda, pt. 1, 1878, p. 19, pl. ill. figs. 1 a, 5. q| W. Waagen, op. cit. pest, 1873, p17) pl. iv. figs. 3a, 6. _ ** A, Tornquist, ‘ Fragmente einer Oxfordfauna von Mtaru im Deutsch- Ostafrika, nach dem von Dr. Stuhlmann gesammelten Material,” Jahrb, Hamburgischen Wissensch. Austalten, Jahre. x, (1892), p. 281. 14 Messrs. R. B. Newton and G. CG. Crick on some suggest a comparison with Retowski’s genus Tvthonoceras*, which was founded upon a new species 7’. zittelit from the Tithonian of the Crimea, but the depression of the outer portion of the lateral area and the longitudinal sulcus on the periphery near its margin are not nearly so distinct as in that genus, and there is an absence of any depression along the median lineof the periphery—in fact, in the Arabian specimens the periphery is feebly convex, whilst in the genus Tithono- ceras it is rather concave. The Arabian species appears to be intermediate between such a form as Nautilus hexagonus and the genus Tvthono- ceras, and probably finds a near ally in Dacqué’s Nautilus ennianus from the Kimeridgian rocks of Atschabo. in Somaliland. Loc. Valleys between the villages of Al-Kura and Samma, about 15 miles N.E. of Dihala. B. AMMONOIDEA. Genus PERISPHINCTES, Waagen. With one possible exception, the Ammonites in the collec- tion are referable to the genus Perisphinctes. All are more or less imperfectly preserved, but, though very much crushed, portions of the test are usually present. In no case, however, is it possible to see the suture-line. The condition of the specimens, therefore, renders the identification of the species particularly difficult. Perisphinctes cf. torquatus (J. de C. Sowerby). (Pl. ILI. figs. 1a, b.) 1840. Ammonites torquatus, J. de C. Sowerby, Trans, Geol. Soc. [2] vol. v. pt. 2, p. 719, pl. xi. fig. 12 & expl. 1863. 2? Ammonites torquatus, J. de C. Sowerby ; H. F. Blanford, Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, vol. xxxii, no. 2, p. 130, pl. i. figs. 6, 6 a, 7, 7 a, 8. 21865. Ammonites torquatus, J.de C. Sowerby; H. F. Blanford, in J. W. Salter and H. F. Blanford, Palont. Niti, p. 80. 1875. Perisphinctes torquatus (J. de C. Sowerby); W. Waagen, Ju- rassic Fauna of Kutch (Pal. Indica), vol. i. Cephalopoda, pt. 4, p. 191, 1. liv. i: , 1808. Perisphinctes torquatus (J. de C, Sowerby); J. v. Siemiradzki, Paleontographica, Bd. xlv. p. 263. The best-preserved Ammonite in the collection was partially exposed on the surface of a small slab of limestone. * O. Retowski, “Die tithonisehen Ablagerungen von Theodosia,” 9>-) Ball. Soe. Imp. Nat. Mosceu, 1893, no. 2 & 3, p. 222. + O. Retowski, op. cit. p. 223, p . xl, figs. 2 a, 6. ¢ Jurassic Mollusca from Arabia. 15 By careful development it has been possible to almost com- pletely expose the lateral area and a portion of the periphery (Pl. ILI. figs. 1 a, 6). In its crushed state the fossil has the following dimensions :—diameter of outer whorl 92 mm. (1) * ; height of outer whorl 30 (0°326); width of umbilicus about 39 (0°42) ; the thickness of the whorl being indeterminable. There are 42 or 43 principal ribs in the outer whorl; each, after traversing the narrow umbilical wall of the whorl, passes forward in crossing the lateral area and bifurcates at about the middle of this area into two equally strong ribs, which cross the periphery without any interruption in an orad-convex curve. Occasionally, but very rarely, there is a principal rib which does not bifurcate. There is no trace of the suture-line. The fossil is most probably referable to J. de C. Sowerby’s Ammonites torquatus. The type-specimen, which came from the “ Desert N.E. of Cutch?’ +, has the following measure- ments :—diameter of shell 64°5 mm.f (1); height of outer whorl 21°5 (0°33); thickness of outer whorl 23 (0°35), and width of umbilicus 28 (0°43). The outer whorl bears 41 principal ribs. ‘Thus it will be seen that both in measure- ments and ornaments the Arabian shell approaches very closely the Cutch form. In his work on the Jurassic Cepha- lopoda of Cutch, Waagen§ figures only a large completely septate example, and states that all the specimens in the Museum of the Geological Survey of India came from “ the coarse red iron-sandstone of the Katrol range, that is, from the middle region of the Katrol Group.” It is stated to be one of the commonest Ammonites of the Katrol Group ||. The ornaments of the Arabian fossil agree very closely with those of the larger of the two specimens (figs. 6, 6a) from the Spiti Valley figured by H. F. Blanford {], and referred by him with a query to Sowerby’s species. Unfortunately neither the suture-line nor the form of the transverse section is available for comparison in the Arabian fossil. he * The numbers in parentheses accompanying the dimensions measured in millimetres indicate the proportion of each of them to the whole diameter taken as unity. + Op. cit. p. 719. The specimen is now in the Museum of the Geolo- gical Society of London. { The specimen is 68 mm. in diameter, but owing to the imperfection of its anterior end its dimensions can be best taken at a diameter of 64:5 mm. § W. Waagen, op. cit. pt. 2, 1875, p. 191, pl. liv. || R. D. Oldham, Manual Geol. India, 1893, p. 222. _ 4_H. F. Blanford, Journ. Asiat. Soc, Bengal, vol. xxxii. 1863, p, 130, pl. iii. figs. 6, 6a, 7, 7 a, 8, 16 Messrs. R. B. Newton and G. C. Crick on some absence of these same characters prevents a full comparison with the Niti examples, which H. F. Blanford referred to Ammonites torquatus* and A. bipleet, two forms very closely allied, if not identical, the only characters by which that author distinguished the two forms being the thicker and more depressed whorls of the former, accompanied by a slight notching of the ribs in the median line of the periphery. He did not figure A. torquatus, but figured two examples as A. biplex. Of these, the specimen depicted in pl. xi. fig. La f more closely resembles the Arabian form, especially in the coarseness and direction of its ornaments, but being a more widely umbilicated shell, its outer whorl bears a greater number (55) of principal ribs than that of the Arabian fossil. Compared with Waagen’s figure § of Perisphinctes martelli, Oppel, from the Kuntkote Sandstone, the measurements of which agree fairly well with those of the Arabian specimen, the latter possessed coarser and more curved ornaments, and apparently had more inflated sides than the Indian form ; further, the bifurcation of the ribs appears to have been nearer the margin of the periphery in the Indian than in the Arabian form. Another Indian form with which the Arabian specimen may be compared is Waagen’s Perisphinctes virguloides ||, but compared with Waagen’s figure (pl. xlix. figs. 1 a, 1 6) the Arabian fossil is more narrowly umbilicated and its ribs are less numerous per whorl and more forwardly-directed in crossing the lateral area. In Cutch, Waagen’s species is restricted to the Kuntkote Sandstone. The Arabian fossil agrees still more closely with Pavlow’s figure of a specimen, which he refers to Waagen’s species, from the zone of Aspidoceras acanthicum from the Kast of Russia {. It also closely resembles de Loriol’s figure** of Perisphinctes eupalus (d’Orbigny) from the zone of Oppelia tenwilobata of Oberbuchsitten (Soleure); its relative dimensions are about * H. F. Blanford, in J. W. Salter and H. F. Blanford, Paleont. Niti, 1865, p. 80. + H. F. Blanford, op. cit. p. 79, pl. xi. figs. 1 a,b, c, pl. xii. figs. 1 a, b, e. { Now in British Museum collection, register no. C. 5033, § W. Waagen, op. cit. pt. 4, 1875, pl. lv. figs. 3 a, b. || W. Waagen, op. cit. pt. 4, 1875, p. 208, pl. xlvii. figs. 4a, d, pl. xlix, fies. 1 a, 6. G A. Pavlow, “Les Ammonites de la zone & Aspidoceras acanthicum de l’est de la Russie,” Mém. Com, Géol. St. Pétersbourg, vol. ii. no. 3, 1886, pp. 28 & 85, pl. vil. figs. 3 a, b. ** P. de Loriol, “ Monographie paléontologique des couches de la zone a Ammonites tenuilobatus (Badener Schichten) d’Oberbuchsitten et de Wengen (Soleure),” pt. i., 1881 (Mém, Soc. Pal. Suisse, vol. vii,), pl. iil. figs. 2, 24. Jurassic Mollusca from Arabia. 17 the same, so far as they can be compared with the Arabian specimen, although the measurements of the figure do not quite agree with the dimensions given by de Loriol (p. 16) *; but its ornaments appear to be somewhat finer and fewer, de Loriol’s example having 47 principal ribs in the outer whorl, whereas the Arabian fossil has only 42 or 43. This specimen, then, seems to find its nearest ally in Perisphinctes torquatus, which occurs in the Katrol Group in Cutch in beds which are referred to by SiemiradzkiT as Lower Kimeridgian ; at Niti and Spiti in the Himalaya; and, according to Siemiradzki, also in the zone of Oppelia tenuilobata in Poland, and probably also in Swabia. A crushed specimen, about 34 mm. in diameter, exposed on the surface of a small piece of limestone, appears to be referable to this same species. Loc. Valleys between the villages of Al-Kura and Samma, about 15 miles N.E. of Dihala. Perisphinctes ck. subdolus, Fontannes. (Pl. IL. fig. 3.) 1879. Perisphinetes subdolus, F. Fontannes, Description des Ammonites des calcaires du Chateau de Crussol, Ardéche (Zones & Oppelia tenui- lobata et Waagenia beckeri), p. 61, pl. ix. fig. 3. 1898. Perisphinctes subdolus, F. Fontannes ; J. v. Siemiradzki, Paleon- tographica, Bd. xlv. Lief. 2 & 3, p. 153. Another species of the genus Perisphinctes, represented by the crushed half of a specimen of about 83 mm. in diameter and with the inner whorls obscured by matrix, bears some resemblance in the character of its ribbing to Perisphinctes subdolus, Fontannes, a rather common species in the zone of Oppelia tenuilobata of Crussol (Ardéche) ; but it appears to have been a more widely umbilicated shell with relatively narrower (7. e. less high) whorls, for the diameter of its umbilicus at about its greatest diameter (=1) appears to be * The measurements given by de Loriol are:—greatest diameter 78 mm. ; width [height] of last whorl, in proportion to the diameter, 0°37 ; thick- ness of last whorl, in proportion to the diameter, 0°34 ; diameter [width] of umbilicus, in proportion to the diameter, 0°37. From these dimensions it would appear that the width [height] of the last whorl and the diameter of the umbilicus were equal, but such is not the ease in de Loriol’s figure. Our dimensions of the figure are:—greatest diameter 79°5 mm. (1); height of last whorl 27 (0°34) ; thickness of last whorl 28 (0°35); width of umbilicus 33°5 (0°42). + J. v. Siemiradzki, ‘ Paleontographica,’ Band xlv. Lief. 4 & 5, 1898, p. 264. A. de Lapparent divides the Katrol group into two parts, and regards the Lower part as of Sequanian age and the Upper as of Kime- ridgian age (‘ Traité de Géologie,’ 5th ed. 1906, vol. ii. pp. 1243 & 1254), Ann. & Mag. N. Hist, Ser. 8. Vol. ii. 2 18 Messrs. R. B. Newton and G. C. Crick on some about 42 mm. (0°50) and the height of the outer whorl about 25 mm. (0°30), whereas these proportions in an example of Fontannes’s species of 81 mm. in diameter are given as 0°45 and 0°31 respectively. Loc. Valleys between the villages of Al-Kura and Samma, about 15 miles N.E. of Dihala. Perisphinctes cf. abadiensis, Choffat. (Pl. ILI. fig. 2.) 1893. Perisphinctes abadiensis, P. Choffat, Faune jurass. Portugal, Cephalopodes, 1ére sér., Ammonites du Lusitanien &c. p. 46, pl. xviii. figs. 1, 2. 1898. Perisphinctes abadiensis, P. Chotfat; J. v. Siemiradzki, Paleeonto- graphica, Bd. xlv. Lief. 4 & 6, p. 164. The crushed remains of an example of about 100 mm. in diameter, exhibiting only a portion of the outer whorl, the inner whorls being obscured by matrix, seems to agree very well with Dacqué’s figure * of a specimen, from rocks of Kimeridgian age in Somaliland, that he compares with Choffat’s species from Portugal f. Siemiradzkit records the species also from Poland. It bears also considerable resemblance to de Loriol’s figure § of Perisphinctes polygyratus (Reinecke) from the zone of Oppelia tenuilobata of Oberbuchsitten (Soleure). Loc. Valleys between the villages of Al-Kura and Samma, about 15 miles N.E. of Dihala. Perisphinctes cf. pottingeri, J. de C. Sowerby, sp. (Pl. III. figs. 3a, 6.) 1840. Ammonites pottingert, J. de C. Sowerby, Trans. Geol. Soc. [2] vol. v. p. 719, pl. lxi. fig. 10 & expl. of figure. 1875. Perisphinctes pottingeri (J. de C. Sowerby); W. Waagen, Ju- rassic Fauna of Kutch, vol. i. Cephalopoda, pt. 4, p. 183, pl. li. figs. La, 6. 1894. Perisphinctes pottingeri (J. de C. Sowerby) ; K. Futterer, Zeitschr. Deutsch. geol. Gesell. Bd. xlvi. p. 7, pl. 1. fig. 2. 1898. Perisphinctes pottingeri (J. de C. Sowerby) ; J. v. Siemiradzki, Palzontographica, Bd. xlv. Lief. 2 & 3, p. 157. A fragment of a whorl about 32 mm. long exhibits rather * E. Dacqué, Beitr. zur Palaont. u. Geol., Oesterr.-Ung. &c. Bd. xvii. Heft 3 & 4, 1905, p. 148, pl. xv. figs. 15a, 5. + Paul Choffat, loc. cit. t J. v. Siemiradzki, doc. cit. 2 § P. de Loriol, ‘‘ Monographie paléontologique des couches de la zone & Ammonites tenuilobatus (Badener Schichten) d’Oberbuchsitten et de Wengen (Soleure),” pt. i. 1881 (Mém. Soc. Pal. Suisse, vol. vii.), pl. vi. fig. 4. Jurassic Mollusca from Arabia. 19 coarse ribs, showing a definite bifurcation on the lateral area into two equally coarse ribs which pass without inter- ruption over the peripheral area. Unfortunately the specimen is so imperfect that it does not exhibit the whole height of the whorl, and it is so crushed that it does not show the original shape of the transverse section of the whorl. The ornaments appear to be relatively coarser than those of the other examples of Perisphinctes in the collection ; the cha- racter of the bifurcation of the ribs is also slightly different, there being in this fragment a slight thickening at the point of bifurcation. The ribbing, in fact, agrees very closely with that of the earliest portion of the outer whorl of Sowerby’s type specimen of Perisphinctes pottingeri, with which we have compared it. Sowerby’s type specimen came from the *“ Desert N.E. of Cutch.” According to Waagen, this species and the closely allied but more coarsely ornamented form Perisphinctes katrolensis * are in Cutch very common in the coarse iron-sandstone of the Katrol range that corre- sponds to about the middle of the Katrol Group. Dr. Waagen regarded the Cephalopoda of this group as corresponding to those of the Kimeridgian and Upper Oxfordian beds of Europe. The group is divided into two parts, of which de Lapparent regards the Lower as of Sequanian and the Upper as of Kimeridgian age f. Loc. Valleys between the villages of Al-Kura and Samma, about 15 miles N.E. of Dihala. Genus OPPELIA, Waagen. Oppelia? sp. (PI. ILI. fig. 4.) The flattened remains of a smooth minutely umbilicated shell about 39 mm. in diameter are probably referable to the genus Oppelia, but the fossil is too imperfect to be specifically determined. Loc. Valleys between the villages of Al-Kura and Samma, about 15 miles N.H. of Dihala. C. BELEMNOIDEA. Genus BELEMNITES, Lister. Belemnites cf. hastatus, H. D. de Blainville. (Bo. figs. da, bes) 1827. Belemnites hastatus, H. D. de Blainville, Mém, sur les Bélemn. p- 71, pl. i. fig. 4, pl. 11. fig. 4, pl. v. fig. 3. * W. Waagen, op. cit. p. 4, 1875, p. 184, pl. liii. + A. de Lapparent, ‘ Traité de Géologie,’ 5th ed. 1906, vol. ii. pp. 1248 & 1256, QF = 20 Messrs. R. B. Newton and G. C. Crick on some 1842. Belemnites hastatus (pars), Blainville; A. D. d’Orbigny, Pal. Frang., Terr. jurass. vol. i. p. 121, pl. xviii. 1848. Belemnites semihastatus rotundus, ¥F. A. Quenstedt, Cephalo- poden, P- 440, pl. xxix. fig. 8. 1857. Belemnites hastatus, Blainville; A. Oppel, Juraformation, p. 546. 1870. Belemnites hastatus, Blainville ; J. Phillips, Brit. Belemnitidee (Mon. Pal. Soc.), pt. 5, p. 111, pl. xxviii. figs. 67-70. 1873. Belemnites cf. hastatus, Blainville ; W.Waagen, Jurassic Fauna of Kutch, vol. i. Cephalopoda, pt. 1, p. 11. 1876. Belemnites hastatus, Blainville; E. Favre, Description des Fossiles du terrain oxfordien des Alpes Fribourgeoises (Mém. Soc. Pal. Suisse, vol. iii.), p. 17, pl. i. figs. 1 a, b, c, 2, 3. This genus is represented by a single specimen, apparently a portion of the posterior part of the guard. The fragment is feebly depressed and slightly hastate ; it is truncated at each end, and at the anterior end there is no indication of the alveolus. The specimen is 64 mm. long; the ventro-dorsal and transverse diameters of the anterior end are 11 mm. and 12°75 mm. respectively, the corresponding diameters of the posterior end being 11 mm. and 12 mm. respectively. ‘The dorsal and ventral surfaces are nearly parallel throughout the greater part of the length of the specimen, and it is only at a short distance from the posterior end of the fossil that they show any tendency to converge. In either a dorsal or ventral aspect the specimen is feebly hastate, and has its greatest width (15 mm.) at about 22 mm. from the posterior end. A ventral groove extends over the whole length of the specimen, being sharply defined at the anterior end and becoming wider and shallower towards the posterior extremity; the dorso- lateral area is slightly flattened and exhibits somewhat obscurely two dorso-lateral lines. ‘The fossil seems to have formed part of a rather elongated guard, since it exhibits no trace of the alveolus at its anterior end. The fossil appears to belong to the Hastati-group (= Hibo- lithes, Montfort*), and to be nearly allied to Belemnites hastatus t, but the guard is less fusiform and the ventral groove reached nearer the apex than in most examples of that species. But the extent of the ventral groove varies in examples which have been referred to this species. Thus Favre { has referred to this species an example from the Oxfordian of the Alps of Fribourg in which the ventral groove * D. de Montfort, Conchyl. Syst. vol. i. 1808, p. 386. Zittel includes this section in Belemnopsis, Bayle, which he regards as a subgenus of Belemnites (Grundziige d. Palezont. 1895, p. 441; 2te Aufl. 1903, p. 475). + D. de Montfort, loc. cit. See also H. D. de Blainville, Mém. sur les Bélemn. 1827, p. 71, pl. i. fig. 4, pl. 11. fig. 4, pl. v. fig. 3. t E. Favre, Description des fossiles du terrain oxfordien des Alpes Fribourgeoises (Mém. Soc. Pal. Suisse, vol. ili. 1876), pl.i, figs. 1 a, 8, ¢, Jurassic Mollusca from Arabia. 21 extends to within a short distance of the posterior end of the guard; the Arabian specimen agrees very well with the median portion of such a form, but its ventral groove is relatively narrower. Belemnites hastatus is widely distributed and attains its maximum development in the zone of Pelto- ceras biarmatum (Lower Oxfordian). In England the species occurs throughout the Oxford Clay, and has also been recorded from the Calcareous Grit *. Besides occurring in Europe, fragments comparable with this species have been recorded from Cutch t from the portions of the Charee group ranging from the zone of Rezneckia anceps through the zone of Peltoceras athleta up into the zone ot Aspidoceras perarmatum, 7. e. from the Lower Oxfordian up into the Corallian. ‘The species has also been recorded from the Jurassic rocks of Hermon f. The specimen bears considerable resemblance to Belemnites persicus, Weithofer §, from the Upper Jurassic (tenuclobatus- beds) of North-west Persia, but the transverse section of that species is more nearly circular. The hastate and depressed character of the fossil seems to ally it also to Etallon’s Belemnites astartinus ||. ‘The extent of the ventral groove, however, differs very much in the figured examples which have been referred to this species. Thus in Ktallon’s type specimen from the Astartian of the Bernese Jura the groove extends over about two-thirds of the length of the guard ; in an example figured by de Loriol from the beds of the zone of Ammonites tenuilobatus of Baden (Argovia) it extends over about one-half the length of the guard ; in anexample figured by the same author ** from the same horizon at Oberbuchsitten (Soleure) the groove is almost entirely confined to the anterior third of the guard, ¥* J, Phillips, op. cit. pt. 5, 1870, p. 112. + W. Waagen, Jurassic Fauna of Kutch (Pal. Indica), vol. i. The Cephalopoda, Introduction. { Fritz Noetling, ‘Der Jura am Hermon,’ 1887, p. 33, pl. v. fig. 10. § K. A. Weithofer, Sitzungsber. d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch., Wien, math.-naturw. Cl., Bd. xeviii. Heft 8-10, 1890, p. 757, pl. i. fig. 4. || A. Etallon, Lethea Bruntrutana &c. pt. i. (Neue Denkschriften der allgemeinen Schweizerischen Gesellschaft fur die gesammten Natur- wissenschaften, Bd. xviii.), 1861, p. 74, pl. i. fig. 1. q P. de Loriol, Monographie paléontologique des couches de la zone a Ammonites tenuilobatus (Badener Schichten) de Baden (Argovie), pt. i. 1876 (Mém. Soc. Pal. Suisse, vol. iii.), p. 12, pl. i. figs. 14 & 15. *# P, de Loriol, Monographie paléontologique des couches de la zone & Ammonites tenuilobatus (Badener Schichten) d’Oberbuchsitten et de Wangen (Soleure), pt. i, 1881 (Mém. Soc. Pal. Suisse, vol. vii.), p. cr, pl. i. fig. 5. 22 Messrs. R. B. Newton and G. C. Crick on some whilst in a specimen figured also by de Loriol* from the Upper Rauracian of the Bernese Jura the groove extends over about one-half the length of the guard. Further, there are differences in the amount of tapering of the anterior part of the guard, none of the examples mentioned above tapering so rapidly as Etallon’s type-specimen. Belemnites astartinus does not appear to have usually attained such a large size as the Arabian fossil, the only figured example of that species at all comparable with the present specimen being that figured by de Loriol from the zone of Ammonites tenuilobatus at Oberbuchsitten (Soleure), but that tapers anteriorly more rapidly and has a considerably shorter groove. It is neither so fusiform, so depressed, nor so widely grooved as the example figured by Quenstedt (‘ Die Cephalopoden,’ 1849, pl. xxix. figs. 14.a-c) as Belemnites hastatus depressus (=Belemnites calloviensis, Oppelt). Compared with the form figured as Belemnites subhastatus by Waagen from the Jurassic rocks of Cutch, in which species Waagen includes the Cutch specimen figured by J. de C. Sowerby ¢ as Belem- nites canaliculatus ?, and afterwards renamed by d’Orbigny § Belemnites grantanus, the Arabian specimen appears to be part of a more elongated guard and to have possessed a much narrower ventral groove. Waagen|| records Belem- nites subhastatus as being not very common in the Cutch Jura, where it is apparently restricted to the beds with Macrocephalites macrocephalus. The Arabian specimen is more depressed, more hastate, and provided with a narrower ventral groove than Waagen’s Belemnites kuntkotensis §, which, according to that author, ranges in Cutch through the Katrol and Oomia groups, or, in other words, from the Upper Oxford to about Lower Tithonian beds; whilst it appears to have been more elon- gated and more depressed than that author’s Belemnites katrolensis **, a species which in Cutch is characteristic of the * P. de Loriol, Etude sur les mollusques du rauracien supérieur du Jura Bernois, Suppl. 1, 1895 (Mém. Soc. Pal. Suisse, vol. xxii.), p. 5, 1. i. fig. 1. E tT A Opp: ‘Die Juraformation,’ 1856-8, p. 646 (1857). See also W. Waagen, Jurassic Fauna of Kutch (Pal. Indica), vol. i. The Cephalo- poda, pt. 1, 1873, p. 14, pl. ii. figs. 4a-d. t J. de C. Sowerby, Trans. Geol. Soc. {2] vol. vy. pt. 2, 1840, pl. xxiii. fig. 2 & expl. § A. d’Orbigny, Prod. de Paléont. 1850, vol. i. p. 326. || W. Waagen, Jurassic Fauna of Kutch (Pal. Indica), vol. i. The Cephalopoda, pt. 1, 1873, p. 15. q| W. Waagen, zb7d. pt. 1, 18738, p. 3, pl.i. figs. 3 af. ** W. Waagen, ibid. pt. 1, 1873, p. 7, pl. ii. figs. 7, 8, 9. Jurassic Mollusca from Arabia. 23 Katrol group, although according to Waagen it seems to pass up into the Oomia group. Compared with Belemnites tanganensis, which Futterer * described from ‘l'anga, in German East Africa, from rocks of Oxfordian age, the Arabian specimen appears to have belonged to a stouter and relatively more elongated guard, with a narrower ventral groove than that species, and similar differences are recognizable on comparison with the Belemnite fragments described by the present writer + from Bihin in Somaliland. Loc. ‘The specimen is labelled ‘“ Nobat,” indicating, as stated by Major Hazelgrove in his letter accompanying the collection, that it was found about 7 miles from that place, at the end of a long valley which runs due north from Nobat Dakim. It is to be observed, however, that its mode of reservation is unlike that of the rest of the fossils similarly labelled, and that some tragments of matrix adhering to the specimen are identical with the matrix of the fossils from the N.E. of Dihala, and differ entirely from the matrix of the other Nobat specimens. CONCLUSIONS. From the foregoing descriptions it will be seen that these Arabian Jurassic Cephalopoda are allied, on the one hand, to such forms as occur in the Katrol Group of Cutch, the Upper Jurassic rocks of Niti and Spiti in the Himalaya, and the Upper Jurassic rocks of Somaliland; and, on the other hand, to forms occurring in the zone of Oppelia tenuilobata in Central Europe. The Katrol Group in Cutch consists of two parts. Ac- cording to Waagen { the lower portion—the Kuntkote Sand- stone—is the equivalent of the Upper Oxfordian beds of Central Europe, and probably represents the zones of Pelto- ceras bimammatum above and of Peltoceras transversarium below. ‘The upper part—the Katrol sandstone and shales— comprises a complex group of strata several hundred feet in thickness, and may therefore, as Waagen pointed out, represent more than one palzontological horizon. The Katrol sandstone is well marked off both from the beds above as well as from the beds below, for, according to Waagen, only one * K. Futterer, Zeitschr. Deutsch. geol. Gesell. Bd. xlvi. (1894) p. 30, pl. v. figs. 2, 2a-c, 3, 3a-c. + G. C. Crick, Geol. ee ea vol. iii. (1896) pp. 296-8. -{ W. Waagen, ‘Jurassic Fauna of Kutch,’ vol. i. The Cephalopoda, Introduction and pp. 230-282. 94 Messrs. R. B. Newton and G. C. Crick on some species of Cephalopoda (Belemnites kuntkotensis) reappears in the bed from the Kuntkote Sandstone below, and not a single species passes from this bed into the higher beds—the Oomia group. Waagen recognized only four European species in the Katrol Sandstone, all of which belong to the beds with Asp¢doceras acanthicum. Hence he considered the Katrol Sandstone to be of Kimeridgian age and to be the equivalent of the zones of “Perisphinctes”’? mutabilis and Oppelia tenuilobata, a view generally adopted by subsequent writers *, De Lapparent + refers the lower part of the Katrol Group to the Sequanian and the upper part to the Kimeridgian. The fossiliferous deposits in the neighbourhood of the villages of Al-Kura and Samma, to the north-east of Dihala, are certainly of Upper Jurassic age, and are most probably homotaxial with the upper part of the Katrol Group in Cutch and with the zone of Oppelia tenuilobata, or the beds with Aspidoceras acanthicum, in Europe. In his article on the “ Jurassique”’ in the ‘ Grande Encyclo- pédie’ (vol. xxi. 1895, pp. 322-331) Prof. Dr. KE. Haug gives (p. 330) a map—after Neumayr and the more recent works of Nikitin, Rothpletz, and Hyatt—showing the distribution of sea and land during Upper Jurassic times. A Central Mediterra- nean sea is represented extending from the northern part of India on the east, over the western part of Asia, and almost the whole of Europe, as far as Central America on the west. From this sea a gult—termed the Ethiopian gulf—is indicated, extending from the neighbourhood of Cutch and the southern part of Baluchistan in a south-westerly direction, terminating at the south between Madagascar and Africa. ‘This excludes the whole of Arabia, but includes on the west Somaliland, a portion of Abyssinia, and the eastern coast of Africa as far south as the south of Madagascar, and on the east the north- western part of Madagascar. The present discovery by Major Hazelgrove shows that the northern part of this gulf should include also the south-west part of Arabia. BIBLIOGRAPHY. By R. Butten Newron. A. ON THE PALHONTOLOGY OF ARABIA. At present our knowledge of the sedimentary formations of * See H. B. Medlicott and W. T. Blanford, Manual Geol. India ond ed. (by R. D. Oldham), 1893, pp. 217 et seqg.; J. W. Gregory, ‘Jurassic Fauna of Cutch,’ vol. ii. pt. 2, The Corals, 1900, p. 2. + A. de Lapparent, ‘ Traité de Geologie. o° éd. 1906 vol. ii, pp, 1243 & 1256, Jurassic Mollusca from Arabia. 25 Arabia appears to be limited to the rocks of Arabia Petreea in the north, mostly the Sinai neighbourhood, where Carboni- ferous, Cretaceous, and Tertiary beds have been distinguished by their fossils, due to the researches of J. W. Salter, Ralph Tate, Rothpletz, Duncan, Fourtan, &c. Cretaceous fossils are also known from Ras Fartak and Ras Sharwen on the south coast, which were first referred to by Dr. H. J. Carter and subsequently recognized by Dr. P. M. Duncan as of Cenomanian age; while the Tertiary rocks, mostly of Lutetian or Middle Eocene age, are to be found in the neigh- bourhood of Muskat (Ras Ghissa &c.) in the south-eastern corner of the country, which were originally recorded by the late Dr. H. J. Carter, and more recently referred to by Mr. G. C. Crick and myself. NorTHERN ARABIA: ARABIA PETRA (Sinai district), Barron, T. The Topography and Geology of the Peninsula of Sinai (Western Portion). Cairo, 1907. [Paleontology by R. B. Newton. | BaverMAN, H. Note on a Geological Reconnaissance made in Arabia Petrzea in the Spring of 1868. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. 1869, vol. xxv. pl. i. (map and sections), pp. 17-38. Duncan, P. M. A Description of some Echinodermata from the Cretaceous Rocks of Sinai. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. 1867, vol. xxili. pp. 38-40. {Cenomanian. ] ——. Note on the Echinodermata, Bivalve Mollusca, and some other Fossil Species from the Cretaceous Rocks of Sinai. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. 1869, vol. xxv. pp. 44-46. Fourrau, R. La Cote Ouest du Simai. Bull. Soc. Khédiviale géo- graphie (Le Caire), 1898, sér. 5, no. 1. Greaory, J. W. Fossil Corals from Eastern Egypt, Abu Roash, and Sinai. Geol. Mag. 1906, pls. vi., vii., pp. 50-58, 110-118. ——. Fossil Echinoidea from Sinai and Egypt. Geol. Mag. 1906, pls. x., xi., pp. 216-227, 246-255. Houuanp, F. W. Notes on the Geology of Sinai. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. 1866, vol, xxii. pp. 401-403. [Nummulitic limestone referred to, Exvogyra, and stem of fossil plant. | Hui, Epwarp. Memoir on the Geology and Geography of Arabia Petrza, Palestine, and adjoining Districts. 1886. Home, W.F. The Topography and Geology of the Peninsula of Sinai (South-eastern portion). Cairo, 1906. [Paleontology by R. B. Newton, &c.} Jones, Rupert. Note on some Specimens of Nummulitic Rocks from Arabia and Egypt. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. 1869, vol. xxv. . 38. NEwion R. B. Linthia oblonga (Orbigny) from Sinai. Geol. Mag. 1904, pl. xv. pp. 441-445. RorHpierz, A. Stratigraphisches von der Sinaihalbinsel. Neues Jahrb. 1898, Briefl. Mittheil. pp. 102-104. [Carboniferous, Ceno- manian, possibly Turonian, Senonian, Eocene, and eg SaLTeR, J. W. On a true Coal-Plant (Lepidodendron) from Sinai. Quart. Journ, Geol, Soc, 1868, vol, xxiv. p. 509, 26 Messrs. R. B. Newton and G. C. Crick on some SCHELLWIEN, Ernst. Ueber eine angebliche Kohlenkalk-Fauna aus der aegyptisch-arabischen Wiiste. Zeitsch. Deutsch. geol. Ges. 1894, vol. xlvi. pp. 68-78, pl. vii. [Brachiopoda. } ScoweinrurtuH, G. Sur une récente Exploration géologique de Oy ae Bull. Instit. Egyptien, 1888, sér. 2, no. 8, pp. 146-162. Tare. Rarpu. On the Age of the Nubian Sandstone. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. 1871, vol. xxvii. pp. 404-406. Watrtuer, J. Ueber eine Kohlenkalk-Fauna aus der igyptische- arabischen Wiiste. Zeitsch. Deutsch. geol. Ges. 1890, vol. xlii. pls. xxili-xxviii. pp. 419-449, SourH-Eastern Arapia: Musxar District (Ras Ghissa &c.). CartER, H. J. Memoir on the Geology of the South-east Coast of Arabia. [Reprinted, with alterations and additions, from the Journ. Bombay Branch R. Asiatic Soc. 1852, vol. iv.] Geological Papers on Western India &c. 1857, pp. 551-627. Crick, G. C. Ona Dibranchiate Cephalopod, Styracoteuthis orientalis, n. gen. and n. sp., from the Eocene of Arabia. Proc. Malac. Soc. London, 1904, vol. vi. pp. 274-278, figures. Newron, R. B. The Tertiary Fossils of Somaliland, as represented in the British Museum (Natural History). Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. 1905, vol. lxi. p. 158. [Refers to Tertiary fossils from Ras Ghissa. ] SouTHERN ARABIA (Ras Fartak &c.). CarTER, H. J. Memoir on the Geology of the South-east Coast of Arabia &c. [as before quoted ]. Duncan, P. M. A Description of the Echinodermata from the Strata on the South-eastern coast of Arabia, and at Bagh on the Ner- budda, in the Collection of the Geological Society. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. 1865, vol. xxi. pp. 349-363. [Cretaceous (Cenomanian). | B. ON THE JURASSIC PALZONTOLOGY OF INDIA AND RELATED REGIONS. INDIA. BuanForp, H. F. On Dr. Gerard’s Collection of Fossils from the Spiti Valley in the Asiatic Society’s Museum. Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, 1863, vol. xxxii. pls. i-iy. pp. 124-138. é Drener, Cart. Geologischen Expedition in den Central-Himalaya Denksch. k. Akad. Wiss. [ Wien] 1895, vol. Lxii. p. 587. Everest, Rev. R. Memorandum on the Fossil Shells discovered in the Himalayan Mountains. Asiatic Researches (Calcutta), 1833, vol. xviii. pls, i. & il. pp. 107-114. , ; Herpert, J.D. On the Organic Remains found in the Himalaya (Spiti Valley]. Gleanings in Science (Calcutta), 1831, vol. iii. pl. xvii. pp. 265-272. ; ; ; Nikitin, S. Notes sur les dépdts jurassiques de Himalaya et de l’Asie centrale. Bull. Com. Géol. St. Pétersbourg, 1889, vol. viii. no. 3, pl. vill. pp. 53-86. NorriinG, F. Baluchistan and N.W. Frontier of India.—Part I. The Fauna of the Kellaways of Mazar Drik. Pal. Indica, 1896, ser. 16, vol. i. pls. i—xiil. pp. 1-22. Jurassic Mollusca from Arabia. 27 Oprret, A. Ueber ostindische Fossilreste aus den secundiren Ablager- upgen yon Spiti und Guari-Khorsum in Tibet. Palaontologische Mittheilungen, 1863, part 4, p. 268. SALTER and BranForp. Paleontology of Niti in the Northern Himalaya: being Descriptions and Figures of the Palzozoic and Secondary Fossils collected by Colonel Richard Strachey, R.E, 1865, SowrErBy, J.pEC. List of Himalayan Fossil Shells. Asiatic Re- searches (Calcutta), 1833, vol. xvill. p. 278. ——. [Description of the Cutch Fossils discovered by Capt. C. W. Grant,] Trans. Geol. Soc. London, 1840, ser, 2, vol. v. p. 327 and explanation of plates (not paged). SroxiozKa, F. Geological Sections across the Himalayan Mountains, from Wang-tu-bridge on the River Sutlej to Sungdo on the Indus: with an Account of the Formations in Spiti, accompanied by a Revision of all known Fossils from that District. Mem. Geol. Sury. India, 1865, vol. v. part 1. Uutie, Victor. The Fauna of the Spiti Shales. Pal, Indica, 1903, ser. xv. vol. iv. pp. 132, pls. i.—xvili. Waacen, W. Jurassic Fauna of Kutch: The Cephalopoda. Pal. Indica, 1875, vol. i. Introduction. (Correlation Table of Strata. | PERSIA. BoepanowircH, Ou. Notes sur la Géologie de l'Asie centrale. De- scription de quelques dépéts sédimentaires de la contrée Trans- caspienne et d’une partie de la Perse septentrionale, 1889, pls. i vill. Borne, G. voN DEM. Der Jura am Ostufer des Urmiasees, 1891. {Inaugural-Dissertation Thesis.] Pls. i-v.; pp. 1-28. WerrHorer, K, A. Ueber Jura und Kreide aus dem nordwestlichen Persien, Sitzungsb. k. Akad. Wiss. [Wien] 1890, vol. xceviii. part 1, pls. i., ii., pp. 756-773. EASTERN AFRICA. Crick, G.C. Note on some Fragments of Belemnites from Somali- land. Geol. Mag. 1896, pp. 296-298. Dacaus, E. Beitrage zur Geologie des Somalilandes.—Part 2. Oberer Jura. Beitr. Palaont. Geologie Oesterreich-Ungarns, 1904, vol. xvi. pls. xv.—xviii. pp. 119-159. Dovuvitte, H. Examen des fossiles rapportés du Choa [south of Abyssinia] par M. Aubry. Bull. Soc. Géol. France, 1886, sér, 3, vol. xiv. pl. xii. pp. 223-241. Furrrrer, K. Beitrage zur Kenntniss des Jura in Ost-Afrika. Zeitsch. Deutsch. geol. Ges. 1894, vol. xlvi. pls. i—vi. pp. 1-49. Mixuer, G. Versteinerungen des Jura und der Kreide. In Born- hardt’s ‘ Deutsch-Ost-A frika,’ 1900, vol. vii. pp. 514-540, Newron, R. B. On the Occurrence of an Indian Jurassic Shell, Parallelodon egertonianus, in Somaliland, Eastern Africa. Geolo- gical Mag. 1896, pp. 294-296. Tornaquist, A. Fragmente einer Oxfordfauna yon Mtaru in Deutsch- Ostafrika. Jahrb. Hamburgischen Wiss. Anstalten, 1893, pls. i. iii. pp. 265-288, 28 On some Jurassic Mollusca from Arabia. MADAGASCAR. Lemorne, P. Etudes Géologiques dans le nord de Madagascar, 1906, pp- 146, 147. 8vo, Paris. Newton, R. B. Notes on Fossils from Madagascar &c. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. 1889, vol. xlv. p. 334. ——. Ona Collection of Fossils from Madagascar obtained by the Rey. R. Baron. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. 1895, vol. li. pls. ii. & iii. pp. 72-82. [Contains list of all the recognized fossils from Madagascar. | EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Puate I. Parallelodon egertonianus, Stoliczka, sp. (Page 5.) Fig. 1. External lateral view of a left valve. Fig. 2. Interior of the left valve of another specimen, showing partial dental characters. Fig. 3. Magnified view of external surface-structure, Fig. 4. Dorsal aspect of a smaller specimen with both valves. Nucula cuneiformis, J. de C. Sowerby. (P. 7.) Fig. 5. Dorsal view of specimen with both valves. Fig. 6. Internal section of another specimen with both valves, showing dentition. Fig. 7. Posterior end of another form with both valves, showing the wide lunule, x 2. Trochus arabiensis, sp.n. (P. 8.) Figs. 8,9. Views of separate specimens, fig. 9 being more inflated at the base. Nerinea cf. desvoidyi, Orbigny. (P. 9.) Fig. 10. Natural cast, showing the median excavation of the whorls. PratE II, Fig. 1. Belemnites cf. hastatus, Blainyille. 1 a, ventral aspect, exhibiting the narrow ventral groove, widening out and becnina shal- lower at the posterior end; 14, view of anterior end of the same specimen; 1 c, view of posterior end of the same. The specimen is labelled “ Nobat.” (P. 19.) Fig. 2. Nautilus cf. hexagonus, J. de C. Sowerby. Lateral aspect, showing subangular margin of periphery and the growth-lines of the test. Near the villages of Al-Kura and Samma, 15 miles N.E. of Dihala. (P. 11.) Fig. 8. Perisphinctes cf. subdolus, F. Fontannes. Lateral aspect of specimen, the inner whorls of which are obscured by matrix. Near the villages of Al-Kura and Samma, 15 miles N.E. of Dihala. (P. 17.) On Two new Fishes from West Africa. 29 PuatTeE III. Fig. 1. Perisphinctes cf. torquatus, J. de C. Sowerby, sp. 14a, lateral aspect ; 14, a portion of the periphery at the point marked with across inla. Near the villages of Al-Kura and Samma, 15 miles N.E. of Dihala. (P. 14.) Fig. 2. Perisphinctes cf. abadiensis, P. Choffat. Lateral aspect of exserted portion of fossil, the rest being obscured by matrix. Near the villages of Al-Kura and Samma, 15 miles N.E. of Dihala. P. 18.) Fug. 3. Pata ef. pottingert, J. de C. Sowerby, sp. 3a, lateral aspect of fragment ; 30, peripheral view of the same, Near the villages of Al-Kura and Samma, 15 miles N.E. of Dihala. (P..18. Fig. 4. Oppelia? 4 A smooth internal cast probably referable to this genus. Near the villages of Al-Kura and Samma, 15 miles N.E. of Dihala. (P. 19.) Note.—Except where notified, the figures on these Plates are drawn of the natural size. IIl.—Descriptions of Two new Cyprinodontid Fishes from West Africa. By G. A. BouLeNGER, F.R.S. Fundulus arnoldt. Depth of body 44 to 54 times in total length, length of head 3 to 34 times. Snout a little shorter than eye, the diameter of which is 34 times in length of head; lower jaw projecting beyond upper; interorbital width ? length of head. Dorsal 15-16, originating slightly in advance of anal, above tenth or eleventh scale of lateral line, and at equal distance from eye and from root of caudal ; longest (posterior) ray quite as long as head in males, shorter in females. Anal 15-17, similar to dorsal. Pectoral about ? length of head. Caudal rounded in females, with upper and lower rays pro- duced in males. Caudal peduncle twice as long as deep. Scales 25-27 in longitudinal series, 20-22 round body; an interrupted series of lateral line pits. Pale olive, spotted or dotted with crimson on the head, body, and vertical fins.. According to Mr. Arnold’s coloured sketches, the male has a blackish band along the upper part of the dorsal and anal fins. Total length 45 mm. Several specimens were presented to the British Museum “by Mr. J. P. Arnold, of Hamburg; this fish, which he kept in his aquarium, formed part of an interesting series brought 30 On a new Silurid Fish from South Cameroon. over alive from the mouths of the Niger. F. arnoldi is allied to F. bivittatus, Lonnh., and F. loennbergii, Blgr., but differs from both in the more numerous anal rays. Haplochilus liberiensis. Depth of body 54 to 6 times in total length, length of head 4 times. Snout a little shorter than eye, the diameter of which is 34 times in length of head; lower jaw projecting a little beyond upper ; interorbital width half length of head. Dorsal 11, originating above fourth or fifth ray of anal and sixteenth scale of lateral line, and at equal distance from head and from root of caudal. Anal 15-16. Pectoral about 2 length of head. Caudal rounded, nearly as long as head. Caudal peduncle twice as long as deep. Scales 33 in longitudinal series, 20 round body; an interrupted series of lateral line pits. Yellowish to dark olive, with darker blotches ; dorsal and anal fins with small blackish spots. Total length 36 mm. T'wo female specimens from Monrovia, Liberia, presented by Mr. Arnold. This species is very closely allied to Hl. cameronensis, Bler., differing in the more anterior position of the dorsal fin. IlI.—Deseription of a new Silurid Fish of the Genus Syno- dontis from South Cameroon. By G. A. BOULENGER, ERS: Synodontis pardalis. Depth of body 44 to 42 times in total Iength, length of head 34 to 34 times. Head 12 times as long as broad, granu- late above ; snout obtusely pointed, 14 to 12 times as long as postocular part of head; eye supero-lateral, its diameter 44 to 53 times in length of head, 1? to 21 times in interorbital -width ; preemaxillary teeth forming a short and broad band ; movable mandibular teeth about half diameter of eye, 15 to 20 in number ; maxillary barbel not distinctly margined, extending to anterior third of pectoral spine; mandibular barbels with tubercular branches, outer twice as long as inner and half as long as head. Gill-openings not extending downwards beyond root of pectoral spine. Occipito-nuchal shield granulate like the occiput, obtusely tectiform, a little On a new Genus of Snakes from Brazil. 31 longer than broad, with posterior processes truncate. Humeral process granulate, not keeled, little longer than broad, obtusely pointed, extending nearly as far back as occipito-nuchal process. Skin without villosities. Dorsal I 7; spine as long as head, feebly curved, striated, serrated behind. Adi- pose dorsal as long as or a little shorter than its distance from rayed dorsal. Anal IV 7. Pectoral spine strongly serrated on both sides. Caudal fin deeply notched, crescentic. Caudal peduncle about as long as deep. Pale brown above, white beneath; head with numerous small round dark brown spots ; body with large round dark brown spots, the ground- colour between them forming a light network ; fins white, with more or less regular black bands, 5 to 7 across dorsal, 3 or 4 across ventral and anal, 7 to 11 on caudal. Total length 200 mm. Mr. G. L. Bates obtained several specimens of this hand- some fish at a waterfall of the Libi River, near the Ja River (Congo System), into which it flows. 1V.—On a new Genus of Snakes from Brazil. By G. A. BouLENGER, F.R.S. AMONG some snakes from Brazil, submitted to me for identi- fication by Dr. Vital Brazil, Director of the Serumtherapic Institute of 8. Paulo, I was highly pleased to find a large specimen which represents a species which has hitherto escaped attention. In its physiognomy, head-shields, vertical pupil, and dentition it agrees with the genus Owyrhopus, differing, however, in the scaling of the body, the scales being in 25 rows, those of the vertebral row distinctly enlarged. After some hesitation, [ have decided not to place the snake in the genus Oxyrhopus, but to propose for it a new genus, which may be called Rhachidelus. Rhachidelus brazili. Kye moderately large, its diameter equal to its distance from the oral border and ? the length of the snout, which is rounded, rather strongly depressed, and scarcely projecting. Rostral once and two-thirds as broad as deep, the portion visible from above measuring one-third its distance from the frontal; internasals nearly as long as broad, two-thirds the length of the przefrontals; frontal pentagonal, as long as 32 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on a new Newt. broad, twice as broad as the supraocular, as long as its distance from the rostral, a little shorter than the parietals ; nostril large, between two nasals; loreal longer than deep ; one preocular, not reaching upper surface of head; two post- oculars; temporals 3+4; eight upper labials, fourth and fifth entering the eye; five lower labials in contact with the anterior chin-shields, which are larger than the posterior. Scales smooth, with distinct paired apical pits, in 25 rows, those of the median row enlarged and nearly as long as broad. Ventrals 184; anal entire; subcaudals 80, the last 28 paired, the rest single. Dark brown above, strongly iridescent, with very indistinct traces of darker cross-bars ; dark brown beneath, with small irregular yellowish blotches. Total length 1320 mm.; tail 510. A single male specimen from near the city of So Paulo. V.— Description of a new Newt. By G. A. BouLencer, F.R.S. [Plate IV.] Molge macrosoma, sp. 0. Body cylindrical, much elongate, 44 times as long as the head; distance between the limbs 24 times the distance between the end of the snout and the fore limb. Tail shorter than head and body, compressed, with dorsal and ventral crests, the muscular part thick. Head once and 3 as long as broad, moderately depressed, its depth once and 4 in its width ; snout short, rounded ; eyes small; no labial lobes ; a ligamentous fronto-squamosal arch. Palatine teeth forming two nearly straight series, parallel and well separated from each other in front, feebly divergent behind, not extending forwards beyond the line of the choane. Limbs widely separated when pressed against the body. Third finger much longer than second; third toe slightly longer than fourth. Skin feebly warty; no dorsal crest or vertebral groove; a strong gular fold; no parotoids ; no large pores on the head and sides. Uniform black, except the tips of the toes, the cloacal lips, and the lower edge of the tail, which are yellow. mm. Dotailerigth see eee eee «te. us 9G ss eee 175 rom snoutitesvent. 020! A ode ax. 93 denpth of heads rates Oct e bi ae Ne 17 Wiidthsotineéads. yea Sees of wwe ence Ls Horenlimb se wets frig baie c.s 6 close OPE o7. Find amb — Seoecnsa isk: ace eee 27 LSS SSS ee PLE REE o 82 On Amphipoda from the Auckland Islands. 33 The unique specimen, a female, was brought alive to Capt. Flower at Cairo five years ago by Ismail Bey Chakir, and has now been sent to me by the former with the remark that it may possibly be of European origin, the Bey having bought the newt from a dealer in Vienna. But it is quite distinct from any Kuropean newt, being more nearly related to Molge crocata (Neurergus crocatus, Cope, Molge straucht, Stdr.) from Asia Minor, and unquestionably represents an undescribed species. The specimen has been presented by Capt. Flower to the British Museum. - EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV. Moige macrosoma, female, natural size, with enlarged view of palate. VI.—Amphipoda from the Auckland Islands. By AtFrep O. WALKER, F.L.S., F.Z.S. [Plate V.] ON the return of the National Antarctic Expedition to New Zealand in March 1904 the Aucklands were used as a rendezvous for the vessels of which it was composed. During the stay of the ‘ Discovery’ Mr. Hodgson took the oppor- tunity of making a collection of Amphipoda, with the results given below. ‘The arrangement is that of Mr. Stebbing in ‘ Das Tierreich.’ Fam. Lysianasside. Genus LystANAssa ?, M.-Edw. A single female or young specimen, length 4°5 mm., remarkable for the structure of the third uropods: these are small and have the peduncle elevated near the middle in a subtriangular ridge; the outer ramus is very small, with a terminal joint, the inner rudimentary. The telson is square, entire, concave, and curved upwards, with a spine at each of the free angles. In other respects, as far as can be judged without dissection, the animal is a Lystanassa, Fam. Pontogeneiide. Genus ATYLOIDES, Stebbing. Atyloides aucklandicus, sp. n. (Pl. V. figs. 1, 2.) -Laurie Harbour: two specimens and the anterior half of a smaller one. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. ii. 3 34 Mr. A. O. Walker on Amphipoda Third pleon-segment with the hind epimeral margin convex; posterior angle produced in a small tooth, above which is a minute denticle. Eyes irregularly oval, oblique, large, and dark. Antenna 1 rather longer than 2, about half as long as the body ; appendage 1-jointed, shorter than the first joint of the flagellum. Antenna2: peduncle rather longer than that of antenna 1 ; second joint shorter than third. Maxilla 1: inner plate with 7 sete, diminishing in length downwards. First gnathopods: side-plates wide-oblong, with rounded angles, not distally widened, the front margin slightly concave; second joint subequal to the hand, strong; wrist subequal to the hand in length and width, triangular, not cup-shaped, very setose behind ; hand oval, palm undefined, with setiferous ridges on both margins. Dactylus about one- third as long as the hind margin. In the young specimen the wrist is only one-third as long and half as wide as the hand, not much produced behind ; the hand is wide-oval, the palm distinctly defined by an obtuse angle and a group of strong spines and as long as the hind margin. Dactylus slender, as long as the palm. The second gnathopods are like the first, but larger. Pereopods 3-5 with second joint wide-oval, faintly serrate behind. Telson about as long as the sixth pleon-segment, rather longer than the width at the base, cleft fully two-thirds of its length, ends of divisions rounded, slightly dehiscent; an upright spine near the middle of the outer margin and another near the end. Length 10 mm. Distinguished by the form of the gnathopods and telson. The difference between the former in old and young is remarkable; the specimens agree in other respects, and appear to have been taken together, but unfortunately the whole pleon is wanting in the small specimen, Paramera austrina (Bate), var. Terror Cove, Port Ross, 16/3/04. ‘One female, with ova ; length 7°5 mm. Differs from the forms described in the ‘ Challenger’ Report under the names of Atyloides australis (Miers) and A. assimilis, Stebbing, in the third pleon-segment, which has the hind epimeral margin forming a semicircle with the from the Auckland Islands. 35 lower margin without teeth, and the telson which is not much longer than wide at the base and cleft for one-third of its length with the ends of the divisions rounded. Genus AUCKLANDIA, nov. Antenna 1 shorter than antenna 2, with short accessory flagellum. Gnathopods dissimilar. Otherwise as Paramera. Aucklandia enderbyi, sp.n. (Pl. V. figs. 3, 4.) Enderby I., 19/3/04. One female with ova; length 10 mm. Head without rostrum. Ocular lobe rounded. yes large, dark, long-reniform. Pleon-segment 3: postero-lateral angle obtuse, hind and lower margins straight. Antenna 1: flagellum long and slender, the first joint as long as the next three, the following joints increasing in length successively ; accessory appendage one-jointed, half as long as the first joint of the flagellum, subconical, with two long terminal sete. Antenna 2: peduncle considerably longer than that of antenna 1, second and third joints subequal; flagellum more slender than in antenna 1. Gnathopod 1: side-plate oblong, rounded below, width two-thirds of length, rather concave in front. Limb robust, second joint about as long as fifth and sixth united and as wide as the fifth ; fourth prominent, with convex hind margin ; wrist rather longer than the hand, with setiferous ridges on the hind margin; hand widening abruptly below the palm, which is rectangularly transverse and defined by a spinous prominence, outside of which is a scabrous border extending some distance down the hind margin. Finger short, barely reaching the prominence. Gnathopod 2: more than one-third longer than gnath. 1 ; second joint subequal to the next tliree and as wide as the fifth ; this is subequal to the hand in length and width; hand narrow-oblong, more than twice as long as wide, with fascicles of pectinate sete on the hind margin; palm obliquely transverse, defined asin gnath. 1, but the prominence smaller. Finger as in gnath. 1. Perzopod 2: side-plate almost as wide as deep; about half of the hind margin excavate ; second joint narrow. Pereopods 3-5: second joints wide-oval, obscurely serrate behind. 3% 36 Mr. A. O. Walker on Amphipoda Uropod 1: peduncle nearly twice as long as the subequal rami. Uropod 2: outer ramus shorter than inner, which is shorter than the peduncle. Uropod 3 extending much beyond 2; ramisubequal, longer than the peduncle, spiniferous. Telson not much longer than the width at the base, cleft two-thirds of its length, ends of divisions rounded, dehiscent. Characterized by the structure of the gnathopods. Fam. Talitride. Genus ORCHESTIA. Orchestia aucklandie, Sp. Bate, Cat. Amph. Crust. Brit. Mus. p17, pl. tay ce. Enderby I., 19/3/04. Many males and females. Segments of the perzon smooth, without transverse ridges. Hind epimeral margin of the third pleon-segment straight ; obtusely serrate, with spinules between the teeth ; hind angle right, a little produced backwards. Eyes round-oval, the longer diameter subequal to that of the base of ant. 2. Ant. 1 not quite reaching the end of the penultimate joint of the peduncle of ant. 2; flagellum in the male with 4 sub- equal joints, in the female 3-jointed, the first the longest. Ant. 2: last joint of peduncle the longest ; flagellum rather longer than the peduncle, 18-jointed in both sexes. Gnathopod 1, ¢:: side-plate narrowed and rounded below. Wrist twice as long as the hand, both joints with a prominent pellucid process; that on the hand forming the palm and furnished with a row of small spines. Finger reaching a little beyond the process. In the female the limb is similar, but slighter, and the pellucid processes much less prominent. Gnathopod 2, @: wrist short, not produced behind; hand almost as wide as long ; palm transverse, rather oblique, in one specimen slightly convex in the middle, in another with a distinct concavity near the base of the finger, spinulose and defined by a strong tooth, hind margin subequal to the palm. Finger nearly straight, extending beyond the tooth. Gnathopod 2, 2: wrist longer than the hand, a pellucid process on both, that of the hand with a double row of spines on the upper part and a single row at the base of the dactylus, which does not reach the end of the process. Perzeopod 1 longer than 2; in both the second joints are about twice as wide as the fourth; dactylus divided by a false joint, the proximal part constricted. from the Auckland Islands. 37 Pereopod 3 almost reaching the end of the fifth joint of per. 4; second joint wide-oval, obscurely serrate and rounded behind. Pereopod 4 shorter than 5 which has the second joint angulate and slightly serrate behind, fourth and fifth joints not enlarged in male. All the limbs are sparsely covered with short spines. ‘Telson spoon-shaped, slightly truncate, with spinous margins. Length of male 20 mm. ; female 15 mm. This species is treated in the ‘'Tierreich’ as identical with O. serrulata, Dana, which is described as having the pereon- segment “encircled by a raised ridge,’ and gnathopod 1 in the female as having the sixth joint ‘slightly narrower at apex than base.”” In Spence Bate’s description this limb is said to differ from the male “ in being longer and _ slighter,” and his figure agrees with the specimen described in having the sixth joint distinctly wider at the apex; the animal is said to be “very smooth.” But for the absence of the expansion of the fourth and fifth joints in pereopod 5 of the male (and it is by no means certain that the specimens examined were sexually adult) this species might well be referred to O. gammarellus, Pallas [= O. littorea (Mont.) ]. Genus HyAtsg, Rathke. Hyale trigonochir *, sp.n. (PI. V. figs. 5-7.) Enderby I., east of Bay. Many males; four females. Perzeon-segments subequal; pleon-segments diminishing in length successively, the third with hind margin rather concave and obscurely crenate, lower margin rather convex, angle subacute. [First four side-plates as deep as the segments. Head longer than firstsegment. Hyes moderate, oblong, widening below. Male.—Antenna 1 reaching a little beyond the end of the peduncle of ant. 2, about as long as the head; flagellum longer than peduncle, 12-jointed. Antenna 2 reaches almost to the third body-segment, third joint the longest ; peduncle and first fifteen joints of flagellum densely setose beneath; flagellum almost twice as long as the peduncle, 20-jointed. Gnathopod 1: side-plate about as wide as long, widening and rounded below. Second joint very stout; wrist more than half as long as the hand and two-thirds of the width of * Jn allusion to the triangular hand of gnathopod 1 in the male, 38 On Amphipoda from the Auckland Islands. its base, the front and hind margins subparallel, the latter with a spinous tubercle; hand subtriangular, palm very oblique, straight, setose and spinous, and defined by two stout spines; hind margin about one-fourth as long as the palm, with which it forms a rounded and setose angle. Dactylus very stout, about two-thirds as long as the palm. Gnathopod 2: side-plate suborbicular. Second joint longer than third and fourth united; wrist very small, not produced behind; hand obpyriform, the width near the base nearly three-fourths of the length ; palm undefined; hind margin almost straight, but swollen and rounded at the base, densely setose. Dactylus about half as long as the hind margin. Female (with ova).—Antenna 1 reaching the end of the fourth joint of the flagellum of ant. 2; flagellum 12-jointed. Gnathopod 1: side-plate rounded below, with a prominent tooth on the upper part of the hind margin. Second joint stout, rather longer than the next two; wrist less than half as large as the hand, the hind margin slightly produced ; hand subovoid, front margin very convex, about twice as long as the hind; palm oblique, shorter than the hind margin, Dactylus as long as the palm. Gnathopod 2: side-plate and whole limb like gnathopod 1, but rather larger. Pereopod 2: second joint narrow, fourth twice as wide as the fifth. Branchial vesicle wide-ovate. Pereopod 5: second joint as wide as long, fourth and fifth joints widening distally and terminated by a fringe of spines. Uropod 3: ramus subequal to peduncle, 3 or 4 distal spines on each. Telson divided to the base; divisions quadrate, with rounded angles. Length of male 20 mm. ; female 12 mm. ‘The form of gnathopod 1 in the male is the most salient character. Genus ALLORCHESTES, Dana. Allorchestes novizealandie, Dana. Enderby I., 19/3/04. Two males ; length 12 mm. It is difficult to see why Prof. Della Valle (and, doubtless following him, Mr. G. M. Thompson *) should have referred this species to Hyale prevostti, M.-Edw. The structure of the wrist in gnathopod 2, g, proves it to be an Allorchestes, * Trans, N. Z. Inst. 1898, vol. xxxi. pp. 197-207. On the Sharks of the Family Squalide. 39 EXPLANATION OF PLATE V. . Atyloides aucklandicus, sp.n. First gnathopod. . Ditto, young. First gnathopod. . Aucklandia enderby?, sp. n, First gnathopod. Ditto. Second gnathopod. . Hyale trigonochir, sp.n. First gnathopod, male. . Ditto. Second gnathopod, male. . Ditto. Second gnathopod, female. Fig. Fxg. Fig. tg. UY. Fug. Fig. NI OTS GO DO VII.—A Synopsis of the Sharks of the Family Squalide. By C. Tate Reaan, M.A. THE Squalide may be diagnosed as sharks without an anal fin, with five or six gill-openings on each side, the last in front of the base of the pectoral fin, which is normally shaped, and with the mouth inferior. Fourteen genera may be recognized. Synopsis of the Genera. T, Snout normal, not produced into a saw-like rostrum, (Squaline.) A. Mouth crescentic. Iach dorsal fin preceded by a spine ............ 1. Centroscyllium. PL CTS PUTS per TEP Aaa ose tact lian esate dao, obj gSia. 5 cn a 2, Echinorhinus. B. Mouth transverse, but little arched, with a straight oblique groove on each side. 1. Mouth rather small; body triiedral, the flat lower surface margined on each side by a strong dermal fold; dorsal fin- SPURNS! PTEsOMby Pe sacha tak «vcs Siac exe eas veers 3. Oxynotus. 2. Mouth wide ; body elongate, subcylindrical. a. Kach dorsal fin preceded by a spine, which may project or may be small and concealed. Teeth in the upper jaw erect, tricuspid or penta- cuspid; lower teeth oblique, unicuspid, with points strongly deflected laterally .......... 4, Spinax. Teeth in both jaws oblique, unicuspid, with points strongly deflected laterally ......5....00¢+: 5. Squalus. Upper teeth erect, lanceolate, two-rooted ; lower ECU CLECtAMANOULAT hac. cso.c ers tom qoise Sas 6. Seymnodon. Upper teeth erect, lanceolate, two-rooted ; lower teeth oblique, with points deflected laterally.. 7. Centroscymnus, Upper teeth erect or somewhat oblique, triangular, with quadrate bases ; lower teeth oblique, with points deflected laterally .......... Saba Rnee 8 Centrophorus. 40 Mr. C. T. Regan on the b. Dorsal fin-spines vestigial or absent; teeth in the upper jaw erect, unicuspid, lanceolate or narrow triangular. a, Caudal fin elongate; teeth in the lower jaw erect, tri- angular, finely serrated.......... 9. Scymnorhinus. 8. Caudal fin short and deep; lower teeth not serrated. *, Lower teeth oblique, with points strongly deflected laterally ; dorsal fins subequal in length, the first far in advance of the pelvics ...... 10. Somniosus. . **, Lower teeth erect, triangular. Dorsal fins subequal in length, the first very slightly in advance of the pelvics .......0eeee++eer 11. Lsistius. Second dorsal fin much longer than the first, which is not far in advance of the pelvics.......... 12. Euprotomicrus. II. Snout produced into a flat blade, armed with a series of teeth on each side; no fin-spines. (Pristtophorine.) Five gill-openings on each side; rostral teeth not BOPHALOd s,s... +s Suse pee eae tok Suen ee oe 13, Pristiophorus. Six gill-openings on each side ; larger rostral teeth with serrated posterior edges ............4 14, Photrema. 1. CENTROSCYLLIUM. Centroscyllium, Mill. & Henle, Plagiost. p. 191 (1841). Paracentroscyllium, Alcock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) iv. 1889, p. 379, Teeth small, compressed, tricuspid or pentacuspid ; mouth wide, arched. Hach dorsal fin preceded by a spine ; first dorsal well in advance of the pelvics. Dermal denticles small, scattered, each with stellate base and a short, erect, pointed cusp. Three or more species from deep water in the Atlantic and Indo-Pacific. Synopsis of the Species. I. Upper lobe of caudal truncated posteriorly ; lower edge of the fin with a distinct posterior notch. Origin of pectoral much nearer to end of snout than to OFIPIN OL POLVICS 55 dens sage aan Bee ope ee me oe 1, fabricit, Origin of pectoral equidistant from end of snout and origin Of PONCE. Bees ode n us eater eee eee cossns | 2. SOTUUM, II. Upper lobe of caudal produced and pointed posteriorly ; lower edge of the fin without distinct posterior notch ........ 3. ornatum. 1. Centroscyllium fabricit. Spinax fabric, Reinhardt, Dansk. Vid. Selsk. Forh. iii. 1828, p. 16. Centroscyllium fabricu, Mull. & Henle, Plagiost. p. 191 (1841); Duméril, Elasmobr. p. 449 (1865); Giinth. Cat. Fish. viii. p. 425 (1870); Goode & Bean, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. xxii. 1896, p. 11; Collett, Rep. Norweg. Fish. Inv. ii. no. 3, p. 26 (1905). ? Centroscyllium granulosum, Gunth. ‘Challenger’ Deep-sea Fish. p. 7 (1880). ? Centroscyllium ritteri, Jord, & Fowler, Proc. U.S, Nat. Mus. xxvi 1903, p. 635, fig. 6, Sharks of the Family Squalide. 41 Pectoral not quite reaching the vertical from the first dorsal spine, which is $ as long as the second. Hab. Atlantic and North Pacific, in deep water. In the British Museum two specimens of 720 and 750 mm. in total length from the North Atlantic. With these I have compared the type of C. granulosum, a specimen of 270 mm. from the Falklands, and it appears to me to belong to the same species. The description and figure of C. ritteri from Japan lead me to believe that this species also may be a synonym of C. fabric, from which it is said to differ in the shorter pectoral fin and more slender caudal peduncle. 2. Centroscyllium nigrum. Centroscyllium nigrum, Garman, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. xxiv. 1899, p- 28, pls. i., iv., & v. Centroscyllium ruscosum, Gilbert, Bull, U.S. Fish. Comm, for 1903, p. 581, fig. 230 (1905). Closely allied to C. fabricit, but the first dorsal spine is 2 the length of the second, the pectoral extends to or beyond the vertical from the first dorsal spine and its origin is equi- distant from the tip of snout and the origin of the pelvics. Deep water of the Pacific (385 to 555 fath.). Off Tropical America (Garman) ; off Hawaii (Gilbert). 3. Centroscyllium ornatum. Paracentroscyllium ornatum, Alcock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) iv. 1889, p. 379. Centroscyllium ornatum, Alcock, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, Ixv. 1896, p- 808, and Cat. Ind. Deep-sea Fish. p. 14 (1899), and Ill. Zool. ‘ In- vestigator’ Fishes, pl. viil. fig. 2, and pl. xxxv. fig. 1. Very similar to C. nigrum, but the terminal part of the caudal fin is more produced and the lower edge has no distinct posterior notch. Deep water of the Indian Ocean (285 to 690 fath.). In the British Museum a specimen of 125 mm., one of the types of the species. 2. ECHINORHINUS. Echinorhinus, Blainy. Bull. Soc. Philom, 1816, p. 121, Goniodus, Agass. Poiss. Foss. iii. p. 183 (1886). This genus resembles Centroscyllium and differs from other Squalide in the form of the mouth and structure of the dermal denticles. It differs from Centroscyllium in the dentition, each tooth having the middle cusp very strongly 42 Mr. ©. T. Regan on the developed and with the point deflected laterally, in the absence of fin-spines, and in the posterior position of the dorsal fins, the first above the pelvies. A single species, 1. Echinorhinus spinosus. Squalus spinosus, Gmelin, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 1500 (1788). Echinorhinus spinosus, Blainv. Bull. Soc. Philom. 1816, p. 121; Mull. & Henle, Plagiost. p. 96, pl. lx. (1841); Duméril, Elasmobr. p. 459 (1865); Giinth. Cat. Fish. viii. p. 428 (1870); Parker, Trans. N. Z. Inst, xvi. 1884, p. 280; McCoy, Prodr. Zool. Vict. pl. cxliy. (1888) ; Jord. & Everm. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. xlvii. 1896, p. 58. Echinorhinus obesus, Smith, Ill. Zool. 8. Afr., Fish. pl. i. (1838). Hab. From the North Atlantic and the Mediterranean to South Africa, Australia, and New Zealand. In the British Museum four specimens, the largest nearly 3000 mm. in total length. 3. OXYNOTUS. Oxynotus, Rafin. Indic. Ittiol. Sicil. p. 45 (1810). Centrina, Cuy. Régue Anim. ii. p. 180 (1817). Body rather deep, trihedral; mouth rather narrow, trans- verse ; upper teeth subconical, forming a group in front of the jaw ; lower teeth erect, triangular, finely serrated; dorsal fins large, each with a spine. A single species. 1. Oxynotus centrina, Squalus centrina, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. ed. 10, p. 233 (1758), and ed. 12, p. 398 (1766). Oxynotus centrina, Rafin. Indic. Ittiol. Sicil. p. 45 (1810); Duménil, Elasmobr. p. 444 (1865) ; Goode & Bean, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. xxii. 1896, p. 15, fig. 21. Centrina salviani, Risso, Eur. Mérid. iii. p. 155 (1826) ; Mill. & Henle, Plagiost. p. 87 (1841); Giinth. Cat. Fish. viii. p. 417 (1870). Hab. Mediterranean and neighbouring parts of the Atlantic. In the British Museum eight specimens, 220 to 720 mm. in total length. Centrina bruniensis (Ogilby, Rec. Austral. Mus. ii. 1894 p- 62), from Tasmania, appears to be identical with O. cen- trina, from which it is said to differ in the larger fins. This is due, however, to the small size of the specimen described. Sharks of the Family. Squalide. 43 4. SPINAX. Spinax, Cuy. Regne Anim. p. 129 (1817). Acanthidium, Lowe, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1889, p. 91. Seven species. Synopsis of the Species. I, Dermal denticles close-set, irregularly arranged. A. Pelvic fins much nearer to caudal than to base of pectoral. 1. Each dermal denticle with one or more slender spines. Length of head to pectoral fin nearly twice its greatest REO OANU MEPS A tevitsi oy Pesce aor tin) aptveus sie! n/a ndeist fs, ase 1. niger. Length of head to pectoral fin 13 its greatest breadth .. 2. pessleri, 2. Each dermal denticle with a small tubercle .. 3. puszdlus. B. Pelvic fins scarcely nearer to caudal than to base of pectoral. 4, hillianus. II. Dermal denticles arranged in longitudinal series, at least on the tail. A. Length of base of first dorsal (without the spine) not less than + of the distance from the second. Each dermal denticle with a rather stout spine........ 5. princeps. Each dermal denticle with a rather slender spine ...... 6. granulosus. B. Length of base of first dorsal (without the spine) not more than + of the distance from the second; dermal denticles forming undulating longitudinal series, except on the abdomen, 7. lucifer. 1. Spina niger. Squalus spinax, Linn, Syst. Nat. ed. 10, p. 233 (1758), and ed. 12, p. 898 (1766). ? Ktmopterus aculeatus, Rafin. Caratt. p. 14 (1810) *, Spinax niger, Bonap. Faun, Ital., Pesce. (1835) ; Mull. & Henle, Plagiost, p- 86 (1841) ; Duméril, Elasmobr, p. 441 (1865) ; Giinth. Cat. Fish. vill. p. 424 (1870); Moreau, Poiss. de France, i. p. 348, fig. 59 (1881). Ltmopterus spinax, Carlos de Braganca, Res. Inv, ‘ Amelia,’ ii. p. 61, pl. ii. fig. 1 (1904). Hab. Atlantic coasts of Europe ; Mediterranean. In the British Museum eighteen specimens, 170 to 430 mm. in total length, from depths ranging down to 365 fathoms. 2. Spinax pessleri, Ftmopterus pessleri, Liéinnberg, Hamburg. Magelhens. Sammelreis., Fische, p. 5, fig. 1. flab. Magellan. * Rafinesque’s description and figure of Etmopterus aculeatus are evidently very inaccurate, but perhaps agree better with Spinax niger - than with any other shark known from the Mediterranean ; however, this is scarcely sufficient reason for using Etmopterus instead of Spinaa.. 44 Mr. C. 'T. Regan on the 3. Spinax pusillus. Acanthidium pusillum, Lowe, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1839, p. 91. Spinax pusillus, Giinth. Cat. Fish. viii. p. 425 (1870); Vaill. ‘ Travail- leur’ et ‘ Talisman’ Poiss. p. 72 (1888). Etmopterus pusillus, Carlos de Braganca, Res. Inv. ‘Amelia,’ ii. p. 65, pl. ii. fig. 2 (1904). Etmopterus frontimaculatus, Pietschmann, Anz. Ak, Wien, 1907, p. 395. Hab. Mediterranean and neighbouring parts of the At- lantic ; Japan. In the British Museum fourteen specimens (including two from Misaki, Japan), 190 to 300 mm. in total length, from depths ranging down to 3438 fathoms. 4, Spinax hillianus. Spinax hillianus, Poey, Mem. Cuba, ii. p. 340 (1861). Etmopterus pusillus, Goode & Bean, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. xxii. 1896, p. 10, pl. ii. fig. 5. Etmopterus spinax, Garm. Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. xxvi. 1899, p. 27. Hab. West Indies (Cuba; St. Christopher, 208 fathoms). Goode and Bean’s figure shows the pelvic fins nearly equi- distant from the base of the pectoral and the lower caudal lobe ; according to Garman the dermal denticles are spinate. 5. Spinax princeps. Etmopterus princeps, Coll. Forh. Vid. Selsk. Christiania, 1904, no. 9, p- 3; and Rep. Norweg. Fish. ii. no. 3, p. 29, pl. 1. figs. 1, 2 (1905). Hab. Near the Faroe Islands, in deep water (750 to 1100 metres). Apparently closely allied to S. granulosus, but the dermal denticles with shorter and stronger spines. 6. Spinax granulosus. Spinax granulosus, Giinth. ‘ Challenger’ Deep-sea Fish. p. 19, pl. ii. fig. C (1880). Etmopterus villosus, Gilb. Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm. 1908, p. 580, pl. Ixvi. (1905). Pacific, in deep water (Chile, 120 fathoms; Hawaii, 222 to 498 fathoms). In the British Museum the type, a specimen of 255 mm. From the description and figure the type of #. villosus appears to differ only in features due to its smaller size (170 mm.), ¢. e. head a little longer, interspace between the dorsal fins a little shorter, &c. Similar differences may be seen in S. niger. Sharks of the Family Squalide. 45 7. Spinaa lucifer. Etmopterus lucifer, Jord. & Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xxv. 1902, p- 79; Jord. & Fowler, zbid. xxvi. 1903, p. 634, fig. 5. Hab. Japan. ; In the British Museum four specimens, 280 to 320 mm. in total length. 5. SQUALUS. 929 Squalus (part.), Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. 10, p. 233 (1758). Squalus, Rafin. Caratt. p. 13 (1810). Acanthorhinus, Blainy. Journ. Phys. 1816, p. 263. Acanthias, Risso, Eur. Mérid. iii. p. 151 (1826). Entoxychirus, Gill, Proc. Ac. Philad, 1862, p. 496. Eight species. Synopsis of the Species. I. Dorsal fin-spines without grooves or ridges; lower lobe of caudal fin without posterior notch; snout obtusely or acutely pointed. (Squalus. ) A. Nasal valves simple, triangular; back and sides with scattered rounded or oblong pale spots, which may disappear in large specimens. 1. Pectoral fin, when laid back, extending to the vertical from first dorsal spine, or a little beyond. Preoral length of snout not greater than the distance from eye to first gill-opening ..............0005 1. fernandinus. Preoral length of snout greater than the distance from eye to first gill-opening ..........sseeees veces 2. acanthias. 2. Pectoral fin, when laid back, extending to below the middle of Fest AOEsAll MI einaleire eae israel ees «+0 . 3. sucklit, B. Nasal valves more or less distinctly bilobed; no spots on the body. 1. Free edge of pectoral fin straight or slightly emarginate, poste- rior angle not acutely pointed. Pectoral fin, when laid back, extending to below the middle or posterior part of the base of the first SUA TEU or sol rocco ie Vahatn ails Rader, oae os oan 2 + 4. mitsukurit. Pectoral fin, when laid back, extending to the vertical from the posterior end of base of first dorsal fin .. 5. blammvilliv. Pectoral fin, when laid back, extending well beyond the posterior end of base of first dorsal fin ...... 6. acutypinnis. 2. Free edge of pectoral fin distinctly emarginate; posterior angle SUCTEGE We PONDER stars, sic aye) ot o'0, 40s) a2, nial osha: a 7. megalops. If, Each dorsal fin-spine with a prominent anterior ridge with a groove on each side of it; lower lobe of caudal fin with a posterior notch ; snout rounded ; posterior angle of pectoral fin considerably pro- duced and acutely pointed. (Entorychirus.) .. 8. uyatus. 46 Mr. C. T. Regan on the 1. Squalus fernandinus. Squalus fernandinus, Molina, Hist. Chil. p. 393 (1788). Acanthias vulgaris (part.), Giinth. Cat. Fish, viii. p. 418 (1870). Acanthias lebruni, Vaill. Miss. Sci. Cap Horn, Poiss, p. 13, pl. i. fig. 2 (1891). Very closely allied to S. acanthias, but with a shorter snout, the preeoral length equal to or less than the distance from eye to first gill-opening, the preocular length equal to the distance from anterior edge of eye to spiracle (more in S. acanthias, except in young “examples). Dorsal fin-spines higher and spots on the body larger than in S. acanthias. Hab. Southern Australia and ‘'asmania; New Zealand ; Chile and Patagonia. In the British Museum three specimens, 550 to 800 mm. in total length, from Tasmania, appear to belong to the species described and figured by Vaillant from Magellan. Records of S. acanthias from New Zealand doubtless refer to this species. 2. Squalus acanthias. Squalus acanthias, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. ed. 10, p. 233 (1758), and ed. 12, p. 897 (1766); Jord. & Everm. Bull. U. 'S. Nat. Mus. xlvii. 1896, 54, Senge acanthias, Cuy. Régne Anim. ii. p. 180 (1817); Bonap. Faun. Ital., Pesc. fasc. 8 (1834). Acanthias vulgaris, Risso, Eur. Mérid. iii. p. 181 (1826); Mull. & Henle, Plagiost. p. 83 (1841); Duméril, Elasmobr. p. 437 (1865) ; Giinth. Cat. Fish. viii. p. 418 (1870). Acanthias americanus, Storer, Mem, Amer. Ac. il. 1846, p. 506. Hab. Atlantic coasts of Europe and North America, south- ward to the Mediterranean and to Cuba. In the British Museum twenty-one specimens, measuring up to 600 mm. in total length. 3. Squalus sucklit. Spinax suckhi, Girard, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1854, p. 196, Squalus sucklit, Jord. & Everm, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. xlvii. 1896, p. 54. Pectoral fins conspicuously longer and dorsal fin-spines shorter than in S. acanthias. Hab. Pacific coast of North America, southward to California. In the British Museum two specimens, 700 and 860 mm. in total length. Sharks of the Family Squalide. 47 4, Squalus mitsukurtt, Acanthias vulgaris (uon Risso), Schleg, Faun. Japon., Poiss. p. 304, pl. exxxy. (1845). Squalus nutsukurii, Jord. & Snyd. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xxvi. 1905, p. 629, fig. 3; Gilb. Bull. U.S. Fish. Cqgmm, 1903, p. 580 (1905). Hab. China; Japan; Hawaii. In the British Museum two specimens, 290 and 470 mm. in total length. 5. Squalus blainvilhi. Acanthias blainvillit, Risso, Eur. Mérid. iii. p. 133, pl. iii. fig. 6 (1827) ; Mill. & Henle, Plagiost. p. 84 (1841); Duméril, Elasmobr. p. 438 (1865). Spinax blainvillii, Bonap. Faun. Ital., Pesce. (1834). Acanthias blainvillit (part.), Giinth. Cat, Fish. viii. p. 419 (1870). flab. Mediterranean ; Portugal. In the British Museum five specimens, 230 to 540 mm. in total length. 6. Squalus acutipinnis. Squalus blainvillit (part.), Giinth. Cat. Fish. viil. p. 419 (1870). Squalus acutipinnis, Regan, Ann, Natal Mus. ii, 1908, p. 248, pl. xxxvii. Hab. South Africa; Mauritius. In the British Museum four specimens, 190 to 560 mm. in total length, including the type of the species. 7. Squalus megalops. Acanthias blainvilli (part.), Giinth. Cat. Fish. viii. p. 419 (1870). gang megalops, Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. Wales, vi. 1881, 2008. Spats megalops, Waite, Rec. Austral. Mus. iv. 1901, p. 33, pl. iv. pee, Hab. Southern Australia ; Tasmania. In the British Museum five specimens, 400 to 530 mm. in total length. A stuffed specimen of 900 mm. from Juan Fernandez evidently represents the Spinax fernandezianus of Guichenot (Gay, Hist. Chile, Zool. ii. p. 365 (1848) ; Acanthias fernan- dezianus, Philippi, An. Univ. Chile, Ixxi. 1887, p. 559, pl. iv. fig. 3). This Chilian species may, perhaps, be different from S. megalops, but J am unable to give any distinctive cha- racters. Ribeiro has described a Squalus from Rio Janeiro as S, blainvillit (Arch. Mus. Rio Janeiro, xiv. 1907, p. 168) ; this may be S. fernandezianus. 48 ‘Mr. C. T. Regan on the 8. Squalus uyatus. Squalus uyatus, Rafin. Caratt. p. 13, pl. xiv. fig. 2 (1810). Spinax uyatus, Bonap. Faun. Ital., Pesce. (1834), Acanthias uyatus, Mill. & Henle, Plagiost. p. 85 (1841); Duméril, Elasmobr. p. 439 (1865) ; Giinth. Cat. Fish. viii. p. 419 (1870). Hab. Mediterranean; Madeira. In the British Museum two specimens, 330 and 340 mm. in total length. This species is very distinct from others of the genus, but is a true Squalus, and cannot be placed in Centrophorus, as has been recently suggested by Garman (Bull. Mus. Comp, Zool. xlvi. 1906, p. 204). 6. SCYMNODON. Scymnodon, Bocage &.Capello, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 263. Zameus, Jord. & Fowler, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xxvi. 1903, p. 633. 1. Scymnodon ringens. Scymnodon ringens, Bocage & Capello, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 263, fig. 5. Centrophorus ringens, Giinth. Cat. Fish. viii. p. 423 (1870) ; Sim, Ann. Scot. N. H. 1902, p. 18. Dermal denticles small, each with from two to four parallel keels. Preoral length of snout 2 of the distance from eye to first gill-opening. Length of base of first dorsal (without the spine) about } of the distance from the second. Hab. Atlantic coasts of Europe, in deep water. In the British Museum two specimens, 900 and 1000 mm. in total length. 2, Scymnodon squamulosus. Centrophorus squamulosus, Giinth. ‘ Challenger’ Deep-sea Fishes, p. 5, pl. i. fig. B (1887). Zameus squamulosus, Jord. & Fowler, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xxvi. 1903, p- 633. Dermal denticles very small, each with a strong median keel and sometimes a pair of short lateral keels. Preoral length of snout 3 the distance from eye to first gill-opening. Length of base of first dorsal (without the spine) less than 4 the distance from the second. Hab. Japan, in deep water. In the British Museum one specimen, type of the species, 650 mm. in total length. Sharks of the Family Squalide., 49 7. CENTROSCYMNUS. Centroscymnus, Bocage & Capello, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 263. Synopsis of the Species. I. Anterior labial grooves moderate, each about as long as its distance from the middle of the upper jaw ; nostrils oblique. Dorsal spines well developed and strongly pr ojecting. 1. macracanthus. Dorsal spines short, slightly projecting ; dermal denticles not carinate. ........esseeseseesees 2. coelolepis. Dorsal spines scarcely projecting ; dermal denticles on head and on anterior part of body, except the sides, pluricarinate..........00- sees eeeseeaee 3. owstont. Dorsal spines not projecting, hidden beneath the skin ; dermal denticles on head and on anterior part of body, except the sides, tricarinate ...... 4, eryptacanthus. If. Anterior labial grooves long, each about twice as long as its dis- tance from the middle of the upper jaw; nostrils slightly oblique, 5. obscurus. II. Anterior labial grooves very long, separated by a narrow inter- space; nostrils transverse. ........-+eeeeces 6. crepidater. 1. Centroscymnus macracanthus. Centroscymnus macracanthus, Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xviii. 1906, p. 436, Hab. Magellan. In the British Museum one specimen, 640 mm. in total length, type of the species. 2. Centroscymnus cololepis. Centroscymnus coelolepis, Bocage & Capello, Proc, Zool. Soc. 1864, p- 268, fig. 4; Waill. ‘Travailleur’ et ‘Talisman’ Poiss. p. 63, pl. ii. fig. 1 (1888). Hab. North Atlantic, in deep water. In the British Museum five specimens, 250 to 1000 mm. in total length. 3. Centroscymnus owstont. Centroscymnus owstoni, Garman, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. xlvi. 1906, p- 207. Hab. Japan. 4. Centroscymnus ery ptacanth US. C entrophor us ceelolepis (non Bocage & Capello), Giinth, Cat. Fish. viii, p. 423 (1870). Ann. & Mag. N. Mist. Ser. 8. Vol. i, 4 50 Mr. C. T. Regan on the Centroscymnus ccelolepis, Goode & Bean, Mem, Mus. Comp. Zool. xxii. 1896, p. 14, pl. iv. fig. 13 (1896). - Centroscymnus cryptacanthus, Regan, Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xviii. 1906, p. 437. Hab. Madeira. In the British Museum one specimen, 700 mm. in total length, type of the species. 5. Centroscymnus obscurus. Centroscymnus obscurus, Vaill. ‘ Travailleur’ et ‘Talisman ’ Poiss. p. 67, pl. ii. fig. 2 (1888). Hab. Coast of Soudan, 1400 to 1435 metres, 6. Centroscymnus crepidater. Centrophorus crepidater, Bocage & Capello, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 262, fig. 3; Giinth. Cat. Fish. viii. p. 421 (1870). Centrophorus rosst, Alcock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) ii. 1898, p. 148, and Ill. Zool. ‘ Investigator, Fishes, pl. xxvi. fig. 3 (1899). Hab. Atlantic and Indian Oceans. In the British Museum one specimen, 750 mm. in total length. 8. CENTROPHORUS. Centrophorus, Mill. & Henle, Plagiost. p. 88 (1838). Lepidorhinus, Bonap. Nuoy. Ann. Sci. Bologna, ii. 1838, p. 207. Machephilus, Johnson, Proc. Zool, Soc. 1867, p. 718. Deania, Jord. & Snyder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xxv. 1902, p. 80. Thirteen species, all found at considerable depths. Synopsis of the Species. I. Posterior angle of pectoral fin not or but slightly produced. A. Eye equidistant from end of snout and last gill-opening ; dermal denticles tricuspid. 1. Dorsal fins subequal or the second the shorter. Pectoral, when laid back, extending 4 the distance from its base to the vertical from first dorsal SPINO ON caine so.de wea mys bin pas Salekiciee amin Mee 1. hystricosus. Pectoral, when laid back, extending more than 3 the distance from its base to the vertical from first MOTSHIEPING orc p gk Gs > of yellowish pollinose g ground-colour which descends from front, upper margin of callus curved, extremities of callus slightly tapering ; a distinct dark seal-brown median spot below callus ; face with a more or less distinct dark streak on each side, near lower inner margin of each eye, and a very distinct small round black spot below each an- tenna ; lateral frontal spots clove-brown, conspicuous, not in contact with eyes, median frontal spot small or indistinct ; palpi isabella-coloured, terminal joint rather narrow, elon- gate, blunt at tip, clothed on outer side with black hair ; first joint of antenne brownish buff, scarcely swollen, clothed like second joint with black hair, second joint ochraceous buff, its upper angle moderately produced, third joint seal-brown, lighter at base, moderately elongate, last three annuli clove- brown. Thorax: three grey stripes on dorsum of usual type, very slender and parallel to each other, median stripe continuous or practically so, admedian stripes more or less indistinct after triangular expansions beyond transverse suture; pectus, pleure, and sides of dorsum smoke-grey. Abdomen: dorsum with hind borders of segments clothed with yellowish hairs, sides of segments smoke-grey; venter smoke-grey, clothed with short, appressed, yellowish hairs, a broad dark brown median stripe, mterrupted on hind borders of segments, extending from third or fourth segment to tip. Wings: extreme base semi-hyaline; alula with a pale border all round; in azillary cell, light loop round proximal angle connected by a broad mark, along or close to hind margin, with extremity of zigzag downward process from proximal rosette ; apical smuous mark broader at its upper extremity, immediately below tip of second longitudinal vein ; beyond apical sinuous mark two more or less distinct light spots in second submarginal cell just before tip of wing, 110 Mr. E. EF. Austen on new representing an incomplete outer branch of apical sinuous mark ; a series of usually large and conspicuous light blotches on hind margin in distal angles of all posterior cells (or all except fourth posterior cell), with an additional blotch on distal extremity of sixth longitudinal vein, occupying tips of axillary and anal cells, and proximal marginal angle of fifth posterior cell; usual series of detached oblique light marks across posterior cells distinct ; central portion of middle and distal rosettes usually occupied by a series of light spots, surrounding distal extremity of discal cell and fork of third longitudinal vein respectively ; stigma seal-brown, of mode- rate length, at its proximal) extremity a conspicuous light mark, formed by an upward extension from proximal rosette to costa; discal cell with two transverse light marks, which are sometimes approximate, in its median portion, and a larger or smaller light spot or crescentic mark near its distal extremity, sometimes also with a minute light fleck in its proximal extremity ; markings of basal cells as in foregoing species ; first costal cell and second costal cell as far as pale mark before stigma lightly infuscated. Halteres cream-buff, knob seal-brown at base above and below. Legs: front tibiz not or scarcely incrassate, pale band not broader than broadest bands on middle and hind tibie; middle tibie sometimes buff at extreme base. Nyasaland Protectorate, 1907 (Dr. J. E. S. Old). In facies and markings this species resembles the South African Hematopota ruficornis, Walk., from which, however, it can at once be distinguished by the much less deep frontal callus, the narrowness of the band on the front tibiz, and the dark stripe on the venter ; from the following species, to which it is also similar in facies, H. stimulans may be distin- guished, inter alia, by the shape of the frontal callus, the presence of a distinct median stripe on the dorsum of the majority of the abdominal segments and the smaller size of the admedian spots, and above all by the broad light bar connecting the loop and zigzag mark in the axillary cell. Hematopota insidiatriz, sp. n. ?.—Length (5 specimens) 8°4 to 10°55 mm.; width of head 3 to 3°6 mm.; width of front at vertex 1 to 1-4 mm. ; length of wing 8 to 9°6 mm. Dark mummy-brown ; dorsum of thorax with narrow, longi- tudinal, smoke-grey stripes, dorsum of abdomen with a double series of large smoke-grey or drab-grey rounded spots ; thorax and scutellum as in foregoing species ; dorsum of abdomen African Phlebotomice Diptera. 111 with hind borders of segments drab-grey or greyish cream- buff, second to sixth segments inclusive each with an ill-defined smoke-grey median stripe, sometimes indistinct or obsolete on segments after the second; wings light sepia-coloured, pale markings similar in pattern to those in wings of foregoing species but less coarse, and loop and zigzag mark in axillary cell not connected; legs as in foregoing species. Head: front drab-grey, vertical region with a more or less distinct sub-triangular brown mark on each side of median line, which is occupied by a narrow grey stripe running from median frontal spot to margin of occiput ; face and jowls smoke-grey, area between lower inner margin of eye and antenna on each side generally more or less dotted with mummy-brown, or exhibiting commencement of a horizontal dark brown streak, below each antenna a small dark brown fleck, usually less conspicuous than in foregoing species ; frontal callus mummy-brown, rather narrow from above downwards, extending from eye to eye, upper margin straight or nearly so, not indented in middle line; a well- marked seal-brown median spot below callus; median as well as lateral clove-brown frontal spots present, latter in contact with or narrowly separated from eyes ; palpi as in foregoing species, except that terminal joint on outer side, in addition to its covering of black hair, is clothed, chiefly at base and below, with pale yellowish hair; first and second joints of antenne greyish fawn-coloured, clothed with black hair, first jomt slightly swollen on inner side, third joint hazel or mummy-brown, moderately elongate, last three annuli dark brown. dAédomen: admedian grey spots on dorsal surface of first six segments, sometimes so large as to be confluent and appear as a pair of broad admedian longi- tudinal grey stripes; venter as in foregoing species, dark median stripe extending from base to tip. Wings: light markings sharply defined, except indistinct pale mark in second submarginal cell, beyond apical sinuous mark ; light blotches on hind margin smaller than in foregoing species, and usually no light blotch in fourth posterior cell; stigma and light mark before it as in previous species ; light mark- ings in discal cell as in foregoing species. Halteres as in foregoing species. Legs: front tibiz, in addition to pale band near base, with some pale yellowish hairs in or below middle, representing a rudimentary or vestigial second pale band. Nyasaland Protectorate: twenty-four miles from Blantyre, 22.1. 1905, 6.0 to 7.0 a.m. (Dr. J. E. S. Old). The collector’s field-note to this species is the same as that to his specimens 112 Mr. E. E. Austen on new of H. pertinens, Austen, taken at the same place and time :— “In tall green reeds ; bit myself and native servant ; usually silent and very sluggish.” Hematopota insidiatrix closely resembles the foregoing species (q. v. for distinctive characters). Hematopota noxialis, sp. un. ? .—Length (7 specimens) 8°6 to 11 mm.; width of head 3 to 3:8 mm.; width of front at vertex 1:2 to 14 mm. ; length of wing 8 to 10 mm. Dark brown; thorax with smoke-grey markings as in H. stimulans ; dorsum of abdomen with hind borders of seg- ments greyish cream-buff, and two admedian rows of large smoke-ygrey spots, but with no median grey stripe ; wings pale mouse-grey, the infuscation uniform throughout, light markings faint though distinct, usual three rosettes and apical sinuous mark present, each rosette composed almost entirely of a single series of lines ; legs as in Hi. stimulans, except that pale band on front tibie is much broader than bands on middle and hind tihie, and middle femora are not or scarcely darker at tips. Head: front yellowish grey, face and jowls smoke-grey, sometimes a brownish mark on each side of face running inwards from lower inner margin of eye, but no conspicuous dark spot or fleck below each antenna; frontal callus cinnamon- or raw umber-coloured, of moderate depth, ex- tending from eye to eye, lower margin straight, upper margin generally slightly concave on each side of middle line ; dark median spot below callus absent or very small; median as well as lateral clove-brown frontal spots present, latter usually not in contact with eyes; palpi as in H. insidiatriz ; first and second joints of antenne greyish cinnamon-coloured, clothed with black hair, first joint short, more or less in- crassate on inner side, third joint russet-brown, last three annuli darker, sometimes clove-brown, basal portion of third * jomt moderately elongate and tapering. Thorax: pectus, pleurz, and sides of dorsum smoke-grey. Abdomen: dorsum with sides of segments smoke-grey, and admedian spots ex- tending from second to seventh segments inclusive; venter as in H. stimulans. Wings: light markings not coarse; no light blotches along hind margin, but usual series of detached oblique marks across posterior cells present; loop and zigzag mark in axillary cell not connected ; markings in discal cell usually confined to two light marks across its median portion, but occasionally a third light fleck faintly dicated near its distal extremity ; stigma seal-brown, its proximal extremity African Phlebotomie Diptera, 113 occupied by an upward prolongation from proximal rosette. Halteres as in H. stimulans. Nyasaland Protectorate: type and five other specimens from the Blantyre District, May 1905 (Dr. J. E. S. Old) ; an additional specimen forwarded in 1905 by Major F. B. Pearce, with the following note: “Especially virulent species; complained of by natives as injuring, if not actually killing their cattle.” In facies, conspicuously spotted abdomen, and the faint colour and markings of the wings, H. nowxialis agrees with H. brunnescens, Ricardo, a species which is common in Uganda, but also occurs in the Nyasaland Protectorate ; the new species, however, is distinguished by the shape of the antennze, and by the absence of a broad mummy-brown bar between the eye and antenna on each side, and of a median grey stripe on the dorsal surface of the abdominal segments. From both H. sttmulans aud H. insidiatrixz the present species is distinguished at once by the breadth of the pale band on the front tibie; while it differs from H. malefica, apart from the paleness of the wings and other characters, in the wing-markings being much less broken up, the broader front, much shorter first antennal joint, shallower frontal callus, &e. Hematopota furtiva, sp. n. ? .—Length (4 specimens) 9 to 9°4 mm.; width of head 3 to 3°2 mm.; width of front at vertex just over 1 mm.; length of wing 8 mm. Dark olive-brown ; markings of dorsum of thorax and abdo- men olive-grey, as in H. stimulans, Austen, though median stripe on abdominal seyments usually broader, and admedian spots generally larger ; wings sepia-coloured, light markings closely resembling those exhibited by the wings of H. stimulans, except that loop and zigzag mark i axillary cell are not connected ; legs as in H. stimulans, except that middle and hind femora are paler (buff-coloured), that band on front tibie is paler (cream-coloured) and slighily broader, and that distal two-thirds of front tibie are distinctly swollen. Head: front yellowish grey, its sides nearly parallel, face and jowls smoke-grey ; frontal callus clove-brown or black, about 0°5 mm. in depth, extending from eye to eye, upper ‘and lower margins straight or nearly so, though upper margin sometimes apparently curves slightly downwards at sides ; a dark seal-brown median spot below and in contact with callus ; lateral frontal clove-brown spots rather small, Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. ii. 8 114 Mr. E. E. Austen on new not in contact with eyes, roughly triangular in shape, with their apices pointing downwards and inwards, median frontal spot small, but usually distinct ; palpt greyish buff or isabella-coloured, terminal joint elongate, blunt at tip, but little expanded at base, clothed on outer side with black hairs, pale hairs confined to under side of first and under side of base of second joint; first and second joints of antenne buff-yellow or orange-buff, clothed with black hair, third joint ochraceous-buff, rather smail, terminal annulus clove-brown, first joint of antennz not incrassate, though its inner margin seen from above is slightly convex, third joint narrow, but little wider at base. Thorax: median grey stripe on dorsum continuous, very narrow ; pectus, pleure, and sides of dorsum smoke-grey; scutellum smoke-grey, with a more or less distinct dark brown blotch on each basal angle. Abdomen : olive-grey spots on dorsum large, roughly circular ; venter grey, with a broad clove-brown median stripe except at base, hind margins of segments narrowly cream-buff. Wings: apical sinuous mark usually somewhat broader at its upper extremity, immediately below end of second longitudinal vein, indistinctly bifurcate as in H. sti- mulans, or at least the lower of the two light spots beyond it present in the second submarginal cell; discal cell with two transverse light marks, and also usually with a lght spot at or near each extremity; stigma similar to that in wing of H. stimulans, but paler and slightly shorter. Halteres as in H. stimulans. Nyasaland Protectorate, 1907 (Dr. J. E. S. Old). A fifth specimen from the Nyasaland Protectorate (Dr. Old), probably taken at the same time and place as the foregoing, differs from the typical form in having the frontal callus slightly shallower, owing to its upper margin curving downwards somewhat on each side; since in other respects the specimen agrees with the type it would seem reasonable to suppose that the difference in the shape of the callus is an individual one, and that the specimen really belongs to the present species. Care is necessary to distinguish H. furtiva from H. stimulans, which it closely resembles in facies, but as distinctive characters in the case of the present species it will suffice to note that the frontal callus is clove-brown or black instead of mummy-brown, that it is considerably deeper, does not as a rule taper towards the sides, and is not partly divided in the middle line; that the third joint of the antenne is ochraceous-buff instead of seal-brown (clove- brown in the case of the last three annuli), and is also rather small ; and that in the wing the hght loop and zigzag African Phlebotomic Diptera. 115 mark in the axillary cell are not connected by a light bar running parallel to the margin of the anal angle. Hematopota nociva, sp. n. ? —Length (2 specimens) 8°4 to 8°38 mm. ; width of head 2°8 mm. width of front at vertex 1 mm. ; length of wing 7-5 mm. Dark olive-brown or dark sepia-coloured, dorsum of thorax and ahdomen with smoke-grey or drab-grey markings, as in H. furtiva, Austen; frontal callus raw umber-coloured or mummy-brown, of moderate depth, extending from eye to eye; antenne coloured as in 1. fartiva, but first joint strongly incrassate in middle; coloration and markings of wings and legs as in H. furtiva, except that light wing-markings are slightly less coarse, and that stigma is darker seal-brown and somewhat longer ; front tibie, except basal third, incrassate. Agreeing with H. furtiva, Austen, in practically every respect, except as already indicated and as follows :—lateral frontal spots larger; terminal joint of palpi clothed above with rather long and fine brownish hair; first joint of antenne seen from above strongly incrassate in middle (inner margin strongly convex), tapering again towards tip. Nyasaland Protectorate: one specimen (type) taken in 1907 (Dr. J. E. S. Old); a second specimen from Zomba Plateau (Sir Alfred Sharpe, KCM.G.; CBX: Hematopota nocens, sp. n. 9? .—Length (2 specimens) 8°6 mm. ; width of head 3 mm. width of front at vertex 1°2 mm. ; length of wing 8:2 to 8:6 mm. Dark-brown ; dorsum of thorax with three practically entire smoke-grey stripes ; dorsum of abdomen clothed with short appressed pale yellow hairs, markings of dorsum as in H. stimulans, Austen, but yellowish-grey and first segment also with a pair of grey spots or blotches connected with basal angles ; frontal callus clove-brown, extending from eye to eye, and deeper towards each side; coloration and markings of wings as in H. noxialis, Austen, except that light mark at proximal end of stigma is somewhat more distinct ; legs as in H. furtiva, Austen, except that pale band on front tibie is somewhat less sharply marked, and that distal portion of front tibie is scarcely or not at all swollen. Head: front yellowish-grey, face and jowls smoke-grey, a more or less distinct trace of a mummy-brown mark between antenna and lower inner margin of eye on each Gi 116 Mr. R. E. Turner on the side ; frontal callus fairly deep on each side, narrowing towards middle line, where it is distinctly constricted; dark seal-brown median spot below callus present ; lateral frontal clove-brown spots small, widely separated from eyes, median frontal spot very small or obsolete ; palpi isabella-coloured, terminal joint moderately slender, thickly clothed on outerside with black hairs, and with some pale yellowish hairs on under side of basal half ; antenne russet-brown, terminal annulus of third joint darker, first joint somewhat short, slightly swollen, with convex inner margin when viewed from above, third joint only slightly expanded towards base. Thorax : pleure, pectus, and sides of dorsum smoke-grey ; scutellum smoke-grey, with a dark brown blotch on each side. Abdomen : venter asin H. stimulans, Austen. Halteres as in H. stimulans. Nyasaland Protectorate, 1907 (Dr. J. #. S. Old). Care is necessary in order not to confuse H. nocens with one or other of the two foregoing species, to both of which it presents a superficial resemblance, although from both it may be distinguished by the finer and less complex light markings of the wings; other points of difference from H. furtiva are furnished. by the shape of the frontal callus, and the browner and more incrassate first joint of the antenne ; from H. nociva the present species may further be distinguished by the shape and coloration of the frontal callus and first joint of the antenne; from H. novialis, Austen, which, as already stated, it closely resembles in the coloration and markings of the wings, H. nocens may be distinguished, inter alia, by the coloration and shape of the frontal callus, and the presence of a median stripe on the dorsum of all the abdominal segments except the first and last. XIV.—Remarks on the Hymenopterous Genus Tiphia. By Row.anp EH. Turner, F.Z.S., F.E.S. ASHMEAD (Canadian Entomologist, 1900 and 1903) forms a family ‘liphiide to include the genera Tiphia, Paratiphia, Epomidiopteron, Pterombrus, and Engycystus. While agree- ing with him as to the points distinguishing the group from the true Scoliide being of more than generic importance, IL do not think he is justified in making more than a subfamily for it. I also differ from him in his remarks on Pterombrus and Engycystus. The differences which he gives between EHymenopterous Genus Tiphia. 1t7 the two genera are not very important on his own showing, and they certainly are not quite accurate; the cubitus in the hind wing of the male of Engycystus rufiventris, Cress., can kardly be said to be interstitial with the transverse median nervure, though distinctly nearer to it than in Pterombrus confusus, Sm. The hind tibie of the female Pterombrus enigmaticus, Sm., are serrate, though not strongly. As far as | can see there is absolutely no justification for treating Pterombrus and Engycystus as separate genera. Ashmead, however, had not seen specimens of Pterombrus. He also states that he has examined both sexes of H. rufiventris and finds them true Tiphiids; but he makes absolutely no men- tion of important points of difference. The intermediate coxe of Pterombrus cnigmaticus ? are contiguous, not widely separated as in Tphia; the radial cell is closed, and there are three complete cubital cells; the antennz also are very different. In the male the intermediate coxie are almost, though not quite, contiguous, the neuration of the fore wing resembles that of the female, and the aculeus of the hypopygium is long and recurved as in Myzine, and very much longer than in Tiphia. Ashmead gives as one of the characters of his Viphide, “ pygidium in ¢ entire.’”’? For Tiphia this is correct, but in Pterombrus, though not deeply slit as in Myzine, it certainly seems to me to be distinctly emarginate in the middle of the apical margin. The points in which an approach to Tiphia may be noticed are the entire eyes and the development of the stigma. I only know the female of FE. rufiventris by Fox’s figure and description, which are quite sufficient to show the identity of the genus with Pterombrus. In my opinion the male of Pterombrus is distinctly nearer to Plesia than to Tiphia; whilst the female shows many important points of distinction from both. Ashmead suggests that Engyeystus is closely allied to Epomi- diopteron, which he classes in his Tiphiide, as I think rightly, in spite of the absence of a recurved spine on the hypopygium of the male. But the difference between the two genera is very great,and I gather from his remarks that he had not seen specimens of Hpomidiopteron. In his classification of his family Cosilide in the same paper, Ashmead also seems to me to fall into many mistakes, probably for want of sufficient material. The intermediae coxee are not, as he states, contiguous, or nearly so, in the females especially they are widely separated, though not quite as widely as in Tphia. He places Dimorphoptera in his family Myzinide and Anthobosca in the Thynnide, though Anthobosca is really the male sex of both Callosila, 118 Mr. R. E. Turner ox the Sauss., and Dimorphoptera, both of which I have treated in former papers as synonyms of Cosila, sinking all three names under Anthobosca. 1 follow Sicheland Saussure in regarding the group as a link between Myzine and Scolia, though also showing some affinities with the Thynnide. The other genera placed by Ashmead in the Cosilide seem to me to be of very doubtful affinities, but I have not seen specimens of Sierolomorpha, Dicrogenium, Nursea, or Isotiphia. Mauril- lus, Sm., seems to me to be rightly placed by Smith in the Pompilide, the mandibles being the only feature in which it resembles the groups allied to Scolia. Fedtschenkia, like Pterombrus, is a very distinct genus, which does not fall con- veniently into any group, but is probably better placed as a subfamily of the Mutillide, as is done by André. I have only seen the male, but Ashmead places it with the Cosilide only because the female is winged. The male agrees with Anthobosca in the total or almost complete absence of the transverse depression between the first and second ventral segments, a panies by which Anthobosca may be at once separated from Myzine or Tiphia, as well as in the unarmed hypopygium. The former character is shared with many of the Thynnide, especially in the female sex. Ashmead’s key to the classification of his family Myzinide (‘ Canadian Entomologist,’ 1903) is very confused, the eharacters for the females being in several cases given under the heading “males.” He is, however, probably correct in placing Pecilotiphia, Cam., in the family. Tiphia compressa, Sa. 9. The type is from China; Indian specimens have the anterior wings fusco-violaceous, and the intermediate and posterior femora and trochanters wholly ferruginous ; there is also an oblique carina on each side on the dorsal surface of the median segment, reaching from the base, where it is about as far from the outer of the central caring as that is from the median carina, to within a short distance of the apical angle of the segment; this carina is only faintly indicated in the type. 3. Clypeus rather finely and closely punctured, shallowly and broadly emarginate at the apex ; head shining, the front closely and rather finely, the vertex and the space round the ocelli very sparsely punctured; the scape finely and closely punctured, with a few rather short, pale tulvous hairs beneath. Pronotum shining, sparsely and rather finely punctured, the posterior margin broadly smooth; the propleure smooth and Fymenopterous Genus Tiphia. 119 shining, the mesopleurae finely and rather sparsely pune- tured. Mesonotum and scutellum rather sparsely punctured, the tegule smooth and shining. Median segment short, very broadly emarginate at the apex, subopaque, the median carina reaching the apex, with one on each side of it, the last two converging towards the apex, where they are sepa- rated by a distance equal to about two-thirds of that which separates them at the base; there is also a more obscure carina on each side, rather less oblique than in the female, and reaching the apical margin at a distance from the apical angle equal to that by which the two outer carine of the median series are separated from each other on the apical margin, the space between the carinz very finely rugulose ; the surface of the posterior truncation slightly concave, smooth and shining; the sides of the segment are coarsely striated. Abdomen shining, the two basal segments and the base of the third smooth, the apex of the third and the whole of the remaining segments finely and closely punctured and clothed at the sides with fulvous pubescence, the basal segment with a deep, longitudinally-striated transverse sulcus near the apex ; a similar but deeper sulcus at the base of the second segment. The transverse median nervure is received very distinctly behind the transverse basal nervure; the recurrent nervure is received near the apex of the second cubital cell. Black ; the mandibles at the apex, the palpi, the apex of the femora, and the anterior tarsi fusco-ferruginous. Wings very light fusco-hyaline, hyaline at the base; nervures fuscous, the stigma black. Length 7 mm. Hab. Maymyo, Burma, 3000 ft. (Bingham), 3 2 incop.; Shillong, Assam, 6000 ft. (Turner). T. clavinerva, Cam. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xiii. p- 281, 1904, 3, is extremely near to this species and may prove to be a synonym, but as there are slight differences in the sculpture and neuration it is better not to sink the name until more specimens are available. The carina on the first ventral segment is the same in both species. T%phia robusta, Cam., will probably prove to be a variety of the female; specimens from Lower Burma and Siam, which I refer to compressa, are without the lateral dorsal carine on the . median segment and show only the three usual carine on the middle. Tiphia rufipes, Sm. A specimen from Ceylon in the British Museum has the 120 Myr. R. E. Turner en the legs and antenne black, the stigma is also black and rather longer, and the nervures fuscous. Otherwise, except for the rather longer and narrower shape of the stigma, it does not seem to differ from the type. Specimens from Lower Burma have the antenne and nervures dark, but the legs are red as in the type. The species is easily distinguished by the very large stigma, which is as large as in many of the males of the genus. The type apparently came from Northern India. Tiphia auripennis, Bingh. Tiphia auripennis, Bingh. Fauna Brit. India, Hym. i. p. 64 (1897), 2. Tiphia curvinervis, Cam. Entomologist, p. 258 (1902), 9. Tiphia fulvinerva, Cam. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xiii. p. 286 (1904), 2. Cameron states that fulvinerva is quite distinct from auri- pennis, but does not say how it differs, and I fail to find any difference of specific importance. Tiphia persica, sp. n. ¢. Clypeus short, truncate at the apex, sparsely punc- tured, the apical margin smooth. Head shining, sparsely punctured, very sparsely behind the ocelli ; scape finely and closely punctured, with long golden hairs beneath ; the head is rather large and strongly rounded posteriorly. Pronotum deeply but rather sparsely punctured, broadly smooth and shining posteriorly, the surface of the anterior truncation finely and closely punctured; propleurz striated, very ob- scurely at the summit, more strongly below ; mesopleure sparsely punctured. Mesonotum almost smooth on the sides, deeply punctured in the middle, the tegule smooth. Scutellum sparsely, but deeply, punctured, the centre almost smooth ; the postscutellum, finely and sparsely punctured. Median segment subopaque, finely rugulose, almost smooth and shining near the apical angles, the three longitudinal carine parallel and all reaching to the apex, the surtace of the posterior truncation shallowly punctured, the sides of the segment closely striated. Abdomen closely and rather finely punctured, more sparsely and deeply on the two basal seg- ments, the four apical segments much more finely punctured at the base than at the apex, all the segments narrowly smooth on the apical margin, the epipygium coarsely pune- tured-rugose in the middle. ‘he second recurrent nervure is received by the second cubital cell at about two-thirds from the base; the second transverse cubital nervure is oblique, strongly curved outwards on the upper half. Black, with white pubesence; the mandibles and the Hymenopterous Genus 'Viphia. 121 antenne beneath fuscous: the apex of the pygidium and the spines of the tibizs and tarsi testaceous brown. Wings very pale flavo-hyaline, nervures and stigma dark ferruginous, Length 13-16 mm. Hab. “ K. Sefid,’ S.W. Persia (Escalera). Described from six specimens in the B. M. Near TY. auripennis, Bingh., but differs in the larger and more rounded head and the more closely punctured abdomen, also in the paler colour of the wings. Also near 7. fulvi- pennis, Sm., but that species has a faint transverse carina on the first abdominal segment. Tiphia himalayensts, Cam. Tiphia himalayensis, Cam. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xiii. p. 282 (1904), 2 Tiphia fumipennis, Magr., var. a, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, (2*) xii. p- 52 (1892) (nec Smith); Bingh. Fauna Brit. India, Hym. i. p. 58 (1897). T. fumipennis, Sm., from Borneo has the median segment much longer than in continental specimens and the epipygium is punctured, not striated. Ziphia rothneyt, Cam. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xi. p. 324 (1903), 9, will probably prove to be the same species as 1’. himalayensis, being dis- tinguished only by the sculpture of the pleure, but until more specimens are available it is better to keep them separate. I have seen specimens of 7. himalayensis from Sikkim and Assam and find considerable variation in the development of the sculpture on the pro- and mesopleure, but the sides of the median segment are striated in all the specimens I have seen, not closely punctured as in T. rothneyt. Tiphia tibetana, sp. n. @. Clypeus slightly produced and truncate at the apex, finely and closely punctured, the apical margin smooth and shining. Head sparsely, but rather deeply, punctured, with very sparse grey pubescence; the scape shining, sparsely punctured, with a few long grey hairs beneath. Pronotum very sparsely punctured, the posterior margin very broadly smooth and shining, the propleure smooth and shining, delicately striated near the lower posterior angle; the meso- pleure coarsely, but rather sparsely, punctured. Mesonotum “sparsely punctured, almost smooth on the sides, the tegule smooth. Scutellum smooth, with a row of punctures at the apex, the postscutellum almost smooth. Median segment subopaque and finely aciculate, shining near the apical 122 Mr. R. E. Turner on the angles, the three longitudinal carine parallel, the median one not nearly reaching the apex, the surface of the posterior truncation shining and almost smooth, with a median carina on the apical half and slightly concave, the sides of the segment coarsely striated. Abdomen shining, sparsely and shallowly punctured, most sparsely on the two basal segments; the basal segment rather slender, rounded anteriorly, the sides of the segments thinly clothed with grey pubescence. Epipygium strongly punctured at the base, the punctures confluent longitudinally, broadly smooth at the apex. The second recurrent nervure is received close to the middle of tle second cubital cell. Black ; the mandibles at the apex fusco-ferruginous ; the apex of the pygidium and the spines of the tibie and tarsi dark testaceous, the antenne beneath fuscous. Wings fusco- hyaline, nervures dark brown. Length 12 mm. 3. Clypeus finely and closely punctured, the extreme apex smooth and shining and narrowly truncate, rather closely covered with cinereous pubescence. Head finely and closely punctured, most sparsely round the ocelli. Pronotum finely and rather sparsely punctured, the posterior margin very broadly smooth and shining ; the propleuree smooth and shining, the mesopleure shallowly and rather closely punctured. Mesonotum sparsely, but deeply, punc- tured ; scutellum and postscutellum sparsely punctured. Median segment subopaque, punctured-rugulose, the three longitudinal carine parallel, the median one not reaching much more than halfway to the apex, the sides of the segment striated. Abdomen shining, sparsely punctured, most sparsely on the two basal segments; the basal seg- ment long and slender, with a small tubercular prominence on each side near the base. The radial cell extends beyond the second cubital cell, which receives the second recurrent nervure at the middle. Black; the spines of the tibia and tarsi testaceous. Wings hyaline, iridescent, nervures black. Length 8-9 min. Hab. Gyangtse, Tibet, 13,000 ft. (Hl. J. Walton). Type in B. M. Described from 4 @ and 4 92. Very near simlaensis, Cam., but the first abdominal seg- ment is much more elongate in both sexes, it is more sparsely punctured, and the shape of the anterior margin of the clypeus is different in the male. Hymenopterous Genus Tiphia. 123 Tiphia intrudens, Sm. I can see no important distinctions in specimens of this wide-ranging species from most distant localities ; females of the Indian form of the species usually have the second cubital cell rather longer, and the pubescence on the abdomen in a pair taken by me in Assam (6000 ft.) is closer and of a distinctly fulvous colour in both sexes. Hab. Mysoi (Wallace); Mackay and Cairns, Q. (Turner); 3urma; Assam (Dingham). This is the only species of the genus known to occur in Australia. The specimens from Queensland have the median segment shorter in the female and the wings paler in both sexes than in the typical form, clear hyaline in the male. I propose the name 7. ¢ntrudens, st. brevior, st. n., for the Australian form. Tiphia annandalei, sp. n. ?. Clypeus truncate at the apex, closely punctured at the base, the apex smooth and depressed. Head punctured, but not very deeply or closely, the space round the base of the antennee very minutely and closely punctured; the posterior ocelli twice as far from the eyes as from each other. Scape finely and closely punctured, with long pale fulvous hairs beneath and a few shorter hairs above, the two basal joints of the flagellum shining and sparsely punctured. Pronotum closely punctured on the anterior third, the posterior two- thirds smooth and shining; the anterior slope rather closely punctured, smooth in the middle; the propleurse rather deeply punctured at the margins, shining and almost smooth, with very fine and almost obsolete striae, a row of deep punctures a little before the posterior margin; the meso- pleuree shining and very sparsely punctured. Mesonotum and scutellum very sparsely punctured, a curved row of deep punctures close to the posterior angles of the scutellum, the tegule subopaque, shining at the apex. Median segment slightly convex, nearly as long as broad, subopaque and finely aciculated, smooth and shining at the posterior angles, the three longitudinal carine parallel and all reaching the apex. Abdomen shining and punctured, the two basal segments very sparsely, the third and fourth more closely at _the base, the four basal segments with a transverse row of punctures before the apical margin; the fifth segment deeply and closely punctured; the pygidium rugose at the base, the apical half with eight or nine broad but not very strongly elevated longitudinal carine, those in the middle more 124 Mr. R. E. Turner on the obscure ; the sides of the segments with long, sparse, grey pubescence slightly tinged with fulvous. The first recurrent nervure is slightly curved outwardly close to the top, the second is oblique and is received beyond two-thirds from the base of the second cubital cell. lack ; the extreme apex of the pygidium and the spines of the tibize and tarsi obscurely ferruginous. Wings fusco- hyaline, tinted with yellow ; nervures black. Length 20 mm., exp. 29 mm. Hab. Semangko, Selangor, 3500 ft. (Annandale) ; October. Nearest to YZ. fulvinerva, Cam., from Northern India, from which it differs in the puncturation of the head and abdomen, in the colour of the wings and nervures, and the absence of long fulvous hairs on the head and thorax. It is also allied to 7. fumipennis, Sm., under which name it is recorded by Colonel Bingham, Fascic. Malay., Zool. i. App., but differs markedly in the sculpture of the pygidium and the greater breadth of the head. Tiphia elypealis, Cam. Tiphia clypealis, Cam, Mem. Manchester Lit. & Phil. Soc. xli. no, 4, p. 47 (1897), d (as 9). Tiphia flavipennis, Bingh. Fauna Brit. India, Hym. i. p. 59 (1897), 3 P (nec Smith). Tiphia quinquecarinata, Cam. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xiii. p. 288 (1904), 2 Bingham’s description of T. flavipennis is taken from a specimen from Borneo which differs from continental speci- mens in the much longer median segment and the shape of the anterior margin of the clypeus. Cameron describes T. clypealis as a female, but the type in Rothney’s collection is a male to which the description corresponds. T%phia lyrata, Magr. Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, (2°) xii. p. 252, 1892, 2, may prove to be a form of this species, but, as Magretti regards it distinct from specimens identified by him as T. flavipennis which doubtless belong to the present species, I prefer not to treat the two forms as identical. Tiphia polycarinata, Magy. Tiphia policarinata, Magr. Ann. Mus. Ciy. Genova, (2*) xii. p. 250 (1892), Q. Tiphia conscia, Nurse, Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soe. xiv. p. 81 (1902), 9. Tiphia erythrocera, Cam, Mem, Manchester Lit. & Phil. Soc. xli. p- 50 (1897), 2 (?). This is a wide-ranging species and will probably be found Hymenopterous Genus 'Tiphia. 25 to spread over the whole of India and Burma. T. erythro- cera, Cam., from Masuri, has only three carine on the median segment and may perhaps prove to be distinct, but as the development of the intermediate carinz shows a good deal of variation, I think it will probably prove to be at most a local variety. Tiphia decrescens, Walker. Tiphia decrescens, Walk. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (3) iv. p. 376 (1859) 3 (as Q). Tiphia nervosa, Nurse, Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. xiv. p. 81 (1902), ¢. Tiphia sub B (levigata), Magr. Ann. Mus, Civ. Genova, (2%) xii. p. 254 (1892), ¢. This will probably prove to be the male of 7. polycarinata as Nurse suggests. Walker’s type is from Ceylon, and agrees well with a specimen from Burma. The stigma is almost black in the type of decrescens and ferruginous in nervosa, but other specimens show intermediate gradations. The stigma is said by Magretti to be small, but in specimens I have seen it is rather large. Tiphia fulvicornis, sp. n. ¢. Clypeus narrowly truncate at the apex, finely punc- tured at the base, broadly smooth at the apex. Head shining, closely but not very deeply or coarsely punctured on the front, more sparsely on the vertex and round the ocelli, Antenne inserted twice as far from the eyes as from each other ; the scape shining, finely and closely punctured above, with pale fulvous hairs beneath, the second joint of the flagellum very slightly longer than the first, the third half as long again as the second. Pronotum rather sparsely punctured, the posterior margin smooth, the propleurse smooth and shining, very finely and obscurely longitudinally striated on the lower margin ; mesopleure rather sparsely punctured ; scutellum shining, sparsely punctured, with a very fine, obscure, longitudinal sulcus in the middle. Median segment opaque, coriaceous, smooth and shining at the posterior angles, rectangular, nearly half as broad again as long, moderately convex in the middle, the lateral and posterior margins slightly raised, forming fine carine ; the posterior truncation almost vertical, shining and very finely aciculated ; ‘the three longitudinal carine on the dorsal surface parallel, not very near together, the median one not quite reaching the apex. Abdomen shining, rather finely punctured, much more sparsely on the two basal segments than on the others, 126 ~ Mr. R. E. Turner on the the first segment broadly transversely depressed on the apical margin, the epipygium very broadly rounded at the apex, coarsely punctured, the punctures confluent longitudinally, the apical margin broadly smooth. ‘The radial cell is entirely open at the apex. The sides of the median segment are obliquely striated. Black ; with white pubescence on the legs and the sides of the abdomen; the mandibles, the apex of the clypeus, the apex of the scape, the first joint of the flagellum, the tegule, the apex of the pygidium, and the spines of the tibiz and tarsi fusco-ferruginous; the flagellum from the second joint orange. Wings dark fusco-violaceous, the posterior pair paler and without the strong purple gloss ; nervures black. Length 14 mm., exp. 23 mm. Hab. Damaraland. Type in Oxford University Museum, ex coll. Saunders. Tiphia monomatapa, sp. n. ?. Clypeus finely and closely punctured at the base, the apical margin transverse, broadly smooth and_ shining. Scape closely and finely punctured, with long fulvous hairs beneath, the first two joints of the flagellum and the apex of the third shining, the remainder of the flagellum opaque and very finely pubescent. Head closely and rather coarsely punctured, more sparsely on the front below the anterior ocellus. Pronotum closely and rather strongly punctured, the posterior margin broadly smooth ; the propleurse punc- tured anteriorly, almost smooth and shining at the margins posteriorly ; the mesopleurz closely and coarsely punctured, Mesonotum very coarsely but sparsely punctured, the scutellum more finely punctured. Median segment slightly convex above, much broader than long, subopaque, ex- ceedingly delicately punctured-striate, the posterior truncation very slightly concave, the margins raised ; the dorsal surface with the usual three longitudinal carine, the central carina not quite reaching the apex, the two outer carine twice as far apart at the base as at the apex; the sides of the segment finely obliquely striated. Tegule very large, finely and closely punctured, smooth at the extreme base and apex. Abdomen rather strongly punctured, most sparsely on the basal segment, most closely on the apical half of segments 3-5; the pygidium longitudinally rugose, the apex very broadly finely punctured, with an obscure median carina. Two cubital cells, the division of the first faintly indicated on the radial nervure, the stigma very small. Hymenopterous Genus Tiphia. 127 Black ; the mandibles, the scape of the antennz at the apex, the flagellum more distinctly beneath than above, the apex of the femora, the spines of the tibiz and tarsi, and the extreme apex of the pygidium fusco-ferruginous; the extreme apex of the pronotum, of the tegule, and of the abdominal segments testaceous; the pubescence whitish. Wings hyaline, very faintly tinged with yellowish brown, most strongly in the radial cell ; nervures fusco-ferruginous. Length 13 mm. Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland (G. A. K. Marshall); February. Near 7. natalensis, Sm., from which it may be distinguished by the longer tegule, the smaller stigma, the sculpture of the median segment, and the less marked constriction of the apex of the first abdominal segment. Tiphia scabrosa, Gerst. Tiphia scabrosa, Gerst. Monatsber. kon, Akad. Wiss. Berlin, p. 512 (1857), 2. Tiphia rugosa, Sm. Deser. N. Sp. Hym. p. 185. n. 4 (1897), 2. Hab. Inhambane (Peters) ; Zululand (Smith). Tiphia abrupta, sp. n. @. Clypeus very delicately punctured ; the head rather coarsely, but not very closely punctured, least closely round the ocelli. Pronotum rather coarsely and very closely punctured, the posterior margin narrowly smooth and shining ; the propleure finely striated, smooth and shining at the summit ; the mesopleure closely, but not very coarsely punctured ; mesonotum and scutellum punctured, the punc- tures larger and more scattered than on the pronotum. Median segment short and broad, opaque and finely rugulose, the median carina reaching the apex, the two outer carinze rather far apart, converging slightly towards the apex, the distance between them at the apex about three-quarters of that at the base ; the sides of the segment obliquely striated. Tegule closely punctured, the extreme apex smooth and shining. Abdomen shining, closely punctured, the two basal segments a little more sparsely than the others, the basal segment very abruptly truncate at the base, rather strongly constricted at the apex, the apical margin of all the segments very narrowly smooth. Kpipygium longitudinally punctured rugose, the apex broadly smooth and shining. The stigma is large and the radial cell very broad. Black, with whitish pubescence ; the mandibles and the 128 - Mr. R. E. Turner on the intermediate tibize dark fusco-ferruginous; the antenne, anterior tibiae and tarsi, intermediate tarsi, and the apex of the pygidium dark ferruginous. Wings flavo-hyaline, nervures ferruginous, the stigma fuscous. Length 9 mm. Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland (G. A. K. Marshall) ; December. Very near 7’. pedestris, Gerst., but in that. species the abdomen is almost smooth ; the colour is also different. The present species has a fine transverse carina at the base of the first abdominal segment above the anterior truncation, which is not mentioned by Gerstaecker in his description of T. pedestris. Tiphia brevipennis, Luc. Tiphia brevipennis, Luc. Explor. scient. de l’Algérie, iv. p. 285, pl. 15. fig. 9 (1846), 2 (nec Cameron). Pseudotiphia brevipennis, Ashm. Cam. Ent, xxxyv. p. 6 (1903), Q. Ashmead makes a new genus for this species and places it in his family Myzinide, but without giving any reason for the change. The shortened and useless wings and the smaller eyes seem to be the only characters distinguishing the species from Tiphia, and unless the male when discovered also shows distinguishing features, which is not very pro- bable, I do not consider -the formation of a new genus necessary, much less the removal into a different family. Tiphia brevipennis, Cam. from Barrackpore is quite a different species and will have to receive a new name, so I propose the name Tiphia petri for that species. Tiphia meridionalis, sp. n. 9. Head closely and rather deeply punctured, most closely on the front, most sparsely round the ocelli; the scape punctured, with long hairs beneath and a few shorter hairs above, scarcely exceeding in length the second and third joints of the flagellum combined. Pronotum rather closely punctured anteriorly, the posterior half smooth and shining, the face of the anterior truncation finely and rather sparsely punctured; the propleuree smooth and shining at the summit, striated below ; mesopleure rather strongly but not very closely punctured ; mesonotum sparsely punctured, most closely on the middle, the tegule smooth and shining, the scutellum very sparsely punctured. Median segment shining, very minutely punctured, nearly twice as broad as long in the middle, a little depressed posteriorly before the base of the truncation, the three carine parallel and rather Hlymenopterous Genus Tiphia. 129 far apart, the sides of the segment strongly striated. Abdo- men shining, the two basal segments sparsely punctured, the third and fourth more finely and closely punctured at the base, sparsely at the apex, the fifth closely and rather finely punc- tured, the epipygium punctured rugose at the base, the apical half smooth. ‘The stigma is about twice as long as broad, obliquely truncate at the apex, the lower margin straight, not rounded. Black ; the flagellum fusco-ferruginous, paler at the apex ; the spines of the tibia fuscous, those of the tarsi paler; the apex of the abdominal segments and of the pronotum very narrowly pale testaceous, the apex of the pygidium narrowly ferruginous. Wings hyaline, clouded in the radial cell, nervures fusco-ferruginous, the stigma fuscous. Pubescence whitish. Mandibles fusco-ferruginous. Length 12 mm. Hab. Argentina (Burmeister). Type in B. M. Very near 7. aztecz, Cam., from Mexico, bat in that insect the head is rather larger and broader, the posterior ocelli nearer together, the scape of the antenne a little longer, aud the stigma much narrower, The punctures in 1’. azteca are larger and not so close. Tiphia elongata, sp. n. 9. Clypeus finely punctured at the base, broadly smooth and shining at the apex ; the apical margin shallowly and rather widely emarginate in the middle. Front coarsely, but not very closely punctured, the vertex and the space round the ocelli shining and very sparsely punctured ; scape shining, rather closely punctured, clothed beneath with long fulvous hairs, the two basal joints of the flagellum shining, the remainder covered with fine down. Pronotum sparsely punctured at the base, the posterior margin broadly smooth and shining, the propleuree smooth and shining above, very finely striated below; the mesopleuree shining and very sparsely punctured. Mesonotum sparsely punctured, the tegule finely punctured on the inner margin; scutellum and postscutellum with a few scattered punctures. Median seg- ment very long, much longer than broad, almost smooth, but not highly polished; the three median carinez nearly parallel, the outer ones less than half as far again from each other at the base as at the apex, the surface of the posterior trun- cation irregularly rugulose, the sides of the segment finely obliquely striated. Abdomen shining; the two basal seg- ments almost entirely smooth, the first with a transverse row Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. ii. y 130 Mr. R. E. Turner on the of punctures before the apex and rounded anteriorly, the second with a transverse, longitudinally striated groove at the base ; the third sparsely and finely punctured at the base and apex ; the fourth and fitth more closely punctured; the epipygium coarsely punctured-rugose at the base, smooth and shining at the apex. The first recurrent nervure is received just before the middle of the first cubital cell, the second just beyond the middle of the second cubital cell. Black ; the mandibles, the apex of the pygidium, and the spines of the tibiz and tarsi ferruginous brown; antenne fusco-ferruginous beneath and at the extreme apex. Wings hyaline, tinted with yellow, stigma and nervures ferruginous. Length 9 mm., exp. 14 mm. flab. Theresopolis, 8. Brazil. Type in B. M. Tiphia jonesii, sp. n. 6. Clypeus finely and very closely punctured, the an- terior margin truncate. Front finely and very closely punctured, thinly clothed with long, pale, fulvous pubescence, the space round the ocelli shining, sparsely and more coarsely punctured ; the scape finely punctured, shining and clothed beneath with rather long, pale fulvous pubescence. Pro- notum finely and closely punctured, the posterior margin rather narrowly smooth and shining; propleure finely and obscurely striated, smooth and shining at the top. Meso- notum and scutellum shining and rather sparsely punctured ; the median segment subopaque, with the usual three carine, the two outer carine more than twice as far apart at the base as at the apex ; finely punctured, aciculate near the lateral margins, the sides of the segment closely striated ; the meso- pleure rather sparsely punctured. Abdomen closely punc- tured, with sparse fulvous pubescence, the first segment rather short, the apical half smooth and shining, with a transverse row of fine punctures before the apex, the second segment more sparsely punctured than the following one. Radial cell short, the second cubital cell extending beyond it, the second transverse cubital nervure strongly oblique and inter- stitial with the oblique apical nervure of the radial cell. The first recurrent nervure is received at the middle of the first cubital cell, the second just beyond the middle of the second cubital cell. Black ; the pubescence on the sides grey, on the dorsal surface very pale fulvous; the antenne beneath fusco- ferruginous, the tarsi except the basal joint, and the spines of the tibia and tarsi ferruginous. Wings hyaline, stigma and nervures ferruginous. flymenopterous Genus Tiphia. 131 Length 7 mm. flab, Castro; Parana (EL. Dukinfield Jones). ‘Type in B. M. Described from two specimens. Tiphia flaripennis, Spin. Tiphia flavipennis, Spin. Ann, Soc. Entom. France, (1) x. p. 102 (1841), 2 (nee Smith). Tiphia elegans, Cam. Biol. Centr.-Amer., Hym. ii. p. 240 (1893), gd 2. Tiphia ochroptera, D, T, Cat. Hym, viii. 189 (1897). I do not understand why Dalla Torre sinks Spinola’s. name, which has priority over Smith’s. As Smith’s name has to sink, I propose 7’. berneensis tor that species. I regard specimens from the continent of Asia which have been referred to flavipennis as distinct. Liphia intricata, Sm. Tiphia mtricata, Sm. Descr. N. Sp. Hym. p. 188. n. 13 (1879), g 2. Liphia carimata, Cam. Biol. Centr.-Amer., pt. 112, Hym. u. p, 245 (1393), dQ. Tiphia parallela, Sm. Tiphia paraliela, Sm. Descr. N. Sp. Hym. p. 185. n. 7 (1879), 2. Twhia gaumeri, Cam. biol, Centr.-Amer., Hym. ii. p. 244 (1893), °. Tiphia inornata, Say. Tiphia inornata, Say, Keating’s Narrat. Exped. ii. App. p. 331 (1824). ? Liphia guatemalensis, Cam. Biol. Centr.-Amer., Hym. ii. p. 241 (1893). ‘The differences in sculpture seem to be too slight to be of specific importance. Genus Pa:ciLoTiPpHIA, Cam. As I have before said, | agree with Ashmead in regarding this genus as allied to Myzime rather than to Tiphia. Although there are only two cubital cells as in Tiphia, the second transverse cubital nervure seems to be missing, not the first as in Tiphia. The female is unknown. In spite of some differences in neuration, I am inclined to think that the following species are nearly allied to this genus: Methoca rugosa, Cam., in which there are two cubital cells, and Myzine dimadiaticornis, Bingh., in which there are three. They show many points in common, and are not well placed in the genera to which the authors have assigned them. ‘he claws of M. dimidiaticorms, however, are bifid, “not simple, which together with the difference in neuration may be sufficient to form a new genus tor it, but it is better to wait till the female is known. ‘The antenna of all three species differ widely trom those of A/yzine, and the pronotum is wuch longer. 132 Bibliographical Notices. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES. Economie Ornithology. 1. Food Habits of the Grosbeaks. U.S. Department of Agriculture, Bull. 32. Washington Government Printing Office. 1908. 2. Birds that eat Scale-Insects. Reprint from Yearbook of Department of Agriculture. 1906, In the matter of economic ornithology we in England are disgrace- fully behind the times; the Board of Agriculture seemingly prefers to leave this matter to private enterprise, or to deal with the matter in such a perfunctory manner as to be positively ridiculous, making us the laughing-stock of the nations. On the Continent and in the United States things are different. In the United States, indeed, for many years past, the study of birds in their relation to man has been vigorously prosecuted, and splendid results have rewarded this zeal. The two pamphlets now before us are most admirable examples of their kind, and should be carefully studied by all who are inter- ested in this matter. The first on our list is by Mr. W. L. McAtee, an Assistant of the Biological Survey, and it is a model of what such work should be. The Author surveys the food eaten by five species of grosbeaks, representing the genera Cardinalis, Pyrrhulowia, Zamelodia, and Guiraca, and giving for each species a most exhaustive account of the animal and vegetable constituents of the food, supplemented by illustrations of all the more important plants and insects and excellent figures of the birds themselves. It would be impossible in the space of a short review to give an adequate account of the Author’s conclusions, but suffice it to say that he has shown beyond cavil that these birds, which have been condemned now by the farmer and now by the fruit-grower—some species showing at certain times of the year a fondness for fruit and some for grain,—are, on the whole, unquestionably extremely valuable birds, devouring immense quantities of the seeds of certain noxious weeds. The five species studied consume nine times more weed-seed than grain and fruit, and nineteen times more injurious than useful insects. In his second paper on ‘ Birds that eat Scale-Insects’ the Author first outlines the appalling damage done by these insects to orchards, and then goes on to give a brief outline of the various species of birds which prey more or less on these pests. No less than fifty- seven species of birds have been found to eat scale-insects, and nearly all are, as might be supposed, arboreal species. What proportion these insects form of the total quantity of food eaten is a matter which is yet under investigation, but it would seem that some species eat large quantities thereof. Bibliographical Notices. 133 British Museum Guides. 1. A Guide to the Exhibited Series of Insects. Price 1s. 1908. 2. Guide to the Gallery of Fishes. Price ls. 1908. London : Printed by Order of the Trustees of the British Museum. As popular text-books of zoology the guide-books sold over the counter of the Natural History Museum probably stand unrivalled, tor they display a wealth of illustration which is truly marvellous, while it is certain that in the matter of concentrated information they hold an almost unique position. The Guide to the Exhibited Series of Insects has been written by Mr. C. O. Waterhouse, and this in itself is a sutlicient guarantee of sterling work. After a brief introduction on the broad outlines of the structure of insects, the Author proceeds to pass in review all the principal orders and families into which this class is divided, illustrating his remarks by brief sketches of the more remarkable species, their hie-history and habits. When we remember that Mr. Waterhouse has had to make this selection out of a possible 155,700 named species, the magnitude of his task becomes dimly realizable. Inci- dentally we may remark that the study collection now housed in the Museum contains about 1,150,000 specimens ! The Guide to the Fish Gallery has been written by Dr. W. G. Ridewood, and is in every way worthy of the great series of which it forms a part. The Author has devoted many years of study to the fishes, and to him, it may be remarked, Sir E. Ray Lankester, the late Director of the Museum, entrusted the rearrangement of the specimens with which this Guide is concerned. During this work Dr. Ridewood effected a marvellous transformation, and in the pages of this little volume he briefly traces, for the benefit of the visitor, all the more striking and interesting facts concerning the specimens so beautifully displayed. But beside this he has contrived to include a most helpful and concise account of the classification of fishes and the more important features in their anatomy, at any rate in so far as this bears upon their systematic position. Those who have a mind, it may be remarked, to acquaint them- selves with the last word in the classification of fishes may with profit consult the pages of this Guide, for many new features have been introduced into the systematic arrangement of this group during the work of remodelling the Gallery. Many of the orders and most of the subdivisions thereof which appear in this Guide will be found to be new—that is to say, a more or less reshuffling of the orders of other authors has taken place in order, if possible, to express the phylogenetic relationships of the groups concerned one to another. This, of course, will not meet with universal approval, no system of classification ever does ; but it will certainly stimulate further work, and thus serve a most useful purpose. 13t Aliscellaneous. C. B. Witsox. North-American Parasitic Copepods belonging to the Family Caligide.—Parts 3 & 4. A Revision of the Pandarine and Cecropine. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. vol. xxxiii. pp. 323-490, plates xvit.-xliii. December 1907. Tue parasitic Copepoda are a group of which the study is rendered particularly difficult by the great changes which take place during growth, by the remarkable and varied sexual dimorphism, and by the absence, in recent years, of anything like a serious revision of the group or of any cousiderable part of it. This last difficulty Dr. Wilson has courageously set himself to remove in the series of memoirs of which this is the latest. That his work will be of very great value to future students cannot be doubted. The material at his disposal is larger than in the case of most earlier writers ; he has been able to examine and to identify the larval stages of a number of species in the different subfamilies; the figures which he gives are numereus, and, if somewhat inartistic and lacking in detail, are clear and apparently accurate. It is much to be regretted, however, that a little more trouble was not taken at the outset to make quite clear the relation between the morphology of the parasitic groups and that of the free-living forms. Dr. Wilson recognizes ‘‘ twelve pairs of appendages, namely, two pairs of an- tenn, one pair of mandibles, two pairs of maxilla, two pairs of maxillipeds, and five pairs of swimming-legs.” How this series of appendages is to be compared with that of the typical free-swimming Copepods we are not told, nor is it easy to guess. ols MISCELLANEOUS. The Genotype of Cidaris, Z'o the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History. GentLeMeN,—Dr. H. L, Clark’s able advocacy of his views in the June number of the ‘ Annals’ helps to make clear the precise ditterence between us. Except for a few advocates of pre-Linnean and non-binominal names, we all agree to ascribe Cidarts to Leske. It follows by the rules that the genotype must be one of the species assigned by Jeske himself to Cidaris. Being unable to discover on what grounds other authors had selected C. papiilata, I applied the rules, and found these to lead to the same result. Rightly or wrongly, Dr. Clark accepts no other of Leske’s species as a Cidurvs at all, and is therefore bound either to accept C. papillata or to reject the generic name, Essentially he does accept it, and it is with the next step that trouble begins. We all agree that Leske’s sections I., II., and III. represent three Miscellaneous. 135 distinct speeies. Which of them is to be regarded as the true C. papillata? My application of the rules led me to decide on no. Ill. Dr. Clark objects to my application, but arrives, like every one else, at the same result. Now comes the divergence. I maintain that if species no. III. is rightly called Cidaris papillata, it must be the genotype. Dr. Clark rejects this obvious course and fixes on no. II., which was first made a separate species by Lamarck under the name Cidarites tribuloides. But a species unrecognized as such by Leske cannot (by Internat. Code, Art. 30, II. e, a) be the genotype of Leske’s own genus, unless, indeed, it prove after all to be a synonym of C. papiilata, in which ease it must take that name. Why does Dr. Clark refuse to take C. papillata s. str. as the genotype? I accept his disclaimer of the reason I gave: ‘ because Dorocidaris A. Ag. thus becomes a synonym of Cidaris,” and quote his own words: ‘‘ A. Agassiz in 1869 removed papillata s. str. to Dorocidaris.” It would be more correct to say that in 1863 (Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. i. p. 17) A. Agassiz restricted ‘“‘Cidaris Klein” to C. thouarsii, C. tribuloides, C. annulata, C. baculosa, and allied species, and that he removed to Orthocidaris Ag. C. hystrix, C. affinis, and “ C. papillata Flem.,” but that, finding the name Orthocidaris preoccupied by Cotteau, in 1869 he altered it to Dorocidaris. The type of Dorocidaris was not fixed; but, sinee in the ‘ Revision of the Echini’ Mr. Agassiz (p. 105) recognized that all the species he had referred to it were synonyms of C. papillata Leske, it follows that the genotype of Dorocidaris is Cidaris papillata Leske. Whether the Cudaris of A. Agassiz, 1863 and 1872, can correctly be regarded as equal to a restrieted Cidaris Klein need not be discussed ; it is, however, interesting to note that it was not claimed as in any way representing Cidaris Leske—that position was reserved for Dorocidares. It follows, then, that from the beginning Dorocidaris was a synonym of Cidaris Leske, and therefore those who accept Czdaris Leske must reject Dorocidaris, In a word, you cannot make Crdaris papillata s. lato the type of Cidaris, and Cidaris papillata s. str. the type of Dorocidaris. Mr. P. Thiéry has kindly pointed out to me that, in resuscitating the name Gymnocidaris A. Ag., 1863, I overlooked the prior use of the name by L. Agassiz (1888, ‘ Monogr. des Salenies,’ p. 3). This name has been re-established by Mr. Lambert (see Zool. Record for 1900). Apparently, then, a name is still required for “Cidaris Klein restr. A. Ag.” Two further criticisms made by Dr. Clark need consideration. I said that J. E. Gray (1825) fixed the genotype as C. imperialis Lam. Dr. Clark says ‘‘ He simply mentions” that species “ as an example of Cidaris, in contrast to Diadema.” This is an extra- _ ordinary representation of Gray’s action. The paper is a professedly systematic paper by a revising systematist, being “An attempt to divide the Echinida, or Sea Eggs, into natural Families.” It deals with a large number of genera, many of them new, and even though 136 Miscellaneous. Gray did not use the expression ‘type,’ except in his last para- graph, we have only to compare it with other papers by Gray in the same volume to see that the single species quoted were intended by him as genotypes. If, then, Gray is put out of court by the rigid application of the Code, @ fortiori must this be the case with Brandt and others. “Tt seems to” Dr. Clark ‘‘ absurd to suppose that Brandt (1835) expected or intended that both his ‘Section A’ and ‘Section B’ of Cidaris were to be called Phyllacanthus.” This is not quite what I said. In the first place, Brandt did not mention a Section A and Section B of Cidaris. He established Phyllacanthus as a new subgenus of Cidaris (or Cidarites Lam., as he called it), and he said in his diagnosis of Phyllacanthus that the ambulacra might be straight or waved. He then divided Phyllacanthus into two Sections: A, with ambulacra straight; B, with ambulacra waved. Since the collection of Mertens contained only examples of one species—C, (Phyllacanthus) dubia—and since this came into Section B, Brandt mentioned Section A in the footnote alone. The type of Section A is undoubtedly Cidarites tribuloides. Lam.; the type of Section B was not fixed. From this it is not so clear to me as it is to Dr. Clark that Brandt “ selected dubia as the type of Phyllacanthus.” Having disallowed Gray and admitted that Brandt does not “distinctly state that tribuloides is the type of Cidaris s. str.,” Dr. Clark then falls back on elimination, and contends for stability of nomenclature, more particularly the nomenclature established in the ‘ Revision of the Echini.. Mr. Alexander Agassiz, when he penned the admirable chapter on ‘ Nomenclature” in that great work, frankly stated (p. 13) that he did not intend to impose on any one the names there adopted, often in defiance of the Codes, It is rather too late now for his coadjutor to begin the attempt. We all desire stability of nomenclature, but the best way of attaining it is to see that the foundations are secure and the super- structure in accord with the canons of the builder’s art. F. A. Barner. Natural History Museum, London, 8. W., 5th June, 1908. Note on the Squirrel-Genus “ Zetis.”. By Otprretp Tuomas. I regret to find that in giving the name Zetis to the long-nosed Oriental squirrels of the pernyi-rufigenis group (Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. xviii. p. 244, 1508) I overlooked the fact that Pére Heude had already proposed for the genus the name Dremomys (Mem. H. N. Empire Chinois, iv. pt. 2, p. 54, 1898). That name must therefore be used for all the squirrels referred to Zetis in my list, including the new Formosan species Dremomys owstoni. Ann & Mag. Nat. Hist. S.8. Vol IT. Pur t Highley delet i ARABIAN JURASSIC PELECYPODA & CASTROPODA fs. Oo NOL Piel, PS Ann. & Magq. Vat-Tl rei eh ALT NA Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S.8. Vol. 1 PLL. ley del.et hth ARABIAN JURASSIC CEPHALOPODA “VWINOSOUOVIN WO'LOIN “Yqt] ya [9p Udadt)' Pe AIT 7! BS TS PN boyy pay Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist .8.8. Vol. Il. PLY. A.O Walker del. ‘ J.Green lith. Anw.& Mag. Nek Hist.8.8.VolILPUVE. J.Green. lith, é VAs + 4 THE ANNALS MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, [EIGHTH SERIES. |] No. 8. AUGUST 1908. XV.—On new Species of Histeridee and Notices of others. By G. Lewis, F.L.S. Tus is the thirty-fourth paper on the Histeride in this Magazine, and in these papers and in those published by me elsewhere there are over 700 species described and about 55 genera established. Marseul described about 700 species and founded 85 genera, so that his work and mine are nearly equal as regards the number of species noticed ; but Marseul’s work is of more value, owing to the large number of figures given in his monograph. Marseul began his monograph fifty-five years ago, and it is nineteen years since his last paper was published ; in describing his species he generally drew outlines of them, even when the drawings were not published. There are several new species of Z7ribalus noticed in the present paper, the number now described being over 30, and there are perhaps as many more nondescripts in collections, so that ultimately the genus is likely to prove to be a large one. At the date of the Munich Catalogue only 9 species were known; three species occur in the European area, and the others are African or Asian. Formerly Dr. G. H. Horn included two American species in T'ribalus, but these are now referred to Cerosternus and Stictostix ; the single species of the first genus has, as already recorded (Ann. & Mag, Nat. Hist. xvi. p. 213, 1885), an antenna with a solid club, and the species Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. ii. 10 138 Mr. G. Lewis on of the second genus, also single, corresponds somewhat curiously with several Australian forms. It may be well to give the origins of two names lately used for new genera, ‘The variolose surface-sculpture of Sitalia severini, Lew., figured in 1900, suggested the name for this Indian genus. The Hindu has made the disease variola a member of his Pantheon, and under the name of the goddess Sitalia pays it worship and honour. The name of the genus Santalus was formed from Santal, a negro-like aboriginal tribe of India; the species are all Oriental and the area of their distribution limited, so far as is now known, to India, Burma, and the Eastern Archipelago. There are two remarkable instances in this family of the geographical distribution of peculiar species which are worthy of notice. In the genus Hololepta there are ten species which have a conspicuous curved or arched sulcus in the propygidium, and these species have a range from Japan through India to South Africa, And in the genus Ana- glymma there are nine species whose distribution extends from the Malay Archipelago and India to Cape Colony, and there is every likelihood that some species will ultimately be found in the far East. All the species of both genera are subcortical in their habits and in Central Africa are found on both coasts. In the Catalogue published in 1905 I did not give the names of the Histeride known and described from the tertiary sedimentary strata as fossils; but at the end of this paper I give a list of them, compiled by Professor T. D. A. Cockerell, of the University of Colorado. I believe the list is complete to date, and I have been courteously permitted to publish it. Heer’s paper was published in 1864, before the inauguration of the ‘ Zoological Record’; but one name in the list is dated 1888. Judging from the figures given of the fossilized species, there appears to be in several of them a thoracic stria which is continued along the base; in the existing species, over 2300, this characteristic is only observed in three. List of Species. Hololepta enodipyga. Macrolister debellatus. Teretrius africus. Hister maroccanus, Sch. erythreeus. | —— amplicollis, Er., 1840,= Platysoma vagans, Lev. thoracicus, Payk., 1811. Mendelius, gen. nov. vadatus, Lew. lineipennis, arcatus. Omalodes obliquistrius. | —— lineisternus. —— simplex. sulcimargo. — chapade. — honestus. new Species of Histeridee. 139 Hister bahiensis. | Phelister (ITister) preecox, Er. planifrons, ( ) pusio, Er, Atholus malaysi. | rectisternus. Tribalus cavernicola, Lew, testudo. puncticeps. fractistrius, suturalis. | —— pygidialis. —— leyvidorsis. | —— colombie. bicarinatus. | rubricatus, —— unistrius. carinistrius, semen, Lew. | Phoxonotus suturalis. Pachycreerus atratus. Flololepta enodipyga, sp. n. Oblongo-ovata, depressa, nigra, nitida; fronte bistriata; pronoto lateribus obsolete punctato, stria marginali antice anguste cana- liculata ; elytris striis dorsalibus haud appendiculatis; pygidio fere levi. L. 7 mill. (absque mandibulis). Oblong-oval, very flat, black and shining; the head smooth, with two short bent frontal striz, labrum very small and bilobed, ¢ mentum smooth and not carinate; the thorax somewhat transverse, scarcely rounded off at the base, but distinctly so at the anterior angles, lateral stria complete and anteriorly narrowly canaliculate, within it there is an obscure narrow line of punctures, base feebly bisinuous; the elytra, strie, 1 dorsal short, basal, but well marked, 2 very short, there is no apical appendage ; the propygidium has a few lateral punctures, but they do not extend to the apex; the pygidium is seemingly smooth, but there is a fine and thinly spread punctuation seen under the microscope; the pro- sternum, keel wide at both ends, but somewhat constricted in the middle ; the anterior tibie 4-dentate. The species may be placed near H. pygolissa, Mars., but the thorax is not so much rounded off behind and the thoracic lateral stria resembles that of Lioderma vicinum, Lec. Hab. Pilcanoto, Peru. I only know the male. Teretrius africus, sp. n. Cylindricus, subelongatus, brunneus, nitidus, undique punctatus, antennis pedibusque concoloribus; pronoto marginato; prosterno bistriato, striis anticis conjunctis; mesosterno marginato; tibiis anticis 6-denticulatis, posticis 3-spinosis. L. 1? mill. Cylindrical, rather long, brown, and shining; the head, punctures largest nearest the base; the thorax marginate nO* 140 Mr. G. Lewis on behind the head and laterally, punctuation largest and clearest near the base, the punctures along the base are evenly and transversely placed, those behind the anterior angles are closer and less distinct ; the elytra, punctuation most clear at the base; the pygidia are evenly and not closely punctured; the prosternum is rather coarsely punctured, anterior lobe marginate, keel is narrow and between the strie feebly canaliculate, the striz gradually meet anteriorly, but they are somewhat obscurely indicated owing to the punctuation; the mesosternum is obtusely acuminate and margined narrowly, surface and that of the metasternum is clearly but not closely punctured ; the metasternum is striate laterally ; the anterior tibie are 6-denticulate, posterior 3-spinose, the tarsal spine being bifurcate. The colour of this species somewhat resembles that of T. pulex, Fairm., but pulew has a broad and flat prosternal keel and its striz are parallel to each other and far apart and the mesosternal marginal stria is distinctly farther from the edge. ‘These characters are noticed now for the first time. Hab. Togoland, E. Africa. Teretrius erythreus, sp. n. Jylindricus, subelongatus, niger, nitidus, supra undique punctatus ; prosterno bistriato, striis subparallelis, sparse punctato ; meso- sterno stria marginali postice abbreviata; pedibus rufis, tibiis anticis 7-8-denticulatis. L, 23 mill. Cylindrical, rather elongate, black and shining, evenly and rather closely punctured above; the thorax, marginal stria complete, fine behind the head and sinuous at the base; the elytra, suture behind the scutellar region a little elevated and the humeral smooth space is also somewhat raised; the pygidia are evenly, not closely punctured ; the prosternum, striz not quite parallel, but widen out gradually and slightly anteriorly, surface microscopically strigose, with a few large shallow round punctures ; the mesosternum somewhat acute in the middle, marginal stria anteriorly complete but fine, and it does not pass the coxe, so that there is a marked interruption between it and the metasternal lateral stria, the meso- and metasterna are sparingly punctured and the points are smaller and not circular like those of the prosternum ; the legs are reddish and the anterior tibiz are 7-8-denticulate. In form this species most resembles 1’. latebricola, Lew., but it is somewhat less narrow. Hab. Ghinda, Erythrea. new Species of Uisteride, 141 Platysoma vagans, Lew. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xii. p- 133 (1884). The pygidium of this species is immarginate and convex ; the prosternum is marginate between the coxe and along the base ; the mesosternal marginal stria is very strong and is not connected at the suture with the metasternal lateral stria. In these characters it agrees with P. lewisi, Mars., a species occurring in China and Japan. I have lately seen many examples from Sapporo, in Yezo. MENDELIUS, gen. nov. Body oblong, depressed, parallel at the sides, brown or piceous ; head retractile, antennal funiculus gradually en- Jarging to the club, club oval, frontal stria fine; thorax rather broader than long, acted fossa large, in the anterior angle, deep and wholly open below, lateral stria sinuous and leaving a wide interstice ; ely tra nage striate; propygidium transverse ; pygidium marginate exteriorly or "deeply foveo- late ; prosternum finely marginate posteriorly, anterior lobe rather wide ; mesosternum widely emarginate and bordered by a stria; legs somewhat long and slender, anterior tibize 4—5-dentate, tarsal grooves short, shallow, and not curved, tarsus rather short. Type, Hblista tenutpes, Lew. I have established this genus on seeing two additional species, one from Japan and one from India, which resemble tenuipes, which, as I indicated before, could not well be left permanently in Hblisia. The prosternal strize are similar to those of Platysoma lewis, Mars., and vagans, Lew., but the tarsal grooves more nearly resemble those of a species of Phelister. Mendelius linetpennis, sp. n. Oblongus, parallelus, depressus, piceus, nitidus; fronte concava, im- punctata, stria leviter impressa; pronoto stria laterali valde impressa ; elytris 6-striatis, 5 et suturali antice conjunctis ; pro- sterno basi marginato ; tibiis anticis 4-dentatis. i 4 ml: Oblong, parallel at the sides, depressed, piceous and shining; the head smooth, forehead concave, stria well marked laterally, fine and bisinuous anteriorly ; the thorax, surface faintly and sparingly punctured, marginal stria very fine and complete, lateral stria deepest anteriorly, lnterstice 142 Mr. G. Lewis on rather wide and widest at the base, fine and crenulate behind the head but slightly broken behind the eyes, it is also con- tinued but finely along the base close to the edge, on the disk are two fovez, separated by nearly the width of the head; the elytra have two fine epipleural striz, 1-3 dorsal complete, 4 is a very little shortened at the base, 5 and sutural com- plete and join anteriorly and apically the tips of both turn outwards; the propygidium is narrow and transverse and crossed in the middle by a line of irregular punctures ; the pygidium is impunctate and very largely excavated on either side at the base; the prosternum has a marginal stria Mendelius lineipennis. round its base and the striz are produced just beyond the coxe, but do not join; the mesosternum is widely emar- ginate behind the prosternal keel and the marginal stria is well marked and complete and continues laterally along the metasternum ; the first abdominal segment also has a well- marked lateral stria; the anterior tibiz are 4-dentate. The thoracic fovez, such as are noted above, are, in the Histeridz, sometimes (though rarely) only of individual, not specific, character. Hab. Nilgiri Hills, India (H. L. Andrewes, no. 747). ‘Type in the Andrewes’ Collection. Omalodes obliquistrius, sp. n. Ovalis, convexus, niger, nitidus ; fronte oblique striata, antice exca- vata ; pronoto post oculos bipunctato ; propygidio grosse punctato. L. 74 mill. Oval, convex, black and shining; the head feebly punctu- late, with two oblique strie commencing near the middle of the eyes and joining anteriorly, behind the point of meeting the forehead is excavated ; the thorax, marginal stria strong and complete, surface smooth, with a puncture behind either new Species of Histeride. 143 eye and distant from the margin by one-third of the thoracic length ; the elytra, striw, inner humeral apical, dimidiate, and curved, dorsal very tine, 1 apparently shortened at the base, 2 not traceable at the base or apex, 3 dimidiate and basal ; the propygidium is coarsely punctate, closely so at the sides, more sparingly in the middle ; the pygidium is evenly punc- tate; the prosternum is without striae; the mesosternum, marginal stria is widely interrupted; the anterior tibize 4-dentate. The frontal striz are a marked character in this species ; the thoracic punctures resemble those usually seen in O. lace- ratus, Mars., but Marseul did not notice the punctures in his description of his species, and rightly, as the punctures are sometimes wanting. Hab. Santa Fé, Bogota. Oma/lodes simplex, sp. n. Ovalis, convexiusculus, niger, nitidus; fronte puncticulata, stria circulari antice vage interrupta; elytris striis 1-2 integris, 3 dimidiata punctis continuata; propygidio pygidioque fortiter punctatis ; tibiis anticis 4-dentatis. L. 6 mill. Oval, rather convex, black and shining; the head very feebly impressed longitudinally, stria semcircular, vaguely interrupted anteriorly, surface irregularly punctulate; the thorax, stria complete, with a few small punctures behind the anterior angle, behind the eyes away from the margin is faintly seen a somewhat elongate impression (corresponding to the punctures in O. obliquistrius), scutellar fovea well marked ; the elytra, stria, outer humeral fine and clear from before the middle to the apex, dorsal 1-2 complete, but com- posed of points towards the apex, 3 basal and dimidiate but traceable as fine points to the apex, 4-5 indicated by apical points only, sutural consists of points which disappear beyond the disk ; the propygidium is coarsely and not closely punc- tate, points fewest on the disk, and without fovew; the pygidium is more evenly punctate; the mesosternum, marginal stria wilely interrupted, suture well marked by a straight stria. Hab. Trinidad (Ellacombe). Omalodes chapade, sp. n. Ovalis, convexiusculus, niger, nitidus; fronte stria tenuiter im- pressa retrorsum acuminata; pronoto levi; elytris humeris valde 114 Mr. G. Lewis on prominulis, striis 1-3 integris crenatis; propygidio foveolato ; 1° ventrali abdominis segmento dense strigoso-punctato ; tibiis anticis 4-dentatis. L. 52? mill. Oval, rather convex, black and shining ; the head clearly punctulate, frontal stria rather fine, complete, and _ retro- flexed anteriorly, median area lightly impressed ; the thorax, stria complete, disk microscopically punctulate, lateral mar- gins clearly punctulate, scutellar fovea round and well marked; the elytra, strie, outer humeral shortened at the base, curved apically, inner humeral represented by a row of fine points, 1-3 markedly complete, with somewhat crenulate edges, 4-5 and sutural are vaguely shown by fine punctures, behind the humeral angle there is a prominent boss and at the apical edge of the elytra between the second and third strize is a marked depression ; the propygidium is finely and not closely punctulate, with two round very distinct fovez ; the pygidium is finely and evenly punctulate; the sterna are clearly punctulate, the mesosternal stria interrupted, and the first segment of the abdomen is conspicuously and densely strigose-punctate. The above somewhat resembles O. pulvinatus, Er., but the third dorsal stria is complete, the humeral angle very promi- nent, and the first ventral segment densely sculptured. Hab. Chapada, Brazil (H. H. Smith). Macrolister debellatus, sp. n. Oblongo-ovatus, parum convexus, niger, nitidus; fronte stria integra, antice recta; pronoto lateribus fulvo-ciliato, stria interna integra, externa laterali margini proxima, post angulos a margine parum distanti; elytris striis 1-3 integris, 4 basi minus abbreviata, 5 dimidiata, suturali arcuata ; propygidio pygidioque punctulatis. L. 9-9} mill. Oblong-oval, rather convex, black and shining; the head smooth or microscopically punctulate, stria well marked and anteriorly straight; the thorax margined with a yellow pile, external stria two-thirds the length of the thorax and hamate behind the anterior angle, where it departs slightly from the edge, internal complete behind the neck, markedly sinuous laterally and somewhat distant from the edge; the elytra, stria, Inner humeral apical and passing the middle, dorsal 1-3 complete, 4 slightly abbreviated at the base, 5 less marked and dimidiate, sutural is rather shorter than the fourth and turns away from the suture at both ends; the pygidia are finely punctulate, the points of both being larger new Species of Histeride. 145 and more distinct along their bases; the prosternum is not striate; the mesosternum is emarginate and the marginal stria complete ; the anterior tibiz are 3-dentate. This species is very similar to M. pilicolis,Sch. It differs by the form of the external thoracic stria, which is not close to the edge behind the anterior angle, by the internal stria being more sinuous laterally, and by the fine punctuation of the pygidia. Hab. Mombasa, E. Africa. Hister maroccanus, Sch. Ent. Nachr, xiil. p. 353 (1887). The above was described as a variety of 1. amplicollis, Ev., but I think that it is a distinct species; it differs by the very narrow interstice of the lateral thoracic stria and by the fine surface-punctuation, which resembles that of HH. grccus, Brullé. Hister amplicollis, Er., 1840,=thoracicus, Payk., 1811, n. syn. As no species resembling Paykull’s figure of thoracicus has been found in America, I sent an example of amp/icollis to Prof. Yngve Sjéstedt, who has compared it with Paykuil’s type of thoracicus, and he has found that it corresponds except in a slight variance in the denticulations of the anterior tibie. Paykull’s figure of thoracicus represents amp/icollis very well, and there has been evidently a case of mistaken locality. The outer thoracic stria in the species is often complete, but I selected one with a short stria to send to Stockholm, as it is so figured in Paykull’s monograph. Hister vadatus, Lewis, 1908. Ovalis, convexus, niger, nitidus; fronte stria antice recta; pro- noto bistriato; elytris striis 1-4 integris, 5 obsoleta, suturali utrinque abbreviata; propygidio pygidioque punctatis; meso- sterno stria marginali in medio interrupta; tibiis anticis J- dentatis, apicali dente immani. L. 7 mill. Oval, convex, black and shining; the head, frontal stria complete, straight anteriorly, and rounded off on either side ; the thorax, marginal stria very fine, two lateral well-marked and parallel to each other, the outer stria terminates behind the eye, inner continued behind the head; the elytra, humeral stria wanting, dorsal 1-4 complete, 5 indicated by a few apical points, sutural abbreviated at both ends, the ends turn away 146 Mr. G. Lewis on from the suture; the pygidia are clearly not closely punc- tured with microscopical points in the interspaces ; the pro- sternum, lobe marginate and impunctate ; the mesosternum is feebly sinuous anteriorly and the marginal stria is inter- rupted in the middle; the anterior tibia 3-dentate, apical tooth very large. The above is similar to 7. obesus, Fahr., and others by the thorax being bistriate laterally and the terminal tooth of the anterior tibia being very large. ae Meru, at the River Ngare na nyuki, 22nd November, 1905. Hister arcatus, sp. n. Ovalis, parum convexus, niger, nitidus ; fronte stria tenuiter im- pressa ; pronoto stria interna subintegra, externa nulla; elytris striis 1-3 integris, 4 basi abbreviata, 5 obsoleta, suturali ultra medium abbreviata; propygidio pygidioque modice punctatis ; mesosterno antice arcuato, stria integra; tibiis anticis 3-dentatis. L. 63-7 mill. Oval, rather convex, black and shining; the head not impressed, stria rather fine and complete, nearly straight anteriorly ; the thorax, marginal stria interrupted behind the head, outer lateral wanting, inner well-marked, shortened at the base, sinuous in the middle, and continued, but finely, behind the head; the elytra, strie, humeral both wanting, 1-3 complete, 4 shortened slightly at the base, 5 apical and rudimentary, sutural reaches just beyond the middle and is a little shortened behind; the pygidia are clearly but not closely punctate, the apex of the pygidium is smooth ; the prosternum, keel narrow between the coxz, anterior lobe some- what pointed and marginate; the mesosternum is evenly arched anteriorly and the marginal stria is rather strong, crenate, and parallel to the edge, and does not quite join the metasternal lateral stria; the anterior tibiae are 3-dentate. The form of the mesosternum is an important character; it is not truncate like that of Atholus corvinus, Germ., and I have not included it in Thomson’s genus. Hab. Nguelo, Usambara, E. Africa. Fister lineisternus, sp. n. Ovalis, subconyexus, niger, nitidus; fronte stria antice biarcuata; pronoto stria interna pone oculos parum deflexa; elytris striis 1-3 integris, 4-5 brevissimis, suturali ultra medium abbreviata : prosterno bistriato ; tibiis anticis 3-dentatis. L. 5 mill. new Species of Histeride. 147 Oval, rather convex, black and shining; the head feebly impressed, stria strong and biarcuate; the thorax, stria ex- ternal fine and shortened before the base and interrupted behind the neck, internal also rather fine, feebly sinuous laterally, and deflected behind the eye; the elytra, strie, inner humeral well-marked, apical, and passing the middle, 1-3 dorsal complete and also strong, 4-5 apical and rudimentary, sutural apical and just passing the middle; the pygidia are clearly not dense nor coarsely punctured; the prosternum, kee] bistriate in the middle, the strie do not reach the base nor the suture behind the anterior lobe ; the mesosternum is feebly emarginate, stria fine and complete; the anterior tibiz are 3-dentate, the apical tooth being slightly bifid. In one example the fourth stria is dimidiate. The chief distinguishing character of this species is the bistriate prosternum ; otherwise it is very similar to H. nilo- ticus, Mars. The frontal stria in nzloticus is acuminate in the middle, not biarcuate; semiplanus, zulu, Mars., with copro- philus, Reiche, belong to the same group. Hab. Mount Chivinda, Gazaland (Guy A. K. Marshall, November 1901), and Usambara (Julius Weise, 1901). Hister sulcimargo, sp. n. Ovalis, parum convexus, niger, nitidus; fronte haud impressa, stria antice recta ; pronoto striis validis integris, intervallo levi ; elytris striis humerali interna et 1—3 dorsalibus integris, 4 tenuis- sima, 5 obsoleta, suturali ultra medium abbreviata; propygidio pygidioque dense punctatis. L. 7-74 mill. Oval, rather convex, black and shining; the head not impressed, stiia complete and straight anteriorly ; the thorax, the two lateral striz are deep and complete and rather near together, the interstices between the outer edge and the two strie being nearly equal in breadth, inner stria widely sinuous and continued but rather finely behind the neck and deflected behind the eyes, outer lateral hamate anteriorly and ceasing behind the angle ; the elytra, strize, inner humeral and 1-3 dorsal complete, 4 very fine and sometimes traceable along its whole length, 5 apical very short and punctiform, sutural apical and just passing the middle; the pygidia are wholly evenly and very densely punctate ; the prosternum, the ante- rior lobe with two marginal striez ; the mesosternum is emar- ginate, with a rather fine marginal stria following the contour of the segment ; the anterior tibize are 3-dentate. 148 Mr. G. Lewis on This species may be placed near JZ. vilis, Mars., and scabripygus, Sch. Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland (Guy A. K. Marshall, Nov. 1900). It is a stercoraceous species. Hister honestus, sp. 0. Ovalis, convexiusculus, niger, nitidus; elytris rubris, macula scutellari nigra; fronte stria trausversa arcuata; pronoto stria Jaterali interna pone oculos deflexa; elytris striis dorsalibus integris, 5-6 basi conjunctis; mesosterne antice sinuato ; tibiis anticis 3-dentatis. L. 22 mill. Oval, rather convex, black and shining; the head, stria complete and transversely bowed; the thorax, marginal stria fine and complete, outer lateral touches the base and ceases behind the eye, interstice between it and the inner lateral rather wide and widest anteriorly, inner lateral complete, sinuous before the base and deflected behind the eye; the elytra somewhat obscurely reddish, with the scutellar region and the disk blackish, stria, humeral short, bent, not touching the base nor quite reaching the middle, dorsal 1-4 complete, 5-6 also complete and joining at the base; the pygidia coarsely, clearly, and not closely punctured ; the prosternum is microscopically strigous, anterior lobe strongly marginate, keel without strie ; the mesosternum is feebly sinuous ante- riorly and the marginal stria is somewhat crenate, very slightly bent in the middle, and is not quite close to the edge. ‘This species is exceedingly similar to H. castus, Lew., but the mesosternum is not arcuate in outline nor does thie marginal stria follow so closely to the edge. In honestus the inner thoracic lateral stria is deflected behind the eye and the outer stria reaches the base. In castus the outer stria is usually shortened at the base and in some examples the fifth dorsal stria is sometimes slightly broken. Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland (Guy A. K. Marshall, January 1901). Hister bahiensis, sp. n. Ovatus, convexus, niger, nitidus; fronte stria semicirculari; pro- noto stria marginali post ocules interrupta, stria laterali interna integra ; elytris striis 1-3 integris, 4 et suturali dimidiatis, 5 brevissima ; propygidio utrinque foveolato; mesosterno in medio sinuato, stria marginali tenuiter impressa ; tibiis anticis 5-denticu- latis. L. 6 mill. new Species of Histeridee. 149 Oval, convex, black and shining; the head obscurely punc- tulate, frontal stria semicircular; the thorax, marginal stria interrupted behind the head, outer lateral wanting, inner complete, fine behind the head and rather iregularly im- pressed Jaterally, behind the anterior angle there are a few fine points ; the elytra, striz, inner humeral a little shortened at the base, dorsal 1-3 complete, 4 and sutural equal and nearly dimidiate, 5 very short and broken, apex slightly transversely impressed ; the propygidium and pygidium are evenly and rather closely punctured, the first has a distinct but rather shallow fovea on either side; the prosternum, anterior lobe margined, but the stria is only close to the edge at the apex; the mesosternum is slightly sinuous anteriorly and the marginal stria is fine and complete ; the anterior tibiz are 5-denticulate. : This species may be placed near [H. conductus, Mars. Hab. Bahia (E. C. Reed). Lister planifrons, sp. n. Ovatus, convexus, niger, nitidus; fronte haud striata; pronoto bistriato, striis amntice disjunctis ; elytris stria subhumerali sinuata, integra, striis 1-4 integris, 5 suturalique valde abbre- viatis ; propygidio pygidioque parum dense punctulatis. L. 5 mill. Oval, convex, black and shining; the head without a frontal stria, feebly punctulate and somewhat uneven, there is a small fovea in the middle of the base, but it may not be constant ; the thorax, marginal stria complete, outer lateral hamate and ceasing behind the anterior angle, inner complete except in being very slightly shortened at the base, scutellar fovea linear ; elytra, striz, subhumeral complete and widel sinuous in the middle, 1-4 complete, 2 sinuous in the middle, 4 and 5 joined at the apex, 5 and sutural very short; the propygidium and the pygidium are evenly and rather closely punctulate; the prosternum, keel finely punctulate; the mesosternum emarginate, stria complete anteriorly but not quite reaching the suture at the base ; the anterior tibise 5—6- centiculate. The absence of a frontal stria is a marked distinction in this species ; hitherto H/. planzceps, Lew., from Burma, was unique in this respect, but one of the American species, fractifrons, Cas., has a broken stria, showing a tendency to lose it. In my example of fract’frons the fourth and fifth dorsal striz are joined, but as Casey does not mention this, it may be a varying character both in it and planifrons. Hab, Victoria, Vancouver Island (Wickham), 150 Mr. G. Lewis on Atholus malayst, sp. n Ovalis, parum convexus, niger, nitidus ; fronte obscure punctulata, stria semicirculari; pronoto utrinque foveolato, stria laterali interna basi abbreviata ; elytris striis 1-4 integris, 5-6 dimidiatis, humerali brevyi; mesosterno marginato; tibiis anticis multi- denticulatis. L. 44 mill. Oval, little convex, black and shining; the head obscurely punctulate, stria semicircular; the thorax, marginal stria interrupted behind the head, outer lateral wanting, inner abbreviated before the base, feebly crenate behind the neck, within the stria behind the anterior angle is a shallow fovea ; the elytra, humeral stria short and bent and near the middle, 1-4 dorsal complete, 5-6 nearly dimidiate, but the sutural is slightly the longest ; the pygidia are finely punctured with minute points in the interspaces; the prosternum is micro- scopically strigose, the anterior lobe has a strong lateral stria, but the apex is not marginate; the mesosternum is widely arched, with a fine crenate marginal stria, the sutural trans- verse stria is straight and also crenate; the anterior tibize are denticulate on the outer edge and the denticulations are con- tinued round the angle to the tarsus. This species somewhat resembles A. silvicola and baberii, Lew. Hab. Malacca Peninsula. Tribalus cavernicola, Lewis, 1908. Ovalis, supra subdepressus, subzeneus, nitidus ; fronte concava, supra oculos elevata, fere levis; pronoto basi transversim impresso ; elytris striis obsoletis; prosterno striis utrinque divergentibus ; antennis pedibusque obscure brunneis. _L. 3 mill. Oval, somewhat depressed above, brassy, shining ; the head concave anteriorly, with lateral margins elevated, surface almost impunctate; the thorax is evenly, finely, and rather closely punctulate, marginal stria complete, along the middle of the basal edge there isa narrow, transverse, rugose impres- sion; the elytra, dorsal striz short, oblique, and ill-defined, disk and the pygidia are also smooth; the prosternum, lobe marginate, clearly punctured, and microscopically strigose, strie divergent before and behind, keel lightly sculptured ; the mesosternum, marginal stria very fine and interrupted in the middle, evenly, sparingly, and very minutely punctu- new Species of Histeridee. 151 late, transverse stria well-marked with sixteen crenellations ; the antenne pale brown; legs obscurely brownish. Similar in form and colour to 7. capensis, Payk., but the surface-sculpture of Paykull’s species is densely punctulate. Hab. Usambara: Tanga, in the Mkulumusi caves. Tribalus puncticeps, sp. n. Breviter ovalis, supra convexus, niger, nitidus; fronte cum man- dibulis punctulatis; pronoto irregulariter punctato, stria mar- ginali integra; elytris stria suturali tenuiter impressa; tarsis ferrugineis. L. 2 mill. Shortly oval, convex above, black and shining; the head, also the clypeus and mandibles, markedly and somewhat densely punctulate, forehead impressed ; the thorax, marginal stria complete and continued behind the neck, the disk very finely and sparingly punctulate, laterally the points are larger but not so densely set as those of the head, the scutellar depression is transversely but not conspicuously punctured ; the elytra, striz, outer humeral fine and complete, the sutural very fine and not very distinct, abbreviated as usual in the genus, and it scarcely diverges from the suture anteriorly ; there are indications of other dorsal strie and the dorsal punctuation is irregular with a tendency to run into double longitudinal lines; the pygidia are much more finely and less densely punctulate than the head ; the prosternum, the ante~ rior lobe is distinctly punctured, the keel nearly smooth and the lateral strie very slightly diverge at either end; the mesosternum anteriorly immarginate, sutural stria finely crenate and almost straight; the tarsi are ferruginous. The punctuation of the head is a marked character in this species. Hab. Nilgiri Hills, 5000 feet (1. LZ. Andrewes). Tribalus suturalis, sp. n. Breviter ovatus, parum convexus, piceus, subopacus ; fronte punctu- lata haud impressa; pronoto lateribus sinuato; elytris striis humeralibusintegris, dorsalibus inconspicuis, sutura post scutellum subtuberculata. L. 23 mill. Shortly oval, little convex, piceous, and somewhat opaque ; the head closely punctulate, with a lateral stria before each eye, forehead not impressed; the thorax sinuous along the lateral edge, where it is obscurely reddish, the marginal stria Lp2 Mr. G. Lewis on is widely interrupted behind the neck, surface much less closely and less conspicuously punctured than the head and the points vary in sizes which are intermixed ; the elytra, suiface opaque by reason of a microscopical granulate sculp- ture, punctuation in the scutellar region very minute, in other parts similar to that of the thorax, behind the scutellum the two edges of the suture are raised and form a small tubercle, the two humeral strize are very fine but complete, 1 dorsal is traceable as complete, 2 as dimidiate, 3 is basal, somewhat oblique, and better defined than the two others ; the pygidia are evenly, clearly, and somewhat closely punctulate; the prosternum, the lateral strize feebly diverge at both ends ; the inesosternum is immarginate behind the keel and the sutural stria is crenate with about twenty crenulations. In its general facies this species resembles 7’. dorie, Mars. Hab. Palembang, Sumatra. Tribalus levidorsis, sp. n. Ovalis, supra conyexus, brunneus, nitidus ; fronte punctata; pro- noto stria marginali integra, basi transversa punctata; elytris levibus politis, stria suturali nulla; mesosterno stria marginali late interrupta. L. 14 mill. Oval, convex above, brown and shining; the head im- pressed anteriorly, somewhat elevated over the eyes, but without an apparent stria, surface clearly but not closely punctured ; the thorax, marginal stria well-marked, com- plete, and minutely crenate behind the neck, at the base in the scutellar region there is a conspicuous transverse band of punctures ; the elytra, outer humeral stria fine and complete, near the humeral angle is a short, rather obscure, oblique stria, the others are wanting, surface and that of the thorax is brightly polished and the thinly set punctures micro- scopical ; the pygidia have a similar surface; the prosternum, anterior lobe punctured, very narrowly marginate, keel bi- striate, strie divergent slightly at both ends; the meso- sternum, the marginal stria is interrupted behind the pro- sternal keel, the transverse stria is slightly bent and consists of about 16-17 crenulations ; anterior tibize gradually dilated to the tarsal end. There is no known Tridalus similar to this. Hab, Montalvan, near Manila (EZ. Simon). Tribalus bicarinatus, sp. 0. Breviter ovatus, parum conyexus, undique grosse punctatus, niger, new Species of Histeridee. 153 nitidus; fronte concava ; pronoto stria marginali integra ; elytris striis 2 humeralibus integris, carinatis, ceteris nullis; prosterno striis antice incurvatis. L. vix 2 mill. Shortly oval, rather convex, wholly punctured above and beneath; the forehead somewhat concave and raised over the insertion of the antenne; the thorax, marginal stria com- plete and rather obscurely crenate behind the neck; the elytra, punctuation a little sparse in the scutellar region, both the humeral! strize are complete and cariniform, dorsal striae wanting, apices longitudinally strigose ; the pygidia are more densely and more finely punctured than the elytra; the pro- sternum, strie bend inwards before the suture, anterior lobe coarsely and rather roughly punctured, base of the keel less closely punctured; the mesosternum, anterior edge quite straight, transverse and narrow, sutural stria straight and a little irregularly crenate. The two humeral striz are a marked character for this species. Hab. Simla, N.W. India. Tribalus unistrius, sp. 0. Breviter ovatus, parum convexus, undique punctatus, niger, nitidus ; fronte impressa; pronoto stria marginali integra; elytris striis subhumerali externa integra, ceteris obsoletis ; propygidio pygidioque dense punctulatis. L, 2 mill. Shortly oval, rather convex, wholly punctured above and beneath; the forehead impressed and raised over the antenne ; the thorax, stria complete and obsoletely crenate behind the head ; the elytra, outer humeral stria complete and somewhat cariniform, inner humeral is short and only just traceable in the middle, the first and second dorsal strie (or what appa- rently represents them) are traceable but very short, not reaching the base nor the middle, the humeral area and the outer part of each elytron is obscurely reddish; the pygidia are densely and finely pointed ; the prosternum, anterior lobe coarsely not densely punctured, striz very slightly turned inwards anteriorly, basal edge of the keel narrowly smooth ; the mesosternum feebly sinuous anteriorly, transverse and narrow, sutural stria straight and irregularly crenate. Hab. Kashia Hills, Anam. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol, 11. EY 154 Mr. G. Lewis on Tribalus semen, Lew. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xiii. p. 137 (1884). Breviter ovatus, parum convyexus, undique punctulatus, nigro-piceus, subnitidus; fronte leviter impressa, supra oculos elevata; pro- noto stria marginali integra; elytris stria humerali externa integra haud carinata. L. 2 mill. Shortly oval, rather convex, rather finely and rather densely punctured, with the elytra finely strigose except on the disk ; the forehead is feebly impressed and somewhat elevated over the eyes ; the thorax, marginal stria complete and obscurely crenate behind the neck; the elytra, outer humeral stria complete, raised, but not carinate, and there are short traces of two dorsal strie; the pygidia are finely and densely punctulate ; the prosternum, anterior lobe coarsely and some- what rugosely punctured, keel less closely punctate, especially at the base, the striz turn slightly inward anteriorly; the mesosternum is not quite straight, being very slightly arcuate behind the prosternal keel, punctured like the keel, and very narrow and transverse, sutural stria rather widely and irregu- larly crenate. The original notice of this species gave insufficient cha- racters; it may be placed near 7. bicarinatus, wnistrius, and cyclonotus, Lew., but the last is a convex species; all are Oriental. Hab. Kiga, Japan. Pachycrerus atratus, sp. n. Ovalis, supra parum convexus, niger, nitidus, punctulatus; fronte tenuiter impressa; pronoto undique punctato, stria marginali antice interrupta ; elytris striis 1-4 integris, 5 dimidiata, suturali basi abbreviata; propygidio pygidioque grosse et dense punctatis ; prosterno bistriato ; mesosterno stria marginali integra. L, 32 mill. Oval, rather convex, black and shining; the head feebly impressed anteriorly, rather closely and finely punctured, stria complete but rather fine, especially in front; the thorax wholly punctate, closely laterally, rather less closely on the disk, marginal stria interrupted behind the head; the elytra, strie, outer humeral fine and dimidiate, inner wanting, 1-4 dorsal complete, 5 dimidiate, sutural Shortened before the base, surface finely punctulate, with larger points along thie apical margins; the pygidia are densely and coarsely punc- tured; the prosternum, keel bistriate, striz well-marked and dD Or new Species of Histeride. 1 rather near together, they join anteriorly and widen out gradually to the base, but the interstice is narrow; the meso- sternum is bisinuous and only moderately projecting in the middle, marginal stria complete but not close to the edge, on either side is an outer short bent stria, surface and that of the metasternum and first abdominal segment are finely punctu- late ; the anterior tibize are 5-denticulate. This species may be placed near P. punciicollis, Lew., but the two species are not very similar. lab. Ghinda, Erythrea. Phelister (Hister) precox, Er. Wiegm. Arch. i. p. 91 (1847). “ Hf, ovalis, niger, nitidus, fronte impressa, prothorace marginato, latera versus punctulato; elytris rufo-piceis, fortiter striatis, striis interioribus duabus abbreviatis, tertia subintegra; ore, antennis pedibusque rufo-piceis. “Long. 12 line.” Hab. Peru. Phelister (Hister) pusio, Er. Wiegm. Arch. i. p. 91 (1847). “ H, rotundatus, niger, nitidus, fronte impressa, prothorace immar- ginato, latera versus punctulato ; elytris subtilissime punctulatis, striis dorsalibus interioribus tribus abbreviatis, marginalibus nullis ; antennis pedibusque rufo-piceis. “Long. 13-12 line.” Hab. Peru. Phelister rectisternus, sp. . Breviter ovalis, parum conyexus, niger, nitidus; frente impressa, stria interrupta ; pronoto stria laterali integra, lateribus sparse punctato; elytris striis 1-2 integris, 3 in medio interrupta, suturali ultra medium abbreviata; propygidio distincte punctato ; prosterno bistriato ; tibiis anticis 4-dentatis. L. 33 mill. Shortly oval, rather convex, black and shining; the head impressed anteriorly, stria very fine and broken in the middle, each part being semicircular, surface microscopically and sparingly punctulate ; the thorax, lateral stria crenate and somewhat distant from the edge, but continued close to the margin behind the neck, closely within the stria there are a dozen lateral punctures, surface punctulate like the head, scutellar fovea small and circular ; the elytra, strie, outer humeral short, fine, and apical, inner wanting, 1-2 dorsal 11* 156 Mr. G. Lewis on complete and not deeply impressed, 3 broken in the middle, 4—5 wanting, sutural apical very fine, parallel to the suture, and just passing the middle; the propygidium coarsely and rather closely punctate; the pygidium finely and sparsely punctulate ; the prosternum bistriate, stria bending slightly from each other, not joined at either end, and are a little shortened at the base; the mesosternum is straight anteriorly, with the marginal stria fine and close to the edge, second stria also fine, crenate, and feebly arched; the anterior tibiz are 4-dentate and the apical tooth obtuse. Hab. 8. Catharina, Brazil. Phelister testudo, sp. n. Suborbicularis, convexus, niger, nitidus, supra punctulatus ; antennis pedibusque rufis; elytris stria 1 basi abbreviata, striis 2-3 integris, 4 apicali brevissima, suturali dimidiata ; prosterno parum lato, punctato, striis haud conjunctis ; tibiis anticis 6-denticulatis. L. 23 mill. Nearly orbicular, convex, black and shining, surface punc- tulate, antenne and legs rufous; the head finely punctulate, frontal stria not continued anteriorly; the thorax is more distinctly punctulate than the head, lateral stria complete, with a minute fovea behind each eye close behind the stria, scutellar fovea circular; the elytra, striz crenate, 1 abbrevi- ated apically, 2-3 complete, 4 very short, apical, but not close to the margin, sutural fine and nearly dimidiate, humeral strie are wanting; the pygidia are almost smooth, the punctuation being extremely fine; the prosternum, keel rather wide, with the surface and that of the lobe distinctly punc- tured, bistriate, striz not meeting at either end, and they widen out a little posteriorly ; the mesosternum is bisinuous, marginal stria complete and follows the outline of the edge, the transverse or second stria is feebly arched anteriorly ; the anterior tibie 6-denticulate. Superficially this species resembles P. globiformis, Mars., but the greater width of the prosternal keel is a marked distinction. Hab. Parana (Donckier). Phelister fractistrius, sp. n. Ovalis, parum conyexus, brunneus, nitidus; fronte impressa, stria integra in medio retrorsum acuminata; pronoto stria laterali ad oculos producta ; elytris striis 1-3 integra, 4 dimidiata, 5 breyi, new Species of Histeridee. 157 suturali basi abbreviata; propygidio grosse punctato; pygidio apice levi; tibiis anticis 4-denticulatis. L. 3 mill. Oval, rather convex, brown and shining; the head im- pressed anteriorly, microscopically punctured, stria fine and acuminate in the middle; the thorax smooth, scutellar fovea circular, marginal stria fine, complete, and widely sinuous behind the neck, lateral stria well-marked and the interstice is somewhat wide, it ceases behind the eye and it is distinctly crenate near the anterior angles; the elytra, striz, humeral apical and abbreviated before the middle, 1-3 dorsal complete, 4 not quite dimidiate, 5 somewhat shorter, sutural extends just beyond the middle; the propygidium has rather large shallow punctures, rather closely set ; the pygidium is smooth from the apex to the middle and punctured along the base ; the prosternum is rather broad and without striz ; the meso- sternum, marginal stria very fine and nearly straight anteriorly, second stria is angulate on either side, very fine, and trans- versely slightly bent; the anterior tibize are 4-denticulate. Hab. Para, Brazil (7. 77. Smith). Phelister pygidialis, sp. n. Oyalis, parum convexus, piceus, nitidus; fronte haud impressa, stria integra ; pronoto impunctato, stria laterali post oculos interrupta.; elytris striis 1-3 subhumeralique integris, 4-5 dimidiatis, suturali basi abbreviata; propygidio grosse punctato; pygidio circum suleato. L, 22 mill. Oval, rather convex, piceous, shining; the head smooth, not impressed anteriorly, frontal stria well-marked, complete, and semicircular; the thorax impunctate and without a scutellar fovea, marginal stria fine and complete, lateral stria also fine and broken behind the eye, the detached portion behind the neck is crenate and turned backwards at both ends (resembling that of P. friburgicus, Mars., but the turned ends are longer); the elytra, strie, humeral fine and complete, 1-3 dorsal also complete, 4—5 apical and not quite dimidiate, sutural shortened at the base about one-third; the pro- pygidium is coarsely, not densely punctate ; the pygidium is densely and finely punctulate, with some larger punctures arranged transversely along its base, along the outer edge is a remarkable narrow bordering furrow, which is deepest behind the apex; the prosternum bistriate, striae equidistant laterally and joined faintly at both ends; the mesosternum, marginal 158 Mr. G. Lewis on stria nearly straight anteriorly, second stria widely arched ; first segment of the abdomen bistriate laterally; the anterior tibie are 6-denticulate. In the curious furrow in the pygidium there is a great resemblance to those of Saprinus eneicollis, Mars., and other South-American Saprinz, but there is no other character to connect them; the Saprinini seem to me to be wholly disconnected from all the other groups. Hab, Paraguay (Dr. Bohls), Phelister colombia, sp. n. Ovalis, convexus, niger, nitidus, elytris brunneis ; fronte impressa, stria antice interrupta ; pronoto stria laterali post angulos arcuata ; elytris striis 1-4 integris, 4 basi arcuata, 5 et suturali dimidiatis ; propygidio sparse punctato; pygidio fere levi; prusterno bi- striato, striis haud conjunctis ; tibiis anticis 6-7-denticulatis. Ai: 23-23 mill, Oval, convex, black and shining, elytra reddish brown, colour somewhat obscure on the disk; the head, forehead impressed, surface finely punctulate, stria interrupted ; the thorax punctulate like the head, with five or six larger punc- tures well within the lateral margin, marginal stria complete and behind the head crenate, lateral stria hamate behind the angle and ceasing behind the eye, scutellar fovea circular in outline ; the elytra, striae 1-4 complete, fourth arched at the base but not quite reaching the suture, 5-6 equal, dimidiate, and apical, outer humeral very fine, apical, and nearly dimidiate; the propygidium somewhat irregularly and sparsely punctured; the pygidium, punctuation very fine and scarcely visible ; the prosternum is bistriate, strize not joining at either end, but bend towards each other from the base ; the mesosternum is markedly bisinuous, marginal stria com- plete and crenate, the second stria is widely arched and also crenate and prolonged laterally to the posterior cox; the legs are reddish and the anterior tibize 6—7-denticulate. Hab. Pischindé, Colombia (W. F. H. Rosenberg). Phelister rubricatus, sp. n. Ovalis, convexus, niger, nitidus, elytris partim rufis; fronte im- pressa, stria antice interrupta; pronoto stria laterali post angulos arcuata, basi minime abbreviata; elytris striis 1-5 integris, suturali ultra medium abbreviata ; pygidio fere levi; tibiis anticis 6-7-denticulatis, L, 2-2} mill. new Species of Histeride. 159 Oval, convex, black and shining, outer margins of the elytra red, at the base the colour reaches the third stria and gradually widens out to the apex; the head is somewhat irregularly, not densely punctured, forehead impressed, stria interrupted anteriorly; the thorax, marginal stria complete and crenulate and conspicuous behind the head, lateral stria well-marked and arched behind the anterior angle and ceasing behind the eye, and is shortened a little at the base, surface irregularly punctured, points largest within the lateral margin ; the elytra, dorsal striz 1-5 complete, fifth feebly hamate at its basal end, sutural apical and abbreviated by one- third, outer humeral short and apical, inner wanting; the propygidium is evenly, not densely punctured; the pygidium is nearly smooth, the punctuation being microscopical; the prosternum is bistriate, the strize jom at the base and are nearly parallel along the keel and not therefore joining in front; the mesosternum, marginal striz complete, crenate, and are shortened before the coxa, the second stria is also arched and crenate, but reaches the posterior coxe; the legs are reddish brown. The coloration of this species somewhat resembles that of P. hemorrhous, Mars. flab. North America (Dane Co., Wis. 1899, and Eddy- ville, Ja., H. F. Wickham). Phelister carinistrius, sp. n. Ovalis, convexus, brunneus, nitidus ; fronte stria integra antice fere recta; pronoto basi utrinque obliqua distincte striata; elytris striis cariniformibus, omnibus integris, 5 cum suturali basi juncta ; tibiis anticis 8—9-denticulatis. L. 2-23 mill. Oval, convex, brown and shining; the head sparsely and finely punctulate, not impressed, stria slightly carinate, com- plete, and widely transverse anteriorly ; the thorax punctulate like the head, with a few larger punctures laterally, opposite the fourth stria is a basal, oblique, carinate stria; the elytra, humeral striz very fine and somewhat obscure, outer slightly broken in the middle, inner shortened at both ends, dorsal all complete and carinate, sutural and fifth join anteriorly, apical border punctulate ; the propygidium finely and not closely punctulate ; the pygidium almost smooth, points being very ‘fine; the prosternum, keel narrowed in front, strize joined anteriorly and widening out to the base; the mesosternum, strie marginal and transverse, both equally arched and parallel to each other, and so continue down to the base of the metasternum ; the anterior tibiz are 8—9-denticulate. 160 Mr. G. Lewis on The oblique basal stria or carina on the thorax seems to connect this species with P. plicicollis and subplicatus, Sch. In P. carinistrius all the strigze are more or less carinate. Hab. Brazil. Phoxonotus suturalis, sp. n. Ovalis, convexus, piceus, nitidus; fronte utrinque marginata; pro- noto stria marginali integra, tuberoulis 4 basi; elytris sutura 1- tuberculata, stria 4° 3-tuberculata; prosterno lato bistriato, striis antice divergentibus; mesosterno perspicue punctato, stria ad suturam irregulariter impressa. L. 4 mill. Oval, convex, piceous, shining; the head striate on either side, surface very finely punctured; the thorax, marginal stria complete, but extremely fine behind the head, with four transversely placed tubercles, the two inner ones being well- marked; the elytra, humeral striz carinate and complete, 1 dorsal apically shortened and somewhat indistinct at the base, 2-3 basal and not well-defined, 4 represented by three tubercles, the other strie are wanting, behind the scutellum there is a sutural tubercle common to both the elytra, surface finely and evenly but not closely punctured ; the pygidia are punctured like the dorsum; the prosternum, striz carinate and gradually but widely diverge in front; the mesosternum is marginate anteriorly, clearly but not closely punctured, and the sutural transverse stria is fine and irregularly crenate ; the tibiz resemble those of tuberculatus, Mars. The sutural tubercle on the dorsum distinguishes this species from the four others known. P. fry, Lew., has a sutural stria at the base of the mesosternum which is evenly and finely crenulate ; lectus, Lew., has this stria faint and very irregular, and in sutwralis it is irregular but clearly defined. Hab, Obidos, on the Amazon River. List of Fossil Histeride from the Tertiary Strata. Compiled by TI’. D. A. COCKERELL, April 1908. Fister emulus, Heer, Verh. Holl. Maatsch. Wet. xvi. 60, t. iil. fig. 23 (1862). “ H. breviter ovalis, niger, elytris fascia pallida transversa.” Oeningen, Baden (Upper Miocene). new Species of Histeridee. 161 Hister antiquus, Heer, tom, cit. 58, t. ii. fig. 17 (1862). “HH, breviter ovalis, pronoto lateribus unistriato, elytris dorso 5-striatis.” Oeningen, Baden (Upper Miocene). Compared with H. unicolor, Fd. Lister coprolithorum, Heer, tom. cit. 58, t. iil. fig. 19 (1862). “« H, subquadratus, deplanatus, elytris striis quatuor integris.” Oeningen, Baden (Upper Miocene). Fister marmoratus, Heer, tom. cit. 59, t. ii. fig. 21 (1862). ‘ H, breviter ovalis, pronoto lateribus unistriato, lividus, elytris nigro-maculatis, abdomine levigato.” Oeningen, Baden (Upper Miocene). flister maculigerus, Heer, tom. cit. 59, t. iil. fig. 22 (1862). “ H. breviter ovalis, elytris nigris, pallide fasciatis, abdomine punc- tulato.” Oeningen, Baden (Upper Miocene). fister mastodontis, Heer, tom. cit. 57, t. i. fig. 16 (1862). Oeningen, Baden (Upper Miocene). Said to be very like H. major, L.; therefore probably a Maerolister. fister morosus, Heer, tom. cit. 60, t. il. fig. 24 (1862). “‘ Hf, unicolor, mandibulis rectis, pronoto antrorsum valde angustato, utrinque unistriato.” Oeningen, Baden (Upper Miocene). Lister cadaverinus *, Schéberlin, Soc. Entom, iii. 42 (1888). —Not Hoffm., 1803. Oeningen, Baden (Upper Miocene). _* (This name may remain, as cadaverinus, Hoftm., 1803, =impressus, F., 1801.—G. Lewis. ]} 162 Mr. C. T. Regan on the Fister vetustus, Heer, Verh. Holl. Maatsch. Wet. xvi. 58, t. iii. fig. 18 (1862). “ JT, breviter ovalis, pronoto lateribus unistriato, elytra quinque- striatis, stria suturali nulla.” Oeningen, Baden (Upper Miocene). Note.—Histeride have been reported from Baltic amber and from the Miocene shales of Florissant, Colorado, but have not been deseribed. The Florissant specimens, collected by Scudder, are in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cam- bridge, Massachusetts. Among the fossils collected by the University of Colorado expeditions I have not as yet observed any Histeride ; but very few of the Coleoptera have been critically examined.—T. D. A. C. XVI.— The Hybrid between the Bream and the Rudd (Abramis brama x Leuciscus erythrophthalmus). By C. Tate REGAN, M.A. [Plates VII. & VIII.] For some time I have been trying to improve the series of British freshwater fishes in the National Collection ; several anglers and others have helped forward this project by sending char, pollan, vendace, &c., and I am especially indebted to Major H. Trevelyan, from whom I have received a number of fishes from Lough Erne, including several which I regard as hybrids between the bream and the rudd (Abramis brama x Leuciscus erythrophthalmus). Smitt (‘Scandinavian Fishes, p. 782) has noted that the rudd is fond of joining as an interloper in the spawning of other fishes (roach, bleak, and white bream), with the result that hybrids are produced. Little appears to be known about the hybrid between the rudd and the common bream, which is in every respect intermediate between the parent species, as may be seen from the subjoined description. Abramis brama X Leuciscus erythrophthalmus. Pharyngeal teeth compressed, hooked, entire or more or less crenate, in one or two series, 5—5 to 2.5—5.2*, * 5—5in one specimen, 1 .5—5.1 insix, 1.5—5.2 in one, 2.5—5. 2 in one, of nine examined. Hybrid between the Bream and the Rudd. 163 Depth of body 2} to 22in the length, length of head 44 to 43. Snout as long as or longer than the diameter of eye, which is 41 to 54 in the length of head; interorbital width 24 to 24 in the length of head. Mouth oblique; jaws equal ante- riorly or the lower the shorter; maxillary extending to below the nostrils, or slightly beyond. Dorsal 11-13, with 8-10 * branched rays ; base above the interspace between pelvic and anal fins; free edge straight or concave; longest ray nearly as long as the head. Anal 18-21, with 15 to 18 * branched rays; free edge emarginate. Pectorals as arule not reaching the pelvics, which do not usually extend to the vent. Caudal forked, the lower lobe the longer. Lateral line decurved, running at about 4 the height of the body in the middle of the length of the fish. 46 to 50 scales in the lateral line, 9} to 10} in a transverse series from origin of dorsal fin to lateral line, 34 to 53 between lateral line and base of pelvic fin. Sides more or less silvery ; back darker ; fins dark greyish. Fourteen specimens in the British Museum measure from 230 to 840 mm. in total length (to the end of the middle rays of the caudal fin). Nine of these have been sent from Lough Erne during the last three years by Major ‘Trevelyan ; three from Colebrooke, Upper Lough Erne, were received from Sir Victor Brooke in 1871; one from Thetford was presented by Dr. Giinther in 1879; and one is a skin from Yarrell’s collection. According to Major Trevelyan, this hybrid is known to the Lough Erne fishermen by the name of “ white roach,” in contradistinction to the “red roach ” or “rudd.” The largest specimen sent by him (330 mm.) weighed 2 pounds, but he has good reason to believe that specimens of 24 pounds weight have been taken. The comparative abundance of these fishes in Lough Erne is rather remarkable, and it would be of interest if anything could be ascertained as to their breeding, whether they are fertile together, &c. Those characters of the parent species and of the hybrid which can be numerically expressed may be presented in tabular form, thus :— * Of fourteen specimens, twelve have 9 branched rays in the dorsal fin, one has 8, and one 10. Four have 18, seven 17, two 16, and one 15 branched rays in the anal fin. 164. On the Hybrid between the Bream and the Rudd. Bream. Hybrid, Rudd. Pharyngeal teeth :......0..000% 5—5 5—5to 2.4—5.3 to 2.5—5.2 3.55.3 Branched rays in dorsal fin ...... (8)9(10) (8)9(10) 8-9 (10) ly BAM SAIS Cadi Qe ie ee 93-299 15-18 10-12 Scales in the lateral line ........ 49-57 46-50 39-44 », between origin of dorsal fin and lateral line ........ 11-14 3-103 7-8 » between lateral line and base of pelyit Ah 45 o2.s 5 es 6-7 33-54 3-4 V ertebipe twis 2 fas needs eee e 43-45 42 37-39 Yarrell’s skin and the specimens from Colebrooke and Thetford had been determined as Abramis blicca (white bream or bream-flat), a species of which the exact distribution in the British Isles is not yet satisfactorily made out, but which does not seem to occur in Ireland. The white bream is in many respects intermediate between the rudd and the bream, but differs from the hybrid above described in the less oblique mouth, larger eye, different pharyngeal dentition (teeth usually 2.5—35.2), different number of fin-rays (dorsal with 8 branched rays, anal with 19 to 24), and higher position of the lateral line (at 2 or more of the height of the body in the middle of the length of the fish). The number of scales in the lateral line (45 to 50) is practically the same, but in a trans- verse series there are often fewer above and more below the lateral line ([¥ instead of aoa). The hybrid bream and rudd is also very similar to the hybrid bream-flat and rudd, which differs from it in the same way that the bream-flat does from the bream, @. e. in the smaller size (maximum length 250 mm.), the larger scales (40 to 46 in the lateral line, 8 or 9 between origin of dorsal fin and lateral line, 4 or 5 between lateral line and base of pelvic fin), fewer fin-rays (dorsal usually with 8, anal with 12 to 17 branched rays), and more numerous pharyngeal teeth (3.6—5.3 to 2.5—5.2). The mouth is less oblique and extends further back, whilst the lower caudal lobe is scarcely longer than the upper. The silvery body, pale fins, and large eye also appear to be characteristic. This hybrid (Abramis blicca x Leuciscus erythrophthalmus) is represented by two specimens in the British Museum (Gunth. Cat. Fish. vii. p. 233, 1868), and has been described by a number of continental authors. Fatio’s detailed account (Faun. Vert. Suisse, iv. p. 376, 1882) and Smitt’s descrip- tion, accompanied by an excellent figure (‘ Scandinavian Fishes,’ p. 807, fig. 200, 1895), may be specially mentioned. Although not uncommon on the Continent, this hybrid On Rhopalocera from Brazil. 165 does not appear to have been recognized in England. It may perhaps be found in the midland and eastern counties (Trent, Ouse, Cam, &c.), where the bream-flat is known to occur. It seems scarcely necessary to compare the hybrid bream and rudd with the well-known bream and roach hybrid (Abramis bramax Leuciscus rutilus), originally described under the name Abramis buggenhagii, which is at once distinguished by the more elongate body and the nearly horizontal or slightly oblique mouth. Thompson’s record of A, buggenhagii from near Belfast (Nat. Hist. Ireland, iv. p. 137) evidently refers to one of the hybrid bream and rudd described above. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. PLATE VII. Abramis brama x Leuciscus erythrophthalmus. PLATE VIII. Abramis blicca x Leuciscus erythrophthalmus, XVII.—The Collections of William John Burchell, D.C.L., in the Hope Department, Oxford University Museum. IV. On the Lepidoptera Rhopalocera collected by W. J. Burchell in Brazil, 1825-1830. By J.C. Moutron, of Magdalen College, Oxford. [Continued from ser. 8, vol. i. p. 42.] VI. Nyuenatrmwz. Mr. J. C. Moutton, of Magdalen College, Oxford, has at my suggestion continued Miss Cora B. Sanders’s valuable account of the Brazilian Rhopalocera in the Burchell Collec- tion. In our attempts to solve the numerous difficulties which have arisen I have had abundant evidence of the skill _ and untiring care which he has devoted to this most important and interesting work. E. B. Poutton. THE following paper forms the continuation of the valuable publications by Miss Cora B. Sanders, ending with No. V. 166 Mr. J. C. Moulton on the Rhopalocera Brassolinz, in ser. 8, vol. i. (Jan. 1908) Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. pp. 33-42. ‘The genera have been placed in the order of Godman and Salvin’s Lepidoptera Rhopalocera in the ‘ Biologia Centrali-Americana.’ As on previous occasions, much kind help has been afforded in the identification of several specimens by Mr. F. A. Heron, of the British Museum. ‘The species of the genus Anwa were kindly determined for the Hope Department by Mr. Herbert Druce, F.L.S. The arrangement of numbers and dates is carefully ex- plained in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. xiii. (April 1904) pp. 309, 310. The following additional statements are quoted from ser. 8, vol. i. p. 34:—‘‘ Notes, other than numbers and dates, written on labels attached to the specimens are placed between inverted commas immediately after the numbers in heavy type, and immediately before the locality.” “ When a specimen bears a number only, the date, recovered from Burchell’s note-book, is placed between square brackets. ‘a.’ and ‘p.’ associated with the date stand for ‘ A.M.’ and ‘ p.M,’”? One or more specimens of each species have been compared with the British Museum series, and in the case of any doubt with the Godman-Salvin Collection also. Westwood’s list of Burchell’s Nymphalide, which corre- sponds to the subfamily Nymphalinz, contains 101 numbers. All of these do not, however, refer to Nymphaline, as there are four numbers (N. 47, N. 47*, N. 55, and N. 56) devoted to two Danaine (Anosia erippus, Cr., and Tusitia gilippus, Cr. (140-187), one (N.39) to a Libythea, and two (N. 18 = 446-450, N. 20*=451) to two Brassolinee. On the other hand, copies of the data of the following Nymphaline have been obtained from his list of ‘‘ Burchell’s Acrea, etc.”’ :— The numbers A.5, A. 6, A.7 refer to three species of Hresia, A.11 to Victorina stelenes, Linn., A. 15, A.16 to two species of Colenis, A. 19 to Metamorpha dido, Linn., A. 20, A. 22 to two species of Dione. The dates of the specimens under four numbers of the list of Acreine &c. are very incomplete ; but two small slips of paper in Westwood’s handwriting give a full list of the dates which should have appeared under two of these, namely Dione juno, Cram., and Metamorpha dido, Linn. It seems probable that there were two other lists, probably on slips of paper equally small, for the two remaining species, Dione vanille, Linn., and Colenis julia, F., and that these have since been lost. One date has been obtained from Westwood’s list of Erycinide (E. 70, Phyciodes dicoma, Hew.) and one from his list of Morphine (M. 21, Prepona collected by W. J. Burchell in Brazil. 167 antimache, Hiibn.). Of the 101 numbers given, all are ac- counted for except two, viz. N. 20 and N. 73, the former of which mentions one specimen dated 21, 2. 26, and the latter five specimens dated 12. 3.26, 7.11. 25, 973. 25.10. 25 (two specimens), 11. 2. 26. ‘This last number, N. 73, enclosed in parentheses, is placed in the middle of the genus Catagramma, and Westwood had written this name opposite the number, but afterwards erased it. These six specimens are unfor- tunately as yet untraced. Westwood’s list of Nymphalinz is written in a clerk’s handwriting, with notes as to names, including in a few cases a rough description, in Westwood’s manuscript. All obscure localities have been defined with reference to the map given in the Introduction to the Collections of W. J. Burchell by Professor EK. B. Poulton, F.R.S., in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. xii. pl. iii. J.C. Mouton. Oxford, March 20th, 1908. Protogonius drurt’, Butl. p- 2. 10. 27. = 454. Lanboso to Bréjo. Between Rio Corumba, near Cataldo, and Bomfim. Westwood’s date agrees with the above, but he gives the name Protogonius Hippona. Hypna clytemnestra, Cram. Bz. 188. I, [8. 9. 25]. = 455. Rio de Janeiro. “ Pa- pilio. Along the Aqueduct.” 30. 10. 25. = 456. Minas Geraés. “(In the forest). On the N.E. side of the arraial of Sao Joao de Népomucéna.” 7.11. 25. = 457, Minas Geraés. 24. 12. 25. = 458. Rio de Janeiro. “ Aqueduct (on the first hill on the left).” 29.12.25. 2= 459,460. Rio. ‘ Catombi—Bérra Ver- mélha—and Rio Comprido.” Westwood’s list gives another captured on this date. 14. 1. 26. = 461. Rio de Janeiro. “ Brought from and collected in the Valley of Laranjeiros. Omnia insuper lantas.” 26. 1. 26. 5= 462-466. Morro de Ladéira and Catomby. “In a botanical and entomological excursion to the Barra Vermelha, Morro de Ladeira, and Catombi.” Westwood’s list gives another of this date. 27. 1. 26. 7= 467-473. Rio de Janeiro. bl. 1.26, = 474 Rio de Janeiro. “ Valley of Catomby 168 Mr. J. C. Moulton on the Rhopalocera and a high Mountain on the N.W. side of the Aqueduct.” “ All of this date were from off plants; mostly up the Valley of Catumbi.” 7. 3. 26. 3= 475, 476, 477. Riode Janeiro. “ At Catombi.” Bz.+ 7.3. 26. 2= 478, 479, 9 Westwood’s list gives five more captured on this date. 9. 3. 26. 5=480-484. Rio de Janeiro. Westwood’s list gives two more captured on this date. 10. 3. 26. 5= 485-489. Rio de Janeiro. 12. 3. 26. = 490. Rio de Janeiro, “ Aqueduct.” 15. 3. 26. 2= 491, 492. Rio de Janeiro. “Catombi, in plantis.” 16. 3. 26. = 493. Rio de Janeiro. “ In the upper part of the valley of Catombi, and along the road thence to Rio Comprido and Matto Porcos.” 19. 3. 26. 2= 494, 495. Rio de Janeiro. “In the valley of Catombi.” 20. 3. 26. = 496. Rio de Janeiro. ‘ Along the Carioca Aqueduct.” 21.3. 26. = 497. Rio de Janeiro. ‘ Along the Carioca Aqueduct.” 1. 4. 26. = 498. Rio de Janeiro. “In the valley of Catumbi.” Bz.+ 1.4. 26. = 499. Rio de Janeiro. ‘‘ In the valley of Catumbi.” Bz. 3.4. 26. = 500. RiodeJaneiro. “ Along the Carioca Aqueduct.” Except for the additions mentioned above, Westwood’s list agrees. The name Hypna Clytemnestra has been added in his handwriting. The possibilities of a mimetic association between this species and Gynecia dirce, L., are noted under that species (pp. 187, 188). Anca halice, Godt. Bz. 27.1. 26. @=501. Catombi.” Rio de Janeiro. 31.1. 26. ¢ = 502. Rio de Janeiro. (As 474.) 7. 3. 26.°3 ¢ =503, 504, 505.. Rio de Janeiro... “At Catombi.” 10. 3. 26. 2 ¢ = 506, 507. Rio de Janeiro. Westwood’s list gives this as Paphia, a synonym of Anea, and his dates agree. Anea phidile, Hibn. 14. 2. 26. ¢= 508. Organ Mountains. 7.3. 26. 2 = 509. Rio de Janeiro. “ At Catombi.” collected by W. J. Burchell in Brazil. 169 2. 13:13. 26:7 ¢ = 510, Rio de Janeiro: enbete2G, 9 == OL): i “Tn the valley of Catumbi.”’ Bz. 25. 8.27. ¢=512. Ollarfa to Rio Pardo. 27. 8.27. ¢=513. Retiro. Just north of Rio Pardo. p. 24. 8. 28. jg = 514, At Retiro. “All caught hovering and feeding on the excrement of some carnivorous animal in the virgin forest at Retiro.” This is another Retiro between Goyaz and Jeragud. Westwood’s list mentions one more of this date, and another individual captured 26. 1. 26, Rio de Janeiro. Opposite these numbers also he wrote Paphia. Anca amenophis, Feld. Bz.+ p. 26. 8. 27. = 515. BR. Pardo to Cubatdéo. “ Lepi- doptera caught at the passage of the several streams this day.”’ It should be noted that this Cubatéo is far north of the place of the same name visited by Burchell from 3. 12. 26 to 17. 1. 27. Bz, p. 24. 8. 28. 2 = 516, 517. At Retiro. (As 514.) p. 24. 8. 28. 2 = 518, 519. » Westwood’s list places this species, together with Anwa enomais, Boisd., under the name Paphia, and mentions seven specimens captured p. 24. 8. 27; this is doubtless a copyist’s error for p. 24. 8. 28, of which date there are six individuals, counting two of "Anca enomais. Tt therefore appears that one individual has since been lost, either of A. amenophis or enomais. Anea enomais, Boisd. p. 24. 8. 28. 2 =520, 521. At Retiro. (As 514.) See note on Anea amenophis, Feld., above. Anea otrere, Hiibn. 11. 2. 26. = 522. Organ Mountains—“ (in a walk to the Ipé trees)” The date in Westwood’s list agrees. This and the re- maining species of Anwa are given the generic name Paphia. Anea arginussa, Hiibn. Bz. p. 26. 8427. = 523. “In sylva in excr.” R. Pardo to Cubatéo. (As 515.) p. 26. 8. 27. = 524. “In. silva in excrem.” RK, Pardo to Cubatéo. (As 515.) Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. ii. 12 170 Mr. J. C. Moulton on the Rhopalocera p. 26. 8.27. = 525. “In sylva insuper excremen.” R. Pardo to Cubatéo. (As 515.) A specimen = 526, with two English labels, p. 26. 8. 27. “Tn silva in excrem.,” and a. 29. 8.27. Cérvo, north of R. Pardo (a. 29. 8.27) or R. Pardo to Cubatdo (p. 26. 8. 27). As below or as 515. a, 29.8. 27. 3 = 527, 528, 529, Cérvo. “In the, forest ascending the Morro de Batataes. Papilionides. In this forest Butterflies literally swarmed and thousands might have been caught in one day. I never saw such abundance in my life before.” Bz.+ a. 29. 8. 27. = 530. Cérvo. As above. Westwood’s list gives four individuals captured p. 26. 8.27 and six on a. 29.8. 27: probably the sixth individual of a. 29. 8. 27 can be accounted for by specimen 5383 of the next species (A. appias), not otherwise referred to by West- wood, while the fourth of p. 26, 8. 27 is obviously represented by one of the labels on 526. Anca appias, Hiibn. Bz. 22.3. 26b. = 531. Rio de Janéiro. “ Along the [Carioca] Aqueduct, to the head of the Valley of Laran- jeiros.”” See note to Prepona amphimachus, no. 589. Bz.t+ 25. 8.27. = 582. Ollaria to Rio Pardo. Bz, a. 29, 8.27. = 583. Cérvo. (As 527.) Westwood’s list does not include this last specimen with the others. It is probably entered under the last species, and accounts for the missing specimen of tliis date. Siderone ide, Hiibn. Bz. 221. I. [19. 9. 25]. = 584. Riode Janeiro. ‘“ Papilio (Coltas). Caught in vicinity of Botafogo bay. Given me by Mr. Heatherly.” Westwood’s name and date agree. Siderone (Zaretes) ellops, Linn. p- 24. 8. 28. = 535. At Retiro. (As 514.) Westwood’s date agrees. The specimens stand under the name Paphia. The series in the British Museum is placed under the generic name Zaretes, but in the Godman-Salvin Collection Siderone is retained. In their book this genus is divided into Stderone A and Siderone B. collected by W. J. Burchell in Brazil, LGt Cea acherontu, F.,=cadmus, Cram. 7) 5] ie S98. S, 25. 10, 25: = 536: Minas Geraés, “ Plapilio]. At Discoberto, near JoHo Pedro’s house.” Bz.+ 16. 2.26. = 587. Organ Mountains. Westwood’s list gives three more specimens, captured 4. 11. 25, 10. 11. 25, 10. 1. 26 (Rio de Janeiro and neigh- bourhood), Aganisthos orion, F. Bz.+ 31. 10. 25. = 538. Minas Geraés. “On the road between Nepomucena and Domingos Ferreira’s.” Westwood’s list includes three more specimens captured 10. 3. 26 Rio de Janeiro, 31. 8. 27 Veravinha, between Rio Pardo and Rio Grande, 26.1. 29 Porto Reél (Porto Na- cionale). In his list Westwood gives Burchell’s number 7297 under this last date, and we may therefore conclude that Burchell was speaking of A. ordon in the following passage from his Brazilian note-book :— “7297 Papilio. The nature of this seems carnivorous as it frequently returned and settled on the skin of the Porco do Matto.” Mr. Oldfield Thomas, F.R.S., kindly informs me that two forms of Peccary (Zayassu tajacu and 7. albirostris) occur in the locality and that either might be called “ Porco do Matto.” Prepona amphimachus, F. 9.3. 26. 9? = 539. Rio de Janeiro. Westwood’s list places this species and Prepona phert- damas, Cram., under one number, N. 16, and includes another individual captured 22. 8. 266. On this latter date Burchell went “along the Aqueduct to the head of the Valley of Laranjeiros,” and his Brazilian note-book on this date reads :—‘‘ Along the Carioca Aqueduct. ‘Those marked b were purchased from some negro-insect-catchers, who caught them all in this spot, and almost all were alive when | bought them.” Prepona antimache, Hibn. 1273. 4. 12. 28. = 540. Porto Real [Nacionale]. “ Walk to the Igarapé”’; and his Brazilian note-book has the following passage in reference to this number :— “ Papilio—In the forests by the Iguapé *, hovering low between the brushwood.” * The spelling differs in Burchell’s two note-books. 12* 172 Mr. J. C. Moulton on the Rhopalocera Burchell gives a similar note on a specimen (406) of Morpho achilles, L., caught 5 p. 7. 9. 28 between Jeragué and Cavalcanti, a little south of Porto Redl. It reads thus :— “ Papilio. This species hovers low among the brushwood in shady deep forests and is not easy to catch.” The general resemblance of the upperside of this Prepona and its congeners to Morpho achilles, L., suggests a possible mimetic association between the two, which is still further borne out by this note of Burchell’s as to the similarity of their habits. The broad iridescent blue band which is so characteristic of both is probably the one conspicuous feature when they are on the wing, and thus an enemy would be less likely to notice the difference in size. Westwood placed this date, without 1273, in his list of Morphine, but corrected the mistake afterwards, writing “an var. Nymph. 16”’, which refers to 589 and 541. Prepona pheridamas, Cram. Bz.+ 855. I, 24.10. 25. ¢ = 6541. Minas Geraés. “Pap- [clio]. About Jo&io Pedro’s, at Discoberto: at the margin of the forest.” See note on Prepona amphimachus, no. 589, This speci- men bears two English labels as well as one Brazilian. The underside of this specimen differs in a remarkable way from that of any individual of the same species in either the British Museum, Godman-Salvin, or Hope Collections. The upperside is, however, identically the same, and the fact that the closely related genus Charazes is extremely variable on the underside also supports the conclusion that the specimen is merely an interesting variety. ‘l'his view is endorsed by Mr. R. Trimen, F.R.S., who has very kindly examined the specimen. Being unrepresented in any of the above-men- tioned collections, a brief description may be of interest :— Underside. Reddish ochre, with centre rather lighter. Fore wing: from base to apex of cell two patches of ground- colour bordered externally by white margins, succeeded by a thin, zigzag, dark brown line; a third patch follows this one, bordered first by a thin brown line, then again by a white edging, a combination which continues downwards to the first median nervule. J/ind wing: central portion, ground- colour mixed with white, giving a striolated appearance. From junction of costa and hind margin to nearly halfway along the second radial nervule a darker patch of ground- colour joining hind margin and continuing to a point at end of third median nervule. An ill-defined trace of band of collected by W. J. Burchell in Brazil. Mis ground-colour bordered by thin zigzag brown line and white edging starts from costa, losing itself in central portion at median nervure. Between each nervule and in a line parallel to the hind margin six ill-defined white spots; the sixth, between the second and first median nervules, is larger, not so white, and has a brown spot in the centre. The remainder of the hind margin to anal angle is of the lighter tint. Compared with an average specimen presented by Godman and Salvin to the Hope Collection the following are the chief points of difference: —The whole ground-colour is a greenish-ochre ; the brown lines, many of which are so thin and indistinct in Burchell’s specimens, are much more marked in the ordinary type ; in the hind wing the band of ground-colour is bounded by a dark line which is prolonged beyond the third median nervule across the second and first almost to anal angle, and followed by the white all the way. The white spots of Burchell’s specimen are, however, hardly traceable in the type. Again, the brown spot in discoidal cell is far more strongly marked in both wings than in the variety, in the hind wing of which it is, indeed, necessary to use a lens to find any trace of this discocellular spot. Against this, however, the brown spot in the lower part of the hind wing is hardly traceable in the type. ‘The central portion of the hind wing is also less occupied by lighter colour, inasmuch as the ground-colour from base and hind margin converges more towards the centre than in this interesting variety. Chlorippe agathina, Cram. Bz.4+ 2p. 5.5.29. g = 542. On the Rio Tocantins, north of Porto Real (Nacionale). ‘“ Red Clay-slate cliffs ”’, at Sucuri. Westwood’s list agrees. He gives the name as Apatura. Chlorippe vacuna, Godt. 12. 3. 26. ¢ = 548. Riode Janeiro. “ Aqueduct.” fae 260, 4 — 544. as 13. 3. 26. 9 = 545. Pe Against this last specimen Westwood wrote “Apatura 3 ?,” and he had separated it as a different species under another number. a, 24, 8.28. ¢=546. At Retiro (between Goyaz and Jeragué). “Allat the rivulet near the house at Retiro.” Westwood’s list reads a. 24. 8. 27, which is obviously a clerical error for this date. Huis dates otherwise agree. He 174 Mr. J. C. Moulton on the Rhopalocera placed this species under the same number as 542, with the generic name Apatura. 546 is very like the other 2 ¢ g of Burchell’s series, but differs from them and a series in the British Museum from Brazil and Paraguay in this respect, namely, that the sub- apical brown spots are much smaller and more separated. There are no 2 9 in the Godman-Salvin Collection, but the g ¢ in it agree with specimens 548, 544 mentioned above. Chlorippe laurentia, Godt. a. 29. 8. 27. 5 g = 547-551. Cervo. (As 527.) Bz.+ 30.8.27. g@= 552. Between Rio Pardo and Rio Grande. ‘QOu the road between Paciencia and Vera- vinha.”’ Westwood’s list gives these under the name Apatura, and his dates agree. Chlorippe linda, Feld.,=plesaurina, Butl. . Bz.+ 25.8. 27. 3 = 553. Ollaria to Rio Pardo. Bz.+ 12.4. 29. g = 554. Porto Real (Nacionale). 9.5.29. g = 555. Near Alcdntara on the Rio Tocantins, S. of Carolina. ‘* (See the view—with the boat.)” Westwood’s list agrees, and he named these Apatura also. Chlorippe linda, Drury, a mimic of Adelpha nea, Hew. On the upperside this Chlorippe departs in both sexes from the usual pattern and colouring of its genus, and assumes the regular Adelpha pattern of white band, breaking into orange in the fore wing, on a dark brown background. Of the three specimens caught by Burchell, two were taken a little south of Pardé. These exactly resemble in pattern a single specimen of Adelpha nea, Hew., also taken by him at Pard, though three months later. The chief points to be noticed are :—the shape of the orange band in the fore wing, which is pinched in at the apex of the discoidal cell in nea, while in linda the apical portion is separated by a narrow interval from the rest of the band. The white band, however, con- tinues downwards of exactly tle same width and shape, and the orange patch at anal angle in nea is reproduced in linda by a rather narrower streak. The shape of the fore wing of linda is rather less hooked than in the other species of Chlorippe, thus following the straighter hind margin of the Adelpha. We may thus safely conclude that Adelpha nea, collected by W. J. Burchell in Brazil. 175 Hew., which possesses a typical Adelpha pattern, is the model, and that Chlorippe linda, Drury, which departs so much from the true Chlorippe pattern, is the mimic. Another point worthy of notice is the prolonging of the white band of the hind wing well into the fore wing in Burchell’s third specimen of Chlorippe linda, caught (25. 8.27) two years earlier a good deal further south near the Rio Pardo. On this very date Burchell caught a specimen of Adelpha nr. abia (no. 601), in which a noticeable feature is that the white band is prolonged well into the fore wing. Although this latter species is much smaller than Adelpha nea, it seems possible that its presence in the south influences the southern Chlorippe linda by drawing it away from its northern model, Adelpha nea, in this one characteristic. It should be noted that the mimicry does not extend to the undersides, which are very different. Adelpha erotia, Hew., form of or species very near. Bz. 9.3. 26. = 556. Rio de Janeiro. Westwood’s date agrees. He had named this Heterochroa lerna. The generic name is a synonym of Adelpha, and is used in the British Museum. No. 556 appears to be nearest to two specimens from British Guiana in the Godman-Salvin Collection, and it resembles in a lesser degree a long series from 8S. Paulo, Paraguay, &c. unnamed in the same collection. Burchell’s specimen is perhaps the same as A. phylacides, Stdgr., from the Upper Amazons, also in Godman-Salvin Collection. In the British Museum the nearest approach to it is A. thesprotia, Feld., which most resembles the Godman-Salvin specimens from Paraguay. Adelpha cocala, Cram. 31. 1.26. = 557. Rio de Janeiro. (As 474.) Westwood’s date agrees. ‘This he had named Heterochroa Cocala, var. Adelpha cytherea, Linn. Bz. 191. I. [8. 9. 25]. = 558. Rio de Janeiro. “ Papilio. _ Along the Aqueduct.” 4.11. 25. 2= 559, 560. Minas Geraés. At Francisco Manoel’s. “Some tropeiros from ‘the rancho seeing me catching Papilionide, caught a few also for me. [ afterwards ascended the hill into the forest northward of our Rancho and took insects, till wet through in a 176 Mr. J. C. Moulton on the Rhopalocera thunder shower. Inthe evening caught some insects by the candle.” 24.12.25. =561. Rio de Janeiro. ‘ Aqueduct (on the first hill on the left).” 9. 3. 26. = 562. Rio de Janeiro. 10. 3. 26. = 563. Bz. 12. 3, 26, 3= 564, 565, 566. Rio de Janeiro. « Aque- duct.” 12. 3. 26. = 567. Riode Janeiro. ‘ Aqueduct.” Westwood’s list adds another specimen captured on this — ; date. 13. 3. 26. = 568. Rio de Janeiro. 15. 3. 26. = 569. i ‘“* Catombi, in plantis.”’ 18, 3. 26. 2= brO Sia ey * Along the Cariédca Aqueduct.” 20. 3. 26. 2= 572, 573. ,, “ Along the Carioca Aqueduct.” Bz. 20. 3. 26; = 574. = “Along the Carioca Aqueduct.” OL ae 20, iD: a “Along the Carioca Aqueduct.” 2. 21. 3. 26. =316. “Along the Carioca Aqueduct.” Westwood’s list adds another specimen captured on this date. Bz. 22. 3. 26. 2= 577, 578. Rio de Janeiro. Along the Aqueduct, to the head of the Valley of Laranjeiros. 1,4. 26. =579. Rio de Janeiro. “In the valley of Catumbi.” 3. 4. 26. 2= 580, 581. Rio de Janeiro. “Along the Ca- rioca Aqueduct.” 7.6. 29. =582. Sta. Anna. (On the Rio Tocantins, be- tween Baio and Pard.) Bz.+ 1.7.29. = 583. Paré; walk to the Caza de Pao. 7,29. — son: 4 = Bz. # 4.7. 29. = 585. Pard. 20. 9.29. = 586. Pard. S.E. of S. Joze. Westwood’s list of this species under the name Heterochroa adds one more individual captured in Minas Geraés 7. 11, 25. Except for the above additions his dates agree. Adelpha mythra, Godt.,=zeba, Hew. 8. 2. 26. 2= 587, 588. Organ Mountains. “ (In a ride to the Cattle Pounds and the Milho Roga.)” Westwood had written ‘‘ Heterochroa, same as N. 27” collected by W. J. Burchell in Brazil. 177 opposite “ N. 53,” under which stands one of the two pre- ceding specimens. On 588 he had written ‘Het. Dionysa Hewits ? Ann.” 11. 2, 26. 2= 589, 590. Organ Mountains. (In a walk to the Ipé trees.) Under “ N. 27” Westwood had written Heterochroa Mithra, and his dates agree. Adelpha syma, Godt. 9, 2. 26. 4= 591-594. Organ Mountains. “ (By the river Pacaqué.)” 11. 2. 26. = 595. Organ Mountains. (As 589.) This date had been originally written in a clerk’s hand- writing in Westwood’s list of Adelpha mithra, but corrected to this species by Westwood himself. 12. 2. 26. = 596. Organ Mountains. 14. 2. 26. 2= 597, 598. Organ Mountains. 10, 2. 27. = 599. 8S. Péulo. ‘ Along the great Rio road for about 2 miles N.E.” 18. 6. 27. = 600. Vicinity of S. Pdulo. Westwood’s name and dates agree. Adelpha sp. near abia, Hew., and perhaps a form of this species. 25. 8. 27. =601. Ollarfa to Rio Pardo. a. 29. 8. 27. =602. Cérvo. (As 527.) 30. 10. 27. = 608. Sapezal to Conceic&o, near Goyaz. Westwood’s list agrees, and the name Heterochroa is written opposite. These forms resemble a series, unnamed, in the British Museum. Compared with the Godman-Salvin Collection they closely resemble some specimens placed under Adelpha abia, Hew. Adelpha abia, Hew. 27. 8. 27. = 604. R. Pardo to Retiro. a. 29. 8. 27. 4=605-608, Cérvo. (As 527.) 9.9.27. = 609. ‘Tenénté (just N. of the Rio Grande). a. 24. 8.28. =610. Retiro. “ All at the rivulet near the _ house at Retiro.” (Between Goyaz and Jeragua.) 25.8. 28. =611. Retiro to Goyavéira. ‘On the road.” Near Goyaz. Westwood’s list adds another specimen captured p. 24. 8. 28 i Retiro, (As 514.) These he had named Leterochroa ia. 178 Mr. J. C. Moulton on the Rhopalocera Adelpha gerona, Hew. 25. 8.27. ¢=612. Ollaria to Rio Pardo. Westwood’s list gives this as Heterochroa Gerona, and his date agrees. This specimen has a wider white band than the single specimen (¢) in the British Museum, which is Hewitson’s type. There are none in the Godman-Salvin Collection, Adelpha iphicla, Linn. 20. 3. 26. = 618. Rio de Janeiro. ‘ Along the Carioca Aqueduct.” Bz.+ 3.4.26. = 614. ms “ Along the Carioca Aqueduct.” A Westwood’s label on this specimen bears the following note :—‘* Het. Iphicla Linn. Drury 1 pl. 14 var. Basilea Cr. 188.” Bz.+ 24. 3.29. =615. Porto Redl (Porto Nagionale). Manga. Westwood’s name is Heterochroa Iphicla, and his dates agree. Adelpha lerna, Hew. 7.9.27. @=616. Cachoéira to Retiro. This is a third Retiro, probably quite close to the Rio Grande, as in his ‘ Catalogus Geographicus’ the following entry is given for the next day :—‘ Cachoéira to Rio Grande.” Westwood’s name is Heterochroa Lerna, and his date agrees. Adelpha plesaure, Hiibn. 13. 3. 26. =617. Rio de Janeiro. 21. 3. 26. = 618. Rio de Janeiro. “ Along the Carioca Aqueduct.” Westwood’s dates agree, and he had identified the genus as Heterochroa. Adelpha serpa, Boisd. 27.1. 26. ¢=619. Rio de Janeiro. 8. 2. 26. g =620. Organ Mountains. “In a ride to the Cattle Pounds and the Milho Roga.” Bz. 10. 3.26. ¢ =621. Rio de Janeiro. 20. 3. 26. 2 = 622. Rio de Janeiro. “ Along the Carioca Aqueduct.” collected by W. J. Burchell in Brazil. 14g Westwood’s list agrees, and he names the species Hetero- chroa Serpa. His label on 620 bears the following note :— “7, Serpa Bdvy. Iphiclus Cr. 188.” Adelpha nea, Hew. 7029... 9: = 623) , Parad. Westwood’s date agrees, and against this he had written “« Heterochroa Nea var.?”’ A note on the mimetic association between this species and Chlorippe linda, Feld., is given under that species on pages 174, 175. Pyrrhogyra crameri, Auriv. Bz.+ 22.4. 29. =624. Porto Redl (Nacgionale). Westwooua’s date and generic name agree. Pyrrhogyra tipha, Linn.,=neerea, Linn. Bz.+ 22.4. 29. = 625, Porto Redl (Nacionale). 22. 4.29. 2= 626, 627. i : Westwood’s date and generic name agree. Timetes (Megalura) chiron, F. Bz. 559. II. [19. 10. 25]. 2= 628, 629. Minas Geraés. “ Pap[itio].” Bz.+ 903. V. 25.10. 25. 4= 630-633. Minas Geraés. “Pl apilio]. At Discoberto, near Joao Pedro’s house.”’ Westwood’s list adds another specimen of this date. Bz.+ 996. I. 27.10. 25. = 634. Minas Geraés. “ Pap [iio|. At San Joao de Nepomucéna and on the road trom Discoberto.” 28. 10. 25. 4= 635-638. Minas Geraés. “In the Forest on the West and on the Hast side of 8. Jo&io de Népo- mucéna.” Westwood’s list adds two more specimens captured on this date. 29. 10. 25. 2= 639, 640. Minas Geraés. “In the forest on the §.E. side of 8. Joao de Népomucéna.”’ 4.11. 25. 5= 641-645. Minas Geraés. (As 559.) Bz. 12. 3. 26. = 646. Rio de Janeiro. ‘ Aqueduct.” Bz. 16, 3. 26. = 647. Riode Janeiro. “In the upper part of the valley of Catombi, and along the road thence to Rio Comprido and Matto Porcos.” Bz. 3. 4. 26. = 648. Rio de Janeiro. “ Along the Carioca Aqueduct.” 180 Mr. J. C. Moulton on the Rhopalocera Bz. 28. 11. 28. = 649. Porto Redl (Nacionale). 27. 5. 29. = 650. Arréyos; on the Rio 'Vocantins, between Itabéca and Baiao. Westwood’s list omits one specimen dated 29. 10. 25, but adds another with the date 24. 10. 25. It is probable that «94 has been accidentally written for ‘ 29.” Opposite this species Westwood had written “ Zimetes Chiron, Fab. ; Marius, Cram.” Timetes (Megalura) coresia, Godt. 9, 2. 26. 2= 651, 652. Organ Mountains. (By the River Pacaqué.) Westwood’s date agrees, and he identified the species as Timetes Coresia. On 651 he gives a label bearing the words :— Timetes Coresia Godt., Zerynthia, Hb.” Timetes (Marpesia) peleus, Sulz. 4.11. 25. 2= 653, 654. Minas Geraés. (As 559.) Westwood’s list gives another specimen captured on this date. p. 24. 8. 28. = 655. Retiro. (As 514.) Westwood’s dates agree, and he names this MJarpesta Thetys, a synonym of peleus. Amphirene (Sipreta) trayja, Hiibn. 27. 8.27. = 656. Retiro. (Just north of Rio Pardo.) Westwood’s date agrees, and he gives the name as “Minetra Trayga.” Victorina stelenes, Linn. Bz.+ a. 29. 8. 27. = 657. Cérvo. (As 527.) Westwood’s date agrees, though this appears under his list of Acrwinz. Opposite the number he had written :— “ Junonia? brown with green spots.” Cystineura apicalis, Stdgr., n. subsp. burchelli. Bz. 23. 3. 28. g = 658. Goyaz. Sitio of Zacharfa. Westwood’s list makes this date to be 23. 4. 28. Bz. 19. 9.28. 9 =659. “Sylv. Tucantins.” Rio Tu- cantins. Bz. 16. 2.29. 9 = 660. Porto Redl (Nacionale). ‘ Pa- piliones (3) caught on the flowers of a Malva in the back yard.” collected by W. J. Burchell in Brazil. 181 Col. Prain informs me that no specimen of this Malva exists in Burchell’s Herbarium at Kew. Bz, 22. 3.29. 9 =661. Porto Redl (Nacionale). 24. 3.29. ¢ = 662. Porto Redl. Manga. Westwood’s list agrees, except that it also includes 663. This form is unrepresented in the British Museum and Godman-Salvin Collection. It may be regarded as a northern subspecies of C. apicalis, Stdgr., described as a South Brazilian insect. Cystineura apicalis, Stdgr., n. subsp. burchelld. Female (no. 661). Central ground-colour white, surrounded by fuscous-brown margins ; some dull orange in apical area of fore wing. ore wing: from base towards apex a broad costal fuscous border covering discoidal cell; beyond end of cell a white kidney-shaped spot, succeeded by apical fuscous patch, which itself encloses diffused dull orange in the centre ; from the fourth subcostal nervule and in the centre of the orange patch a series of four internervular spots of fuscous ground-colour, with white centres increasing in size towards the last. Central portion of wing occupied by triangular patch of white, widening from third median nervule to inner margin. Two irregular, oblong, faint, white spots in discoidal cell running into ground-colour, with very slight trace of a third over the junction of the two. Hind margin with a border of rather darker fuscous, slightly serrated on inner side. Cilia white between nervules. Hind wing: subcostal band of fore wing continued across base of hind wing, succeeded by central patch of white. Hind-marginal band of fuscous rather broader than in fore wing; the actual margin marked by a darker line, preceded by an interrupted faint whitish line, both following the serration of the wing. From centre of inner margin to costa beyond middle a narrow, nearl straight, fuscous band, which almost loses itself in the white central patch at the second subcostal nervule, but continues again, indistinctly and slightly narrower, from the first sub- costal nervule. Cilia as in fore wing. Underside dull orange and white. Fore wing: same band from base towards apex as on upperside, dull orange instead of fuscous, marked by similar (but better defined) irregular white spots, and succeeded by rather larger kidney-shaped white spot, which is enclosed in the apical orange patch. A row of five white spots from costa between nervules to second median nervule, their central portion white as on - upper surface, but better defined. Hind margin marked by 182 Mr. J. C. Moulton on the Rhopalocera thin dark line, internally relieved by small indistinct white lunules. Hind wing: dull orange patch at base in continua- tion of band in fore wing. White central patch with dull orange band from inner margin to costa, broken, however, between first and second subcostal nervules. Hind-marginal band of dull orange, broadening at centre and narrow again at anal angle, more serrated than in fore wing and bounded by darker thin line relieved internally by larger white lunules, Male (no. 662) differs slightly from the female in size, being rather smaller and having rather more pointed fore wings. Also the kidney-shaped white spot under the costa in the fore wing is a little smaller. On the underside the central patch of white in the fore wing is extended nearly to the apex, leaving only a narrow border of ground-colour lining the apex and hind margin. In the hind wing the dull orange band is continuous instead of being broken between first and second subcostal nervules as in female. In other respects the markings of the male are the same as in the female. Type 3 of burchelli, specimen 662, and type ¢ , specimen 661, in Hope Department, University Museum, Oxford. Distribution (based on the five specimens captured by Burchell). From Goyaz northwards to Porto Real (Nagionale) on the Rio Tocantins: the interior of Eastern Brazil. These differ from the series of Cystineura apicalis, Stdgr., in the British Museum and in the Godman-NSalvin Collec- tions chiefly in the absence of a large apical patch of dull orange in fore wing, which is characteristic of all specimens in those collections. In two specimens from Casa Branca, 8S. Paulo, in the Godman-Salvin Collection the fuscous band in the hind wing is broader than in apicalis and is of equal width throughout. In depth of colour it resembles the hind-marginal border. The dull orange apical patch extends from the kidney-shaped white spot below the costa to the first median nervule, leaving a narrow serrated border to the hind margin. The white spots on the underside are less marked than in burchellt. In six from Chapada, also in the Godman-Salvin Collec- tion, the fuscous band across the hind wing tapers towards the costa as in burchelli, and in one individual is broken between the first and second subcostal nervules. T'wo specimens from Paraguay (captured 1904 and 1905) in the British Museum have a more slate-coloured appear- ance, which is even more accentuated in two very fine specimens from Coroico, Bolivia, in the Godman-Salvin collected by W. J. Burchell in Brazil. 183 Collection. With the aid of a lens it is at once seen that this is due to a fine dusting of white scales on the fuscous ground-colour. These seem to disappear in older specimens. ‘The above-mentioned two specimens from Paraguay have a rather broader fuscous band in the hind wing, and in one female from Santa Cruz, Upper Paraguay River, the white in both wings is reduced to form two narrow bands. Cystineura tocantina, Bates. 1316. 17. 2. 29. = 668. Porto Redl (Nacionale). “ Feeding on the flowers ot the Waltheria bushes (v. H. 8632 ).” Col. Prain, F.R.S., kindly informs me that Burchell’s “ $632-2”’ is named Waltheria ferruginea ?, St. Hil., in the herbarium. Burchell’s botanical catalogue contains these words :— 8632-2 Waltheria v. Cat. Entomol. Frutex 5—7-ped. ramosus. Corolla citrina, vel sulphurea.” Included under burchelli in Westwood’s list. His date agrees. This is unrepresented in the British Museum, but has been compared with specimens in the Godman-Salvin Collection. Didonis biblis, F. Bz. 141. ITT. [16. 8. 25]. 2= 664, 665. Rio de Janeiro. “ Papilio. Above the Teresa Convent; and on the woody hilly [hills] along the Aqueduct.” Westwood’s list adds one more of this date. 4.11. 25. =666. Minas Geraés. (As 559.) 6. 12. 25. =667. Rio de Janeiro. On the Corcovddo Mountain. “In an excursion to the Summit of the Corcovado by the road by the Convent of Sta. Theresa and along the Aqueduct.” Westwood’s list adds another of this date. 31. 12. 25. 2= 668, 669. Rio de Janeiro. On the Corco- vado Mountain, and in the Valley of Laranjéiras. ‘ Kx- cursion to the summit of the Corcovado; from Catete and up the valley of Laranjeiros.”’ 10. 1. 26. 2= 670, 671. Rio de Janeiro. Prdia Grande and §. Jofio de Carahy. “At Praia Grande and vicinity, and about 8. Joao de Carahy.” 26.1.26. =672. Riode Janeiro. Morro de Ladéira and Catomby. ‘‘ Ina botanical and entomological excursion tothe Barra Vermelha, Morro de Ladera, and Catombi.” Westwood adds another of this date. 27.1. 26. = 673. Rio de Janeiro. Westwood’s list adds two more specimens of this date. 184. Mr. J. C. Moulton on the Rhopalocera 7.3.26. = 674. “Catombi.” Rio de Janeiro, “ At Catombi.” 7.3. 26. = 675. Rio de Janeiro. ‘ At Catombf.” Bz. 7. 3. 26. =676. Another label attached to this speci- men has the words :— Duplicate Lepidoptera, selected from my Brazilian collection.” Rio de Janeiro. “ At Catombi.”’ Bz. 9.3. 26. =677. Rio de Janeiro. 16. 3. 26. = 678. 7 (As 647.) Bz, 16, 3,201,010 * 5 27. 8. 27. =680. Retiro. Just north of Rio Pardo. 30. 10. 27. =681. Sapezal to Conceicfo; near Goyaz. Bz. 25. 8. 28. = 682. Retiro to Goyavéira. “On the road.’ This Retiro is east of Goyaz, and the place mentioned on 514. Westwood had written the name Biblis, and his list adds three individuals captured :-— 14. 1. 26. Riode Janeiro. ‘ Brought from and collected in the Valley of Laranjeiros. Omnia insuper plantas.” 19. 3. 26. Rio de Janeiro. ‘ In the valley of Catombf.”’ 20. 3. 26. Rio de Janeiro. ‘ Along the Carioca Aque- duct.” Peridromia arethusa, Cram. z. 194. I. [8. 9. 25]. = 683. Rio de Janeiro. Along the Aqueduct. ‘ Papilio. In sylva.” 1068. [3. 4. 26]. =684, Rio de Janeiro. Along the Carioca Aqueduct. “ Papilio: totimque nigra supra maculis ceruleis, subtus maculis rubris. This settles on the sunny smooth trunks of trees.” [Other butterflies bearing the same number are :—Papilio hectorides, Ksp., 1; Papilio torquatus, Cr., subsp, polybius, Swains., 1.] 1243. 7.9. 28. 4= 685-688. Rio Maranhao to Fe Guarda Mor. Between Jeragué and Cavalcanti; near Rio Ma- ranhiio. ‘2 sp[ecies of] Papiliones caught against sunny side of trunk of a large tree on bank of the Maranhfo. Wings expanded flat against the trunk.”—“‘ 7243 conf. Pap. arethusa”’ [added later in pencil on blank page}. The other species is Ageronia chloé, Stoll. Bz.+ 1243. 7.9. 28. = 689. Rio Maranhfo to Fe Guarda Mor. As above. Westwood’s list gives two more specimens captured on this date. He gives the name “ Ang. Arete” to one of the two numbers into which he had divided these specimens. collected by W. J. Burchell in Brazil. 185 On 683 he had written “ Angerona Arete Bdv. Lucas. Are- thusa Oram. 77 nec Arethusa Hb. Samml.” Opposite Burchell’s species of Pertdromia and Ageronia Westwood has accidentally written for the latter name that of the Geometrid genus Angerona. Peridromia amphinome, Linn. Bz. 851. I. (15. 10. 25]. = 690. Minas Geraés. “At the Discobérto do Antonio Velho.” ‘ Pfapilio]. This species and the following [Peridromia feronia, Linn. ] settle on the smooth sunny bark of the trunks of large trees, and when in their flight they meet another of the same species they appear to fight, and at the same time produce with their wings an extraordinary and loud and quickly repeated crackling noise.” The same fact was observed seven years later by Charles Darwin, and recorded in his ‘Journal of Researches &c.,’ London, 1876, pp. 33, 84 (Rio de Janeiro, 1832) :— “{ was much surprised at the habits of Papilio feronia. This butterfly is not uncommon, and generally frequents the orange-groves. Although a high flier, yet it very trequently alights on the trunks of trees. On these occasions its head is invariably placed downwards ; and its wings are expanded in a horizontal plane, instead of being folded vertically, as is commonly the case. ‘This is the only butterfly which I have ever seen, that uses its legs for running. Not being aware of this fact, the insect, more than once, as I cautiously approached with my forceps, shuffled on one side just as the instrument was on the point of closing, and thus escaped. But a far more singular fact is the power which this species possesses of making a noise. Several times when a pair, probably male and female, were chasing each other in an irregular course, they passed within a few yards of me; and I distinctly heard a clicking noise, similar to that produced by a toothed wheel passing under a spring catch. ‘The noise was con- tinued at short intervals, and could be distinguished at about twenty yards’ distance: I am certain there is no error in the observation.” See also Lepidoptera Rhopalocera of the ‘ Biologia Centrali- Americana, F. D. Godman, F.R.S., and O. Salvin, F.R.S., vol. 1. pp. 267, 268. 12. 3. 26. =691. Rio de Janeiro. ‘ Aqueduct.” Bz. 20. 3. 26. 2= 692, 693. Rio de Janeiro. “ Along the Carioca Aqueduct.” Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. ii. 13 186 Mr. J. C. Moulton on the Rhopalocera Westwood’s list agrees, and the name he gives in it is Angerona Amphinome, Linn., which also appears in his handwriting on 691. Peridromia feronta, Linn. Bz. 352. 1, [15.10.25]. = 694. Minas Geraés. ‘P[apilio].” At the Discobérto do Antonio Velho. See Burchell’s note to no. 690, which refers equally to this individual. 28. 10. 25. = 695. Minas Geraés. (As 635.) 29.12.25. =696. Rio de Janeiro. Catombf, Béarra Vermélha, and Rio Comprido. 10. 1. 26. = 697%. Rio de Janeiro. (As 670.) 14, 1. 26. = 698. “5 Hig ete from and collected in the Valley of Laranjeiros. “Omnia insuper plantas.” 27. 1. 26. = 699. Rio de Janeiro. 9. 3. 26. = 700. ” 10. 3226. 2= 01. ” Hz..15.,5. ob, =e. s, “ Catombi, in plantis.” Bz. 16.3. 26.'.— (03. ,,, (As 647.) 16. 3. 26. = 704. ” 99 22. 3. 26. = 705. a * Along the Carioca Aqueduct” “to the head of the Valley of Laranjeiros.”’ 1.4. 26. = 706. = “In the valley of Catumbi.” 26. 9. 26. ='707. Sdntos. In a walk to the Chapel on Montserrat. ‘These Papiliones very plentiful in the woods. The white-spotted one settling on smooth bark on sunny side of trees, with outspread wings close to bark, and returning often to the same tree when disturbed.” 1226. 16. 4. 28. = 708. Goyaz. Morro de Cantagdllo. « Papilio. Settles with wings expanded against sunny side of trunk of tree in forest. Same manners and movements as its congeners.” 236, 20. = 40a: , Para. Westwood’s list agrees, and he gives the name Angerona Feronia. Peridromia epinome, Boisd. 28.10.27. ='710. S. Joaquim to Sapezdl. Between Meia Ponte and Goyaz. collected by W. J. Burchell in Brazil. 187 Bz, a. 24. 8.28. =711. At Retiro. (See 514.) “ All at the rivulet, near the house at Retiro,” p- 24. 8.28. 2= 712, 713: At Retiro. (As 514.) Westwood’s list agrees, though he places this species with the next under the name Angerona Ferentina. Ageronia ferentina, Godt. Bz.+ 29.12. 25. ='714, On the Brazilian label is the following :—“‘ Papiliones hujus generis insident in truncis nudis apricis.” io de Janeiro, Catombi, Barra Vermélha, and Rio Comprido. 14.1. 26. = 715. Rio de Janeiro. (As 698.) ioe 26. — 416. 8 At Catombf.” Bee 20. — 7 16. a ** Aqueduct.” 6 306. = 718. (As 647.) 3. 4. 26. = 719. 0 “Along the Carioca Aqueduct.” 1. 2.30. = 720. Para. In the forest 8.8.E. of 8. Jozé. Westwood’s list agrees. On 720 he had written ‘ Ange- rona Ferentina, Godt.” Ageronia chloé, Stoll. 1243-2. 7. 9. 28. 3= 721-723. Rio Maranh4o to Fe Guarda Mor. (As 685.) Westwood’s list and name agree, except that he writes the generic name as Angerona. On 722 he had written “ Angerona Chloe, Stoll.” Gynecia dirce, Linn. 10. 1. 26. 3= 724-726. Rio de Janeiro. (As 670.) Westwood’s list gives another individual captured 7, 3. 26. Rio de Janeiro. ‘At Catombf.” His name and dates otherwise agree. The general resemblance on the upper surface between this species and Hypna clytemnestra, Cr., may prove to be of mimetic significance. On comparing the data on Burchell’s specimens the following facts are evident :—Between Sept. 8th, 1825, and April 3rd, 1826, Burchell captured 54 specimens (by Westwood’s list, see pp. 167-168) of Hypna clytemnestra, Cr., at Rio de Janeiro and its neighbourhood. Of these 46 can now be traced. In the same locality he took 4 specimens (of which we now possess 3) of Gynecta dirce, L. on the two dates Jan. 10th, 1826, and March 7th, 1826. From Westwood’s list we gain still further evidence that the ae 188 Mr. J. C. Moulton on the Rhopalocera two species are on the wing together; for he gives 10 specimens of H. eclytemnestra caught March 7th, 1826, at Catomby, and one of G. dirce on the very same day. Five of the clytemnestra have unfortunately since been lost, as well as this single dirce. The pattern, which consists of a dark fuscous background enlivened only by a broad yellow bar across the apex of the fore wing, stands out in each case from that which is found in the allied species. It is difficult, and perhaps impossible, to determine which of the two forms has acted as model ; but in the case of HH. clytemnestra, the species of the closely related genus Protogonius are invariably, although roughly, mimetic. hus Protogonius drurit mimics Heliconius narcea. Hence it becomes probable that this propensity for mimicry is. extended to HH. clytemnestra. Burchell’s specimens of clytemnestra without exception exhibit three yellow spots just beyond the subapical band of the fore wing; and these are absent in dirce. However, on comparing a series of each in the Hope Collection from Paraguay, I observed that the spots were in some cases reduced in clytemnestra and corre- spondingly present in dirce, as if the mimetic association was stronger in that part of the country. It must be further noted that this is only a case of upper- side mimicry. ‘The underside of clytemnestra is procrypti- cally coloured, apparently for concealment among dead leaves, while the bolder pattern of G. dirce is adapted for the protective resemblance to tree-trunks on which it rests with upright wings (H. W. Bates in Lepidoptera Rhopalocera of the ‘ Biologia Centrali- Americana,’ F. D. Godman, F.R.S., and O. Salvin, F.R.S., vol. i. pp. 264-266). Catagramma lyrophila, Hiibn. Bz. 286. J. (13. 10. 25]. = 727. Minas Geraés. Paraliiba. Papilio] affinis precedenti,” viz. Callicore clymena, Cram. Bz.+ 912. I. 25. 10. 25. = 728. Minas Geraés. “ Plap- ilo]. At Discoberto, near Joo Pedro’s house.” 12. 2. 26. = 729. Organ Mountains. A date given as 12. 26 (omitting the month) in West- wood’s list has probably been accidentally substituted for that of 729. 25. 8.27. = 730. Ollaria to Rio Pardo. 26. 8.27. = 731. R. Pardo to Cubatéo. (See 515.) “‘ Lepidoptera caught on the riverside at the ferry of the collected by W. J. Burchell in Brazil. 189 Rio Pardo” (A.m.) or ‘at the passage of the several streams this day”’ (P.M.). Bz. 27. 8. 28. = 732. Goiaveira. Between Goyaz and Jeragué. “All these Lepidoptera were caught at the ford of the rivulet at Goiabeira, at 5p.mM.” ‘This rivulet is evidently one of the head waters of the Rio Tocantins. Westwood’s list gives eight more additional specimens captured on this date. His list also refers to the following additional specimens, the dates of which have made it possible to recover the accompanying data :— 564. I. [19. 10. 25.] Minas Geraés. ‘ Pap[ilio).” 4.11. 25. 2 specimens. Minas Geraés. (As 559.) 10. 11. 25. Minas Geraés. 31.1.26. Rio de Janeiro. (As 474.) 9. 2. 26. Organ Mountains. (By the river Pacaqué.) 9.3. 26. Rio de Janeiro. 12. 3. 26. F *¢ Aqueduct.” a. 24, 8. 27. 2 specimens. Ollaria, just S. of the Rio Pardo. 25. 8. 27. 5 specimens in addition to 70. a. 26. 8.27. 3 specimens. R. Pardo to Cubatdo. (See 515.) “ Lepidoptera caught on the river side at the ferry of the Rio Pardo.” 27. 8. 27. R. Pardo to Retiro. 11.10. 27. 2 specimens. “To Férna” (from the south). Between Meia Ponte and Bomfim. Westwood noted these as belonging to the genus Cata- gramma, and on 727 be had written © Hydaspes. Drury iii. pl. 15 Lyrophila Hb. Zutr. 397.” Burchell’s specimens of lyrophila correspond well with a long series in the Godman- Salvin Collection from Rio de Janeiro, Minas Geraés, Chapada, and Paraguay. Catagramma latona, Butl. 10. 4.28. ? ='733. Goyaz. Caminho de Carréira. “ All caught in the Caminho da Carreira, beyond the Church of Sta. Barbara. The whole road being woody.” Westwood’s list places this in the series of Catagramma sorana, Godt. This specimen exactly resembles Butler’s type in the Godman-Salvin Collection, but three specimens in the British Museum labelled “ C. latona, Butl.,’ differ in having a narrower red subapical band. 190 Mr. J. C. Moulton on the Rhopalocera Catagramma sorana, Godt. a. 26. 8.27. ='734. R. Pardo to Cubatéo. (See 515.) “Lepidoptera caught on the river side at the ferry of the Rio Pardo.” Bz.+ p. 26. 8.27. =735.. R. Pardo to Cubatdéo. (See 515.) “Lepidoptera caught at the passage of the several streams this day.” Bz.+ 30. 8. 27. = 736. ‘On the road between Paciencia and Veravinha.” (As 552.) 30. 8. 27. = 737. “On the road between Paciencia and Veravinha.” Bz. a. 24, 8. 28. = 738. Retiro. (As 610.) Westwood’s generic name agrees : his list also corresponds, except for the inclusion of 783 and the accidental substitution of two “a. 26. 8.27” for one of this date and one of oi ee P< ae Catagramma selima, Guénée. Bz.+ a. 26. 8.27. g§ = 739. R. Pardo to Cubatéo. (As 734.) 9.9.27. ¢='740. Tenénte. Close to Rio Grande. Bz.+ 24.10.27. g= 741. Meiaponte to 8. Joaqtim (Joaq. Alves). Westwood’s list adds another specimen captured on this date. a. 24, 8. 28. 3g = 742-744. Retiro. (As 610.) 27. 8. 28. g¢ = 745. Goiaveira. (As 782.) Westwood’s list adds five individuals, captured a. 24. 8. 27 at Ollaria, just S. of R. Pardo, and omits the three captured a. 24. 8. 28. The discrepancy may, perhaps, be accounted for by the clerical substitution of “ 27” for ‘ 28” in the year of the date, in which case two specimens are still missing. His generic name agrees, and on 739 he had written “ Cyno- sura 2 Hew. Ex. Lep. f. 22, 23.” This species was compared with type in the British Museum. In the Hewitson Collection it stood under C. cyno- sura, Doubl. Hew. A series named C. astarte, Cr., ih the Godman-Salvin Collection is also very similar, except that the markings on the undersides are rather heavier than in Burchell’s specimens. Catagramma cyllene, Dbl. & Hew. Bz. 359. I. [15. 10. 25]. = 746. Minas Geraés. “ Papilio. collected by W. J. Burchell in Brazil. oe At the Discobérto do Antonio Velho. Aff. 283.” By this number Burchell refers to Callicore clymena, Cr. Bz.+ 966. I. 26.10.25. = 747. Minas Geraés. “ Pap [¢lio]. At Discoberto; near Jo&o Pedro’s house.” Westwood’s list and generic name agree, except for an obvious clerical error in the number of the last specimen, which is given as 996. On 747 he had written “ C. Cyllene Gen. D. L. Pl. 25 Pygas 2 teste Hew. Cat. Iconogr.” Catagramma pygas, Godt., f. thamyras, Mén. 28. 4, 28. = 748. Goyaz. “ Papiliones caught by C[ongo] at the Carioca spring.”” Congo was Burchell’s native servant. Westwood’s list and generic name agree. In the British Museum this is given as the thamyras, Mén., form of C. pygas, Godt. Four similar specimens from Chapada are unnamed in the Godman-Salvin Collection. Catagramma pyracmon, Godt. a. 26. 8. 27. 2 = 749, 750. R. Pardo to Cubatio. (As 734.) Westwood’s list adds two more captured on this date, one in the morning and the other in the afternoon. Bz, 27. 8. 27. = 751. Rio Pardo to Retiro. Cle ala, — 6028. * 5 Westwood’s list adds an individual captured 25. 8. 27, Ollaria to Rio Pardo, and another with a. 29. 8. 27, Cervo. (As 527.) He writes against this also the genus Catagramma. Catagramma sp. near peristera, Hew. 3.3. 28. = 758. Goyaz. “ Caught in the town by the rio Vermelho; by C[ongo].” Westwood’s date and generic name agree. This specimen bears a West wood’s label which is somewhat difficult to interpret, but almost certainly reads thus :— “Obs.[erve] plaga sang. alar. post.; [or ?‘'i” for “in ”] forma diversaalar. post. An. sign. alb. necnon striola cerul. marg. al. post.’ It is obvious that ‘ ant.” should have been written in place of one “ post.,” probably the first. The “An” is probably intended for “* Ant.”” Before “An” isa mark which may be Westwood’s monogram or, perhaps, an erased letter. ‘his is probably a geographical subspecies of C. peristera, and compared with a long series trom Bolivia, the Lower Amazon, New Granada, Ecuador, and Eastern Peru in the 192 Mr. J. C. Moulton on the Rhopalocera Godman-Salvin Collection, exhibits the following differ- ences :—(i.) the red patch in hind wing is narrower than in the above-mentioned species ; (ii.) the blue on the margin at anal angle is slightly more developed ; (iii.) the hind-wing underside in Burchell’s specimens has the yellow submarginal line of the same width from costa to anal angle, while in the Godman-Salvin series this yellow line is widest at its costal end, and tapers off to the second median nervule, where it is interrupted by a black spot, and again by a second spot at the first median nervule. Catagramma pasithea, Hew. 24. 3.29. ='754. Porto Real (Nacionale). Mdanga. (5.?) 5. 29. ='755. Red Clay-slate cliffs [at Sucuri] on the Rio Tocantins, north of Porto Redl (Nagionale). Westwood’s dates and generic name agree. In a series in the Godman-Salvin Collection from Peru, the Upper Amazon, and Bolivia there is a thin blue sub- marginal line in the hind wing which is absent in Burcliell’s specimens, while there is also more red developed on the underside than in his specimens. Callicore kolyma, Hew. Bz. 28. 4. 28. ='756. Goyaz. (As 748.) Westwood’s list gives two more individuals captured on this date. 27. 8.28. ='757. Goiaveira. (As 732.) Westwood’s list makes this last date 27. 8. 27 instead of 27. 8. 28. He also places this and the following species of the genus Callicore among the Catagrammas. On the underside the red marking at the base of both wings is much reduced in these two specimens, which correspond with a series of ten, half from Chapada and halt from New Granada, in the Godman-Salvin Collection. But in ten from Ecuador and two from Peru and the Upper Amazon the red is more dominant. In the Hope Collection four specimens from Ecuador have the light blue submarginal line developed all along the hind margin; in one from the Upper Amazon it is only present for halt the distance trom the costa to the anal angle, while in these two Burchell specimens it is still further reduced to a small streak across the apex. On the underside this peculiarity is even more noticeable, the line being reduced to two small blue dots in 756 and absent altogether in 757. Furthermore, in a series of five from S,E. Brazil in the Godman-Salvin Collection this line is only partially developed. On the upperside in three of these there collected by W. J. Burchell in Brazil. 193 is a well-marked red spot on the fore wing just beyond the apex of the discoidal cell, which is much less developed in Burchell’s specimens and in the remaining two of the Godman-Salvin series of five. Omitting the consideration of this last variable character in 8.H. Brazil, it appears that the development of the red patch at the base and the blue line at the hind margin are the chief characteristics of the western forms, and that both become more reduced as we follow the species south-east- wards, until, in extreme varieties, the blue line may be lost altogether (as in 757). Furthermore, the five specimens trom New Granada indicate that a reduction of red similar to that of the east also occurs to the north. Callicore candrena, Godt. 27. 8.27. 2 = 758, ‘759. Rio Pardo to Retiro. Bz.+ 28. 8.27. = 760. “Retiro.” This locality on the specimen is confirmed by the Brazilian Note-book and the ‘ Catalogus Geographicus.’ Bz. 30. 8. 27. = 761. (As 552.) “On the road between Paciencia and Veravinha.” Bz. 27. 8. 28. = 762. Goiaveira. (As 782.) 27. 8. 28. = 763. bf 55 Westwood’s list agrees, but includes an additional specimen captured on this last date, and another with the date 11. 2. 26. Organ Mountains (in a walk to the Ipé trees). On 758 he had written “ Catagr. Candrena Hb., Zutr. 893, 894.” Callicore janeira, Feld. Bz.+ 12a. 4.5. 29. = 764, Funil; north of Porto Redl (Nacionale). This specimen does not bear any of the numbers of West- wood’s list of Nymphalinw, but it is probably referred to under Callicore eluina, Hew. Callicore clymena, Cram. Bz, 285. I/f, [13. 10. 25]. ='765. Minas Geraés. Para- hiba. “ Papilio... (253).”” This latter number refers to a missing specimen which Burchell considered identical with 285. Opposite (253) he had written “Papilio ‘88.’ In open sunny places; very common about Ranchos and in yards near houses. It is often very familiar.” [Butterflies of this genus (Catagramma) are called 88’s because of the markings on the undersides of the hind wings. | 194 Mr. J. C. Moulton on the Rhopalocera Westwood’s list gives either one or two more of this date. The figure is indistinct. 4,11. 25. ='766. Minas Geraés. (As 559.) Westwood’s list mentions three more captured on this date. 2.3.29. ='767. Porto Redl (Nacionale). In the Godman-Salvin Collection the name janeira is given to the northern and eastern form; clymena (on the whole rather more heavily marked on the underside and a deeper blue on the hind-wing upper surface) to the south-west ; while four specimens from Rio Grande and Sta. Catherina (still further south), in which the blue at the apex of the fore wing is greatly reduced, are unnamed. Specimens of both clymena and eluina are grouped under N. 46 and also under N. 72 of Westwood’s list. He gives the generic name Catagramma to both numbers. Callicore eluina, Hew. Bz.+ 1.8.27. ='768. The Brazilian label has the words ‘on the road,” and upon the English label is “ iter faciendo.” Between Jundiahy and Cupivary. North of S. Paulo. The ‘Catalogus Geographicus’ gives the date “a. 1.8.27” opposite the words “on road.” This date is not mentioned by Westwood. 25. 8. 27. 32 = 769-800. Ollarfa to Rio Pardo. Bz.+ 25. 8. 27. 7 = 801-807. _,, - Westwood’s list gives nine more individuals captured on this date. a. 26. 8. 27. 6 = 808-813. Rio PardotoCubatéo. (As 734.) bz.+ a. 26. 8.27. = 814. a - BE Westwood’s list gives four more specimens of this date. a. 28. 8.27. = 815. At Retiro. Just north of Rio Pardo. This date, including the “a,” is not mentioned by West- wood, but possibly one of his tour additional specimens of the preceding date may have been accidentally copied as the 26th instead of the 28th. 28. 8. 27. 2 = 816, 817. “Retiro.” As above. a. 29. 8. 27. 8 = 818-825. Cérvo. (As 527.) Bz.a. 29.8. 27. 3 = 826-828. ., = Westwood’s list gives six more specimens captured on this date. a. 24. 8. 28. = 829. Retiro. Between Goyaz and Jeragua. ‘6 All at the rivulet near the house at Retiro.” Bz, a. 24. 8. 28. = 830. Retiro. Between Goyaz and Jeragué. ‘ All at the rivulet near the house at Retiro.” The dates of both 829 and 830 are omitted by Westwood. collected by W. J. Burchell in Brazil. 195 Bz. 27, 8. 28+ 25. 8. 27. =831. Goiaveira (as 732), or Ollaria to Rio Pardo. This specimen evidently bears the labels of two specimens captured at dates a year apart. The Brazilian label bears the later date. 27. 8. 28. = 832. Goiaveira. (As 7382.) Westwood’s list gives three individuals captured 27. 8. 27. As his list does not give any specimens dated 27. 8. 28 or a. 24, 8. 28, it is possible that his 27. 8. 27 is a copyist’s error for these omitted dates. One missing specimen of 25. 8. 27 may be represented by no. 881. Westwood’s list also gives the following additional speci- mens which are now unfortunately missing :— 354. I. [15. 10. 25]. “ P[apilio]. Minas Geraés. At the Discobérto do Antonio Velho.” 12. 3.26. Rio de Janeiro. “ Aqueduct.” 13. 3. 26. 19. 3. 26. iH “Tn the valley of Catombf.” 3. 4. 26. ; “Along the Carioca Aqueduct.” ) aaa. 9.2%. Cérvo. (As 527.) 30.10.27. 2 specimens. Sapezal to Conceic&o; near Goyaz. 28.1. 28. Goyaz. Camfnho de Ferréiro, 28.4. 28. 10 specimens. Goyaz. “ Papiliones caught by C[ongo] at the Carioca spring.” 2.2.29. 2specimens. Porto Redl (Nacionale), Western side of River. ‘‘ On the western side of the ‘Tucantins.”’ 10. 3.29. Porto Redl. ‘‘ Lepidoptera began to appear more numerous in the end of Feby, and since the beginning of this month they appear abundant.” 24. 3.29. Porto Redl. Méanga. 12. a. 4.5, 29. This specimen is almost certainly 764. The Godman-Salvin Collection contains only three speci- mens of this species. On 772 Westwood had written “ Cat. Eluina Hew. Ex. B. f. 30.” Hematera pyramus, F. 25. 8. 27. = 8383. Ollaria to Rio Pardo. Westwood’s name and date agree; the remaining two specimens come under the last number in his list of Nymph- aline, and are not named by him. 27. 8. 27. = 834. Rio Pardo to Retiro. p- 8. 9. 27. = 885. Cachoéira to Rio Grande. “At the Rio Grande. Papiliones.” Westwood’s dates agree. [To be continued. ] 196 Mr. Rt. I. Pocock on a Case of XVITI.—A Case of Abnormal Dentition in a Dhole, or Indian Red Dog (Cuon dukhunensis). By R. I. Pocock, F.L.S., F.Z.S., Superintendent of the Zoological Society’s Gardens. WHEN discussing variation in the premolars of the Canidez, Mr. Bateson * commented on the rarity of the occurrence of a fifth premolar in the lower jaw, only three or four cases being known to him. ‘Two of these were quoted by Hensel f, the skulls presenting the abnormality being those of wolves showing two teeth between the canine and the second premolar, one in the right mandible and the other in the left. ‘he other cases were those of domestic dogs, one presenting five premolars on both sides of the lower jaw, the other showing two alveoli where the first premolar should have been. Since the number of recorded instances is so small, it is of interest, I think, to report the presence of a supernumerary premolar in the right mandible of a specimen of an Indian dhole (Cuon dukhunensis) that formerly lived in the Zoolo- gical Gardens. The dentition of the left mandible is normal and resembles that of the mandibles of two other specimens imported at the same time, except that the posterior cusp on pm’ is practically absent and the roots of pm? are united. In the right mandible also the cusp is absent and the roots of pm? are united. On both sides pm' is single-rooted ; pm?, as stated, has two large coalesced roots set in a correspondingly large constricted alveolus; pm has two large somewhat A-shaped roots. There is no difficulty in homologizing these three teeth on the two sides, their size and the shapes of the crowns and roots making their identity unmistakable. The supernumerary tooth lies between pm? and pm’ and is not structurally quite identical with either. Its crown is shorter than that of pm’, and it has its posterior portion more widely rounded than is that of pm? or of pm®. Like pm* it has two distinct roots, but these are gradually attenuated and separated by a much narrower cleft. On the left mandible with normal dentition the longitu- dinal axes of the crowns of pm? and pm’ lie in the same line as the axis of the jawbone; and these teeth are separated trom the adjacent teeth, pm and pm‘, and from each other by * ‘Materials for the Study of Variation,’ p. 211 (1894). + Morph. Jahrb. v. p. 548 (1879) ; also Bateson, p. 218. no, 231. Abnormal Dentition in a Dhole. 197 distinct diastemata. This arrangement is disturbed on the right side by the presence of the supernumerary tooth. The axis of pm? is inclined slightly forwards and inwards, that of pm slightly forwards and outwards, so that the two axes if continued would cut one another at an obtuse angle of about 135°. The two teeth are separated by a comparatively wide diastema, in which towards the inner side is wedged the supernumerary tooth, the axis of which is longitudinal, not oblique ; its crown slightly overlaps in front the posterior portion of the crown of pm” and behind the anterior portion of the crown of pm*, and touches them both. The area between pm’ and pm* on the left side is practically the same Jength as that on the right side, namely 20 mm.; but the sum of the two teeth, pm* and pm’, on the left side is 17 mm., while that of the corresponding teeth+the additional tooth on the right side is about 19mm. The three teeth therefore are spread over a rather larger area than the two premolars of the lett side, and this is gained by encroachment upon the diastemata separating pm' and pm? and pm? and pm*. There is no noticeable disparity in size between the normal pre- molars of the right and left mandibles. Apart from the interest of the occurrence of this abnormality in the lower jaw, I am unable to find a parallel to it in the many instances of abnormality in the premolar dentition of the upper jaw in the Canide cited by Mr. Bateson. In most cases, both in wild species and in domestic dogs, where additional premolars are recorded there are two premolars resembling the normal pm between the canine and pm’, Perhaps the nearest approach to the above-described variation in Cuon dukhunensis is presented by the skull of a specimen of the black-backed jackal (Canis mesomelas) (no. 228 of Bateson), which showed on the right side a supernumerary tooth inside the upper pm’, and closely resembling it, though a little smaller. But, as has been stated, the supernumerary tooth in this skull of Cuon dukhunensis differs both from pm? and pm* in the shape and size of the crown and also of its roots. In this connection arises another interesting point. In the skull of Cuon dukhunensis under discussion the roots of pm of the lower jaw are fused—or, to put it another way, not divaricated, either on the right or the lett side. But. this feature is, I think, abnormal in the genus, for I find that in two other skulls of this species as well as in one of a Siberian dhole (Cuon alpinus) the two roots of this tooth are quite distinct from base to point and resemble not a little in shape and direction the roots of pm’ of all the dholes’ skulls 198 On Abnormal Dentition in a Dhole. examined (see the annexed figure). Hence it will be under- stood that the supernumerary lower premolar I have described, although unlike pm? of the skull to which it belongs in having its roots separated, resembles in this particular, at all events, the lower pm? of two skulls belonging to the same species and of one belonging to an allied species of the genus. The tooth Abnormal Dentition in a Dhole (Cuon dukhunensis). A. Anterior portion of lower jaw seen from above. pm', pm’, pm’, first, second, and third premolars of right and left sides; x, supernu- merary premolar of right side. B. Second and third and supernumerary premolars of right side extracted. may therefore be a slightly developed and slightly modifiel repetition of pm’, retaining in the matter of its separated roots the condition normal for the genus, which the genuine second lower premolars of this particular skull have lost. At all events, it does not appear to me to be justifiable to assume that the tooth is not an additional pm’ on the grounds of the distinctness of its roots, although this conclusion would have commended itself had the one skull alone been available for examination. On the Colcopterous Genera Horia and Cissites. 199 XIX.—WNotes on the Coleopterous Genera Horia, Fab., and Cissites, Latr., and a List of the described Species. By C. J. GAHAN, M.A. THE two genera of Meloide that form the subject of these notes comprise altogether less than twenty known species, and the genera themselves are very easily to be distinguished from one another; yet the number of errors that have in one way or another come to be associated with them is truly astonishing. The chief of these errors have already been discovered and corrected by others, but, unfortunately, atten- tion was called to them in such a way that they have been noticed either very inadequately or not at all in the ‘ Zoological Record ’—an omission for which the Recorders are in no wise to blame. They have been brought to my own knowledge in an endeavour to determine the correct name to be given to a species in a collection from Ruwenzori Mountain on which I am now working, and will incidentally, perhaps, illustrate the difficulties with which a systematist has to contend if he wish to be accurate. The species to which I have just referred obviously belonged to the genus generally recognized as Cissvtes, Latr. ; but on reference to Kolbe’s very valuable paper of 1897 on the Coleoptera of Hast Africa, I there found (1) that Cissites, Latr., was placed as a synonym of Horta, Fab., on the ground that the same species, viz. Horta testacea, Fab., was the type of both genera, and (2) that a new generic name (Synhoria) was proposed by Kolbe for the species (cepha- lotes, mawxillosa, maculata, &c.) that had hitherto been regarded as constituting the genus Horia, Fab. This led me to further inquiry. I found Kolbe quite right in stating that Horta testacea was the type of the genus Horta, Fab.; but this also I found, that, contrary to the statement of Kolbe, which was probably borrowed from Lacordaire, and contrary also to a similar statement made and repeated by Latreille himself, Horia testacea, Fab., is not the type of Cissites, Latr. The type of this genus I found to be Cissites maculata (Swed.), the Horta maculata of Olivier and Fabricius, one of the species included by Kolbe in his genus Synhoria. It does not necessarily follow, however, that Synhoria should be treated as a synonym of Cissctes. Kolbe specified no type for his genus; and if cephalotes, Oliv., the first species mentioned by him, be taken as the type, it will be shown that Synhoria, if not a distinct genus, is at least a very 200 Mr. C. J. Gahan on the distinct subgenus of Cissites, distinct both structurally and geographically. So far the result of my investigation was to show that for over half a century the genera Horta and Cissites had been interchanged in our collections and entomological works. But a stranger discovery was to follow. I found that this remarkable error had already been discovered and published by Professor Beauregard in his admirable treatise on ‘ Les Insectes Vésicants,’ dated 1890. In dealing with the matter the learned Professor himself fell into some trifling errors (one of a somewhat amusing character), and made also one very lamentable mistake—that of adopting knowingly in his own work the very errors to which he had called attention. From Latreille’s Hist. Nat. 1804 he quotes the following passages to show what Latreille’s original conceptions of the genera were :—“ L’ Horie testacée différe des autres espéces par les proportions de la téte et du corselet qui sont plus étroits que les élytres, ce caractére m’a engagé a former parmi les Hories un nouveau genre celui des Cissites. Cette nou- velle coupe serait composée de |’ Horta maculata d’Olivier et de son Horta cephalotes. LL’ Horie testacée serait le type du genre Horia.... On voit ainsi que les Hories a téte de la largeur du corselet ou plus large, mes Cissites. . . .” ‘“‘T] ressort de ces phrases que Latreille donnait le nom d’ Horta aux espéces A téte plus large ou égale en largeur au corselet et celui de Cissites aux espéces a téte et corselet moins large que les élytres.” This exposition by M. Beauregard of Latreille’s phrases is, of course, an absolute inversion of the facts, exactly what, a few lines further on, he charges Lacordaire with having made. ‘ Lacordaire,’ he writes, ‘‘réprit pour son compte cette division en deux genres, mais par une singuliére erreur, il intervertit les caractéres et assigna le nom de Horia aux especes a téte grande ausst large au moins que le prothorar et celui de Cissites aux especes & téte médiocre plus étroite que le prothorax.” The charge made against Lacordaire is just, but there is this excuse for him: the same mistake was previously made by Castelnau, and, as I find, originated with Latreille himself, who in 1807, three years after the first publication of his genus, assigned the characters and species of his own genus Cissites to Horia, Fab., and vice versd. This mistake he repeated in 1829; but in a work which came between—the article *‘ Horia” in the “ nouvelle édit.” of the ‘ Nouveau Dictionnaire,’ which is signed O. and LZ.—the genera are constituted as they originally were in the first edition, and, Coleopterous Genera Horia and Cissites. 201 further, Horta maculata is definitely stated there to be the type of the genus Ciéssztes. {t is interesting to note that although Lacordaire, in his ‘Genera,’ and Gemminger and Harold, in their ‘ Catalogue,’ wrongly construe the genera, the single reference in each case is to one of those works of Latreille in which the genera are correctly characterized. But it is not alone in reference to the interpretation of the genera that mistakes have occurred. There is scarcely a single one of the older species, and not many, I fear, amongst those more recently described, with which some mistake is not associated. To begin with: the Horia testacea, Fab., type of the genus Horta, is not the species Fabricius thought it was, viz. the Lymeaylon testaceum, Fab., of an earlier work, and will there- fore require a new name if one cannot be found for it amongst those since published, which is not improbable. It may possibly be the species described by Fairmaire as Cissites debyr ; it was clearly, I think, the latter species that Aurivillius took to be testacea, Fab., and which he differen- tiated as such when describing his own species africanus. There is, however, another species equally as common as debyi, 1{ not more common, in South India, and to this other species, regarded by some authors as the true Horia testacea of Fabricius, the characters given for africanus apply. In the uncertainty therefore as to what species the type of the genus Horia really is, we must continue to call that type Horia testacea, Fab. Fabricius specified no collection as containing his type specimens. Cucujus clavipes, Fab., given as a synonym by Fabricius, has nothing to do with it. The type specimen (a female) of Lymexylon testaceum, Fab. (1751), is preserved in the Banksian cabinet of the British Museum. It belongs to the genus Cissites, Latr., and is without doubt an African species. Horia cephalotes, Oliv., stated by its author to have come from §. America, and later placed by Fabricius as a synonym of his maaillosa from the H. Indies, has since been shown by Gerstaecker to be an African species quite distinct from mawillosa. Described from a male, it is probably identical with Cissites testacea, Fab. Horia senegalensis, Casteln.—With regard to this species, I have come independently to the same conclusion as De Borre (1883), that it was made up of two distinct species, that the so-described male was in reality the female of a species belonging to the true Cissites, Latr., and that the female belonged to a species of Horza scarcely, if at all, distinguish- Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. ii. 14 202 Mr. C. J. Gahan on the able from the Indian species known as testacea, Fab.,—that it was, if I may so put it, testacea, Fab. (Lymeaxylon), on the male side and testacea, Fab. (/Joria), on the female side. Cissites macrognatha, Fairm. (Horta), from West Africa, is probably also identical with testacea, Fab. It was described from a male, but the author evidently assumed that the so-called male of senegalensis, Castelu., with the characters of which he compared it, was actually a male. Four other African species referable to the genus Cissztes have been described, and it is possible that one or more of these will turn out to be the same as ¢estacea, Fab. In the British Museum collection there are specimens from Cape Colony that I cannot distinguish specifically from testacea. They do not, however, agree exactly with the description of hottentota given by Peringuey. I suspect, nevertheless, that Peringuey’s species is the same. As I have seen no specimens of C/ssites from East Africa, I can express no opinion as to the validity of Kolbe’s species Jjischert. _Gerstaecker considered a female specimen from East Africa to belong to the species cephalotes, Oliv. Only two species of Cisst/es from the Oriental Region have been described—one the mawillosa of Fab., the other anguli- ceps, Fairm.; and I strongly suspect that the second was founded upon tle female of the first. The African and Oriental species of Cissites possess in common two characters of considerable importance which distinguish them from the American species, and I propose therefore to place them in a distinct subgenus, to which the name Synhoria, Kolbe, may be applied, The distinguishing characters are as follows :— Eyes smooth and very glossy. The episterna of the meso- thorax do not meet in front of the mesosternum or meet only ate ponih. 22.) sans sewage pees peeve Ee Cissites. Eyes coarsely granulated and dull. The episterna of the mesothorax meet in the middle line and form a suture of some length in front of the mesosternum ......... ... Synhorva. Genus Horta. Horia, Fab. Mant. Ins. i. p. 164 (1787) ; Latr. Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat. xxiv. p. 154 (1804); id. Hist. Nat. Crust. et Ins. x. p. 864 (1804) ; Oliv. et Latr. Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat. n, édit. xv. p. 291 (1817); Kolbe, Deut. Ost-Afrika, iv. Coleopt. p. 256 (1897); Champion, Suppl. List Cantharide, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1899, p. 156. Cissites, Latr. Gen. Crust. et Ins. ii. p. 211 (1807); id. Cuvier, Régne Anim. n. édit. vy. p. 60 (1829) ; Casteln. Hist. Nat. ii. p. 280 (1840) ; Lacord. Gen. Coléopt. v. p. 663 (1859); Gemm. et Har. Cat. p. 2180 (1870) ; Beauregard, Les Insectes Vésicants, pp. 416 & 486 (1890), Coleopterous Genera Horia and Cissites. 203 Type of the genus, Horta testacea, Fab., 1787 (nec Ly- meaylon testaceum, Fab., 1781). 1. LH. africana, Auriv. (Cissites) Ent. Tidskr. xi. p. 203 (1890). Congo. ? =senegalensis, 9 (nec 3), Casteln. Hist. Nat. ii. p. 280 (1840). P=testacea (Fab.), De Borre, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1883, C. R. pp. 136- 188. 2. H. debyi, Fairm. (Cissites) Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxix. C. R. p. 111 (1885). “ Sumatra,” Java, Borneo, India, Ceylon, and Philippine Islands. = testacea (Fab.), Auriv. 1. c. supra. - 3. H, testacea, Fab. Mant. Ins. i. p. 164 (1787). “ Tranquebar.”’ Genus CISSITES. Cissites, Latr. Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat. xxiv. p. 154 (1804) ; id. Hist. Nat. Crust. et Ins. x. p. 364 (1804); id. Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat. nouvelle éd. xv. p. 291 (1817). Horia, Latr. Gen. Crust. et Ins. ii. p. 211 (1807) ; id. Cuvier, Régne Anim. nouv. éd. v. p. 60 (1829) ; Casteln. Hist. Nat. ii. p. 280 (1840) ; Lacord. Gen. Coléopt. v. p. 663 (1859); Gemm. & Har. Cat. p. 2130 (1870); Beauregard, Les Insectes Vésicants, pp. 414 & 485 (1890). Synhoria, Kolbe, Deutsch Ost-Afrika, iv. Coleopt. p. 256 (1897); Champion, Supplemental List Cantharide, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1899, p. 166. Type of the genus, C. maculata, Swederus (Cucujus). American Species (subgen. Cissetes proper). 1. C. apicalis, Perty (Horia), Del. Anim. p. 66, pl. xiii. fig. 14 (1830). Brazil. 2. C. auriculata, Champ. (Horta) Biol. Centr.-Amer., Col. iv. 2, p. 372, pl. xvii. fig. 9. Central and North America. 3. C. maculata, Swed. (Cucujus) Vetensk. Ac. Nya Handl. 1787, p. 199, pl. viii. fig. 8; Fabr. (Horta) Ent. Syst. i. 2, p.90 (1792) ; Oliv. (Horia) Entom. ii. no. 53 bis, p. 4, pl.i. fig. 1 (1795). Central and South America and Antilles, ? Var. apicalis, Perty, l. c, supra. 14* 204 U3 10. On the Coleopterous Genera Horia and Cissites. African and Oriental Species (subgen. Synhoria). C. CG: C. African Species. cephalogona, Fairm. (Horia) Notes Leyd. Mus. x. p- 269 (1888). Congo. cephalotes, Oliv. (Horta) Ent. iii. no. 53 bis, p. 5, pl. i. fig. 3 (1795); Gerst. (Horta), Decken’s Reisen in Ost-Afrika, iv. 2, p. 205 (1873). Africa. crouzett, Fairm. (Horia) Ann, Soc. Ent. Belg. 1894, p. 329. Abyssinia. C. fischeri, Kolbe (Synhoria), Deut. Ost-Afrika, iv. Col. & C. p- 256 (1897). Victoria Nyanza. hottentota, Pering. (Horia) Trans, 8. Afric. Phil. Soe. iv. p. 134. South Africa. . macrognatha, Fairm. (Horia) Notes Leyd. Mus. ix. p- 193 (1887), West Africa. senegalensis, g (nec ¢ ), Casteln. (//oria) Hist. Nat. ii. p. 280 (1840). West Africa. 11. C. testacea, Fab. (Lymewylon) Sp. Ins. i. p. 256 (1781). Africa. ? =cephalotes, Oliv. l. c. supra, P=senegalensis, 3, Casteln. J. e. supra, ?=macrognatha, Fairm. 1. c. supra. ?=hottentota, Pering. 1. c. supra, Oriental Species. 12. C. anguliceps, Fairm. (Horia) Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxix. C. R. p. 111 (1885). Sumatra or Borneo. 13. C. mazillosa, Fab. (Horta) Syst. Eleuth. ii. p. 86 (1801). ‘“‘ Sumatra,” Java, Borneo, Malay Penin., Burma, Siam, and Philippine Islands. ?= anguliceps, Fairm, l. c, supra. Revision of the Genus Lomanotus. 205 XX.— Contributions towards a Revision of the Genus Lomanotus. By NATHANIEL CoLGAN, M.R.LA. WHILE dredging off Bullock Harbour, Dublin Bay, on the 6th October, 1906, what seemed to be a fairly sucvessful haul was made in 10 fathoms low water. As there was a heavy rolling sea on, and our small boat was much too lively to permit of any careful sorting of the contents of the dredge, the whole haul was emptied into a bucket of sea-water. On landing soon after I observed floating near the surface of the water in the bucket a prettily frilled, rosy orange-coloured animal quite unfamiliar to me, yet obviously a nudibranch. It was transferred to fresh sea-water in a glass jar, when it immediately began to swim vigorously to and fro and up and down, with a rapid, lashing, serpentine motion of its flexible body, the thin foot-margins being drawn inwards and down- wards so as to form a sharp keel favourable to quick and graceful navigation. For a nudibranch it had a singularly dashing manner. It darted rather than swam, as if it gave way to fits of petulance whenever it found its motion impeded by the translucent yet impenetrable walls of its prison. The animal lived in captivity for a day and a half, so that I had ample opportunity of observing it and drawing up the tollowing tolerably minute description :— Length of living animal fully extended 1? inch. General colour of upper surface translucent rosy orange, of the sides paler, passing into whitish on the under surface, no distinct colour spots or blotches being apparent anywhere. Body elliptic-oblong, deep (not flat), gradually narrowed behind into a very short and ill-defined tail. Foot with two slender tentacular processes on each side in front, the anterior pair usually carried in a recurved or hooked posture. Dorsal tentacles or rhinophores two, bright yellow, club-shaped, obliquely laminated, suddenly narrowed above into short, blunt, cylindric-conic, smooth, white tips and rapidly retractile within Jong sheaths. Margin of the right-hand sheath (as one looks towards the head of the animal) divided into 4 (or 5?) irregular teeth or lobes, that of the shorter, left-hand sheath, simple or at most sinuate. Along each side of the back runs an erect, flexible, frilled process, the pleuropodium or pallial margin (Ldickengebradme of Bergh), waved into three deep bays whose convexity points inwards towards the median line of the animal. The upper margin of this frill is cut into not very numerous tooth-like, flattish, triangular segments (branchial papilla?) of unequal size, the longest occupying 206 Mr. N. Colgan— Contributions towards a the centre of each bay. The pleuropodium declines suddenly as it approaches the anterior extremity of the animal, yet persists as a distinct ridge until it reaches to and effects a junction with the base of the rhinophore-sheath ; towards the posterior extremity it declines gradually, and becomes obso- lete as it approaches the tail. The rosy orange of the body takes a deeper tone in the pleuropodium, yet the tips of the segments or papillae are not distinguished by any marked difference of colour. The deep red viscera of the animal sending off branches (hepatic lobes) on either side to the pleuropodium are clearly visible through the pellucid tissues of the back. The mandibles when treated with caustic potash showed under a 34-inch objective a finely cross-hatched or tessellated masticatory margin (Kaurand of Bergh). Under the same power the general character of the radula with its finely serrated teeth-margins was easily made out: unfor- tunately before the examination of this exquisitely constructed organ was completed it was lost by an explosive ebullition of the potash in which it was being boiled over a lamp-flame. On comparing this description and the dead animal with Alder and Hancock’s Monograph, it became clear that my capture belonged to the genus Humenis instituted by these authors in 1845 and that it was structurally in close agree- ment with the species 2. marmoratus as described and figured by them in that year. The genus Humenis having been founded by Alder and Hancock in ignorance of the fact that an equivalent genus Lomanotus had been created by an Italian scientist a year earlier, they subsequently abandoned the name Lumenis in favour of Lomanotus. But close as was the resemblance of the Dublin Bay Lomanotus to Lomanotus (Eumenis) marmoratus, the differences in colour, size, and form were yet sufficient to raise doubts as to their identity. In the Monograph the rhinophore-sheaths of L. marmoratus are described as having simple margins, the pleuropodium is represented as disconnected from the sheaths and continued forward in advance of them, the animal is described as opaque and marbled with dark brown and white, while its length is given as little more than half an inch. It was obviously necessary to make a close study of the literature of the genus before venturing to decide whether the Bullock Lomanotus might safely be assigned to any of the established species or should be set down as nondescript. The result of this study when made was to show the rarity of most of the species of Lomanotus, the necessarily meagre material on which some of the species had been founded, and the unsatisfactory nature of many of the specific distinctions Revision of the Genus Lomanotus. 207 relied on. The following survey of the history of Lomanotus will serve to illustrate these points, and will also, it is hoped, furnish material for estimating the value of the revision of the genus which it is the main object of this paper to propose. In any case, this historical sketch can hardly fail to be useful to students of Lomanotus, as giving them a rather full résumé of the scattered and by no means easily accessible literature on the subject. 1844.—Giovanni Battista Vérany, of Genoa, describes in the August issue of the ‘ Revue Zoologique par la Société Cuvierienne’ (tome vil. p. 803) anew genus of Nudibranch Mollusca to which he gives the name Lomanotus. The generic characters here published by Vérany are as follows :— “ Corps allongé, cunéiforme, gastéropode; téte aussi large que le corps, munie d’un voile frontal portant de chaque cété de petits prolongements tentaculiformes ; deux tentacles dorsaux, retractiles, terminés en massue comme dans le Doris et logés chacun dans une espéce d’étui caliciforme ; organes de la respiration formés par deux membranes minces et frangées, fixées de chaque céoté entre la face dorsale de Vanimal et les faces latérales; orifices de l’anus et des organes génitaux comme dans les Z'ritonies.” In the month following this first publication of Lomanotus Vérany introduces the new genus to the special notice of Italian zoologists in a paper on the Nudibranchs of Liguoria read by him at the Sixth Congress of Italian Scientists held at Milan. In the report of this Congress, published in Italian at Milan in 1845 (¢ Atti della Sesta Riunione degli Scienziati Italiani tenuta in Milano nel Settembre del 1844’), an abstract is given of Vérany’s description of the new mollusc as read before the Congress. Here the original French description of the genus is improved on, notably as regards the branchial processes (the pallial curtain, epipodial ridge, or pleuro- podium, as it has been variously termed). ‘The branchiz are here said to be in the form of a fringe irregularly festooned and toothed, attached longitudinally to the sides of the body and to the sheaths or calyces (“con le branchie a frange irregolarmente festonate e dentate attacate longitudinalmente ai lati del corpo ed ai calici”’). The abstract concludes with the statement that the species is dedicated to Prof. Gené (‘La specie @ dedicata al Prof. Gené”). Vérany at the meeting of the Congress in 1844 evidently described the species no less than the genus, and he clearly intended that the species should bear Gené’s name. As he did not, how- ever, assign to the species, either at the Congress or in the 208 Mr. N. Colgan—Contributions towards a published report of its proceedings, the Latin binomial Loman- otus genet, a strict compliance with nomenclature rules will not permit of that name dating from 1845, It was not until 1846 that he definitely named the species L. genet. 1845.—Joshua Alder and Albany Hancock, in ignorance of the existence of Vérany’s genus Lomanotus, found their genus Humenis on a single specimen of a nudibranch $ inch long dredged in deep water near Berry Head, Torbay. The generic characters of Humenis, as first published in the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. for November 1845 (vol. xvi. p.311), are substantially the same as those of Vérany’s Lomanotus. ‘This was acknowledged by Alder and Hancock in the section of their famous ‘Monograph of the British Nudibranchiate Mollusca’ which appeared in 1854, where they concede precedence to Vérany’s name for the new genus. A full specific description of the Berry Head nudibranch was published along with the generic characters of Humenis, the species being named L, marmorata. This was not only the first species of the genus detected in the British Isles, but was also the first anywhere named, described, and published in strict conformity with nomenclature rules. The Mono- graph gives coloured plates of H. marmorata in which the rhinophore-sheaths are shown with entire margins, while the pleuropodium is represented as disconnected from the sheaths and passing round their bases to the front of the animal. The prevailing colour of the body is shown as brown marbled with white. ‘The following passage in the Monograph may be taken as disclaiming perfect accuracy for either the description or the figure of the animal:—“It was a little injured and lived only a short time after being brought on shore, so that we had no opportunity of observing its habits, and the drawing and description are consequently not so perfect as we could have wished.” 1846.—Vérany, in a Guide to Genoa, published in that city, gives a Catalogue of the Marine Invertebrates of the Gulf of Genoa and Nice (‘ Catalogo degli Animali invertebrati marini del Golfo di Genova e Nizza’). In this Catalogue (pp. 24-25) appears for the first time a full description of the species he had previously (at the Milan Congress) dedicated to Prof. Gené. At the head of the description the animal is named in Italian Lomanoto di Gené, but the omission to supply in the text a valid Latin binomial is made good in figure 6 of plate ii. at the end of the Catalogue, where the name Lomanotus genet appears beneath a tolerably good out- Revision of the Genus Lomanotus. 209 line of the animal. A full rendering of the Italian description is here given :— Body elongate wedge-shaped, the back somewhat convex. Branchie adhering anteriorly to two annulated caliciform sheaths with a four-toothed aperture, the sheaths including the two dorsal tentacles, which are club-shaped and furnished with small, parallel, oblique laminz. Foot narrow, with an anterior marginal groove. Aperture of the genital organs on the right side and far forward, anus on the same side and placed far backward. Colour intense wine-red, dotted with white, variable by reason of its transparency, which allows the internal parts of a darker red to show through. Length 60". Wished up rarely from a depth of 200-250 metres, in consequence of which the animal is only obtained dead [or ? and ?] more or less imperfect, as it is very soft (“ onde non si ottiene se non morto pitt o meno imperfetto, perché @ molto floscio’’), In this same year (1846) Alder and Hancock describe, in the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. for November (vol. xviii. p. 293), a second species of their genus Humenis (afterwards acknow- ledged by them to be equivalent to Lomanotus) from a single specimen + inch long taken in from 3 to 4 fathoms in Lamlash Bay. This species they name EH. flavida. The colour of the body is yellow, with brown spots, the sheath- margins are tubercled, and the pleuropodium is indistinct, its place being marked, or, rather, suggested, by a line of small papillae along each side of the body, marked off at intervals by isolated larger papillae. In the sixth part of the Mono- graph, which appeared in 1854, this species is figured and named Lomanotus flavidus. 1860.— William Thompson describes, in the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (ser. 3, vol. v. p. 50), a third British species of Lomanotus, making, with Vérany’s L. genet, the fourth species of the genus so far detected. ‘The description of this new species, which he names L. portlandicus, is founded on two specimens each 1? inch long dredged at Weymouth, one in 1855, the other in 1856. In colour this species differs from the three previously described, the body being pellucid white, tinged with brownish yellow on the back and pale orange-red in front; the sheath-margins are divided into six finely pointed filaments, and the pleuropodium commencing in front of the sheath-bases continues “ behind the termination of the tail.’ In the absence of any figure it is impossible to clear up the obscurity of this description of the pleuropodium as continuing behind the termination of the tail. 210 Mr. N. Colgan—Contributions towards a 1877.—Rev. A. M. Norman describes, in the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (ser. 4, vol. xx. p. 518), a fourth British species, which he names L. hancocki. The description is drawn up from a single specimen 2} inches long, dredged off Berry Head, ‘Torbay, in 1875. In colour the animal is of a light pinkish orange and very transparent, so that the internal organs show clearly through the skin ; the rhinophores are quite destitute of lamina and so short as scarcely to exceed the sheaths, which latter terminate above in a calyx-shaped expansion formed of five leaf-like points. It seems clear that this description of the rhinophores was drawn up at a time when they were fully retracted, their smooth tips alone being visible above the sheath-margins. It is admitted that the rhinophores were not dissected out in this case *, 1878 and 1883.—Dr. Rudolph Bergh, of Copenhagen, makes an important contribution to our knowledge of the genus in his well-known “ Beitrige zur Kentniss der Aeoli- diaden ” (Verhandl. der zool.-botan. Gesellschaft in Wien, 1878, p. 553, and 1883, p. 66), in which he gives an ex- haustive description with anatomical plates of L. genet, founded on an examination of two specimens, one 1} inch long dredged in the Bay of Naples and preserved in spirit, the other a living specimen 14 inch long dredged in the Adriatic near Trieste. In so far as they deal with obvious features, both Vérany’s (1846) and Bergh’s descriptions agree closely, the only differences being as to colour and degree of opacity dependent on colour. While the wine-red of Vérany’s animal allowed the dark- red viscera to appear through the body, the purple of Bergh’s concealed them (‘‘ Die Eingeweide schimmerten nirgends hindurch’’). 1883.— At the meeting of the Academy of Physical and Mathematical Sciences of Naples held on the 10th March Signore 8. Trinchese reads a paper entitled “ Di una nuova forma del genere Lomanotus e del suo sviluppo.” This paper, which does not appear to have received, at least in the British Isles, the consideration it merits, is published in the ‘Rendiconti’ of the Academy for 1883 (Anno xxi. pp. 92- 94), and gives not only a full description of the new Loma- notus from a mature specimen, but also a most valuable account of the development to maturity of a young individual measuring scarcely 45 inch (2 mm.). Both specimens were * See Garstang’s “‘Nudibranchiate Mollusca of Plymouth Sound,” Journ. of Marine Biol. Assoc. of United Kingdom, yol. 1. Revision of the Genus Lomanotus. ZU: taken in the Bay of Naples at a depth of 40 métres in association with the common hydroid Antennularia ramosa, and the younger individual was kept alive in an aquarium and nourished on the hydroid for the space of a month. Trinchese, struck by the peculiar aspect of the adult animal 4} inch long (he speaks of it as “‘ singolarissimo’”), gives a full description of its outer features, with some anatomical details, and proposes for the new Lomanotus the name L. eisigii. In its general features, as here described, L. eisigit agrees very closely with Vérany’s L. genet, but the peculiar caudal] extension of its pleuropodium at once distin- guishes it from Vérany’s and from all other previously described species of the genus. The following is a close rendering of the passage in which Trinchese describes the pleuropodium of L. etsigit :-— On each side of the back is placed vertically a thick mem- brane, which, beginning at the outward side of the base of the rhinophore, ends near the apex of the tail. Here the membrane of one side uniting with that of the other forms a broad fin, which is the principal swimming-organ. The posterior margin of this fin is furnished with small triangular papilla. (‘‘Quivi la membrana di un lato unendosi a quella dell altro forma una larga pinnache é I’ organo principale del nuoto. Il margine posteriore di questa pinna é munita di piccole papille triangolari.’’) The margins of the rhinophore-sheaths are described as having five unequal papille, the body is transparent white marked with irregular opaque white blotches and red dots. The tips of the papilla on the head, on the sheath-margins, on the pleuropodium, and on the caudal fin are opaque white, the upper third of their length being orange-yellow. In the second section of his paper, entitled ‘ Descrizione dell’ individuo in via di sviluppo,” Trinchese traces the development of the young specimen which he nourished for a month on the ccenosare or living substance of Antennularia. The importance of the observations here recorded and the probability that Trinchese’s paper may have been overlooked by students of the nudibranchs in this country will, perhaps, justify the somewhat lengthy extracts from it now given. At first, says Trinchese, this individual had a form so different from that of the adult that I took it for a young member of the family of the Kolidide. From the anterior margin of the head sprouted two short tentacles, and behind ‘these rose the two rhinophores, laminated for almost their whole length and entirely destitute of sheath. On each side of the back were fixed four conical papille disposed in a 212 Mr. N. Colgan—Contributions towards a longitudinal series. Hach papilla contained a well-developed hepatic lobe, which extended almost to the apex of the papilla. The body of the animal ended behind in a long and depressed tail similar to that of the Kolidide. There was no trace of a caudal fin. The first modification which appeared in the form of the animal was the lengthening of that portion of the body com- prised between the first and the second of the dorsal papillae. Next, the base of the first papilla swelled up, forming a semi- lunar curved cushion with the concavity turned towards the rhinophore. Little by little this cushion completely embraced the rhinophore and increased in height until it enveloped the lower two-thirds of that organ, and thus formed its sheath. The upper third of the first dorsal papilla, whose lower two- thirds had been transformed into the sheath, preserved its shape and its orange-yellow colour and formed the posterior papilla of the sheath-margin. ‘Then four other papille sprouted out (“ spuntarono”’) from this sheath-margin. Meanwhile that portion of the body lying between the second and the third of the dorsal papilla and that between the third and the fourth lengthened day by day, and at the same time the bases of these papilla’ became depressed from without inwards, and from the free margin of the depressed part sprouted small papillae. Finally, the lower two-thirds of each papilla were transformed into a triangular arched membrane with the concavity turned outwards. The upper angle of this membrane was formed of the upper one-third of the original papilla, which had retained its primitive form and its yellow colour. The membranes formed from the inferior region of the primitive papilla of each side of the animal became fused together, and at the same time there appeared at each side of the tail a longitudinal eminence, a fold of the skin in con- tinuation of the membranous base of the last papilla. These folds grew in height and assumed a triangular form, and, meeting near the apex of the tail, formed the caudal fin. These facts, concludes Signore Trinchese, shed a vivid light on the phylogeny of Lomanotus, and demonstrate its descent from an ancestor having the form of an A%olid. 1889-1890.—Mr. W. Garstang, in a paper on the Nudibranchiate Mollusca of Plymouth Sound, published in vol. i. of the ‘Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom,’ records two captures of Lomanotus at Plymouth, one of three specimens ranging from 3 to 3 inch in length made in 1889, another of eight specimens Revision of the Genus Lomanotus. 213 ranging from } to } inch made in the following year. These specimens vary considerably in colour. ‘Two of those captured in 1889 are marbled brown like L. marmoratus, the third and largest is much lighter in colour, a pale fawn tinged with red, while the specimens taken in 1890 are “ pale trans- lucent orange.” ‘The sheath-margins of the rhinophores vary too. They are simple in the smaller 1889 specimens, while the larger one has “ five or six blunt prominences or tubercles.” Of those captured in 1890, the larger specimens have sheath- margins ‘‘ produced into 4, 5, or 6 somewhat irregular pro- cesses of either simple papilla-like digitate or compressed triangular form,” the smaller specimens have the sheath- margins simple. From a study of these specimens and of the descriptions of the six species of the genus established by Italian and British authors Mr. Garstang is led to reduce all to a single species, to which he assigns Vérany’s name LL. genet. He considers that the form of the tentacle sheath- margin may vary in this genus as it appears to vary in the allied genus Yritonia, and attributes the absence of lobing in the margins of L. marmoratus to immaturity of the specimen described by Alder and Hancock. Garstang is the first to draw attention to the characteristic mode of swimming of this species by a lashing of its body from side to side. 1892.— Mr. F. W. Gamble describes, in the Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist., a nudibranch 4 inch long dredged in the preceding year in Plymouth Sound. It resembles C. marmoratus in colour, but the sheath-margins have five papille. Having kept this animal living for some weeks, he not only notes its peculiar mode of swimming, but observes that the papillee both of the sheath-margins and of the pleuropodium are capable of contraction and dilation. Following Garstang’s lead, he names this specimen L. genet. 1896.—Mr. Gamble records, in the ‘ Irish Naturalist ” (vol. v. p. 153), the finding in the previous year at Valentia Harbour, S.W. Ireland, of a stranded specimen of Z. genet 2 inches long. 1900.—Mr. W. I. Beaumont, ina Report on the Opistho- branchiate Mollusca of Valentia Harbour (Proc. R. I. Acad. ser. 3, v. p. 842), rejects Mr. Gamble’s identification of the large specimen found stranded in 1895 with Vérany’s L. genet. He places this Valentia specimen, as well as two other large specimens he had recently found at Plymouth, under Thomp- son’s L. portlandicus, which he equates with Norman’s 214 Mr. N. Colgan— Contributions towards a L. hancock, but is unable to follow Garstang in uniting with these the L. marmoratus of Alder and Hancock. He retains this latter as a distinct species (though he hints that it may be merely a colour-variety) ; he unites with it L. flavidus and refers to it small specimens of a marbled brown Lomanotus found on several occasions at Valentia Harbour, as well as the Plymouth specimens named L. genet by Mr. Gamble in 1892 and the two smaller Plymouth specimens found by Mr. Garstang in 1889. Having discussed Mr. Garstang’s views as to the reduction of the six species of the genus to one, he concludes that there are really two British species— the large pellucid L. portlandicus and the small marbled brown ZL. marmoratus, with which latter he combines — L. flavidus. But while conceding specific rank to L. marmo- ratus, he abandons as accidental Alder and Hancock’s struc- tural character drawn from the form of the sheath-margins, and apparently bases its specific distinction solely on colour and size. As he has not had access to the original descrip- tions of either of the Mediterranean species, L. genet and L. eisigii, he hesitates to combine them positively with one or other of the two British species which he accepts, and merely suggests that these Italian forms may be placed under L. portlandicus. 1903.—Mr. G. P. Farran, in a paper on the Nudibran- chiate Molluses of Ballynakill and Bofin Harbours, Co. Galway (‘Report on the Sea and Inland Fisheries of Ireland for 19017), records the finding of numerous specimens of Lomanotus in Ballynakill Harbour in 1902. Of a small brown form no less than sixteen specimens were secured, the largest 2 cm. (or, say, # inch) long; of a larger, rich, clear reddish-coloured form two specimens were taken, one 5°5 cm. the other 4 cm. long. All of the specimens, large and small, had dentated sheath-margins and were taken in quite shallow water from 1 to 4 fath. Following Mr. Beaumont’s lead Mr. Farran refers the two large specimens to L. portlandicus and the numerous smaller specimens to L. marmoratus. With these West Galway records this rather lengthy survey of the history of Lomanotus may conclude. Itremains only to review the evidence which it offers for or against the existence of six distinct species of the genus, and to state concisely the conclusions which the evidence appears to warrant. If we take one of the species as standard, and compare with Revision of the Genus Lomanotus. 215 its description the original descriptions of the remaining five, omitting most of the purely generic characters and all specific characters derived from colour, the evidence will present itself in its clearest form. None of the six species is better suited for this purpose than L. genet, as none has been more fully described from mature examples. Let this, then, be taken as the standard, and the following table will exhibit all the structural differences which can be adduced as Justifying the retention of the remaining five species. Vérany’s character of the genus, drawn from the © Revue Zoologique ’ of 1844 and the Acts of the Milan Congress of the same year, published in 1845, is placed at the head of the table for reference. Lomanotus, Vérany (1844), Body oblong, wedge-shaped ; head as wide as the body, furnished with 4 small tentaculiform prolongations ; dorsal tentacles 2, retractile, club- shaped, laminate, each included in a calyciform sheath ; branchige formed of 2 irregularly fringed and festooned membranes, attached longitudinally one to each side of the dorsal surface and to the tentacle-sheath; anal and genital orifices on the right side. L. genet, Vérany.—Sheath-margins 4-lobed 3 pleuropodium reaching almost to the tail on either side. LL. marmoratus (Alder & Hancock).—Sheath-margins entire ; pleuro- podium not connected with the sheaths, but produced forwards in front of them. L. flavidus (Alder & Hancock).—Sheath-margins tubercled ; pleuro- podium indistinct, its place marked by a marginal series of unequal-sized papillze, L. portlandicus, W. Thompson.—Sheath-margins divided into six finely pointed filaments; pleuropodium “ commencing in front of the base of the sheaths and continuing behind the termination of the tail.” L. hancocki, N orman.—Sheath-margins with 5 divisions ; rhinophores little longer than the sheaths, not laminated, L, eisigit, Trinchese.—Pleuropodium continuous round the body from sheath to sheath, its two lateral sections uniting at the apex of the tail and forming there a fin-like Swimming-organ. At a first glance it would seem as if specific value might fairly be conceded to the structural distinctions shown in this table. But when we come to examine into their claims more narrowly in the light of the facts brought out by the chrono- logical survey just given, it will be seen that many of these characters lack the necessary certainty and permanence. In studying a group of soft-bodied animals such as the Nudi- branch Mollusca, endowed, and often to a high degree, with 216 Mr. N. Colgan— Contributions towards a the power of expanding and contracting their tissues and of renewing lost or injured processes, it is only too easy to fall into errors of observation even when dealing with mature and perfect examples; it is extremely difficult to avoid such errors when the material is immature and defective. I shall not be wanting, then, in respect for the authors of the splendid ‘Monograph of the British Nudibranchiate Mollusca’ if I express the conviction that the peculiar structure of the pleuropodium shown in their plate of ZL. marmoratus is due to an error of observation. Vérany, so early as 1845 (¢ Atti della Sesta Riunione degli Scienziati Italiani’), mentions the attachment of the pleuropodium to the rhinophore-sheath as one of the characters of his genus Lomanotus, and subsequent research has shown that this attachment is properly generic. As for the form of the sheath-margins, this is too variable to afford a satisfactory specific character. In the Bullock specimen described at the opening of this paper, for instance, the irregularity of one of the sheath-margins was such as to make it a matter of uncertainty whether its lobes or tuber- culated divisions should be taken as four or five in number (the almost simple margin of the other sheath was probably due to accidental loss of the appendages). Again, some of Mr. Garstang’s specimens captured at Plymouth in 1890 had the sheath-margins produced into four, five, or six irregular processes, while of the larger specimen taken in the preceding year he says that the sheath-margin had five or six blunt prominences or tubercles, the precise number of tlie marginal lobes being in this case apparently as hard to make out as in the Bullock specimen. Not only does the number of divisions in the sheath-margins vary, but, as Mr. Gamble has pointed out, their form in the same individual is variable, since the tubercular lobes are capable of contraction and dilation. It seems clear, then, that L. marmoratus, described from a single injured and apparently immature specimen, cannot be separated as a species from Vérany’s L. gene by any certain structural character. The claims of ZL. flavidus to specific rank may be more summarily dealt with. It is obviously an immature form of Lomanotus in one of the early stages of growth described by Trinchese in his paper on ZL. evsigit, the stage when the rhinophore-sheath has just been formed, while the pleuro- podium remains as yet undeveloped. It would be idle to speculate as to what final form might have been assumed by this immature specimen of Alder and Hancock. It might have grown into the likeness of Thompson’s L. portlandicus ; Revision of the Genus Lomanotus. 217 it might just as well have developed into Trinchese’s L. eisigit, and so it must be dismissed as dubious. The obscurity in Thompson’s description of the pleuro- podium in LZ. portlandicus has already been pointed out. Whether the continuation of the pleuropodium “ behind the termination of the tail”? points to any peculiarity of structure similar to the caudal fin of 'l'rinchese’s species it is impossible to decide in the absence of a figure. The form of the divisions of its sheath-margin and the fact that they were six rather than four or five in number are in themselves insufficient as specific characters. Apart from the number of divisions in its sheath-margin, the fourth British species, L. hancocki, is distinguished from previously described species merely by the form of the rhinophore, which is said to be non-laminate and scarcely longer than the sheath. There can be little doubt that in this case the rhinophores were examined when fully retracted, ‘so that the smooth tips alone were visible, and that a dissec- tion, if it had been made, would have shown their upper portions to possess the lamination characteristic of the genus. On the whole, then, it appears that none of the structural features relied on as distinguishing the British species, L. marmoratus, L. portlandicus, and L. hancockt, from the Mediterranean species, L. genet, possesses the necessary certainty and constancy ; and since colour per se cannot afford any valid specific character, the reduction to one of these four species appears to be fully justified. So far it is easy to follow Mr. Garstang in his proposed fusion of the six species of Lomanotus. It is not possible, however, to go farther with him and sink Trinchese’s L. etsigit. The peculiar modification of its pleuropodium, whose character and development are so well described by the Italian scientist, fully entitles this form to specific rank and decisively forbids its fusion with the others. To sum up, it is submitted that the evidence adduced in the historical survey just given warrants the reduction of the six species of the genus to the two species set out below, L. flavidus being dismissed as doubtful. Lomanotus, Vérany, Revue Zoologique par la Société Cuvierienne, tome vil. p. 803 (1844). IL. marmoratus, Alder and Hancock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xvi. p. 311 (1845). L. genei, Vérany, Catal. degli Animali invert. marini del Golfo di Genova e Nizza (1846). : Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. 1. 15 218 Mr. E. C. Chubb on Batrachia and L. portlandicus, Thompson, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. v. _ p. 50 (1860). L. hancocki, Norman, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xx. p. 518 (1877). L, eisigit, Trinchese, Rendiconti dell’ Accad. delle Scienze fisic. e matemat. di Napoli, Anno xxii. pp. 92-94 (1883). As the name of the oldest component of the group of species here fused into one is clearly Alder and Hancock’s L. marmo- ratus, that name must take precedence of Vérany’s L. genei. It is true that Vérany all but anticipated Alder and Hancock in naming the first species of the genus when he dedicated to Prof, Gené at the Milan Congress of 1844 the nudibranch on which the genus was founded. But, however clear was his intention, he did not definitely give effect to it until 1846, when for the first time he assigned a Latin binomial to the animal. The genus Lomanotus has a range in latitude of some 194 degrees, from Naples to Whalsey Skerries in the Shetlands, and a range in depth from 1 fathom in West Galway to upwards of 135 fathoms in the Gulf of Genoa. The first of the two species here accepted occupies in one or other of its forms the whole range of the genus, while the second species, L. eisigit, so far as I can ascertain, is confined to the Bay of Naples. In conclusion, I wish to express my indebtedness to Dr. Scharff and to Mr. A. R. Nichols, of the Dublin Natural History Museum, as well as to Dr. Daydon Jackson, Secre- tary of the Linnean Society, and to Mr. R. W. Scully, F.L.S., for kind assistance given me in tracing and obtaining transcripts from some of the less accessible works here quoted from, XXI.—List of Batrachia and Reptilia collected in Northern Matabeleland. By H. C. Cuuss, F.Z.S. THIS material was collected for the Rhodesia Museum during November and the first week of December, 1907, while I was on an expedition to the Kana River, about 200 miles north of Bulawayo. A considerable amount of rain fell towards the end of November, with the result that great numbers of frogs and not a few tortoises made their appearance. Reptilia from Northern Matabeleland, 219 The altitude of the country traversed is between 4500 and and 3500 feet. My best thanks are due to Mr. G. A. Boulenger, F.R.S., who has kindly named most of the specimens. BATRACHIA. 1. Bufo carens, A. Smith. a. Kana River, 20th Nov., 1907. 2. Breviceps mossambicus, Peters. a-d. Near Gwamayaya River, 21st Nov., 1907. This frog has a habit of retracting its head and limbs, inflating itself, and uttering a sharp shrill cry when one attempts to hit it. A creamy viscous fluid is exuded at the same time on the back. In its inflated condition it may be thrown or kicked about without any apparent injury. 3. Phrynomantis bifasciata, A. Smith. a, 6. Between Indabambi’s and Gonye’s, Shangani River, 28th Nov., 1907. ce, d. Gonda’s, Bubi River, 3rd Dec., 1908. The markings in this species appear to vary in colour to some extent, for in the two caught on 28th November they were a bright vermilion, whereas those caught at Gonda’s on Srd December were an orange colour. These colours rapidly fade in spirit and the markings appear white. 4, Rana delalandii, D. & B. a. Gwamayaya River, 13th Nov., 1907. 5. Lana adspersa, Bibr. a. Swena’s, Gwamayaya River, 22nd Nov., 1907. b,c. Near Inyati, 6th Dec., 1907. a is a half-grown example, mottled green in colour, with a white dorsal stripe. 6.andc are full-grown and were taken from a pool where there must have been between one and two hundred altogether. 6. Hana angolensis, Bocage. a-c. Gwamayaya River, 13th Nov , 1907. 7. Rana mascareniensis, D. & B. a, b, Swena’s, Gwamayaya River, 22nd Nov., 1907. 220 On Batrachia &c. from Northern Matabeleland. 8. Phrynobatrachus natalensis, A. Smith. a-q. Gwamayaya River, 13th Nov., 1907. v—-w. Kana River, 20th Nov., 1907. Those from the Gwamayaya River were caught in the almost dried-up river-bed. The Kana River examples were taken from a pool in which there were great numbers of them, the noise made by them being almost deafening. It was not continuous, for there were intervals of silence at times until one commenced again, and then they all joined in together. 9. Cassina senegalensis, D. & B. a. Kana River, 20th Nov., 1907. b. Between Indabambi’s and Gonye’s, Shangani River, 29th Nov., 1907. ec. Gonda’s, Bubi River, 3rd Dec., 1907. This frog makes a peculiar shrill noise; it occasionally ascends trees, and was pointed out to me as a tree-frog. REPTILIA. CHELONIA. 10. Cintxys belliana, Gray. a (young). Near Shangani River, Nov. 1907. This young example agrees with the description and figure of that named Homopus darlingi by Mr. Boulenger*, but which he now considers to be simply a young specimen of the present species f. It possesses the normal five claws on each of the fore limbs. Two full-grown examples were also found in pools near the Shangani River, but, unfortunately, they were lost from the waggon. 11. Sternotherus nigricans, Donnd. a. Near Gwamayaya River, 22nd Nov., 1907. b. Near Gwelo River, 24th Nov., 1907. 12. Testudo pardalis, Bell. a. Near Gwamayaya River, 23rd Nov., 1907. * P. Z. S. 1902, ii. p. 15. P. Z. 8. 1907, p. 482, footnote. On a new Frog and a new Snake from Formosa. 221 LACERTILIA. 13. Agama atricollis, A. Smith. a. Kana River. This was shot on the branch of a tree. It has a curious habit of dodging one around the branch or trunk of the tree upon which it may happen to be. As soon as the present example saw me it ran round to the other side of the branch, and only by getting my ‘‘ boy” to approach from the opposite side was I able to see it again and shoot it. 14. Varanus niloticus, L. A half-grown monitor belonging to this species was shot on the bank of a creek of the Shangani River. On another occasion I watched one swimming in the water. It propelled itself slowly by means of its tail, while the limbs were used to keep its balance, in a similar manner to a person treading water. OPHIDIA. 15. Boodon lineatus, D. & B. a. Gwamayaya River, 13th Nov., 1908. Shot on the bank of the river. 16. Thelotornis kirtlandit, Hallow. a. Swena’s, Gwamayaya River, 23rd Nov., 1907. b. Near Gwamayaya River, 24th Nov., 1907. Both shot on the ground away from water. XXII.—Deseriptions of a new Frog and a new Snake from Formosa. By G. A. Boutencer, F.R.S. Rhacophorus moltrechti. Vomerine teeth in two strong, slightly oblique, transverse series touching the inner front edge of the choane and sepa- rated by an interspace less than the length of one of the series. Head moderately depressed, a little broader than long; snout rounded, slightly projecting beyond the lower jaw ; canthus rostralis obtuse, loreal region deeply concave ; nostril equally distant from eye and from end of snout; inter- orbital space a little broader than the upper eyelid ; tympanum moderately distinct, two-thirds the diameter of the eye. Fingers rather short, outer half webbed, the disks as large as 222 Mr. ©. T. Regan on a the tympanum. ‘Toes rather short, not fully webbed, the disks a little smaller than those of the fingers; inner meta- tarsal tubercle oval, flat. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the posterior border of the eye; length of tibia not half length of head and body. Skin smooth above, coarsely granular beneath. Green above, white beneath ; axillar and lumbar regions with large black spots ; sides of hind limbs bright orange with large black spots ; interdigital membranes orange, spotted with black. From snout to vent 45 mm. Two female specimens from the Nanto district, Lake Candidje, Central Formosa, from the collection of Dr. Arnold Moltrecht. Closely allied to R. schlegelit, Gthr. Achalinus formosanus. Head small, once and two-thirds as long as broad ; rostral small, broader than deep, not visible from above; suture between the internasals a little shorter than that between the prefrontals ; frontal slightly broader than long, three times as broad as the supraocular, about half as long as the parietals ; loreal nearly three times as long as deep; temporals 242, the upper anterior in contact with the eye; three shields bordering the parietals on each side; six upper labials, first very small, fourth and fifth entering the eye, sixth much elongate; two pairs of large chin-shields, immediately followed by the ventrals. Scales unicarinate, in 27 rows. Ventrals 173; anal entire; subcaudals 64. Blackish above, the outer scales pale in the centre; labial, ventra), and caudal shields yellowish white, edged with blackish. Total length 860 mm. ; tail 140. A single female specimen, obtained at Punkiho, Kagi district, Central Formosa, by Dr. A. Moltrecht. XXIII.— Description of a new Fish of the Genus Cichlosoma from Tampico, with Notes on some other Fishes from Mexico and the Caribbean Sea. By C. Tate Recan, M.A. DuRING a recent visit of Sir Frederic Johnstone’s yacht ‘ Zenaida,’ R.Y.S., to Mexico and the Caribbean Sea a number of fishes were obtained. Several were caught with rod and line by Laura, Countess of Wilton, who has presented them to the British Museum, and others were collected by Dr. P. R. Lowe. Among them are examples of a little blenny, Hnneanectes new Hish from Tampico. 223 carminalis, Jord. & Gilb., a species hitherto known only from Mazatlan, on the Pacific coast. These were captured by Dr. Lowe at Swan Island, between Honduras and Grand Cayman, and, so far as I can judge from comparison with the published descriptions and figures, they do not seem to differ from the Pacific coast form. The freshwater fishes include a large specimen of Cichlosoma fenestratum, Giinth., from the R. Coaxacoaleo, without cross-bars and with the lateral band quite black, extending forward to the eye, and on the sides occupying nearly the whole of the space below the lateral line. From Tampico were obtained several examples of Cichlosoma steindachneri, Jord. & Snyd., and two of a new fish for which I propose the name Cichlosoma laure, sp. n. Depth of body 1? in the length, length of head 3. Snout as long as postorbital part of head, with straight oblique profile. Diameter of eye 4§ to 5 in the length of head, inter- orbital width 24 to 22. Depth of preorbital 14 to 12 the diameter of eye. Jaws equal anteriorly; maxillary not ex- tending to below the eye; fold of the lower lip not con- tinuous ; upper jaw with about 36 teeth in the outer series, gradually decreasing in size laterally ; lower jaw with the anterior 8 or 10 teeth somewhat abruptly differentiated from the smaller lateral teeth. Cheek with 5 or 6 series of scales. 7 gill-rakers on the lower part of the anterior branchial arch. Scales 28 -%,, 24 or 3 between lateral line and scaly sheath at base of anterior part of soft dorsal. Dorsal XV 11, com- mencing above the opercular cleft, the spines increasing in length to the fifth or sixth, thence subequal or slightly in- creasing, the last 4 the length of head; soft fin, when laid back, extending about to the middle of caudal. Anal V 8-9. Pectoral shorter than the head, not extending to above the anal ; outer ventral ray more or less produced, nearly or quite reaching the origin of anal. Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle 2 as long as deep. Olive-brown, with blue (tur- quoise or ultramarine, according to Dr. Lowe’s notes) spots on the head and body, one on each scale, the ground-colour in places reduced to a dark reticulation; soft vertical fins with similar spots. fab. Tampico. Two specimens, 190 and 230 mm. in total length. The nearest ally of this species is C. macracanthum, Ginth., which is distinguished by the coloration, the shorter snout and narrower preorbital, the somewhat different dentition, the more numerous gill-rakers, and the longer pectoral fin, 224 Geological Society. PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. April 15th, 1908.—Dr. J. J. Harris Teall, M.A., F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair. The following communication was read :— ‘Notes on the Geology of Burma.’ By Leonard V, Dalton, B.Sc., F.R.G.S. The object of this paper is to present the results of geological expeditions in the Irawadi Valley, carried out by the Author and Mr. W. H. Dalton between 1904 and 1906, and to correlate these observations with those made by previous writers, thus summarizing present knowledge of the geology of Burma in general and of the Tertiary System in particular. The classification of rocks arrived at is shown in the following table :— Furr. EPA GISSOLION migee sh ser oe ces Seeker neces santwe desc eceehons 20,000 (?) Pliocene. Tae, : BC RUSAROU PS Wei ckcscoaheosscra-astr ees 7500 Miocene. cs ea { Bedsoin GEO a s25.eenseresen ston see 8000 Eocene. Cardita-Beds .....cisess00s A paeeet Cretaceous, Upper 4 Halobia-Limestone......... s..0. Triassic. Axial Series Shales and prites,. 4. iss. 0t Wakes ee +) ea) Lower. Flaggy shales and sandstones. ...... (?) The oldest rocks, not comprised in the above synopsis, include representatives of the Silurian, Devonian, and Carboniferous Systems, but little of their detailed geology is known. The Cardita-Beds may be correlated with the Cretaceous of India. The ‘Chin Shales’ of Dr. Neetling seem to form part of the Bassein Group, of Eocene age, which is of much greater thickness than hitherto supposed, and the group rests presumably more or less conformably on the beds below. ‘The fauna is chiefly shallow marine in facies. These rocks flank the Arakan Group on both sides and in the south form the backbone of the range, where they have been considerably metamorphosed. The Pegu Group probably overlaps the preceding and is regarded as of Miocene age, although the fauna has many relationships with that of the French Eocene. Lucina globulosa is described as the first European Miocene species recorded from Burma. Estuarine conditions came on towards the close of Miocene time, and, in the estuary of the Pliocene precursor of the Irawadi, anticlinal islands of partly-consolidated Miocene materials were formed. Around, and eventually over these islands a great thickness of fiuviatile deposits was laid down, corresponding to the Siwalik Beds of the Indian Peninsula. Finally, post-Pliocene denudation and upheaval revealed the Miocene islands as inliers, while the Irawadi has left its gravels in patches throughout the region. A list of fossils is. given, and the species new to Burma, some of them new to science, are described. I LI PUY 7 ‘O Jas Nat. Hist.S.8.\ Anin.& Mac E | | | DB) AND» Ext BREAM HYBRID Abhramis brama X Leucisenus erylthrophthalmus. f at ARIF imp. Green, 0.0: VOC Cave y. Nat Hist. x phihalinis. Ann.& Mac “ se SAVIN LOLS \ rake : a Sete PLS DYBRID, BREAM-SEPLAT AND RUDD. Abramis hliicea x Leucuseuas erv thro THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, [EIGHTH SERIES. ] No. 9. SEPTEMBER 1908. XXIV.—A Preliminary Revision of the Trish Char. By C. Tate Reaan, M.A. CHAR are Salmonoid fishes of the genus Salvelinus, which differs from Salmo (salmon and trout) in having the vomerine teeth present only as a group on the head of the bone, which is raised and has a boat-shaped depression behind it. Within the Arctic Circle and southwards to Iceland, Hudson Bay, and the Kurile Islands migratory char are found, which descend to the sea in the spring and towards the winter re-enter the rivers to spawn. In these high lati- tudes also many of the lakes are inhabited by permanently freshwater colonies, which have found the conditions of life favourable enough to induce them to abandon their habit of migrating to the sea, whilst in some cases they have become land-locked, so that they could not now migrate even if they wished to. Some of these freshwater colonies differ sufficiently from the migratory parent species to be recognized as distinct species or races ; thus in Iceland the non-migratory Salvelinus nivalis may be distinguished from the migratory S. alpinus. Further south all the char are non-migratory and are principally restricted to deep cold lakes ; on the Continent of urope they are found in the lakes of Scandinavia, Switzer- land, and the Tyrol, and in the British Isles they occur in Scotland, the Lake District, North Wales, and Ireland. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol, ii. 16 226 Mr. C. T. Regan—A Preliminary There can be little doubt that when the temperature of the Northern Hemisphere was lower, as during the glacial epoch, migratory char were to be found much further south than at the present day, and that the char of the British Isles, Scan- dinavia, and Central Europe represent a number of lacustrine colonies of one or a few migratory ancestral forms. The char of each lake or each system of lakes have been isolated for a considerable time and have become differen- tiated to a greater or less extent; the study of the different forms is one of great interest. I have for some time been trying to get together a good series of the char of the British Isles for the National Collection, but progress has been slow, and it has seemed to me worth while to publish this pre- liminary account of the Irish char in order to call attention to the subject. In 1841 (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vi.) Thompson gave an interesting account of the Irish char, which he recorded from lakes in Donegal, Galway, and Waterford, and also from Lough Melvin in Fermanagh, Loughnabrack in Longford, Lough Eaghish in Monaghan, and Lough Dan in Wicklow. He described the char or “ freshwater herring” of Lough Melvin, and noted some of its peculiarities, including the difficulty of distinguishing the sexes from external characters, writing “some of the largest finned are females.” He also noted that in the lakes at the source of the River Lee in Cork, not long before celebrated for their fine char, these fish were apparently extinct in 1839. Similarly the char or “whiting” of Lough Neagh, formerly abundant, was quite extinet in 1837. Fig. 1. an, dear ais oae The extinct “ Whiting” of Lough Neagh. © => An account of this last-named fish was contributed to Dubourdiew’s ¢ History of the County of Antrim,’ published in 1812. The accompanying figure, although very inaccu- rate, is perhaps sufficiently interesting for me to reproduce a tracing, considerably reduced. Revision of the Irish Char. 227 In 1862 and 1863 Dr. Giinther described the char of Lough Melvin and Lough Eask as Salmo grayi and S. colii respectively, Since that time no serious study of the Irish char has been attempted, but most writers have agreed in regarding all the char of the British Isles as forms of the northern migratory S. Ue L. If this be so, I have no hesitation in saying that all char (S. fontinalis possibly ex- cepted) must be included in S. alpinus, and I think it is simpler to keep to the binomial nomenclature and to call the Lough Melvin char Salvelinus gray¢ in preference to ‘Salvelinus alpinus grayt or Salvelinus alpinus, var. grayt. In either case, whether we recognize only one species of char, Sa/ve- linus alpinus, or numerous species, S. gray?, S. colii, &c., the species is by no means equivalent to species such as Lsox luctus or Leuciscus rutilus, which have probably persisted unchanged during the whole of the time that the evolution of the Salvelint has been taking place. The present revision is based on the specimens in the British Museum and also on the collection of the Dublin Museum, kindly sent to me on loan. Synopsis of the Species. I. Snout conical, pointed; jaws equal anteriorly or the lower slightly projecting ; ‘Tower jaw pointed ; 18 or 14 gill-rakers on the lower part of the anterior branchial arch ; ; Interorbital region more or less convex. Teeth moderate; snout 14 as long as eye (in a specimen of 280 mm.), less than interorbital width, which is 3 in the length of head; 186 scalesin a longitudinal Beate es nore) edits cictign ohana, sranagenstatsy el siate- sv oftarayst ee oyel ail 1. scharffi. Teeth strong; snout 15 as long as eye (in a specimen of 205 mm.), slightly more than interorbital width, which is 33 in the length of head; 165 scales in a POMP ULMGIMaSCTIOS ch wlaee ons c'ern ses ace oH cio 2. trevelyani, Ii. Snout subconical, decurved ; jaws equal anteriorly, the lower more or less pointed. A. 12 to 16 gill-rakers on the lower part of the anterior branchial arch ; interorbital region more or les3 convex, its width 3 (adult) 33 (young) in the length of head. Depth of body 4 to 5 in the length; least depth of caudal peduncle about ? the length of head; pec- toral fin extending 3 to 4 # of the distance from its base to the origin of pelvies; 158 to 168 scales in a POH TTLIIOUT AM SOELOS 9 elelel tank «chert sielolev 2 fed otalieth's oln,'« -h 3. coltt. * The number of scales in a longitudinal series is counted above the lateral line and does not include the scales covering the base of the caudal fin. The scales descend to the lateral line in regular oblique series and are easily counted, 16* 228 Mr..C. T. Regan—A Preliminary Depth of body 33 to 4 in the length; least depth of caudal peduncle 3 or nearly 3 the length of head; pectoral fin extending 2 to , of the distance from its base to the origin of pelvics; 128 to 162 scales ma longitudinal series” ..5.24.dee bse ane beens 4. grayi. B. 18 or 19 gill-rakers on the lower part of the anterior branchial arch ; interorbital region flat, its width 3% (young) in the length of head ; 160 scales in a longitudinal series.... 5. fimbriatus. III, Snout obtuse, decurved ; lower jaw rounded anteriorly, shorter than and included within the upper; 13 to 15 gill-rakers on the lower part of the anterior arch ; interorbital region flat, its width 33 to 33 in the length of head; 142 to 166 scalesin a longitudinal ul Se eet ey ee Th er 6. obtusus. 1. Salvelinus scharffi, sp. n. Depth of body 4? in the length, length of head 43. Snout conical, pointed, 14 as long as eye, the diameter of which is 5 in the length of head. Interorbital region slightly con- vex, its width 3 in the length of head. Dentition moderate ; lower jaw slightly projecting ; maxillary extending to below the posterior margin of pupil or a little beyond, its length 22 to 27 in the length of head ; lower jaw pointed anteriorly, its length 13 in the length of head. 10 branchiostegals. 13 or 14 gill-rakers on the lower part of anterior arch, the longest less than 2 the diameter of eye. 186 scales in a longitudinal Salvelinus scharffi. series. Dorsal 13, with 9 branched rays, its origin a little nearer to the tip of snout than the base of caudal, the longest ray 3 the length of head. Anal 12, with 8 branched rays. Pectoral 2 the length of head, extending 4 of the distance from its base to the base of pelvics. Least depth of caudal peduncle nearly 2 in its length and a little more than } the Revision of the Irish Char. 229 length of head. Silvery; back bluish grey ; dorsal, caudal, and pectoral fins dusky ; pelvics and anal pale. Hab. Lough Owel in Westmeath. A single specimen, 280 mm. in total length. This species differs from S. coli? in having the scales smaller, the snout more pointed, and the mouth more oblique and smaller, the maxillary having the same relative length as in specimens of S. coli of 200 mm. I have named it after Dr. R. Scharff, to whom I am indebted for the opportunity of describing it, in recognition of the favours I have received from him during my work on Irish fishes. 2. Salvelinus trevelyani, sp. n. Depth of body 5 in the length, length of head 4. Snout conical, pointed, considerably longer than eye, the diameter of which is 5 in the length of head. Interorbital region convex, its width 33 in the length of head. Dentition strong ; cleft of mouth oblique; jaws equal anteriorly ; maxillary extending nearly to below the posterior margin of eye, its length 24 in the length of head; lower jaw pointed anteriorly, Salvelinus trevelyani. its length 13 in the length of head. 9 or 10 branchiostegals. 14 gill-rakers on the lower part of anterior arch, the longest + the diameter of eye. 165 scales in a longitudinal series. Dorsal 13, with 9 branched rays, its origin a little nearer to the tip of snout than the base of caudal, the longest ray little more than 2 the length of head. Anal 11, with branched rays. Pectoral 4 the length of head, extending of the distance from its base to the base of pelvics. Least depth of caudal peduncle 2 in its length and } the length of head. Scattered rounded spots on the sides ; fins dusky. Vn ND 230 Mr. C, T. Regan—A Preliminary Hab. Lough Finn in Donegal. A single specimen (¢), 205 mm. in total length. This species is closely allied to S. col, differing in the longer head, produced pointed snout, strong teeth, &e. I have named it after the donor, Major H. Trevelyan, to whom the British Museum is also indebted for a fine series of the fishes of Lough Erne. 3. Salvelinus colit. Salmo colii, Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 18638, p. 12, pl. ii., and Cat. Fish. vi. p. 188 (1866); Day, Fish. Britain, p. 114, pl. exviii. fig. 2 (1884). Depth of body 4 to 4# in the length, length of head 4} to 43, Snout subconical, with upper profile decurved ante- riorly, as long as or a little longer than eye, the diameter of which is 4} to 42 in the length of head. Interorbital region slightly convex, its width 3 to 34 in the length of head. Dentiiion feeble or moderate; jaws equal anteriorly ; maxil- lary extending to below the posterior margin of pupil or beyond, its length 23 to 2} in the length of head; lower jaw pointed anteriorly, its length 13 to 12 in the length of head. 8 to 12 branchiostegals. 13 to 16 gill-rakers on the lower yart of anterior arch, the longest about ? the diameter of eye. 138 to 168 scales in a longitudinal series. Dorsal 13-15, with 9 or 10 branched rays, its origin nearer to the tip of snout than the base of caudal, the longest ray 2 to ? the length of head. Anal 11-14, with 7 to 9 branched rays. Pectoral 2 to % the length of head, extending from 4 to nearly ? of the distance from its base to the base of pelvics. Least depth of caudal peduncle 14 to 2 in its length and about 2 the length of head. 62 or 63 vertebre. Bluish black above, silvery or orange below; sides with orange spots ; fins dusky. Hab, Lough Eske (ask) in Donegal. Here described from twelve examples, 170 to 210 mm. in total length. Char from Lough Derg in Donegal, Lough Conn in Mayo, and Loughs Mask and Inagh in Galway are essentially identical with the Lough Eske form. A single example (¢) from Lough Derg, 200 mm. in total length, has all the characters of the Lough Eske char. ‘'wo examples (¢) from Lough Conn measure 290 and 230 mm, in total length. In each the dorsal fin has 9 and the anal 8 branched rays. There are 154 to 160 scales in a longitudinal series and 13 or 14 gill-rakers on the lower part of the anterior arch. Revision of the Irish Char. 231 Three char from Lough Mask, recently presented to the British Museum by Alick Duncan, Esq. (2), and Godfrey Allen, Esq. (1), measure 240 to 260 mm. in total length. In them I count 8 or 9 branched rays in the dorsal fin, 7 or 8 in the anal, and 148 to 166 scales in a longitudinal series. In one of them the vertebra number 62. The gill-rakers are rather shorter than in S. colii from other localities, the longest measuring } the diameter of the eye. In a single small specimen (2) from Lough Inagh, 150 mm. in total length, I count 10 branched rays in the dorsal fin, 7 in the anal, 160 scales in a longitudinal series, and 14 gill-rakers on the lower part of the anterior arch. The longest gill-rakers are nearly equal to 5 the diameter of the eye. 4, Salvelinus grayt. Salmo grayi, Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1862, p. 51, pl. vii., 1863, p. 12, and Cat. Fish. vi. p. 136 (1866); Day, Fish. Britain, p. 114, pl. exix. fig. 1 (1884). Depth cf body 33 to 4 in the length, length of head 4 to 43. Snout subconical, with upper profile decurved anteriorly, longer than eye, the diameter of which is 4} to 5 in the length of head. Interorbital region convex, its width 3 in Fig. 4. Salvelinus grayi (after Gunther). the length of head. Dentition feeble ; jaws equal anteriorly ; maxillary extending nearly to below the posterior margin of eye or a little beyond, its length 2} to 23 in the length of head; lower jaw pointed anteriorly, its length 1$ to 1% in 232 Mr. C. T. Regan—A Preliminary the length of head. 9 to 12 branchiostegals. 12 to 15 gill- rakers on the lower part of anterior arch, the longest 4 to $ the diameter of eye. 128 to 162 scales in a longitudinal series, Dorsal 12-15, with 8 to 10 branched rays, its origin nearer to the tip of snout than the base of caudal, the longest ray from 2 to as long as the head. Anal 11-14, with 7 to 9 branched rays. Pectoral 2 to 14 the length of head, ex- tending 2 to 5°, of the distance from its base to the base of pelvics. Least depth of caudal peduncle 1} to 12 in its length and 4 or nearly 4 the length of head. 5Y or 60 vertebree. Bluish black above, silvery below, sometimes shaded with orange; back and sides sometimes with small pale spots; fins dusky. Hab. Lough Melvin in Fermanagh. Here described from twenty-six examples, 210 to 260 mm. in total length. Of the sixteen specimens in the British Museum only one isa female; this has the pectoral fin longer than the head. 5. Salvelinus fimbriatus, sp. n. Depth of body 42 in the length, length of head 42. Snout subconical, with upper profile decurved anteriorly, as long as eye, the diameter of which is 4} in the length of head. Interorbital region flat, its width 33 in the length of head. Dentition moderate ; jaws equal anteriorly ; maxillary ~ Fig. 5. Salvelinus fimbriatus. Head from above and from the side. extending to below the posterior margin of pupil, its length 22 in the length of head; lower jaw pointed anteriorly, its length nearly 12 in the length of head. 10 branchiostegals. 18 or 19 gill-rakers on the lower part of anterior arch, the —) Revision of the Irish Char. 233 longest 4 the diameter of eye. 160 scales in a longitudinal series. Dorsal 14, with 10 branched rays, its origin nearer to the tip of snout than the base of caudal, the longest ray 3 the length of head. Anal 12, with 8 branched rays. Pectoral 2 the length of head, extending nearly 3 of the distance from its base to the base of pelvics. Least depth of caudal peduncle 14 in its length and ? the length of head. Back and sides brownish (in spirit); sides with rounded spots; abdomen silvery; fins dusky. Hab. Lough Coomasaharn in Kerry. Here described from a single specimen (? ) 155 mm. in total length. This form resembles 8. cold’, but differs in the narrow, flat, interorbital region and the numerous gill-rakers, the latter feature suggesting the specific name. 6. Salvelinus obtusus, sp. n. Depth of body 4 to 5 in the length, length of head 4} to 43. Snout obtuse, with upper profile decurved throughout, not or scarcely longer than eye, the diameter of which is 4} to 43 1n Salvelinus obtusus. ead from the side and from below. the length of head. Interorbital region flat, its width 33 to 32 in the length of head. Dentition feeble or moderate ; lower jaw a little shorter than and included within the upper ; 234 A Preliminary Revision of the Irish Char. maxillary extending to below the middle, posterior part or posterior margin of eye, its length 24 to 3 in the length of head ; lower jaw rounded anteriorly, its Jength 12 to 14 in the length of head. 9 to 12 branchiostegals. 12 to 15 gill- rakers on the lower part of anterior arch, the longest ] to 2 the diameter of eye. 142 to 166 scales in a longitudinal series. Dorsal 13-15, with 9 to 11 branched rays, its origin a little nearer to the tip of snout than the base of caudal, the longest ray 3 to ? the length of head. Anal 12 to 15, with 8 to 11 branched rays. Pectoral # to % the length of head, extending 4 to 2 of the distance from its base to the base of pelvics. Least depth of caudal peduncle 1} to 1? in its length and about ? the length of head. 62 vertebre. Brownish or purplish above, silvery or orange below; fins dusky. Hab. Lough Luggala in Wicklow. Here described from fourteen examples, 140 to 200 mm. in total length. Char from Lough Dan in Wicklow and from Killarney and Lough Acoose in Kerry are similar to the char of Lough Luggala. A single specimen ( ?) from Lough Dan measures 145 mm. in total length ; it agrees entirely with the Lough Luggala char. There are 9 branched rays in both dorsal and anal, 164 scales in a longitudinal series, and 14 gill-rakers on the lower part of the anterior arch. Two specimens (2) from Lough Acoose measure 145 and 185 mm. in total length. They have 9 or 10 branched rays in the dorsal and 8 in the anal fin, 148 and 152 scales in a longitudinal series, and 14 or 15 gill-rakers on the lower part of the anterior arch. The caudal peduncle is 1? to 2 as long as deep. The larger specimen has the sides well spotted. In a single example (¢) from Killarney, 210 mm. in total length, the dorsal has 10 and the anal 9 branched rays. There are 166 scales in a longitudinal series and 15 gill- rakers on the lower part of the anterior arch, the longest nearly $ the diameter of eye. The pectoral finis § the length of head and extends a little more than 2 of the distance from its base to the origin of the pelvics. On Bats from Formosa. 239 XXV.—A Collection of Bats from Formosa. By AUGUSTA ArnpAck-Curistie-LinbE, Zootomical Institute, University of Stockholm. THE Zootomical Institute lately received from Mr. Hans Sauter a collection of bats from Formosa which Professor Leche submitted to me for identification. As there are in this collection a new species of Myotis and other bats but little known or not before recorded from this island, I hope the following list will be of some interest. Myotis tatwanensis, sp. 0. 6 g,9 2%. Takao, Anping, Tainan, Formosa; July, September, October, 1906-1907. Teeth_—The upper incisors are almost equal in size. The outer cusp of the bifid inner incisors is decidedly shorter than the inner. pm’ (middle upper premolar) is small, but distinctly visible from without, and situated in the tooth-row ; p' and p’ are therefore quite separated. In the lower jaw pm’ is reduced in size, but not internal to the tooth-row. Ear.—Ilnner margin of the ear-conch straight below, faintly convex above, with a slight flattening below the tip. Outer margin not very deeply emarginated, straight above, terminating opposite the base of the inner margin in a lobe. The tip of the ear is obtusely rounded. ars shorter than the head; their extremities do not reach the end of the muzzle when laid forwards. Tragus straight, of about the same shape as in Myotis daubentonti; the inner margin straight, the outer faintly convex; somewhat narrower towards the tip, which is rounded and reaches the middle of the inner margin of the ear-conch. Colour (so far as can be determined from preserved specimens).— Fur yellowish brown above, dark brown with white extremities beneath. Interfemoral membrane and ears light brown, wing-membrane dark brown. Measurements.—Myotis tatwanensis is of about the same size as M. adversus. 3 2. mm. mm, Skull, total length to front of incisors ...... 15°5 , Lemesth, headand body ...0.62.ccc.euaes 49 Ae Petre drills i Asie tie. UE kote ed eo 38 39 ” heals Mycae oc osha Soh Or 18 236 Mrs. A. Arnback-Christie-Linde on dé. 2. mm, mm. Length, ear, outer margin ............5005 16 3, »» greatest breadth....,......... 8 2 tragus, outer margin .............. 8 2 2 TOUBAEEA osc Seng Saree ace ee 40 41 Sra finger, metacarpos y 2 52 255 siti webb > 54 36 as Great. palane sy ce S simkc ve vps oe 12 13 pe Dall QHAIABE 9. x: te 15-17" Depth of body equal to length of head, 3 times in total length. Eye 5 to 52 times in length of head, 2 to 21 times in length of snout; maxillary extending to between nostril and eye; lower jaw not or but slightly projecting ; teeth in A or 5 series, outer largest ; 5 series of scales on the cheek ; 11 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal spines equal from 8th or 9th, not quite } length of head. Pectoral ° a little shorter than head. Caudal fin deeply emarginate and densely scaled. Caudal peduncle 13 to 12 times as long as deep. Scales finely denticulate. Dark green above, pale green or silvery below, with 7 or 8 ill-defined darker vertical bars on the body ; fins edged with yellow. Total length 360 mm. ‘Two specimens. Closely allied to P. dimidiata, Gthr. 240 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new Paratilapia compressiceps. D. XV 12. A. TIM. Se. 355.00 Depth of body 3 times in total length, length of head 23 times. Head very strongly compressed; eye 53 times in length of head, 24 times in length of snout; maxillary widely separated from vertical of anterior border of eye; chin pointed, projecting ; teeth in 3 series, outer large and widely spaced; 4 series of scales on the cheek; 10 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal spines increasing in length to the last, which measures 4 length of head. Pec- toral 2 length of head. Caudal fin truncate. Candal peduncle 14 times as long as deep. Scales finely denticulate. Brownish above, silvery white beneath ; three dark bands on each side, one along the upper outline of head and body, the other above the upper lateral line, and a third from the preorbital to the base of the caudal, passing through the eye. A single specimen, 165 mm. long. Allied to P. serranus, Hilg., and P. prognatha, Pellegr. Paratilapia cerulea. D.XV113. A.III10. Sc. 38 L.1.3% Depth of body 4 times in total length, length of head 34 times. Eye 6 times in length of head, 24 times in length of snout ; maxillary widely separated from vertical of anterior border of eye; lower jaw slightly projecting; teeth in 4 series, outer large and widely spaced; 5 series of scales on the cheek; 11 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal spines increasing in length to the last, which measures 1 length of head. Soft dorsal, anal, and ventrals much produced, ending in a filament. Pectoral ? length of head. Caudal fin scaled, with deep crescentic emargination. Caudal peduncle nearly twice as long as deep. Scales finely denti- culate. Blue or greenish blue, darker above; dorsal and anal fins edged with orange, the former and the caudal with small round brown spots edged with red. A single specimen, measuring 205 mm. Paratilapia esox. D. XVIII-XIX 12-13. A.IIT 10-11. Se. 43-45 2%. qT; ] 24-27 ° “* 16-22° Depth of body 43 to 5} times in total length, length of Fishes from Lake Nyassa. 241 head 3 times. Head strongly compressed ; eye 7 to 8 times in length of head, 34 to 4 times in length of snout ; maxillary widely separated from vertical of anterior border of eye; chin projecting ; teeth in two series, few, outer large and widely spaced ; 5 or 6 series of scales on the cheek ; 15 or 16 gill- rakers on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal spines weak, increasing in length to the last, which measures } length of head. Pectoral 4 length of head. Caudal fin distinctly emarginate, greater part scaled. Caudal peduncle 2 to 24 times as long as deep. Scales finely denticulate. Bright silvery white, except on the base, which is dark green; fins bluish grey, dorsal and anal edged with orange. Total length 370 mm. Three specimens. Allied to P. longiceps, Gthr. Hlaplochromis venustus. D. XVI 10-11. A.IID10. Sc. 32-35%. L.1. Ee Depth of body 24 to 2% times in total length, length of head 3 times. Hye 4 to 44 times in length of head, about twice in length of snout; maxillary extending to between nostril and eye ; lower jaw not projecting; teeth in 4 to 6 series, outer largest, all conical or some of the outer bi- cuspid; 3 or 4 series of scales on the cheek; 11 or 12 gill- rakers on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal spines in- creasing in length to the last, which measures $ or a little less than } length of head. Soft dorsal, anal, and ventrals prolonged, acutely pointed. Pectoral as long as_ head. Caudal fin truncate or slightly emarginate, scaled. Caudal peduncle a little longer than deep. Scales finely denticulate. Peacock-blue, with large deep-blue spots, dotted with red; top of head and a broad edge to the fins orange. Total length 195 mm. [ive specimens. Closely allied to H. livingstonia (Hemichromis livingstonti, Gthr.). Tilapia auromarginata. D. XVII-XVIII 11. A.III10. Sc. 33-35 a5. L. 1. = "AGS ee Depth of body 24 times in total length, length of head 34 to 34 times. Eye 34 to 4 times in length of head, 1} to 14 times in length of snout; maxillary extending to between nostril and eye ; lower jaw not projecting; teeth small, in 4 Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. it. 17 242 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new or 5 series; 3 or 4 series of scales on the cheek; 15 or 16 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal spines increasing in length to the last, which measures a little less than 4 length of head. Pectoral as long as head. Caudal fin densely scaled, distinctly emarginate. Caudal peduncle 1} to 14 times as long as deep. Scales cycloid or very finely denticulate. Dark blue above, bluish white beneath ; dorsal and caudal with small round red spots ; dorsal and anal edged with bright yellow. Three specimens, measuring 200-240 mm. Closely allied to 7. lateristriga, Gthr. Tilapia inornata. D. XVI-XVII 11-12. A.TIL9. Se. 34-36 4. ag feces > *+ 16-18" Depth of body equal to length of head, 3} to 3} times in total length. Eye 2? to 3 times in length of head, as long as or longer than snout ; maxillary extending to between nostril and eye; lower jaw not projecting; teeth very small, in 3 series; 2 or 3 series of scales on the cheek; 15 or 16 gill- rakers on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal spines in- creasing in length to the last, which measures a little less than 4 length of head. Pectoral as long as head. Caudal fin with crescentic emargination. Caudal peduncle 13 times as long as deep. Scales finely denticulate. Silvery, back olive. Total length 95 mm. Two specimens. Allied to 7. kirki, Gthr. Tilapia macrophthalma. D. XV-XVII 10-11. A. III 8-9. Sc. 32-34 ¢. 23-29 L. 1. =. Depth of body equal to length of head, 3 times in total length. Eye 23 times in length of head; snout with very convex upper outline, diameter of eye; maxillary extending to between nostril and eye; lower jaw not projecting; teeth very small, in 2 series ; 2 or 3 series of scales on the cheek ; 11 or 12 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal spines increasing in length to the last, which measures about 4 length of head. Pectoral a little longer than head. Caudal fin with crescentic emargination. Caudal peduncle Fishes from Lake Nyassa. 243 14 to 14 times as long as deep. Scales finely denticulate. Brownish above, silvery white beneath, uniform or with very indistinct numerous darker vertical bars ; spinous dorsal with a dark and light edge. Total length 80 mm. Six specimens. Allied to 7. johnstonii, Gthr. Tilapia brevis. D.XV12. A.TIT9. Sc. 31-32%. L. 1.3%. Depth of body 2} times in total length, length of head 22 times. Hye 24 times in length of head; snout with very convex upper outline, # diameter of eye; maxillary extending to below anterior border of eye; lower jaw not projecting ; teeth very small, in 2 or 3 series; 3 series of scales on the cheek; 8 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal spines increasing in length to the last, which measures about 3 length of head. Pectoral aslongas head. Caudal fin with crescentic emargination. Caudal peduncle as long as deep. Scales finely denticulate. Silvery, back brownish; a dark brown band on each side, from the nape to the root of the tail; a dark brown opercular spot. Total length 70 mm. Two specimens. Allied to 7. johnstonit, Gthr. CHILOTILAPIA, gen. nov. Teeth in several rows, with obtuse or rounded crowns ; maxillary exposed; lips thick. 3 anal spines. Chilotilapia rhoadesii. KV NOP ALL 92} Ses 8404) a Ine Depth of body 23 times in total length, length of head 3 times. Snout short, upper profile descending abruptly ; eye 44 times in length of head; maxillary extending to below nostril and eye; teeth in 5 irregular series, outer largest; 4 series of scales on the cheek ; 11 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal spines increasing in length to the last, which is a little less than 3 length of head. Pectoral as long as head. Caudal fin densely scaled, feebly emarginate. Caudal peduncle 14 times as long as deep. Scales finely denticulate. Dark blue; dorsal and anal fins broadly edged with orange. Total length 220 mm. A single specimen. Le 244 On a new Snake from Yunnan. XXVII.— Description of a new Snake from Yunnan. By G. A. BouLencer, F.R.S. Tropidonotus johannis. Eye rather small. Rostral not quite twice as broad as deep, just visible from above; internasals as long as broad, nearly as long as the prefrontals, much narrowed in front; frontal once and one-third to once and a half as long as broad, as long as its distance from the end of the snout, much shorter than the parietals; loreal as long as deep or a little longer than deep; one or two pree- and three or four post- oculars; temporals 2+1 or 2+2; eight upper labials, third, fourth, and fifth entering the eye; four or five lower labials in contact with the anterior chin-shields, which are shorter than the posterior. Scales in 19 rows, dorsals feebly or faintly keeled, laterals smooth. Ventrals 165-170; anal divided ; subcaudals 85-89. Olive-brown above, with more or less distinct darker and lighter spots, the latter forming a lateral series or an ill-defined lateral streak; a curved yellowish streak may be present on each side of the nape; sutures between the labials blackish ; ventrals and subcaudals yellow, with the ends olive-grey and bearing large black spots forming a lateral series. Total length 910 mm.; tail 210. Three specimens from Yunnan fu, received from the Rev. John Graham. Allied to 7. modestus, Gthr., and 7. pleurotenia, Blgr. The three species may be distinguished by the following characters :— Upper labials, . Ventrals, Subcaudals. Ts OMCSTNS ‘aichere fern es 9 154-168 96-122 ¥. yonudsl: ones 8 165-170 85-89 T. pleurot@nta ....6665 8 148 66 XXVIII.—On some new Species and Subspecies of Birds Jrom Upper Burma. By Major H. H. Harineton. DuriNnG two months’ leave spent in making a collecting-trip in the Bhamo Hills, N.E. Burma, I was fortunate enough to procure examples of many rare birds and their eggs, in- cluding some Chinese species, which had not previously been On new Birds from Upper Burma. 245 recorded from Burma. Amongst these are two apparently new subspecies of Wren (Urocichla); a Stachyrhidopsis, which differs from the Chinese form SS. s¢nensis (Grant) in having a longer stouter bill; and an apparently new Flycatcher (Cyornis). My thanks are due to Dr. Bowdler Sharpe and Mr. W. Ogilvie-Grant, who have kindly assisted me in the identifi- cation of my specimens, and to the latter for assisting me in describing the following species, the types of which I have presented to the British Museum (Natural History). Stachyrhidopsis bhamoensis, sp. 0. Adult male. Resembles S. sinensis, Grant, in having the light chestnut on the head confined to the crown and not extending over the nape, but may be easily recognized by its much larger and more massive bill. It differs in having faint black shaft-streaks to the feathers of the forehead, the throat less yellow, much the same colour as the breast, which is a dull greyish-olive, and the sides of the head and neck grey instead of yellowish. ‘Total length about 4°6 inches ; exposed part of culmen 0°5 ; wing 2°1; tail 2:2; tarsus 0°38. Adult female. Similar to the male. Hab. Sinlum-kaba, Bhamo District, Upper Burma. Fairly common ; ten specimens were procured. Cyornis white, sp. n. Adult male. Most nearly allied to C. tickellie (Blyth), -but the general colour of the upperparts, including the wings and tail, is more of a turquoise-grey-blue, and the feathers forming the band across the forehead and the superciliary stripes, as well as the least wing-coverts, are pale turquoise-blue; the cheeks and sides of the face are slaty black, without any trace of the blue wash which is so conspicuous in C. tickellia. Total length about 5:2 inches; culmen 0°45; wing 2°8; tail 2°4; tarsus 0°7. Female (?). Two females, presumably of this species, resemble those of C. rubeculoides (Vigors). One, however, differs in having the right-hand middle tail-feather pale turquoise-blue, like that of the male: there can be no doubt that the sex of this bird was correctly ascertained, for it was captured on its nest and, owing to its blue tail- feather, carefully examined. Total length about 5:1 inches; culmen 0°45; wing 2°7; tail 2°4; tarsus 0°65. 246 Mr. M. Burr—WNotes on the Forficularia. Hab. Male, Watan, Bhamo District, 3rd April; female (with blue tail-feather), Sinlum-kaba, Bhamo District, 27th April; second female, Mongwai, Bhamo District, 12th April. I propose calling this beautiful bird after Sir Herbert Thirkell White, Lieutenant-Governor of Burma. Urocichla kauriensis, sp. n. Adult male. Very like U. reptata (Bingham), but the chest and sides of the breast are of a more rufous-brown, and the middle of breast and belly is distinctly spotted with white. Total length about 3°7 inches; culmen 0°5; wing 1°8; tail 1:2 ; tarsus 0°75. Iris dark red; bill dark horn-colour ; legs light brown. Adult female. Similar to the male, but with the wings less rufous and of a more olive-brown. Hab. Watan, Bhamo District, Upper Burma. The above-mentioned specimens were a pair and were shot whilst building their nest. Urocichla sinlumensis, sp. n. Adult male. Easily distinguishable from U. reptata, Bingham, and the above species (U. kaurtensis) by having the chin and throat mostly white, slightly mottled with brownish ; the feathers of chest, sides of the breast, and flanks of a more olive colour, conspicuously spotted with white and tipped with black. Total length about 4°1 inches; culmen 0°45; wing 1:9; tail 1:9; tarsus 0°75. Sris reddish-brown ; bill black ; legs brownish. Hab. Sinlum-kaba, Bhamo District, Upper Burma. Fairly plentiful in the dense undergrowth near water. XX1X.—WNotes on the Forficularia—XI111. A Revision of the Brachylabidee (Isolabide). By Matcotm Burr, B.A., PE.S24.L8., Fo4-8., IG:S. Dourn (Stett. ent. Zeit. xxv. p. 292, 1864) proposed this genus for the following species :—mauritanica, Lucas ; mart- tima, Bon.; angulifera, Gerst.; chilensis, Blanch.; and modesta, Géné—distinguishing it from Forecinella (= Aniso- labis) by the presence of lateral tubercles on the second and Mr. M. Burr—WNotes on the Forficularia. 247 third abdominal segments. This character is insufficient to justify the separation of a genus, and accordingly Scudder (Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H. xviii. p. 290, 1876) sank Brachylabis, as maritima is the type of Forcinella (= Anisolabis), from which mauritanica cannot be generically separated. But Scudder had not seen chilensis, Blanch., or he would have at once recognized its difference from maritima, though he knew and described under the genus Cylindrogaster the species nigra, which is now known to be a true brachylabis. in 1883 de Bormans (Ann. Soc. ent. Belg. xxvii. p. 64) separated Brachylabis, Dohrn, for chilensis, which he made the type, and punctata, Dubr. Verhoeff did not know any of the six described species of Brachylabis when he erected his family Isolabide for his three genera Lsolabis, Ctenisolabis, and Leptisolabis, all from the Ethiopian Region (SB. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berlin, 1901, no. 1, p. 10) ; but three years later (Arch. f. Naturg. 1904, Bd. i. p. 119) he noted the resem- blance between the Isolabidie and Braokylabts, though he had not seen a single specimen of the latter. He doubted the inclusion of B. chilensis in the Isolabide, but suggested that B. Lifoveolata was a true Isolabid. A comparison of the generic characters shows that the two genera are evidently allied, and a glance at the types in Berlin removed all remaining doubt. It now became necessary to examine the different species of Brachylabis to see if it were possible to reorganize the system and allocate the various species to the different genera. Fortunately I possess in my collection the following species :—chilensis, Blanch., nigra, Scudder, malgacha, Burr, punctata, Dubr., from Java, as well as punctata, Bormans, from Burmah, which is a distinct form. By using Verhoefi’s arrangement of the Isolabide, it was possible to allocate all these species to what appears to be their true position ; thus the riddle of the Isolabidw, which has puzzled dermapterists since 1902, is solved. Table of Subfamilies and Genera. 1. Segmentum ultimum dorsale ¢ margine postico medio exciso, utrinque lobulo triangulari instructum ; corpus fere cylin- GILES en hic otc Oe CEP OIDIO DO ing eer BRACHYLABIN &, 2. Mesonotumelytris rudimentariis instruc- ; [i Lee pis ae Ie ere re 1. Verhoeffia, g. n. 2.2. Mesonotum elytris rudimentariis nullis, 3. Mesonotum lateribus carinatis...... 2. Brachylabis, Dohrn 3.3. Mesonotum lateribus integris, inter- {(= Ctenisolahis, Verh.). dum tumido-elevatis. 248 Mr. M. Burr— Notes on the Forficularia. 4, Antennarum segmento 3 elongato, duplo longiori quam Jatiori .... 3. Isolabis, Verh. 4.4, Antennarum segmento 3 globulari. 4. Leptisolabis, Verh. }.1. Segmentum ultimum dorsale ¢ margine postico integro, truncato; corpus plus minus depressumM ......e0+eoscesees PARISOLABINE. 2. Abdomen ¢ ? fortius dilatatum ; seg- mentum ultimum dorsale g 9 valde angustatum....,..+.-s AEs At p 5. Parisolabis, Verh. 2.2. Abdomen ¢ vix dilatatum; segmen- tum ultimum dorsale ¢ haud angus- tattni, trans VOrSUNl c/s. 016 + ee «)- 6. Pseudisolabis, g. n. Subfamily I. Bracuyzazrvz. The genus Jso/abis, Verh., falling into the same subfamily as Brachylabis, Dohrn, it is necessary to suppress the name Isolabine for the subfamily and to substitute that of Brachylabine. In the cylindrical form of the body, the few antennal segments, the triangular head, large eyes, attenuated abdo- men, excised last dorsal segment, and tapering, slender, arched forceps, it is very well characterized. All the members have a very distinctive appearance and cannot be confused with any other group. Genus J. VERHOEFFIA, nov. Antenne segmento 3 longo, saltem duplo longiori quam latiori, 4 longiori quam latiori, 5 tertium longitudine subsequanti ; meso- notum lateribus haud carinatis, ad humeros ipsos obtuse tumido- elevatis, elytris rudimentariis instructum, ceteris cum generibus Isolabide et Brachylahide congruet. As Verhoeff, in characterizing the Isolabide, says “ Elytra und Fliigel fehlen vollig,” I erect this new genus for Brachy- labis sjéstedti, Borg (Ark. f. Zool. i. p. 568, Taf. xxvi. fig. 2, 1904), from the Cameroons. Borg gives a good figure, and the rudimentary elytra are plainly shown like a Y-shaped suture on the mesonotum. Their form some- what recalls that of the same organs in Karschiella, in which the chief sign of elytra is a narrow excision in the posterior border of the mesonotum. My friend Dr. Borelli, of Turin, has sent me a specimen from Fernando Po, and I have in my own Collection one labelled “‘ Cameroon,” Genus II. BrAcHYLABIS, Dohrn (sensu stricto). Brachylabis, Dohrn (part.), Stett. ent. Zeit. xxv. p. 292 (1864); Borm. Ann. Soe. ent. Belg. xxvii. p. 64 (1883); Kirby, Journ, Linn. Soc., Zool. xxiii. p. 518 (1891) ; id. Cat. Orth. i. p. 16 (1904). Ctenisolabis, Verhoetf, SB. Ges. nat. Fr. Berlin, 1902, p. 11. Mr. M. Burr—Wotes on the Forficularia. 249 Mesonotum with distinct sharp lateral keel on each side. Third antennal segment a little longer than broad. The above chaoacters, by which Verhoeff distinguishes his genus Ctentsolabis, for the single species Ct. togoensis, are common to B. ciilensis, Blanch., which is the type of Brachy- labis. Consequently the former genus falls as a synonym. Brachylabis in its true sense also includes B. nigra, Scudd., B. malgacha, Borm., B. caudelh, sp. n. (vide infra), B. bifoveolata, Bol., and B. voelizkowi, sp. n. (vide infra). 1. Pronotum longius quam latius. (Antennarum Pi aie 3 quam 2 duplo longius. ) . Mesonotum carinis obtusis usque rad mar oinem posticum productis; (pedibus infuscatis : species madecassa) ............. Jol o.oGk 1. malgacha, Burr. 2.2, Mesonotum carinis acutis ante marginem posticum evanescentibus. 3. Statura gracili; genubus flavis: rpgeies madecassA .....sesesess sees .. 2, voeltzkowi, sp. n. Shah Statura fortiori ; oenubusinfuscatis: species americana meridionalis ........ weeee. 9 Chilensis, Blanch. 1.1. Pronotum vix longins quam latius. 2, Antennarum segmentum 38 vix longius quam latius. 3. Frons punctis impressis postice conflu- entibus: species africana ............ 4, togoensis, Verh. 3.3, Frons punctis impressis haud confluenti- bus: species peruviana .......... a 5. nigra, Scudd. 2.2, Antennarum segmentum 35 duplo longius quam latius: species asiatica, 3. Pedibus unicoloribus ; abdomen segmen- fm 4. plicifernmy src \vec sss ose +4 45, On Otfovcolinta, Bol: 3.3. Pedibus fulvo-annulatis; abdomen segmen- tis 3 et'4 pliciferis.. ....5..0:.0...55 %» Caudellt, sp. n. 1. Brachylabis malgacha, Burr. Brachylabis malgacha, Bury, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1904, p. 292 This species has a distinctive appearance; the feet are slenderer and longer than in the other species, the antenne are not so thick, and the keel of the mesonotum is more obtuse. It is recorded from Madagascar and Diego Suarez. 2. Brachylabis voeltzkowi, sp. n. Statura minori, graciliori; antenne 15 segmentis, apice fulvyo- annulate; pronotum valde longius quam latius; mesonotum carinis acutis, paullo ante marginem posticum evanescentibus ; _ femora tibizeque fusca, apice fulvo-annulata. d. 3. GHEE COPPOLISe. > Je. woe Ban, 555 PEORCIPIS ttalrtlcloud oxehe i 250 Mr. M. Burr—WNotes on the Forficularia. Stature small and rather slender. Antenne with 15 segments: the twelfth is yellow in the type specimen, the rest black ; the third segment is quite twice as long as broad, the fourth shorter: the head is small and quite typical. Pronotum about 14 times as long as broad, slightly broader posteriorly than anteriorly ; median suture almost obsolete. Mesonotum with lateral keels sharp, gently curved, obso- lete just before reaching the posterior margin. Metanotum strongly sinuate posteriorly. Femora and tibia black, each with a yellow ring at the apex. Abdomen slender, with distinct lateral tubercle on the fourth segment only ; last dorsal segment typical, excavate, and attenuate. Forceps with branches remote at the base, cylindrical, rently incurved, and crossing at the apex. Nossi-Bé ( Voeltzkow). The single male specimen which is my type is out of de Bormans’s collection, and was labelled by him ‘ Brachylabis punctata, Dubr.” It differs, of course, from the true punctata in the generic characters, but has a strong resemblance to Br. caudelli from Burmah, which de Bormans confused with B. punctata. It differs from B. caudelli in the longer and narrower pronotum and in the evanescence of the meso- thoracic keels. 3. Brachylabis chilensis, Blanch. The literature of this species is quoted by de Bormans and Kirby. It is the largest of the genus and quite different in appearance from B. negra, the only other known American species. It occurs in Chili, Ecuador, and Brazil, but does not seem to be common. 4. Brachylabis togoensis, Verh. Ctenisolabis togoensis, Verh. SB. Ges. nat. Fr. Berlin, 1902, p. 14. This species is only known to me by Verhoeff’s description and a sketch of the type. It is one of the smaller species and appears to be allied to B. nigra. 5. Brachylabis nigra, Scudd. Originally described as a Cylindrogaster, this is a true Brachylabis. lt is easy to recognize, as it is stouter and smaller than the only other known American species, B. chilensis, and has a characteristic greenish sheen; but this is not always preserved in cabinet specimens. Tt occurs in northern South America. Mr. M. Burr—Notes on the Forficularia. 25% 6. Brachylabis bifoveolata, Bol. Brachylabis bifoveolata, Bol. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1897, p. 285, pl. x. g. 1. 5 Bolivay’s description is brief but good, and so is his figure. It differs from B. caudelli, the other Asiatic species, in its uniform reddish legs, in the more strongly convergent keels of the mesonotum, and in the absence of the glandular folds in the third abdominal segment. 7. Brachylabis caudelli, sp. n. Antenne nigre, ante apicem pallido-annulate, segmento 3 duplo longins quam latius, 5 quam 3 eque longo, fere cylindricis; pro- notum subquadratum, haud vel vix longius quam latius; meso- notum carinis acutis leviter arcuatis; femora basi nigra, apice pallida ; tibize fuscze, apice pallidiores ; forcipis bracchia ¢ basi haud contigua. 6 Q. Long. corporis .... 11 mm. 12 mm. gar AOFCIPIS “sata Ie. 5; i hae Small; colour, texture, form, and pubescence typical ; antenne with 15 segments, with a pale ring before the apex ; segments rather long, third is about twice as long as broad, fourth more than half as long as third, fifth quite as long as third, if not a trifle longer; body almost cylindrical ; meso- notum with the keels gently bowed at the shoulder and gently converging posteriorly ; femora black, yellow at the apex ; tibiz brownish yellow, paler towards the apex; tarsi paler; abdomen typical, third and fourth segments with strong lateral tubercles ; forceps stout at the base, not con- tiguous in the male, contiguous in the female, rapidly tapering, gently arched. Burma, Tenasserim, and Pegu (Borm.). Apparently common in Further India. This species was confused by de Bormans with B. punctata, which is now proved to be generically distinct; but there is, of course, a strong family likeness throughout the Brachylabide. It is most like B. voeltzkowi in appearance. 8. ? Brachylabis geniculata, Montr. Chelidura geniculata, Montrousier, Ann. Soc. L. Lyon, (n. s.) xi. p. 222 © (1864). Brachylabis geniculata, Borm. Tierreich, Forf. p. 54 (1900). Montrousier’s description is insufficient, but de Bormans 252 Mr. M. Burr— Notes on the Forficularia. gives a description, with an enquiry as to the sex. I havea coloured sketch of a female by de Bormans which shows distinct straight keels on the mesonotum, so it must appa- rently be referred to this genus. From this sketch it appears that the third antennal segment is decidedly long. It may be provisionally ranged in Brachylabis. Genus III. Isouasts, Verh. Isolabis, V evhoeff, SB. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berlin, 1902, p. 14. In this genus there are no keels on the mesonotum, though the sides are somewhat tumid; it thus differs from Brachy- labis. It differs from Leptisolabis in having the third antennal segment double as long as broad. ‘The forceps ¢ are remote at the base. It contains at present a single species, J. brauert, Verh., from Africa, which is only known to me from the description and a sketch of the type. Genus LV. Leprisouasis, Verh. Leptisolabis, Verh. SB. Ges. naturf. Fr, Berlin, p. 12 (1902). Brachylabis, Borm. (partim). This genus agrees with Jsolabis in having no keels to the mesonotum, but differs in having the third segment of the antenne very short, only as long as broad. According to Verhoeff, the two African species have the head ona slim neck ; but I consider this an individual peculiarity dependent on the position assumed by the organs on drying and analo- gous to, and as valueless as, the crossing of the forceps at the apex, which is as purely fortuitous as the position assumed by the antenne or legs. The branches of the forceps are near together at the base. In all known species the antennz are ringed with white and the femora and tibiz with yellow. Table of Species. 1. Pronotum parallelum ............64. ... 1. philetas, Burr. 1.1. Pronotum postice dilatatum. 2. Pronotum anteriori margine truncato: SPCCIEs JAVSNAL .p Rok pict on oes ee eee 2. punctata, Dubr. 2.2, Margo anterior pronoti in collem brevem productus: species african. 3. Metanotum paullo excavatum ..,..... 3. usambarana, Verh. 3.3. Metanotum fortiter excavatum ...... 4. theorie, Verh. Mr. M. Burr—WNotes on the Forficularia. 253 1. Leptisolabis philetas, Burr. Brachylabis philetas, Burr, J. Bombay N. H. Soc. xiv. p. 322, pl. B. fig. 7 (1902). The description and figure render this little species unmis- takable; the transverse depression on the mesonotum 1s very characteristic. 2. Leptisolabis punctata, Dubr. Brachylabis punetata, Dubr. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. xiv. p. 357, fig., 2 (1879) ; id. Tierreich, Forf. p. 53 (1900) (partim) ; nee Borm. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. (2) vi. p. 436 (1888) & loc, cit. xvi. p. 879 (1894). If we exclude the Burmese specimen taken by Fea, de Bor- mans’s remarks and notes apply to this species. It is quite different from B. philetas, but it is impossible to discriminate it accurately from the African species of Verhoeff without a comparison of authentic specimens. 3. Leptisolabis usamburana, Verh., and 4. L. theorte, Verh. Verhoeff suggests that the latter is a subspecies of the former, which is very probable. Both are from German Kast Africa, but it is unsatisfactory to discuss the species without an examination of the type. Subfamily II. Parzsozazr# (Verh. Arch. f. Naturg. 1904, pe 119). Verhoeff separates this subfamily from the Isolabine by the shining frons, which is thus distinct from the rest of the head, without lines, but with the two impressed points. ‘The eyes are only moderately large, separated from the posterior margin of the head by their own diameter; abdomen with a lateral tubercle ; second tarsal segment half as long as the third. Forceps of the male remote; tenth abdominal segment truncate at the posterior margin. Genus V. PARISOLABIS, Verh. This genus is monotypic, the only known species being Parisolabis nove-zeelandie, Verh. (op. cit. p. 120). Commander Walker has given me a male from New Zealand which | attributed provisionally to this species, but a glance at Verhoeft’s types, on the occasion of a flying visit to the Berlin Museum, showed me that they are ‘not like 254 Mr. M. Burr—WNotes on the Forficularia. mine, brown, flat, and broad,” in the words of my rough notes taken on the occasion. My specimen is black, not very flat, and by no means broad. On carefully comparing it with Verhoeff’s characterization of Parisolabis, I find that it differs in important particulars, and accordingly am obliged to erect a new genus. Genus VI. PSEUDISOLABIS, gen. nov. Corpus minute punctulatum, valde pubescens ; pars antica corporis fere cylindrica ; abdomen sat depressum: antenne 15 segmentis, 3 cylindrico, duplo longiori quam latiori ; 4 et 5 brevibus, globu- laribus ; ceteris cylindricis, sat brevibus: caput minus triangu- lare; pronotum sublatius quam longius; mesonotum carinis nullis: pedes graciles; tarsi longi, segmento 2 elongato: abdo- men sat depressum, ante apicem subdilatatum, tuberculis late- ralibus nullis, segmentis apicalibus lateribus convexis; segmento ultimo dorsali transverso, haud angustato, margine postico trun- cato: forcipis bracchia basi remota, basi ipso triquetra, deinde cylindrica, angusta. <¢. The whole body is finely punctulate and covered with a close yellowish pubescence. Antenne with 15 segments, the first long, strongly clavate ; second minute, cylindrical ; third cylindrical, long, but not so long as the first; fourth minute and globular, not longer than broad; fifth longer than fourth, a little longer than broad ; the rest gradually lengthening, but none equalling the third in length, rather thick, cylindrical, but the joints distinctly constricted. Head not sharply triangular, rectangular posteriorly ; the occiput punctulate and pubescent; the frons smooth and tumid; the frontal impressions obsolete. Pronotum sub- quadrate, the anterior and posterior margins parallel and truncate, slightly broader posteriorly than anteriorly and broader than long, a trifle broader than the head; sides straight, gently diverging posteriorly. Mesonotum transverse, parallel, with no keels. Metanotum broader than the mesonotum, the posterior margin gently sinuate. Prosternum about double as long as broad, parallel. Mesosternum transverse, posterior margin truncate. Metasternum transverse, the posterior margin truncate. Femora rather thick, especially the anterior pair; tibiz and tarsi slender, second segment of latter rather long and slender, about half as long as the third, the first about as long as the second and third united. Abdomen rather depressed, gently dilated about the apical ~ On new African Heterocera. 255 third and very slightly narrower at the apex itself; last dorsal segment short, transverse, truncate posteriorly ; penulti- mate ventral segment obtusely rounded ; last ventral segment visible as a pair of triangular lobes just protruding. Forceps remote at the base, triquetre at the base itself, arcuate, tapering and short, ¢ ; 2 unknown. This genus differs from Partsolabis in being much less depressed and jess dilated, and the last dorsal segment is by no means narrowed. It approaches more nearly to Andsolabis than does Pariso- labis, and represents the transition between the Brachylabidz and the Anisolabidee. In the form of the abdomen and last dorsal segment Pseudisolabis approaches Anisolabis, but the antennz have fewer segments, the second segment of the tarsi is longer, the posterior margin of the metasternum is scarcely produced between the posterior coxze, and the mesosternum is shorter, relatively much broader, and truncate posteriorly. 1. Pseudisolabis walkeri, sp. n. Statura mediocri: rufo-niger ; femoribus fulvo-nigris, tibiis tarsisque nigris : forcipis bracchia basi valde remota, in tertia parte basali triquetra, sat valida, sensim divergentia; dein subito incurva, cylindrica, recta, attenuata. <¢. Long. corporis Bee LODCIDIS | wejexcps sla os Dili, Of medium size; deep reddish black ; femora yellowish black, the tibie and tarsi darker. Forceps triquetre and gently diverging in the basal third, then rather abruptly bent inwards, straight, cylindrical, tapering, anl converging. <. New Zealand, Te Aroha, January 1902. This interesting specimen was taken by Commander J. J. Walker, R.N., M.A., F.E.S., who kindly gave it to me, and I have the pleasure of dedicating it to him. XXX.—Descriptions of new African Heterocera. By Georce T. Betuune-Baker, F.L.S., F.Z.S. My measurements are taken by doubling the distance from the centre of the thorax to the apex of the wing. Eupterotide. PARADRALLIA, gen. nov. Palpi minute, hairy. Neuration: primaries with vein 2 from 256 Mr. G. T. Bethune-Baker on a third below the lower angle, 3 and 4 from the angle, 5 from directly above the middle of the cell ; 6, 7, 8, and 9 stalked; 6 from close to the angle ; 8 close to the apex, ending in the apex; 9 from near the middle of 7; 10 absent ; 11 from the cell near the upper angle and lying just above 9; 12 long, three-quarters the length of the costa. Secondaries: vein 2 from about a third from the lower angle, 3 and 4 on a very short stalk from the angle, 5 from above the middle of the cell, 6 and 7 on a long stalk. Wings: primaries rapidly ex- panding, subtriangular; costa nearly straight, slightly de- pressed at apex; termen slightly arched: secondaries with costa nearly straight; termen moderately arched, fullest between veins 3 and 4, Type, Paradrallia rhodesi, B-B. Paradrallia rhodesi, sp. n. 3. Palpi and head deep ochreous; thorax pale straw- colour; abdomen deep ochreous. Both wings pale straw- colour: primaries paler than the secondaries, and with a black dot in the middle of the discocellulars, preceded by a small orange spot in the cell and followed by a similar small spot just outside the cell; two orange spots in the fold placed horizontally below the angle of vein 2: secondaries spotless. Expanse 34 mm. Hab. Fort Jameson, N.E. Rhodesia. ‘Type in my collection. Notodontidz. Dinara acholi, sp. n. ?. Palpi smoke-brown ; head and thorax pale buff; patagia pinkish grey, edged on the shoulder by pale fawn-colour ; abdomen orange-brown, with anal segments pale ochreous grey ; legs and breast smoky grey. Primaries below the cell and vein 2 pale ochreous grey, yellowish in the fold, cell and beyond below vein 6 pale pinkish brown, with two long, very narrow, scimitar-shaped streaks, palely edged, in the cell; cell closed by a short scalloped dash palely edged; costa brownish, streaked narrowly with ochreous between the veins ; area between veins 6 and 9 pale ochreous, with veins darkly outlined; termen with dark scallops finely edged with ochreous: secondaries dark greyish, slightly ochreous at extreme base. Expanse 64 mm. Hab. Patigo, Acholi Country. ‘Type in my collection. new African Heterocera. 2a Osica verulama, sp. n. 3d. Head, thorax, and primaries dirty chocolate-brown ; abdomen yellowish. Primaries with the veins slightly darker than the ground-colour, cell closed by a dark fine curved dash ; posterior Jine fine, dark-edged externally, finely somewhat palely, strongly crenulate, followed by an internervular row of dashes more or Jess crescentic in shape ; termen scalloped, finely dark: secondaries uniform spotless yellowish cream- colour, Expanse 48 mm. Hab. Verulam, Natal. Type in my collection. Limacodide. Thosea catori, sp. n. 3. Head, thorax, and abdomen dull brownish. Primaries dull madder-brown, with a pale slightly excurved postmedian line, darkly and finely edged internally ; beyond this the area is paler, with a fine dark excurved subterminal line; the whole surface is finely speckled with pale grey, caused by largish superimposed scales which are pale grey with dark tips: secondaries uniform pale brownish. Expanse 22 mm. Hab. Northern Nigeria (above Lokoja). ‘Type in my collection. Parasa smaragdina, sp. n. 3. Palpi deep cream-colour, laterally with a rusty patch ; head greenish; antenne pale brown; thorax bright green; abdomen yellowish. Primary with basal and terminal areas pale brown, all the rest of the wing bright greenish, invading the terminal brown in two deep curves from vein 1 to 3 and from below 5 to 7, and again in a lesser curve on the costa; fringes pale brown, intersected finely with dark brown at the veins, and outer half darker also: secondaries pale clear straw-colour, with a very defined narrow terminal darker band of the ground-colour. Expanse 27 mm. flab. Northern Nigeria, Lokoja district. ‘T'ype in my collection. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. ii. 18 258 Mr. G. T. Bethune- Baker on Lasiocampide. Taragama rufaria, sp. 0. 3. Palpi rufous below, with the extremities ot hairs tipped with deep yellow, grey above; head and collar grey; an- tennze rufous ; thorax rufous, with patagiz deep rusty red, edged finely with grey ; abdomen rufous on the dorsum, ventral surface grey. Primaries dark rufous grey, with « small white basal spot, followed by an oblong spot or broa dash of orange rusty red, intersected near its outer edge b_ the fine white antemedian line, which line is nearly erect t the cell, where it is interrupted, and is continued at the en of the cell upwards in a slight curve to the costa. In th male this line might be construed into an antemedian anc median line on account of the difference of the position of the two parts, but the female insect shows it to be one, very strongly angled outwards. Postmedian line fine, white strongly angled outwards in the fold to above vein 3, from where it is angled and waved to the costa not far from the apex; a small rusty orange-red patch at the end of the cell beyond which the wing is dark reddish brown to the post- median line between vein 3 and the costa; fringes grey. Secondaries uniform rufous brown, with pale grey fringes. _ ?. Like the male, but with the abdomen dirty creamy grey, the primaries paler and redder, the white lines more distinct, and a subterminal irregular row of obscure inter- nervular red spots just outside white postmedian line : secondaries pale pinkish buff, with an obscure, white, trans- verse, oblique band. Expanse, ¢ 42, 2 82 mm. Hab. Fort Jameson, N.E. Rhodesia. Types in my collection. Near T. polydora, Druce. Metanastria jameson, sp. n. ¢d. Palpi very dark purplish brown, nearly blackish ; head chocolate-brown ; antennz greyish brown, pectinations very long, tapering gradually to the tip; thorax rich chocolate- brown, with a small cream-coloured very short tuft on the metathorax, so short as to appear little more than a spot; abdomen yellowish cream-colour, the breast and the whole ventral surface chocolate-brown. Primaries rich chocolate- brown, with a somewhat pale, waved, oblique postmedial line, the area on the basal side of this line being much darker than that beyond; a whitish dot in the cell: secondaries new African Heterocera. © 259 yellowish cream-colour, tinged slightly but very indefinitely with brownish near the outer margin. @. Like the male, but much paler, the thorax, ventral surface, and primaries being pale rusty brown instead of rich chocolate ; the postmedial line, though obscure as in the male, is broader and bisected, and there is an obscure trace of a subterminal scalloped line in the primaries. Expanse, g 74, 2 101-102 mm. Hab. Fort Jameson, N.E. Rhodesia. Types in my collection. This species is near J, cunetlinea. Metanastria denticula, sp. n. 3. Palpi rusty brown; head and thorax pale fawn-grey ; abdomen yellowish brown, ventral surface greyish. Pri- maries pinkish grey, with a twin median oblique irregular line of black subdentate marks, sometimes degenerating into black points, the interior being dull grey; a similar oblique, postmedian twin serrated line, the black points being only visible on the internal one of the two lines: secondaries yellowish straw-colour, tinged with pinkish beyond the median area and becoming greyish in the terminal area. Expanse 66 mm. Hab. Fort Jameson, N.E. Rhodesia. Type in my collection. This species is near MZ. honrathi, Dewitz. Philotherma clara, sp. n. 6. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale cream-colour. Both wings pale cream-colour, tinged slightly with pinkish: pri- maries with a fine oblique dark antemedian line, and a dark oblique postmedian line angled basewards just below the costa, these two lines converging towards each other on the inner margin; a trace of a small dark spot in the cell: secondaries markless. Expanse 79 mm. Hab, Fort Jameson, N.E. Rhodesia. Type in my collection. This species is near P, sordida, Auriv. Gonometa druce?, sp. n. 3. Palpi, head, and antenne rufous brown ; thorax purplish brown; abdomen pale yellowish brown. Primaries dark purplish brown, somewhat rusty on the veins near the cells; tae 260 Mr. G. T. Bethune-Baker on an obscure scalloped oblique postmedian pale pinkish line to the costa near the apex, followed by a slightly excurved, pale pinkish rusty irregular subterminal stripe, from which to the termen the area is greyish ; fringes dark, intercepted somewhat palely at the veins; area below vein 2 darker purplish: secondaries purplish brownish grey, with the basal and median areas below vein 6 whitish. 9. Just like the male. Expanse, ¢ 70, 2 85 mm. Hab. Fort Jameson, N.E. Rhodesia. ‘l'ypes in my collection. Near G. sophax, Druce. Gonometa pallens, sp. n. ?. Head and thorax ochreous grey ; abdomen ochreous cream-colour. Primary ochreous grey, with a broad waved oblique median band and a broader oblique postmedian band, definite on its interior edge, indefinite and somewhai scalloped on its external edge, very broad at the tornal area, narrower above vein 5; these two bands are nearly the same colour as the wings, but slightly paler and smoother in texture, the other part of the wing having a roughish surface: secondaries yellowish straw-colour. Expanse 96 mm. Hab. Fort Jameson, N.E. Rhodesia. ‘Type in my collection. Lymantride. RHODESANA, gen. nov. _ Palpi in male very heavily scaled, smoothly above, but thickly and coarsely below, so as to be somewhat brush-like, and so thick as to almost hide the minute end segment, also thickly scaled; the scaling in the female is less heavy and the second segment proportionately rather longer than in the male. Antenne with long pectinations, with cilia, and having terminal spines ; in the female the pectinations are shorter, antennal socket with a tuft of longish dense hairs below ; head roughly scaled ; thorax with a thick tuft on the meso- and on the metathorax; abdomen prominently tufted on the three proximal segments ; legs in male very densely hairy, less dense in female. Neuration: primaries with vein 2 from just beyond the middle of the cell, 3 before the lower angle, 4 from the lower angle, 5 from above the angle, 6 from the upper angle; 7, 8, 9, and 10 stalked, 9 given off from 10 new African Heterocera. 261 and anastomosing with 8 to form the areole, 7 from the end of the areole: secondaries with 3 from below the angle, 4 from the angle, 5 from above the angle, 6 and 7 from the upper angle. Type, Rhodesana crenulata, B-B. Rhodesana crenulata, sp. n. 3d. Head and thorax chestnut-brown; abdomen fawn- brown, with dark tutts. Primaries sepia-brown, with an antemedian and a median costal patch of greyish and a similar darker patch below the angle of vein 2; a rich deep velvety- brown basal line to vein la; a similar-coloured irregular median line to the inner margin, being a double line from the costa to the lower margin of the cell, this line divides the two greyish patches ; reniform very large, paler than ground, more or less darkly edged; postmedian line dark velvety brown, crenulate, produced outwards between veins 9 and 6 ; a subterminal series of dark red-brown internervular dashes between veins 1, 2, 3, 4, and 7 and 8; these dashes are re- placed by small spots between veins 4-7, the series is roughly parallel with the crenulate line, and is followed by a sub- terminal fine dark line, interrupted at the veins and rather irregular ; fringes pale tawn-brown, with darker internervular intersections : secondaries creamy grey, becoming brownish in the postmedian and terminal areas. ?. Like the male in all particulars. Expanse, ¢ 53, 9 74 mm. Hab. Fort Jameson, N.E. Rhodesia. ‘Types in my collection. Lelia ethiopica, sp. n. 6. Head and thorax ochreous, abdomen paler. Both wings pale ochreous ; primaries with a small orange spot at the upper angle of the end of the cell and a trace of a similar small spot in the fold near its middle. No other marking at all beyond these. Expanse 30 mm. Hab. Fort Jameson, N.E. Rhodesia; Uganda and Nigeria. ‘Type in my collection; specimens from Uganda and Nigeria are in the National Collection. Lelia marginepunctata, sp. n. 3. Head and thorax ochreous. Primaries pale ochreous, with an obscure trace of an indefinite greyish oblique ante- median band, and a more obscure trace of a similar oblique 262 Mr. G. T. Bethune-Baker on postmedian band; a subterminal row of small internervular distinct black spots: secondaries dirty ochreous, clearer towards the termen. Expanse 36 mm. Hab. Fort Jameson, N.E. Rhodesia. Type in my collection. Arctiide. EMINARIA, gen. nov. Palpi minute, porrect; proboscis rudimentary. Neuration primaries with vein 2 rising a little beyond the middle of the cell, 3 from the lower angle, 4 and 5 from the same point just above the angle ; 6, 7, and 10 from the upper angle; 7, 8, and 9 stalked, 7 bent strongly downwards to the termen, 8 from midway between the cell and the apex, ending in the apex, 9 from near the apex to the costa ; 11 from well before the upper angle ; 7, 10, and 11 lie closely appressed to each other: secondaries with vein 2 a third from the angle, 3 from the angle, 4 and 5 from just above the angle, 6 and 7 from the upper angle, 8 anastomosing for nearly half the cell. Type, Eminarta nigropunctata, B-B. Eminaria nigropunctata, sp. 0. ?. Palpi white, with black bases ; head and thorax white, collar with two black dots, thorax with two black dots on the patagia ; abdomen yellow, with fine black segmental divisions. Primaries white, with a black basal point, followed by a second below the cell, above it a fine black point on the costa, followed by a small black spot midway along the costa and another black point in front of the apex ; a small black spot midway along vein 5 and another in the tornus which probably forms one of a terminal series of internervular black spots, the three near the apex being present also: secondaries trans- lucent milky white, with a black point in the middle of the discocellulars and a blackish-grey spot near the termen below vein 2. Expanse 50 mm. Hab. Patigo, Acholi Country, 4000 feet. ‘l'ype in my collection. Creatonotus spilleri, sp. n. 3. Palpi white, banded and tipped with blackish brown ; frons white, with four black spots; head white; antenne brown ; thorax white, with two blackish-brown spots on the new African Feterocera. 263 collar, one wedge-shaped brown spot on each patagium, one similar wedge-shaped spot between the patagia, one smaller spot in the centre and two on the metathorax ; abdomen yellow, with a spot on the dorsum of the two proximal segments. Primaries white, with a costal brown patch close to the base, with a white spot on the costa, this patch is very irregular ; a large very irregular median patch occupying the median and postmedian areas and enclosing a large white costal patch ; terminal area brown, most irregularly invaded by the white ground, giving it a serrate outline; this brown area is connected with the postmedian area along vein 5, which gives off two brown short waved dashes below and one above it; below vein la are three spots, one near the base and two smaller ones nearer the middle : secondaries creamy translucent white, with a black dash closing the cell on the underside showing indistinctly through; termen pale brown to vein 2. Expanse 44 mm. Hab. Verulam, Natal. ‘Type in my collection. Near marginalis, Walk. Cossidz. Azygophleps albovittata, sp. n. &. Palpi sooty grey ; frons and antennal tufts yellowish ; vertex, thorax, and abdomen silvery greyish. Primaries pale greyish, strongly and finely reticulated with blackish all over except on the creamy-white expanding stripe occupying the cell, and area beyond to the termen between veins 5 and 8: secondaries creamy white. Expanse 36 mm. Hab. N. Nigeria, Lokoja District ; Ruenzori. Type in my collection; other specimens in the National Collection from Mount Ruexzori. Arbelidz. CATARBELANA, gen. noy. Palpi minute, upturned, hairy on first segment; thorax with patagia erected into slight lateral tufts and a double tuft on the metathorax; antenne strongly bipectinate with cilia. Neuration: primaries with cell, between the Jdar- shalliana and Catarbela type *, i. e. with the lower half of the * Ent. Tids. 1901, pp. 126--128. 264 Miss I. B. J. Sollas on a new cell much less produced outwards than in the former genus, but decidedly more than in the latter. Vein 2 from a little beyond the middle of the cell, 3 from midway between 2 and the lower angle, 4 from the angle, 5 from just above the angle and so forming a short right angle with the disco- cellular before receding basewards, 6 from below the upper angle; 7, 8, and 9 stalked, 7 and 8 trom about midway between the angle and the termen, 9 from nearer the cell than vein 8; 10 absent; 11 long, from the cell reaching nearly to the apex : secondaries with 1 and la stalked for nearly half the length of 1; lower part of cell and veins 2, 3, 4, 5 as in Marshalhana; vein 6 from well below the upper angle, 7 from the upper angle, 8 with a bar to the cell as shown in the figure of the neuration of Metarbela umtaliana, Auriv.*. Type, Catarbelana bassa, B-B. This genus will come after Marshalliana, Auriv., but before Catarbela, Auriv. Catarbelana bassa, sp. n. é. Head, thorax, abdomen, and primaries uniform pale brown. Primaries with fine dark reticulations all over the wing, but with two prominent dark lines, viz. the postmedian line and the subterminal, the former slightly excurved for upper portion, but sharply incurved on the fold, the sub- terminal line being nearly erect for the upper part to vein 3, where it is angled outwards into the tornus about vein 2 ; a dark basal dash on the inner margin to over a half, rising in a short basal tuft; secondaries uniformly darker brown than the primaries, Expanse 34 mm. Hab. N. Nigeria, Lokoja District. ‘Type in my collection. XXXI.—A new Freshwater Polyzoon from 8. Africa. By Icerna B. J. SOLAS. A COLLECTION of freshwater organisms from the Valkenberg Vlei, near Cape Town, was brought to me in October 1907 by Miss Stephens, who tells me that her collection is the first which has been made in that Vlei. Thanks to her care in daily supplying the organisms with fresh water during the * Ent. Tids. 1901, p. 127. ) on See i ee i meta Freshwater Polyzoon from 8S. Africa. 265 voyage to England, some of them were still alive when she handed them over to me. The most noteworthy among them was a colony of freshwater Polyzoa attached to a stem of triangular section. It had produced numerous statoblasts, some of which were still contained in the parent colony, while others, and these were the greater number, were free and lay at the bottom of the jar. A long process at each end ren- dered the appearance of the statoblasts strikingly different from the reproductive bodies of Polyzoa with which I was familiar. I consequently showed them to Dr. Harmer, who recognized them as probably belonging to a new species of Lophopus allied to Lophopus carteri, Hyatt (= Lophopodella sp., Rousselet). Fig. 1. A single valve of a statoblast of Lophopus capensis. The artist has not represented the air-cells quite correctly: they have the usual hexagonal form. Definition—The new species, which I propose to call Lophopus capensis, is referred to the genus Lophopus on account of its thick gelatinous ectocyst and of the form of its statoblasts, which are elliptical and rendered pointed by the 266 Miss I. B. J. Sollas on a new possession at each end of a long process. This process affords the most distinctive character of the species: it is expanded at the base and beset on each side with a double row of recurved hooks, which extend with the expanded base along the edge of the statoblast (figs. 1, 2, and 8). Owing to the scantiness of the material, which consists of a single colony, it is not possible to give a fuller diagnosis, but the following further facts may be added. On the outside of the thick gelatinous ectocyst a number of unicellular alge A statcblast of L. capensis, showing the splitting of the terminal processes previous to germination. are lodged. The colony was killed by the use of cocaine and formaline. When the animals were being anesthetized a counting was made of their tentacles. In one case there were in all 57 (error certainly not more than 3), in another in a less favourable position 70+ (probably about 74). The average dimensions of the statoblasts are ‘8 x ‘64 mm., the length not including the length of the processes, each of which measures °32 mm. ‘The central capsule measured in one case 0°52x 0°44 mm. The process, which is flattened in the same plane as the statoblast, is beset laterally with a double row of recurved hooks on each side, and these hooks extend to the edge of the expanded base of the process. The Freshwater Polysoon from S. Africa. 267 processes split longitudinally in the plane in which the stato- blast is flattened some time before the statoblast itself splits into its constituent valves (fig. 3). By counting the number of hooks on a given length of a process before it has split, and afterwards, it is found that there were twice as many before as after on a given length and that the distances between them are half as great. It thus appears that the hooks themselves do not split, but are arranged in a double row on each side, which, when splitting occurs, becomes divided into a single row on each side of each half of the process. Fig. 3. Three immature statoblasts of LZ. capensis, Some immature statoblasts were sent by another collector to Dr. Rousselet, who, on hearing that I was describing the species, very kindly lent his preparation of them to me. Among the immature statoblasts are some which have the size and form of the central capsule. The terminal process is added last of all, during the completion of the development of the annulus (fig. 3). Annandale (‘ Records of the Indian Museum,’ 1907, vol. i. part il, pp. 145-149) describes a new variety of Lophopus 268 Miss I. B. J. Sollas on a new lendenfeldi, var. himalayanus *, which apparently forms a link between the present species and Lophopus ecrysta/iinus. In this variety (i.) processes are present at the ends of some of the statoblasts, but are absent from others; (ii.) the central process is larger than the others, and bears, in addition to a distal circle of minute, curved, blunt processes, others which are arranged irregularly nearer the statoblast. It is easy to see how, by an increase in size of the central process of a statoblast like that of Lophopus lendenfeldi, var. himalayanus, a statoblast such as we find in Lophopus capensis, sp. n., might have arisen. It is interesting also to notice that Pectinatella davenportt, a new species described by Oka, possesses a large number of processes beset with recurved hooks, somewhat resembling those of L. capensis, but differing from them chiefly in being very minute. The fact that the statoblasts, although possessing a fairly well-developed annulus, sink to the bottom, calls for some attention; it may possibly explain the use of the hooks, which by catching in foreign objects would serve to prevent the statoblast from falling too far below the surface of the water to less well oxygenated layers. I have seen as many as six statoblasts linked into a chain by the interlocking of their hooks, and on one occasion, when I carried some of the statoblasts with me on a short railway journey, I found that through the shaking of the train every one of the statoblasts had become entangled in some floating green filamentous alga in the water containing them, and they remained in that position and hatched there. All the others which hatched in my possession were kept in open glass dishes in water not as much as 1 em. in depth, while those kept in a tall vessel in water say 30 cm. deep did not hatch. Braem, in discussing the germination of the statoblasts, emphasizes the importance of a position near the surface of the water for germination. He has shown that suspension of respiration is necessary to render the contents of the stato- blast capable of germination. In general this is brought about by enclosure in ice. But the lack of oxygen in the bottom-mud is so great that a sojourn there was equally effective. In the case of Cristatel/a, he concludes, on indirect evidence (viz. the fact that statoblasts are found in the slimy bottom-mud), that the hooks, by catching in loose weed which afterwards sinks to the bottom, are the cause of * The name Aimalayanus is given to the new variety on p. 147, but in the table on p. 148 it is called indica, apparently by oversight. Freshwater Polyzoon from S. Africa. 269 submersion of a great many of the statoblasts; the sunk statoblasts having been rendered capable of germination by deprivation of oxygen rise again, buoyed up by the annulus, after the entangling weed has completely decayed, and ‘germinate at the surface. It would be interesting to know whether there are any direct observations on this point and whether all the statoblasts of Cristatella are equally buoyant. We cannot, of course, argue from one case to another; the conditions in a §.-African vlei are very different from those which obtain in the waters in which Cristatella lives. But it is worth while to note tke various functions which have been attributed to the hooks. Oka’s remarks on the annulus and hooks are specially interesting in connexion with the present species. He lays stress on the importance as distributing-organs of the hooks on the statoblasts of Cristatella and of Pectinatella magnifica, ‘Sin which the annulus is but weakly developed and cannot serve as more than a mere buoy,” contrasting this condition with the extreme insignificance of the minute hooks of Pectinatella gelatinosa, in which the annulus is very large and shows curvature. In Lophopus capensis, in which the annulus does not even serve as a buoy, hooks would evidently have great importance in more than one respect, and to this is no doubt due their marked development. These foregoing cases might suggest that in general an inverse relation would be found to exist between the degree of development of the annulus and of hooks; but this does not prove to be supported by the facts. The relative dimen- sions of the central capsule and the annulus in Plumatella vesicularis, for example, which has no hooks, are, judging from Braem’s figure, much the same as in Lophopus capensis, the total amount of air-space being, if anything, smaller in ~P. vesicularis. But the thickness of the wall of the central capsule of Lophopus capensis is noticeably greater than in any other statoblast I have seen figured; and as chitin is considerably heavier than water (sp. gr. 1°4), this may, perhaps, be sufficient to account for the incapacity of the statoblasts to float. Apparently a period of cessation of respiration is not necessary to render the statoblasts of Lophopus capensis capable of germination, for those which I have been dealing with had but newly escaped from the parent colony when they came into my possession, and shortly afterwards the greater number of them hatched. On Nov. 5, 1907, I first noticed that one or two of the 270 Miss I. B. J. Sollas on a new statoblasts had germinated, and after that quite a number of others did so. When germination occurs, or, rather, some Fig. 4. A young individual (B) shortly after germination in four positions, Noy. 5-7, 1907. e, ectocyst ; f, thickened epithelium or foot. Fig. 5.—A young individual which emerged from its valves. Fig. 6.—Individual B: appearance of bud when first noticed on Noy. 25, 1907. Zeiss obj. A, eyepiece 3. time before that, the process splits lengthwise into two, one at each end of each valve, and each half then carries a single Freshwater Polyzoon from 8. Africa. 271 row of hooks. After germination the float becomes much paler in colour and more transparent, and sometimes, but not always, the hooks drop off from the processes. When they do so the appearance of the valves is considerably altered. At first this changed appearance occasioned some doubt as to whether a second species was not present, but daily inspec- tion of individual statoblasts showed that the fact is as I have just stated. Boiling the valves in weak caustic potash also removes the hooks. Four pon dious of the first bud, showing the accompanying degeneration of the original polypide B. Zeiss obj. A, eyepiece 3, a, annulus ; b, bud; x, old individual. ( : : The young individuals newly hatched from a statoblast have the power of holding on to a solid substratum by means of a thickened region of the ectoderm or foot (fig. 4). They - can thus offer considerable resistance to the sucking of a pipette. They can also change their position relatively to the valves. One individual (fig. 5) emerged from its valves, remaining adherent to them only by its foot. An ectocyst is shown in fig. 4, and was noticed in a number of other cases. It is most probable that in those figures in which it is 272 Miss I. B. J. Sollas on a new omitted it was merely overlooked owing to its extreme trans- parency at this early stage and to the fact that weeds had not as yet settled upon it. Three weeks after hatching (on Novy. 25) two individuals were seen to show signs of budding ; the parent was retracted, and though I watched it constantly I never saw it expand its tentacles again, though dilatation and contraction of the body-wall occurred. ‘The retracted tentacles of the parent lost their outlines and became an opaque mass (fig. 7), and when the young bud grew more active and expanded con- siderably (Dec. 4), it was clear that the original polyp had degenerated. The two individuals had reached this stage of Young colony formed of descendants of individual B, Jan. 16, 1908. Zeiss obj. A, eyepiece 2. budding when I left them until Jan. 15,1908. I then found that one was dead, and the other had given rise to a colony (individual B, fig. 4) of four polypides. The valves of the statoblast were still adherent to the young colony (fig. 8). An ectocyst was present, but had to be looked for with great care even after its presence was known, as it was so exceedingly transparent and presumably of a refractive index not differing much from that of water; its surface is deeply folded or wrinkled in parts, as seen in fig.5. The polypides fed actively, and soon buds appeared. On Jan. 20 I most unfortunately handled the colony with a pipette which had been used ina Freshwater Polyzoon from S. Africa. 273 solution of weak caustic potash. This caused the ectocyst to become opaque and swell up. On Jan. 22 I noticed that the orifices in the ectocyst had been closed by this swelling and the polypides were trying in vain to emerge. I consequently removed with needles the caps of ectocyst which shut in each of the four individuals, and all the four polypides then ex- panded and fed on that day and on the thirteen days following it. On Feb. 4 one individual had lost half of its lophophore, and on the succeeding days the other individuals one by one vanished. To what cause this disappearance was due I was not able to determine. Individuals of Cyclops were present in the water, but I removed these as soon as the first indi- vidual was noticed to be imperfect. A second batch of statoblasts hatched at the end of March and beginning of April, but none of these lived long, probably because the supply of minute green alge which came with them from Africa had run out. Rousselet comments on the small number of Polyzoa known from African freshwaters, the total then being eight species. Lophopus capensis is the ninth, and it is noticeable that of nine species three would belong to Rousselet’s genus Lophopodella if that genus were to stand. But, as Annan- dale remarks, the chief character in which Lophopodella differs from Lophopus is the presence of hooked processes at the extremities of the statoblast ; and seeing that L. lenden- feldi, var. himalayanus, possesses statoblasts some of which bear hooked processes while others lack them, the importance of this character in classification is weakened, and it can hardly be regarded as of generic value. The species of Lophopodella should therefore be included in Lophopus. In conclusion, I wish to thank Dr. Harmer for much kind help and interest. Literature consulted. Attman. Monograph of Freshwater Polyzoa. Ray Society. 1856. ANNANDALE. Records of the Indian Museum, 1907, vol. i. part ii. pp. 145-149. Braem. Bibliotheca Zoologica, 1890, Band ii. Heft 6. Krarpetm. Abhandl. naturw. Ver. Hamburg, xii, 1892, Oxa. J. Coll. Sci. Japan, iv. Annotat. Zool. Japon. vi. part 2. 1907. RoussEter. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1907, p. 251. Journ. Quekett Microse. Club, 1904, p. 49. Turpin. Ann. Sci. Nat. (2) Zool. vii. 1837. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. i. 19 274 Mr. E. E. Austen on new XXXII.—New African Phlebotomic Diptera in the British Museum (Natural History).—Part IV. Tabanide (con- tinued). By Ernest E. Austen *. TABANINZE. Genus Hamatoprora, Mg. (continued). Hematopota puniens, sp. n. ? .— Length (1 specimen) 9°6 mm. ; width of head just over 3 mm.; width of front at vertex 1-2 mm.; length of wing 8:4 mm. Sepia-coloured ; dorsum of thorax with narrow light grey stripes ; dorsum of abdomen with hind borders of all seyments, a narrow median stripe on each segment from second to sixth inclusive, and two rows of admedian spots (conspicuously elongate on segments 2 to 6 inclusive) smoke-grey ; wings mouse- grey t or drab, light markings well-defined when seen against a dark background, usual three rosettes present, composed of rather coarse markings, apical sinuous mark not bifurcate ; all tibie with two pale bands, and also pale at extreme base. Head smoke-grey, front mouse-grey except lateral margins (which broaden out on vertex and also so as to include lateral frontal spots) and a median pearl-grey stripe from occipital margin to just beyond median frontal spot, around which it expands in form of a spear-head; frontal callus mummy-brown, of medium depth, extending from eye to eye, its upper margin slightly concave on each side of middle line, lower margin excavated above antenne ; a small median seal-brown spot below callus, not descending to level of base of antenne; clove-brown lateral frontal spots obliquely elongate, not in contact with eyes, median frontal spot small but distinct ; palpi isabella-coloured, terminal joint elongate but blunt at tip, clothed on outer side with minute black hairs and below with short whitish hairs ; antenne light mummy-brown, first joint somewhat darker, cylindrical and scarcely incrassate, third joint elongate, hardly expanded at base, last three annuli missing. Thorax: * For Parts IL, IL., and III. see Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 8, vol. i. pp. 209-228 and 401-428, and ser. 8, vol. ii. pp. 94-116. + For names and illustrations of colours, see Ridgway, ‘A Nomen- clature of Colors for Naturalists’ (Boston: Little, Brown, & Company, 1886). African Phlebotomic Diptera. 275 dorsum with lateral borders, an entire narrow median longi- tudinal stripe (slightly broader posteriorly), a pair of ad- median stripes (interrupted beyond transverse suture), and a short and broader stripe on each side, extending from upper angle of presutural depression to hind border and continued round seutellum, light grey or pearl-grey ; usual crescentic marks on hind border (continuations of admedian stripes) divided or partially so; dorsum, including scutellum, clothed with minute, appressed, deciduous, pale yellow hairs; pleurz and pectus light grey. Abdomen: dorsum of each segment with a pair of smoke-grey admedian spots, those on second and following segments not in contact with hind margin ; venter grey, clothed with minute, appressed, pale yellowish hairs, hind margin of third and following segments, and of second segment except at sides, cream-coloured, a gradually expanding clove-brown median stripe, interrupted on hind margins of segments, starting on third segment and extending to distal extremity. Wings very similar in coloration and markings to those of H. insidiatriv, Austen, but pale markings not quite so light in colour and slightly coarser, and no trace of light fleck near distal margin of second sub- marginal cell, beyond apical sinuous mark; stigma seal- brown, conspicuous, of moderate length, with a distinct light mark running up to costa at its proximal extremity; no conspicuous dark blotch below stigma; discal cell with two approximate transverse light marks (distal one divided) in its middle portion, a large light spot in its distal third, and a minute and indistinct light fleck near its proximal extre- mity ; disconnected oblique light marks across posterior cells divided or partly divided; a series of not very conspicuous light blotches along hind margin, in distal angles of posterior cells except fourth; some minute light flecks near distal extremity of anal cell; light markings in basal, anal, and axillary cells of normal type, zigzag mark and light loop in axillary cell conspicuous but not connected, light blotch on sixth vein beyond zigzag mark of fairly large size and distinct ; alula with pale border. Halteres cream-buff, knob pale seal- brown above and below. Legs: femora pale greyish choco- late ; tibiz and middle and hind tarsi dark brown, extreme bases of tibiz and pale bands on latter, as also basal half or two-thirds of first joint of middle and hind tarsi, buff; front tarsi clove-brown ; neither front nor hind tibiz incrassate. Northern Nigeria: Little Koriga River, 18. vii. 1907 (J. Brand). Hematopota puniens is very closely allied to H. abyssinica, Surcouf, of which it may ultimately prove to be a local race ; 19* 276 Mr. E. E. Austen on new judging from a comparison of the type of H. puniens witha co-type of H. abyssinica kindly presented by M. Surcouf, H. puniens is distinguished by coarser and more closely knit wing-markings, a distinctly shorter stigma, at the proximal extremity of which there is a more conspicuous pale mark, and by the greater distinctness of the lower band on the front tibiz. From other species with similar abdominal markings, such as H. mactans, Austen, H. stimulans, Austen, and H. furtiva, Austen, and allied species, H. puniens may be distinguished at once, inter alia, by there being no trace of a bifurcation in the apical sinuous mark in the wing and by the presence of two pale bands on the front tibiz ; the elon- gate shape of the large admedian abdominal spots and the narrowness of the median stripe on the abdominal segments (even the stripe on the second segment is in no way expanded towards the hind margin) afford further characters for the recognition of this species. Among the specimens of Hematopota from N. Nigeria, presented by Mr. Brand, is a female from Garran Gabbus, July 1907, which is evidently closely allied to H. puniens but apparently belongs to a distinct species. The individual in question agrees with the type of H. puniens in the markings on the tibie, but differs in having the first joint of the antennze much more swollen, as well as paler at the base and darker at the tip, in the stigma being less complete, and in the presence of a light streak beyond it along the costa; the specimen is in very bad condition, and the abdomen (evidently owing to the presence and decomposition of contained blood) is so distorted that little can be seen of its markings, but there are traces of elongate grey spots on the dorsum. Hematopota sanguinaria, Austen. (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 8, vol. i. May 1908, p. 417.) Since this species was described, from a specimen from Kasempa District, N.W. Rhodesia, three additional examples have been received from N.E. Rhodesia, including 2 9 ? from Luena District, 9. ix. 1904 (R. L. Harger) ,—one caught at noon and the other taken by the donor on his own thumb about 7.30 p.m.,—and 1 ¢? from. the Kafulafuka River, Kapopo District, Sept. 1904 (J. F. F. Johnson). This fresh material agrees with the type and paratypes in all respects except size, the new specimens measuring 9°5 mm. instead of 8 to 8°6 mm. in length. African Phleboiomic Diptera. 277 Hematopota gracilis, sp. n. 2? .—Length (1 specimen) 8°4:mm.; width of head 2°4 mm. ; width of front at vertex 1 mm.; width of fourth segment of abdomen 1°8 mm.; length of wing 7:4 mm. Narrow-bodied species, without spots or median stripe on abdomen or bands on tibie.—Frontal callus not extending from eye to eye; dorsum of thorax dark greyish brown, with not very distinct longitudinal grey stripes ; dorsum of abdomen olive-brown, with a yellowish grey sheen, unicolorous ; wings sepia-coloured, moderately dark, light markings distinct and relatively simple, rosettes present and each composed for most part of a single series of more or less disconnected marks, apical sinuous mark slender, not bifurcate. Head: face smoke-grey, front yellowish grey, vertical region brownish; lateral frontal clove-brown spots moderately large, conspicuous, not in contact with eyes, median frontal spot wanting or indistinct; frontal callus bistre, rather narrow from above downwards, rounded at extremities, which are distinctly separated from eyes, somewhat triangular in outline, upper margin rising to a point in middle line, lower margin nearly parallel with upper on each side of middle line; no dark median spot below callus ; palpi isabella-coloured, terminal joint moderately expanded at base, tapering to a point at distal extremity, clothed on outer side with rather rough-looking black hair and on under side with a few whitish hairs; antenne slender, first and second joints pale ochraceous buff, third joint russet, last three annuli darker, terminal annulus mummy-brown at tip, longer than two preceding annuli taken together, first jot of antennze not incrassate, short, clothed with black hairs towards tip, upper ‘angle of second joint not produced, third joint elongate, tapering, but little expanded at base. Thorax: dorsum greyish in front, where there is a faint indication of com- mencement of a very narrow median grey stripe, a pair of broader admedian grey stripes also visible, but dying away about half-way between transverse suture and hind margin, no distinct grey crescentic marks on latter; pectus, pleure, and sides of dorsum smoke-grey ; scutellum of same colour as dorsum. Abdomen: dorsum clothed with minute, ap- ‘pressed, buff-yellow hairs, no light hind borders to segments, though extreme hind margins narrowly pale (cream-buff) ; venter olive-grey or smoke-grey, clothed with minute ap- pressed yellowish hairs, hind margins of segments narrowly pale, an ill-defined dark median longitudinal stripe visible when venter is viewed from certain angles, invisible from 278 Mr. E. E. Austen on new others. Wings: apical sinuous mark commencing in distal extremity of marginal cell, above end of second longitudinal vein; immediately beyond stigma, which is dark brown, long, complete, and well-marked, is a small and not very distinct light mark, looking something like the figure 8 with its upper half blurred ; no light mark running up to costa at proximal end of stigma; series of detached oblique light marks across posterior cells conspicuous ; no light spots on hind margin, in distal angles of posterior cells; light marks in basal cells of normal type ; zigzag mark and basal loop in axillary cell present, but not connected, no light spot on siath longitudinal vein beyond zigzag mark ; discal cell with two widely separated transverse light marks (in one wing of type also an indistinct light fleck in proximal extremity). Hal- teres: stalk cream-buff, knob dark brown. Legs: femora greyish fawn, tibie cinnamon-coloured, front and hind pairs brown or brownish at tip, front tarsi dark brown, last joint and tips of preceding joints of middle and hind tarsi brown, first joint of middle tarsi except tip and basal half of first joint of hind tarsi cream-buff, neither front nor hind tibie in the slightest degree incrassate. Northern Nigeria; Little Koriga River, 18. vu. 1907 (J. Brand). I have little hesitation in regarding as conspecific with the 9 described above a single ¢ from Keffi, Nassarawa Province, N. Nigeria, 16. ix. 1907, “in house” (Dr. R. F. Williams). Assuming this belief to be correct, the ¢ of H. gracilis may be characterized as follows :— g .—Length (1 specimen) 8°8 mm.; width of head 3 mm. ; width of fourth segment of abdomen 1°5 mm.; length of wing 7°5 mm. Thorax (including scutellum), wings, halteres, and legs as in 2 (femora somewhat darker), abdomen narrower (at least in typical specimen), first four segments cinnamon-coloured, last three segments olive-brown, dorsum with a yellowish grey pollinose sheen when viewed at a low angle. Head: terminal joint of palpi bluntly cylindrical-ovate, mouse-grey, clothed with fine blackish brown hair; first joint of antenne short, slightly incrassate, buff-coloured, second joint likewise buff, third joint extremely slender, scarcely wider at. base, ochraceous buff, usual patch of minute black hairs conspicuous just beyond base on upper side, distal extremity of terminal annulus dark brown. Addomen: doisum slightly darker at base of first and towards hind margin of fourth segment, clothed throughout with blackish mivgled with pale yellow hairs ; venter clothed with minute, African Phicbotomie Diptera. 279 appressed, yellowish hairs, its coloration similar to that of dorsum, but first two and distal portion of third and fourth segments, as well as sides of fourth segment, somewhat more infuseated. Wings: in discal cell of right wing of typical specimen proximal transverse light mark is connected with a light spot of some size in proximal extremity of cell, which is absent in left wing. Hematopota gracilis is not closely allied to any of its African congeners at present known to me: apart from the wing-markings, the shape and coloration of the antennez and frontal callus, the coloration of the legs, and the non-incras- sate front tibiz will at once serve to distinguish it from H. lacessens, Austen, a smaller and darker species which also occurs in Northern Nigeria. Hematopota coronata, Austen. (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 8, vol. n. July 1908, p- 100.— Somaliland.) ¢.—Length (1 specimen) 10°6 mm.; width of head 3°6 mm.; length of wing 8:2 mm. Sepia-coloured, with smoke-grey or drab-grey markings ; apart from secondary sexual characters, agreeing in all essen- tial respects with 2; spots on dorsum of fifth and sixth abdominal segments somewhat more elongate. Head: frontal triangle with an elongate clove-brown median mark, extending from base of antenne half-way towards junction of eyes, with a small, shining, dark mummy- brown spot on each side of its upper extremity ; an ill-defined brownish area on each side of base of antenne ; palpi coloured asin 2, terminal joint clothed with fine yellowish hairs, cylindrical-ovate, distal extremity somewhat elongate ; an- tenne (especially first joint, which is somewhat more incras- sate) shorter than in 2. Haithalhim, near Aden, Arabia, 20. in. 1895 (Lt.-Col. Yerbury). The occurrence of this Somaliland species in the Arabian portion of the East-African Sub-Region of the Ethiopian Region is, of course, in no way surprising, since other and better-known African Diptera, such as Tabanus biguttatus, Wied., and a tsetse-fly (Glossina tachinoides, Westw.) are found on the eastern shore of the Strait of Bab-el- Mandeb. Hematopota tenuis, sp. n. 2? —Length (2 specimens) 8:2 to 8°-4 mm.; width of head (2 specimens) 2°4 mm.; width of front at vertex (2 speci- . 280 Mr. E. E. Austen on new mens) 1 mm.; maximum width of thorax (3 specimens) 1°8 mm. ; width of base of abdomen (3 specimens), measured across hind margin of first segment, 2 mm. to just over 2 mm. ; width of base of sixth segment of abdomen (1 specimen) 1:4 mm.; length of wing (3 specimens) 7-2 to 775 mm. Narrower than H. gracilis.—Sepia-coloured, with isabella- coloured or yellowish grey markings ; dorsum of thorax with usual three longitudinal stripes, either entire or fused toyether from a point about one-third of distance between transverse suture and hind margin, admedian stripes prolonged into usual crescentic marks on latter ; dorsum of abdomen with yellowish grey or smoke-grey hind border to each segment, a more or less distinct and similarly coloured narrow median stripe on each segment from second to sixth inclusive, and second and following segments each with a pair of more or less distinct smoke-grey or yellowish grey admedian spots, sometimes obsolete or nearly so on second and third segments, elongate on following segmenis ; wings sepia-coloured, moderately dark, light markings distinct, sharply defined, and rather coarse, rosettes present, apical sinuous mark. not bifurcate, but a light fleck beyond it on wing- margin in second submarginal cell ; femora and tibie mummy- brown, femora except tips lighter, front iibie with a single indistinctly marked pale band at base, then darker brown, middle and hind tibie with two pale bands. Head : front yellowish brown, lighter at sides, with a dark brown blotch on vertex on each side of median line ; face and jowls yellowish grey, face with a clove-brown fieck on each side, in contact with lower inner margin of eye and slightly below level of antennz, and with a small clove-brown spot below each antenna; lateral frontal clove-brown spots large, conspicuous, more or less obliquely elongate, narrowly in contact with eyes, median frontal spot small, inconspicuous ; frontal callus clove-brown, of moderate depth, extending from eye to eye, upper margin slightly concave on each side of median line or practically straight, lower margin excavated above antennz; a small clove-brown spot present in middle line below callus, with which it is in contact ; palpi isabella- coloured, terminal joint moderately elongate, slightly ex- panded at base and rather blunt at tip, sparsely clothed on outer side with short black hairs; antenneé russet-brown, third joint slightly darker, last three annuli mummy-brown, noticeably flattened from side to side and blunt at tip, first joint of antennz somewhat elongate and slightly incrassate when viewed from above, clothed with short, rough, black hairs, upper angle of second joint not produced, third joint narrow, scarcely expanded beyond base. Thorax: dorsum African Phlebotomie Diptera. 281 clothed with minute, appressed, deciduous, pale yellow hairs ; pectus, pleurz, and sides of dorsum yellowish grey ; scutel- lum yellowish grey, with a sepia-coloured blotch on each side of middle line, starting from base, but not reaching lateral or hind border. Aldomen: dorsum clothed with minute, appressed, yellowish hairs; second segment with a transversely elongate smoke-grey blotch on anterior border, extending on each side of middle line to a distance half-way or less between middle line and lateral margin of segment ; median stripe on second segment sometimes slightly expanded posteriorly ; venter clothed with minute, appressed hairs, somewhat paler than those on dorsum, hind margins of segments smoke-grey, segments elsewhere either mouse-grey, with a more or less ill-defined, brownish, longitudinal median stripe, or dark brown, and, in case of Ge four segments, grey on sides. Wings: a series of sometimes large and conspicuous, sometimes more or less indistinct light blotches on hind margin in distal marginal angles of all posterior cells, followed by an elongate light blotch occupying distal angles of axillary and anal cells, and proximal marginal angle of fifth posterior cell ; series of detached oblique Tight marks across posterior cells distinct, and usually connected with marginal blotches; light marks in basal cells of normal type; zigzag mark across anal and axillary cells and light loop surrounding proximal angle of axillary cell clearly defined, and connected by a less distinct pale border running along or close to anal angle; light blotch present on sixth longitudinal vein, beyond zigzag mark ; rosettes compound, that is with centres formed by more or less detached light spots ; sometimes a small and more or less indistinct light fleck on or close to upper branch of third vein, beyond apical sinuous mark, apparently representing, with light fleck on distal border of second submarginal cell, last vestiges of an outer ramus of apical simuous mark, which has disappeared ; discal cell with two rather widely separated transverse light marks, and a larger or smaller light spot close to its distal extremity ; stigma well marked, dark brown or bistre, its proximal extremity cream-buff, and a sharply defined small light semicircular mark (upwar d extension from distal rosette) immediately beyond its distal extremity, next costa. Halteres cream-buff or cream-coloured, knob seal-brown at base above and below. Legs: front and hind tibize slightly incrassate, pale bands on hind tibize rather indistinct; front tarsi dark brown, first three joints sometimes paler at base, first four joits of middle and hind tarsi buff with dark brown tips, last joint of middle and hind tarsi dark brown. 282 Mr. E. E. Austen on new Uganda: type and two other specimens from the Nile Province, 1906 (the late Dr. W. A. Densham). With these flies the Museum received from the same collector and locality a damaged ? Hematopota, which, though presenting a superficial resemblance to H. tenuis, it seems advisable for the present to regard as belonging to a distinct species. The specimen, which is devoid of antenne and front legs, and cannot therefore be described in detail, differs from the three examples of H. tenuis as follows: Dimensions of body larger (length 9°2 mm. instead of 8°2 to 84 mm.) ; palpi smaller ; abdominal spots larger and much more conspicuous, sharply defined and distinct on second and third as well as following segments; dark median stripe on venter more sharply defined ; wings paler, light markings in discal cell aud portion of first posterior cell above it different (trans- verse marks fused together or in contact), no light fleck on wing-margin beyond apical sinuous mark. Thé donor’s field-note attached to this specimen, but probably meant to apply also to the three examples of H. tenuis, is as follows :— “ Found generally throughout the Province; occurs only in small numbers ; frequently bites natives.” Apart from the species represented by the fourth specimen referred to above, if it be indeed distinct, 7. tenuis is dis- tinguishable by its unusually narrow and elongate shape from all of its African congeners at present known to me. From Hematopota fusca, Austen, which also occurs in Uganda, it is further distinguished, inter alia, by its paler coloration, conspicuously striped thorax, only slightly in- crassate first antennal joint, and more fully marked wings. Hematopota insatiabilis, sp. n. 2? .—Length (4 specimens) 68 to 8°4:mm. ; width of head 2°8 to just over 3 mm.; width of front at vertex just under to just over 1 mm.; length of wing 6°5 to 7:8 mm. Stoutly built species, with conspicuous transverse light streak close to apex of wing.—Dorsum of thorax dark brown, with usual three stripes smoke-grey, more or less indistinct eacept in front ; dorsum of abdomen mummy-brown to dark brown, hind borders of segments greyish buff, third and following — segments sometimes each with a pair of yellowish grey admedian spots in contact with front margin; wings sepia-coloured, fairly dark, light markings sharply defined, rosettes and oblique marks across posterior cells largely broken up into dots ; legs clove-brown, middle femora lighter except at tip, front tibia and tursi black, front tibie with a single broad white or cream- African Phlebotomie Diptera. 283 coloured band at base, middie and hind tibie each with two cream-buff bands. Head; front mouse-grey, narrowly lighter grey at sides and round lateral frontal spots, of only moderate width, its sides parallel or nearly so, a dark brown subtriangular patch sometimes visible on vertex, not extending to eyes and in- completely divided by a narrow light grey median stripe ; face and jowls smoke-grey, a more or less well-marked dark brown area between base of each antenna and eye on same side, and a dark brown streak extending inwards from lower inner margin of each eye, below level of antennz; lateral frontal spots black, large, and conspicuous, in contact with eyes and almost descending to frontal callus, median frontal spot inconspicuous or obsolete; frontal callus clove-brown, deep or moderately deep, extending from eye to eye, upper margin straight or slightly curved, lower margin excavated above base of antennze, a conspicuous quadrate median black spot in contact with lower margin of callus, and descending to level of upper margin of base of antenne ; palpi isabella- coloured, terminal joimt elongate, clothed on outer side with black mixed with pale yellowish hairs ; antenne clove-brown, first joint lighter on inner side and below, elongate and incrassate, truncate elliptical when viewed from above, upper angle of second joint produced, third joint somewhat paler especially on inner side, elongate and but little expanded at distal extremity of basal third, last three annuli deep clove- brown or black, conspicuously flattened from side to side. Thorax: dorsum (including scutellum) clothed with shining pale yellow deciduous hair, usual grey crescentic marks visible on hind border; pectus and pleure smoke-grey ; scutellum smoke-grey pollinose, with dark brown blotch on each side of middle line at base. Abdomen: dorsum with hind borders and lateral margins of segments clothed with pale yellowish hairs, elsewhere clothed with minute black hairs ; venter clothed with minute, appressed, pale yellowish hairs, ochraceous buff, fourth (or fifth) and following seg- ment) brownish to dark brown, hind borders of segments cream-buff or cream-coloured. Wings: usual three rosettes present, but partially altered in appearance owing to distal and median rosette, and distal half of proximal one, being ‘largely broken up into dots; apical sinuous mark transformed into a transverse light marking, conspicuous and fairly broad, especially below, running from beneath end of second longi- tudinal vein to margin of wing in middle and lower half of second submarginal cell; hind margin with series of more or less conspicuous, larger or smaller light blotches in distal 284 Mr. E. EB. Austen on new marginal angles of posterior cells (sometimes wanting in first and fourth posterior cells), a larger or smaller light blotch also occupying distal angle of axillary cell and sometimes extending into distal angle of anal and proximal marginal angle of fifth posterior cell; basal cells with markings of normal type; anal cell with zigzag mark and basal loop conspicuous and with a more or less distinct connection running along anal angle; a light spot, sometimes divided into two, on sixth longitudinal vein beyond zigzag mark; discal cell in middle third with two transverse light marks, each usually divided into two spots, also with larger or smaller hight spot in proximal angle, and sometimes with similar spot or transverse mark near distal extremity ; stigma well marked, dark mummy-brown, its proximal extremity cream-buff; marginal cell with small hight loop enclosing dark centre immediately beyond distal extremity of stigma. Halteres : knob cream-buff, slightly brownish at base above and below, stalk cream-coloured. Legs: front tibize in- crassate, hind tibiz not swollen: proximal two-thirds of first joint of middle and hind tarsi cream-buff. Nyasaland Protectorate: two specimens (co-types) from the Zomba Plateau (Sir Alfred Sharpe, K.C.M.G., C.B.); a third specimen from Kasungu Mt., Nyika, 4. iii. 1896 (Captain Richard Crawshay); a fourth example of this species (which I have been enabled to examine by the courtesy of Lt.-Colonel Manders, R.A.M.C.) from the Aufiri River, Nyasaland Protectorate, 10. xii. 1907 (Captain Hallam Hardy, R.A.M.C.), is in the collection of the Royal Army Medical Corps College, Millbank, S.W. In the markings of its wings, especially as regards the shape aud direction of the apical sinuous mark, Hematopota insatiabilis closely resembles H. divisapex, Austen, the co- types of which are from the Katanga District of the Congo Free State; the new species, however, may be distinguished from the latter by the dark and much more swollen first joint of the antennz, and by its hind tibiz having two pale bands, instead of only a single pale band at the base. Hematopota taciturna, sp. un. 9? .—Length (1 specimen) 9°5 mm. ; width of head 3 mm. ; width of front at vertex 1 mm. ; length of wing 8°2 mm. Dark sepia-coloured ; frontal callus deep, clove-brown and prominent ; antenne clove-brown, first joint strongly incrassate ; dorsum of thorax with usual three longitudinal stripes smoke- grey; dorsum of abdomen with hind border of each segment African Phlebotomic Diptera. 285 except last and a pair of admedian spots on each segment except jirst smoke-grey, second segment also with a smoke-grey median stripe starting from hind border and scarcely reaching front margin, third and following segments except last each with more or less distinct though incomplete smoke-grey median stripe ; wings sepia-coloured, fairly dark, light markings sharply defined, usual three rosettes present, apical sinuous mark bifurcate ; legs seal-brown to clove-brown, front tibie with a narrow pale band close to base, middle tibie with two pale bands, hind tibie with a narrow pale band near base and appa- rently with a similar band on distal third. Head: front mouse-grey, with a narrow lighter edging round lateral frontal spots and on extreme lateral margins, vertex with clove-brown subtriangular median blotch, not extending to lateral margins and divided in middle line by narrow light grey stripe running upwards from median frontal spot; face and jowls light grey, a conspicuous clove- brown band extending from lower inner margin of each eye to base of antenna; lateral frontal spots clove-brown, con- spicuous, narrowly separated from eyes, median frontal spot small and inconspicuous ; frontal callus extending from eye to eye, its upper margin concave on each side of middle line ; a small clove-brown spot in middle line below callus; basal joint of palpi dark mouse-grey (terminal joint wanting in type) ; first joint of antenne elliptical-oval when viewed from above, upper angle of second joint not prominent (third joint wanting intype). Thorax: dorsum with median longi- tudinal stripe complete, admedian stripes obsolete a little way beyond transverse suture, usual crescentic marks on hind margin distinct, smoke-grey ; pectus, pleure, sides of dorsum, and a broad hind border to scutellum smoke-grey. Abdomen: dorsum with lateral borders of first five segments smoke-grey, deepest on sides of first segment and progres- sively diminishing in depth; venter (except last segment, which is clove-brown) mouse-grey, with broad clove-brown median stripe, interrupted on hind margins of second and following segments, which are narrowly cream-buff. Wings: outer ramus of apical sinuous mark starting from costa in first submarginal cell, beyond end of second longitudinal vein, and meeting margin of wing again a little above lower branch of third longitudinal vein, rather broad below ; inner ‘ramus of apical smuous mark commencing in first submar- ginal cell and extending only a short distance below upper branch of third longitudinal vein; in type a row of light blotches along hind margin, in distal marginal angles of all posterior celis, and an additional light blotch in distal angle 286 Mr. E. E. Austen on new of axillary cell; usual series of oblique marks across poste- rior cells partly broken up into spots; markings in basal cells of normal type; a large light blotch on sixth longitu- dinal vein, beyond zigzag mark ; light loop in basal angle of axillary cell large and well-marked, but not connected with zigzag mark, which, in case of type, becomes indistinct before reaching hind margin; discal cell with two transverse light marks (the distal one interrupted) across median third, a minute light fleck in proximal angle, and a large and con- spicuous transversely elongate light mark close to distal extremity ; stigma well-marked and conspicuous, dark mummy-brown, an ill-defined cream-buff blotch next costa at its proximal extremity, and, in case of type, an elongate curved light mark (upper portion of distal rosette) imme- diately beyond its distal end; dark sepia-coloured quadrate blotch below stigma extending to third longitudinal vein without contracting in width, and conspicuous when wing is viewed against a dark background. Halteres: knob sepia- coloured, stalk-cream-buff. Zegs: front tibiz slightly in- crassate; basal half or rather more of first joint of middle tarsi, like bands on middle tibie, cream-buff; hind tarsi of type missing. Anglo-Egyptian Sudan: Blue Nile, 1905 (received from Dr. Andrew Balfour). Hematopota taciturna resembles H. mactans, Austen, to a certain extent in the abdomimal markings, as also in the apical sinuous mark in the wing being bifurcate, although, in the case of the type of H. taciturna at any rate, the distal ramus is not so close to the tip of the wing: the new species can be distinguished from H. mactans by its darker wings, in which, especially in the basal half, the hight markings are less extensive, by its much deeper and darker frontal callus, darker antenne, and much narrower and less conspicuous pale bands at the base of the front and hind tibie. Hematopota hirsutitarsus, sp. n. 9 —Length (1 specimen) 9 mm. ; width of head 3 mm. ; width of front at vertex 1 mm.; length of wing 8°6 mm. Dorsum of thorax dark sepia, with usual grey markings ; dorsum of abdomen dark mummy-brown on second and third segments, elsewhere dark sepia, hind margins of second and following segments yellowish grey, sixth segment with pair of small yellowish grey admedian spots on basal half, in typical specimen faint indications of similar spots on three preceding segments ; wings sepia, fairly dark, light markings sharply African Phlebotomic Diptera. 287 defined and conspicuous, usual three rosettes present, centres of proximal and middle rosettes filled out with light blotches ; front legs clove-brown, middle and hind legs seal-brown, front and hind tibia each with a single pale band, middle tibie with two pale bands and extreme base also pale, front tarsi unusually hairy below and at tips of joints, front tibie with a series of Jine but prominent and conspicuous hairs at regular intervals on outer margin. Head: front mouse-grey, its sides diverging very slightly below, extreme lateral margins, a subquadrate fleck on each side of vertex, a ring surrounding median frontal spot, and a narrow median stripe, running upwards from latter to vertex and dividing usual vertical subtriangular dark brown blotch, light grey ; face and jowls smoke-grey, upper part of sides of face somewhat speckled with brown, and a small dark brown fleck extending inwards from lower inner margin of each eye ; lateral frontal clove-brown spots oval, large and conspicuous, narrowly separated from eyes, median frontal spot incon- spicuous or obsolete; frontal callus dark sepia, of only moderate depth, extending from eye to eye, upper margin convex, lower margin excavated above each antenna ; no dark median spot below callus ; pulpi drab-grey, terminal joint somewhat stout, tapering to tip but not elongate, clothed on outer side with black mixed on basal half with yellowish hairs, and on upper and under side of basal half with longer yellowish hairs ; first and second joints of antenne mummy- brown, first jomt slightly greyish pollinose, somewhat elon- gate, stout and cylindrical but not incrassate, upper angle of second joint moderately produced (third joint wanting in type). Thorax: dorsum with median grey stripe narrow in front, broader behind, interrupted in middle, admedian stripes disappearing as usual beyond expansion behind transverse suture, usual grey crescentic marks present on hind margin ; pectus, pleure, sides of dorsum, and hind border of scutellum smoke-grey, disc of scutellum dark sepia; dorsum (including scutellum) clothed with minute, deciduous, appressed, shining, yellowish white hairs. Addomen: dorsum with lateral margins of first four segments grey, sides and hind borders of segments clothed with pale yellowish or whitish yellow hairs, dorsum elsewhere clothed with dark brown or - blackish hairs; venter without dark longitudinal median stripe, first two segments smoke-grey, third and fourth segments mouse-grey, last three segments dark brown and clothed for most part with blackish hair, second, third, and fourth segments of venter clothed with minute, appressed, pale yellowish hair, hind margins of second and following 288 Mr. E. E. Austen on new segments except last narrowly yellowish grey. Wings: apical sinuous mark in type somewhat coarse and widely interrupted in second submarginal cell, in middle of distal margin of which (¢. e. on wing-margin) there is an ill-defined light blotch; a series of light blotches on hind margin of wing, in distal marginal angles of first, second, third, and fifth posterior cells, while a fifth light blotch covers tip of sixth longitudinal vein (in type blotches in distal marginal angles of third and fifth posterior cells larger than remainder, blotch in distal marginal angle of fifth posterior cell espe- cially large and conspicuous) ; usual series of oblique light marks across posterior cells, some of them continuous with marginal blotches ; middle rosette well developed, proximal rosette especially conspicuous, owing to its central area being filled out with light blotches; discal cell in type with a nearly unbroken light area occupying proximal third, and two semi-interrupted light marks at distal extremity ; markings of basal cells normal in character, proximal as well as distal extremities of these cells occupied with light markings; in axillary cell zigzag mark and basal loop con- nected by an unusually broad light band running round margin of anal angle; a/ula light, with dark centre; stigma mummy-brown, well developed and elongate, a well-marked subquadrate light blotch connecting costa and proximal rosette at proximal extremity of stigma, and a conspicuous light loop (upper portion of distal rosette) in marginal cell beyond distal extremity of stigma; below stigmaasubquadrate area of dark colour extending undiminished in width to below third longitudinal vein. Halteres: knob dark sepia, stalk cream-coloured. Legs: pale bands on tibiz and basal half or rather more of first jomts of middle and hind tarsi buff; band on hind tibia narrower than that on front tibia, latter band not very broad ; front tibiz incrassate, hind tibiz -stouter than middle tibiz ; middle and hind tibiz clothed with appressed pale yellowish hairs; front tarsi with long, blackish, fine, curling or curved hairs beneath, and long straight hairs at tip of each joint on each side and also above. Angola: Benguella, June 1905 (Dr. F. Creighton Wellman). The unusual hairiness of the under side of the front tarsi, in conjunction with the sharply defined hight wing-markings (which, when the wings are viewed against a dark back- ground, contrast strongly with the ground-colour), and the presence of only a single pale band on the hind tibize, affords a convenient means for the recognition of this species. African Phlebotomic Diptera, 289 Hematopota pallidimarginata, sp. n. ? .—Length (10 specimens) 6 to 92 mm.; width of head 2 to 3 mm.; width of front at vertex just under 1 to 12 mm.; length of wing 6°4 to 9°25 mm. Dark brown or clove-brown species, with conspicuous pale hind margins to the abdominal segments and dark brown strongly marked wings.—Dorsum of thorax with usual grey longitudinal stripes; light markings in wings clearly defined and rather coarse, usual three rosettes present, apical sinuous mark in some specimens distinctly bifurcate, but outer ramus often reduced to one or two ill-defined light spots ; legs dark brown to clove-brown, femora greyish clove-brown, tibie with dull cinnamon-coloured bands, often indistinct, especially on front tibie, latter with a single narrow and more or less ill- defined band close to base, middle and hind tibie each with two bands. Head: front rather broad, dark brown, its sides diverging below, in well-preserved specimens extreme lateral margins and an edging surrounding lateral frontal spots light grey, a darker brown partly divided median blotch sometimes distinguishable on flattened upper border of vertex; face and jowls light grey, area between lower inner margin of eye and antenna on each side more or less brownish or speckled with brown; frontal callus dark sepia, moderately deep, especially on each side, extending from eye to eye, but upper lateral angles rounded off, upper margin more or less exca- vated on each side of middle line, lower margin excavated above antenne; a small clove-brown spot often but not always distinguishable in middle line below callus and above antenne ; lateral frontal spots usually large, conspicuous, clove-brown, and in contact with eyes, sometimes trans- versely elongate, median frontal spot apparently wanting ; palpi isabella-coloured or mouse-grey, clothed on outer side with black or blackish hair, terminal joint moderately elongate ; first and second joints of antenne Vandyke-brown, first joint short and not incrassate, slightly greyish pollinose, upper angle of second joint moderately produced, third joint clove-brown, slightly lighter at extreme base, basal portion but little expanded, of nearly uniform depth and barely half as deep again as last three annuli, latter short and deep, conspicuously flattened from side to side, terminal annulus blunt at tip, scarcely as long as two preceding annuli taken together. Thorax: dorsum with extremely slender yellowish grey median stripe, which reaches hind margin, and a con- tinuation of which is sometimes visible on scutellum ; Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. ii. 20 290 Mr. E. E. Austen on new admedian stripes light grey, interrupted before reaching transverse suture and disappearing altogether after usual triangular expansions behind latter; crescentic marks on hind margin of dorsum light grey, conspicuous, their inner limbs broad ; on each side of dorsum are following additional light grey markings—a blotch on humeral callus and another immediately behind it, a fleck behind presutural depression, another above postalar callus, and a spot at side of base of scutellum (these light grey thoracic markings are more or less indistinguishable in the case of rubbed specimens) ; scutellum sometimes with a median yellowish grey longitu- dinal mark, expanding posteriorly; pectus and pleure mouse-grey. Abdomen: hind borders of segments of venter as well as of dorsum smoke-grey or yellowish grey, on dorsum of second and two or three following segments hind border sometimes broadening into a somewhat triangular expansion in middle, lateral margins of first four segments often occupied by an expansion of the grey hind borders; venter somewhat greyish pollinose, clothed with minute, appressed, yellowish hairs ; in one specimen in the Museum series third and three following segments each exhibit on dorsum a pair of more or less distinct grey admedian spots and also an indication of a grey median stripe. Wings: hind margin usually with a series of light blotches in distal marginal angles of posterior cells, blotch in distal marginal angle of fourth posterior cell generally smaller than others or absent altogether; a larger or smaller light blotch also present in distal extremity of axillary cell, and sometimes extending into proximal marginal angle of fifth posterior cell ; oblique marks across posterior cells and markings in basal, anal, and axillary cells all of normal type, a larger or smaller double spot on sixth longitudinal vein beyond zigzag mark, latter not connected with basal loop in axillary cell; discal cell usually with two transverse light marks in middle third (more distal of two sometimes interrupted), and a small and often scarcely visible light fleck near distal extremity ; stigma dark brown, well defined, and moderately elongate, beneath it a well defined dark brown blotch, which tapers downwards until it meets discal cell; pale fleck next costa at proximal end of stigma very small and inconspicuous, but light loop (upper extremity of distal rosette) in marginal cell beyond stigma well developed. Halteres: knob dark brown above and below, stalk and periphery of knob cream- buff. Legs: middle and hind tibie not, front tibie very slightly or scarcely incrassate ; basal two-thirds or three- African Phlebotomic Diptera. 291 fourths of first joint of middle and hind tarsi dull ochraceous buff, first joint of front tarsi sometimes faintly lighter (chestnut) at base. Angola: type and five other specimens from either Bailundo or Kwanjulula, November to December 1904 (Dr. F. Creighton Wellman) ; two additional specimens from Bailundo, April 1905, “taken at a point about 175 miles south-west of the most easterly locality at which the previous examples of this species were found” (Dr. F. C. Wellman) ; two specimens from Benguella, June 1905 (Dr. F. C. Weil- man). Concerning the first series met with the collector’s field-note is as follows:—“ About 70 specimens taken in small plains covered with tall grass, 230 to 310 miles from coast. Sluggish.”” The ten specimens of this species just enumerated exhibit a somewhat remarkable range in size; since one of the examples taken in April is considerably smaller than the rest of Dr. Wellman’s series, while those collected in November and December are larger than the others, there may perhaps be some seasonal explanation of the phenomenon. Hematopota pallidimarginata is not closely allied to any other species at present known to me, and its general dark coloration, combined with the conspicuously banded abdo- men and inconspicuously banded tibiz, should enable it to be recognized without difficulty. Hematopota desidiosa, sp. n. ? .—Length (1 specimen) 8 mm.; width of head 2°5 mm.; width of front at vertex 1 mm.; length of wing 8°25 mm. Dark sepia ; dorsum of thorax with usual three light grey or smoke-grey longitudinal stripes ; dorsum of abdomen with extreme hind margins of all segments narrowly cream-coloured, second and following segments each with a pair of ill-defined yellowish grey spots, which are widely separated and on several segments more or less confluent with the yellowish grey lateral borders ; wings mouse-grey, light markings distinct and sharply defined, usual three rosettes present, apical sinuous mark, at least in typical specimen, unusually widely separated from distal rosette ; legs dark brown, femora greyish pollinose, middle femora greyish cinnamon, a single ill-defined band close to base of front tibie and two ill-defined bands on middle and hind tibia respectively cinnamon. Head: front mouse-grey, extreme lateral margins and a narrow border surrounding each lateral frontal spot light * 20 292 Mr. E. E. Austen on new yellowish grey, vertex with a light grey spot on each side; face and jowls light grey, area between lower inner margin of eye and antenna on each side speckled with brown ; lateral frontal spots clove-brown, conspicuous, narrowly separated from eyes, median frontal spot fairly distinet ; frontal callus clove-brown, of moderate depth, extending from eye to eye, upper margin somewhat convex, lower margin slightly ex- cavated above antenne; a small triangular clove-brown median spot below callus; palpi isabella-coloured, terminal joint small and tapering, clothed on outer side with rough black hair and on under side of basal half with whitish hair ; antenne russet-brown, terminal joint darker on outer side, its last three annuli clove-brown, first joint greyish pollinose, smal} and short, scareely incrassate though its inner margin convex when viewed from above, upper angle of second joint not produced, third joint not conspicuously elongate, basal half of its basal portion but little expanded, last annulus about equal in length to two preceding annuli taken together. Thorax: markings on dorsum difficult to dis- tinguish in type, but all three longitudinal stripes apparently entire, usual expansion of admedian stripes immediately behind transverse suture scarcely noticeable, crescentic marks on hind margin faintly indicated, yellowish grey; pectus, pleurz, and sides of dorsum smoke-grey ; scutellum with light grey area on each side, at base of lateral border. Abdomen: dorsum pearl-grey on sides of first two segments ; yellowish grey spots on dorsum scarcely visible when viewed directly from above, most distinct when regarded at a low angle from behind ; from certain angles dorsum appears eutirely yellowish grey pollinose ; dorsum clothed as regards its median area with minute appressed brownish, and towards sides with yellowish hairs ; venter mouse-grey, clothed with minute appressed yellowish hairs, extreme hind margins of second and followmg segments narrowly cream-coloured. - Wings : apical sinuous mark widely interrupted in second submarginal cell; hind margin in type with a series of light flecks, situated respectively in distal marginal angles of second and third posterior cells, and in both marginal angles of fifth posterior cell; in typical specimen there is also a small light fleck in distal extremity of axillary cell, and a scarcely visible one in distal marginal angle of fourth posterior cell; some of usual oblique markings across posterior cells interrupted or partly interrupted ; hght markings in basal, anal, and axillary cells normal, a very small light fleck on sixth longi- tudinal vein beyond zigzag mark, latter in case of type indistinctly connected with basal loop in axillary cell by a African Phlebotomice Diptera. 293 partly incomplete light border to anal angle; discal cell with two transverse light marks (the more distal one interrupted) across middle third, and a small and rather indistinct light fleck clese to distal extremity ; stigma mummy-brown, well marked and elongate, dark blotch below it not darker than ground-colour; at proximal end of stigma a distinct light mark (process from proximal rosette) running up to costa, and a small light loop (upper extremity of distal rosette) in marginal cell immediately beyond stigma. Halteres: stalk cream-coloured, knob dark sepia. Legs: front tibiz scarcely, middle and hind tibiz not incrassate; basal half or three- fourths of first jomt and extreme base of second and third joints of middle and hind tarsi cinnamon. Angola: Benguella, November—December 1904, from the same locality as the following species (Dr. F. Creighton Wellman). Hematopota desidiosa is a dusky, although not very dark species, without conspicuous markings on the body; the coloration of the antenne, simple apical sinuous mark in the wing, widely separated from the distal rosette, and obscurely banded tibiz will help to distinguish it. Hematopota molesta, sp. a. 2 .—Length (3 specimens) 8°25 to 9°5 mm. ; width of head 2°25 to 2°55 mm.; width of front at vertex 1 mm. ; length of wing 7°4 to 7°8 mm. Dorsum of thorax dark olive-brown, with sides and usual three longitudinal stripes grey ; dorsum of abdomen olive- brown, sides of segments more or less olive-grey, third and following segments each usually with a pair of more or less distinct though not sharply defined yellowish grey or grey admedian spots, often fused or partially fused with the grey lateral borders, of which they form an extension towards the middle line ; wings sepia, light markings with a faint yellowish tinge, usual three rosettes present, rather coarse and sometimes largely fused together, apical sinuous mark slender, not bifur- cate; legs dark brown, bands on tibie often hardly distinguish- able, front tibie slightly lighter (mummy-brown) close to base, but scarcely banded, middle and hind tibie each with a pair of dull cinnamon bands, sometimes obsolete or nearly so in case of hind tibie. Head: front olive-grey, an olive-brown roughly triangular spot on vertex on each side of middle line, face and jowls light grey; lateral frontal clove-brown spots conspicuous, narrowly separated from eyes, median: frontal spot fairly 294 Mr. E. E. Austen on new well marked; frontal callus clove-brown, rather narrow from above downwards, extending from eye to eye, upper margin nearly straight, lower margin excavated above antennee ; a small and not very conspicuous seal-brown spot in middle line below callus; palpi smoke-grey or drab, ter- minal joint fairly stout, clothed on outer side with rather rough-looking blackish hair, sometimes, especially below, interspersed with yellowish hair; antenne dark brown, first joint greyish pollinose, short and slightly swollen, its inner margin convex ; second joint with upper angle some- what produced, third joint with basal portion but little expanded, tapering towards tip, terminal annulus equal in length to two preceding annuli taken together. Thoraz: longitudinal grey stripes on dorsum not very conspicuous, median stripe apparently entire, admedian stripes expanding beyond transverse suture and then disappearing ; pectus, pleurz, and crescentic marks on hind margin of dorsum smoke-grey ; dorsum of thorax and abdomen clothed with minute, appressed, deciduous, straw-yellow hairs. Abdomen : extreme hind margins of segments of dorsum, except last or last two, sometimes narrowly cream-buff ; olive-brown area of dorsum sometimes reduced to a narrow median longi- tudinal stripe, remainder of each segment being yellowish grey; venter clothed like dorsum with adpressed straw- yellow hairs, yellowish grey, with more or less conspicuous dark olive-brown longitudinal stripe. Wings: usual series of oblique marks across posterior cells distinct; light markings at each extremity of both basal cells coarse; divided light spot on sixth longitudinal vein beyond zigzag mark variable in size, sometimes large, sometimes scarcely visible ; in axillary cell zigzag mark and basal loop coarse, former curving obliquely towards latter and sometimes joining it ; discal cell with a coarse transverse light mark at each extremity of middle third, and an additional light mark close to each end, these marks often more or less fused together ; stigma sepia, elongate and very conspicuous; a small light fleck next costa in apex of second costal cell above proximal extremity of stigma, not connected with proximal rosette; a more or less well-marked light loop, sometimes almost a complete circle, in marginal cell beyond distal extremity of stigma; alula for most part pale, some- times slightly infuscated towards centre. Halteres cream- buff, knob seal-brown at base aboveand below. Legs: front tibie slightly incrassate distally, middle and hind tibiz not incrassate ; basal two-thirds or three-fourths of first joint of middle and hind tarsi, and extreme base of second and third joints of hind tarsi, dull cinnamon or buff. African Phlebotomic Diptera. 295 Angola: three specimens (co-types) from Benguella, November—December 1904 (Dr. F. Creighton Wellman). The collector writes with reference to this species:—“ Six specimens taken in thick bush, 125 miles from coast.”’ Hematopota molesta is not closely allied to any other species at present known to me. From H. inflaticornis, Austen (the original series of which was taken by Dr. Creighton Wellman in Bihé, Angola, 175 miles further from the coast, at about the same time as the specimens of H. molesta, and to which the latter presents a certain slight resemblance owing to the abdominal markings), the new species may at once be distinguished, inter alia, by the much narrower head and narrower abdomen, much smaller, shorter, and less swollen first joint of the antenne, darker wings, much larger and more conspicuous stigma, and obscurely banded tibie. Hematopota virgatipennis, sp. n. ?.—Length (3 specimens) 10°25 to 12 mm.; width of head 2°6 to 8 mm.; width of front at vertex 1 to 1:4 mm. ; width across base of second segment of abdomen 2°25 to 2°6 mm. ; width across base of seventh segment of abdomen 1 to 1°25 mm.; length of wing 8°5 to 9°5 mm. Elongate species, with tapering abdomen, and a conspicuous pale iongitudinal streak in middle of wing.—Dorsum of thorax dark olive-brown, with usual three longitudinal stripes olive- grey or yellowish grey ; dorsum of abdomen yellowish grey, second and two following segments each with a pair of very conspicuous, backwardly directed, admedian dark sepia blotches; wings sepia, usual three rosettes present, but partly obscured by the pale longitudinal streak, which extends from either base or distal extremity of first basal cell to apical sinuous mark, where latter meets lower branch of third longitudinal vein ; legs pale mummy-brown to cinnamon, front tibie with a single more or less indistinct pale band close to base, middle and hind tibie each with two pale bands. Head: front dark brown, lateral borders (which expand on vertex), a ring surrounding each lateral frontal spot, and a median stripe extending from median frontal spot to occiput yellowish grey or olive-grey ; face and jowls ight grey, a more or less distinct small dark spot below each antenna and sometimes indications of a horizontal dark brown streak between lower inner margin of eye and antenna on each side; lateral frontal clove-brown spots large, con- spicuous, not in contact with eyes, median frontal spot small but distinct ; frontal callus mummy-brown in centre, dark sepia at sides, of moderate depth or somewhat narrow from 296 Mr. E. E. Austen on new above downwards, extending from eye to eye, upper margin raised into an angle in middle, somewhat concave on each side of median line, lower margin very close to antenne, above which it is excavated ; a small but distinct clove-brown spot in middle line below callus ; eyes in life with four horizontal dark bands ; palpi ochraceous buff or sometimes isabella- coloured, terminal joint elongate, but not attenuate, clothed on outer side with short black hairs ; antenne russet-brown, last three annuli of last joint dark brown or clove-brown, first joint short and small, not incrassate, upper angle of second joint not produced, third joint narrow, scarcely wider at base. Thorax: dorsum with median grey stripe narrow and entire, admedian stripes interrupted or more or less indistinct after usual expansion behind transverse suture, crescentic marks on hind margin present; pectus, pleure, and sides of dorsum yellowish grey or smoke-grey, a more or less distinct horizontal dark brown streak on dorso-humeral region immediately above dorso-pleural suture ; scutellum yellowish grey or olive-grey, on dorsum with a pair of ad- median olive-brown blotches, distal extremities of which extend on tohind margin. Abdomen : median area of dorsum of first segment except hind margin olive-brown ; dark sepia blotches on second, third, and fourth segments somewhat tapering, not reaching hind margins, with their bases resting on front margins of segments and their inner borders slightly curved, so that on each segment there is a narrow, elongate, yellowish grey median triangle with its base resting on hind margin ; fifth and sixth segments each with a pair of similar but less distinct dark sepia admedian blotches ; on seventh segment the blotches, if present, are fused together, so that dorsum of this segment then appears almost wholly dark sepia; on fifth and following segments each dark sepia blotch is usually marked with a more or less distinct yellowish grey ’ fleck ; venter yellowish grey, with a more or less distinct dark brown longitudinal median stripe, extreme hind margins of segments for most part paler (cream-buff). Wings: pale longitudinal streak occupies first posterior cell with exception of distal portion, it is very sharply defined and is limited above by third longitudinal vem, from about level of distal extremity of discal cell onwards its lower margin diverges from fourth longitudinal vein; first basal cell also either entirely or almost entirely pale, second basal cell with coarse double light marking at each extremity, the two pairs of markings sometimes connected by a light bar immediately below fourth longitudinal vein; apical sinuous mark small and inconspicuous, interrupted on upper branch of third African Phlebotomie Diptera. 297 longitudinal vein, portion of apical mark between second longitudinal and upper branch of third longitudinal vein further from apex of wing than lower portion; usual series of oblique marks across posterior cells small and imcon- spicuous, sometimes more or less broken up into spots; faint traces of light blotches sometimes visible on hind margin, in marginal angles of certain posterior cells; light blotch on sixth longitudinal vein beyond zigzag mark usually large and conspicuous ; light loop at base of axillary cell and zigzag mark connected along sixth longitudinal vein by a broad light bar, proximal extremity of which extends across anal cell to fifth longitudinal vein ; discal cell with a coarse curved light mark at proximal and two transverse light marks (sometimes joined into a roughly shaped ring) at distal extremity ; costal cells pale ochraceous buff; stigma mummy-brown, of moderate length, its proximal extremity ochraceous buff ; marginal cell beyond stigma with a well-marked light loop, in addition to which there is a transverse light mark near distal extremity of marginal cell; alula with a dark centre surrounded by a pale border. Halteres cream-buff or cream- coloured, knob sometimes brownish at base above and below. Legs : tibize not. incrassate ; tarsi dark brown towards tips, first joint of middle and hind tarsi except tip cream-buff. Angola: type and two other specimens from Benguella, November—December 1904, “‘four specimens in thin bush ” (Dr. F. Creighton Wellman). This well-marked species is readily distinguishable by its wing-markings from any of its congeners at present known to me ; the narrow tapering abdomen, with the conspicuous dark brown blotches on the dorsum, also serves to give the species a distinctive character. Hematopota hostilis, sp. n. ¢ —Length (2 specimens) 8°3mm.; width of head 2°5 to 2°6 mm.; widih of front at vertex 1 mm. to just over 1 mm.; length of wing 8:25 mm. Basal portion of third joint of antenne ochraceous rufous ; dorsum of thorax olive, usual three longitudinal stripes yellowish grey, mdistinct ; dorsum of abdomen yellowish grey, _ without distinct spots, hind margins of segments paler, second and following segments each with an olive-brown area in middle, which, except in case of last segment, is more or less distinctly divided by a yellowish grey median longitudinal stripe ; wings pale sepia, light markings of normal type and clearly defined ; legs cinnamon, front tibie sometimes with a faint indication of a pale band on basal third, middle and hind 298 Mr. E. E. Austen on new tibia each with two pale bands, which may be so faint as to be indistinguishable. Head: front mouse-grey, extreme lateral margins, a ring surrounding each lateral frontal spot, and sometimes a narrow median stripe running up to vertex from median frontal spot yellowish grey or light grey; face and jowls smoke-grey, space between antenna and lower inner margin of eye on each side more or less speckled with dark brown or with a more or less distinct dark brown horizontal streak ; clove-brown lateral frontal spots of small or moderate size, not in contact with eyes, median frontal spot small and inconspicuous or obsolete ; frontal callus tawny olive to dark sepia, rather narrow from above downwards, extending from eye to eye, but upper angles sometimes rounded off, upper and lower margius straight or nearly so; a small and incon- spicuous Vandyke-brown spot in middle line below callus ; palpi isabella-coloured, terminal joint moderately stout, clothed on outer side with black hairs; first and second joints of antenne pale cinnamon, first joint short and small, not or scarcely incrassate, greyish pollinose and clothed with black hairs above, upper angle of second joint very slightly pro- duced, basal portion of third joint of moderate breadth, tapering but not markedly elongate, last three annuli darker, terminal annulus clove-brown, two preceding annuli burnt- umber coloured. Thorax: dorsum (including scutellum) clothed with short, yellowish, deciduous hairs ; pectus and pleure smoke-grey or drab-grey ; scutellum with hind border and an ill-defined median stripe yellowish grey. Abdomen: dorsum clothed with short, appressed, pale buff-yellow hairs ; olive-brown area in middle of second segment much broader than corresponding areas on subsequent segments, on which, however, an offshoot from median area extends outwards parallel with and in front of hind margin; venter yellowish ‘grey pollinose, hairy covering as on dorsum, hind margins of segments except first cream-buff, traces of an ill-defined dark median longitudinal stripe, interrupted on hind borders of segments, sometimes distinguishable. Wings: usual three rosettes present, their outlines sometimes consisting of very fine lines, each rosette, apart from two or three light flecks towards centre, and in case of proximal rosette three light blotches occupying base of first submarginal and first poste- rior cells and apex of first basal cell respectively, composed of a single series of markings; apical sinuous mark simple and apparently obsolescent, widely interrupted in second submarginal cell ; usual series of oblique marks across poste- rior cells distinct, marks in first three posterior cells each African Phlebotomie Diptera. 299 divided into two spots; hind margin with more or less distinct light blotches in distal marginal angles of second, third, and fifth posterior cells, and sometimes with additional light blotches in proximal marginal angle of fifth posterior cell and elsewhere ; light blotch on sixth longitudinal vein beyond zigzag mark obsolete or very small and indistinct ; in axillary cell zigzag mark and basal light loop not con- nected ; light markings in basal cells of normal type; discal cell with two transverse light marks across middle third and a third light fleck (sometimes very small) near distal extre- mity; stigma of moderate length, pale mummy-brown, its proximal extremity tawny olive, but no distinct light mark running up from proximal rosette to costa; marginal cell with a well-defined oval light loop at distal end of stigma. Halteres: knob seal-brown, outer margin cream-buff, stalk cream-coloured. Legs: neither front nor hind tibiz in- crassate ; front tarsi, tips of front tibize and of joints of middle and hind tarsi mummy-brown, basal two-thirds of first joint of middle and hind tarsi tawny olive. Angola: type and one other specimen from the vicinity of the Keve River, Benguella, November—December 1904: (received from Dr. F. Creighton Wellman). Hematopota hostilis must not be confused with H. drevi- cornis, Austen, the typical series of which was also obtained by Dr. Creighton Wellman in Benguella, and to which it presents some slight resemblance ; the new species may be distinguished, inter alia, by the longer and more slender antenne, the absence of spots on the abdomen, and the much greater fineness of the wing-markings, which are also more restricted in extent. Hematopota tenuicrus, sp. n. ? .—Length (1 specimen) 7°5 mm.; width of head just over 2mm.; width of front at vertex 0°38 mm.; length of wing 7 mm. Mummy-brown, abdomen dark brown ; on dorsum of thorax the sides and three conspicuous parallel longitudinal stripes yellowish grey ; dorsum of abdomen with hind margin and sides of each segment yellowish pollinose; wings sepia, light markinys distinct and rather fine, usual three rosettes present, a broad dull light curved transverse streak close to tip of wing beyond apical sinuous mark, and a series of large dull light blotches on hind margin (in distal marginal angles of all poste- rior cells and at distal extremity of axillary ceil) ; legs light mummy-brown, tibie without bands and not incrassate. Head: front light mummy-brown, with usual darker 300 On new African Phlebotomic Diptera. quadrate blotch on vertex divided by narrow median grey stripe and not extending to sides, extreme lateral margins of front and an area next eye below each lateral frontal spot light grey; face and jowls smoke-grey, a dark seal-brown elongate mark on upper part of face between eye and an- tenna on each side, but not in contact with eye; clove- brown lateral frontal spots distinct, ovate, extending down- wards and inwards, almost reaching frontal callus below and above each in contact with eye by means of a narrow hori- zontal pedicel, median frontal spot wanting in case of type; Srontal callus tawny olive, rather narrow from above down- wards, extending from eye to eye, but upper angles rounded off, upper margin nearly straight, lower margin excavated above antenne ; a small seal-brown spot or double spot in middle line below callus ; palpi brownish isabella-coloured, terminal joint moderately elongate but rather blunt at tip, clothed on outer side with black hairs ; first joint of antenne cinnamon, greyish pollinose, very short, distinctly incrassate when viewed from above, second joimt somewhat paler, its upper angle not conspicuously produced, third joint wanting in case of type. Thorax: three stripes on dorsum entire and parallel instead of converging posteriorly, median stripe behind transverse suture much narrower than admedian stripes, usual crescentic marks on hind margin indistin- guishable in type; pleurz yellowish grey ; scutellum with median stripe and a patch at base on each side yellowish grey. Abdomen: dorsum with a pair of orange-buff pollinose admedian spots on third and each following segment, in contact with hind margin and tending to become fused with lateral yellowish pollinose patches; venter with posterior angles and extreme hind margins of segments yellowish pollinose. Wings: rosettes simple, their borders not broken up into spots; discal cell in type with a transverse light mark at end of proximal and another at commencement of distal third, and also with a small and duller light fleck at each extremity ; in axillary cell zigzag mark and basal loop not distinctly connected, light blotch on sixth longitudinal vein beyond zigzag mark almost or quite obsolete ; usual series of oblique light marks across posterior cells sharply defined ; light marks in basal cells of normal type; stigma mummy- brown, long, and well marked, no light mark running up to costa at its proximal extremity; usual light loop (upper portion of distal rosette) in marginal cell beyond stigma in case of type represented merely by two small light flecks. Halteres: knob Vandyke-brown, stalk cream-buff. Legs: middle and hind tarsi pale cinnamon. Mammals from the Malay Peninsula and Islands. 3014 Northern Nigeria: Akwatcha, Bassa Province, June 1906 (Dr. G. J. Pirie). Although on a cursory inspection Hematopota tenuicrus might possibly be mistaken for a pale form of H. lacessens, Austen, which also occurs in Northern Nigeria, it is, apart from other characters, easily distinguishable owing to the non-incrassate front tibie ; the fact that the thoracic stripes remain parallel instead of, as is usually the case, converging posteriorly will also serve as a means of distinguishing the present species. XXXIII.—On Mammals from the Malay Peninsula and Islands. By OLDFIELD ‘l’HOMAS., THE British Museum owes to Mr. Herbert C. Robinson, of Selangor, a further fine collection of Malayan mammals, mostly collected by him during an exploration of the high ground separating the States of Selangor and Pahang. During their determination I have made the following notes, both on them and on other Malayan mammals in the Museum collection. Symphalangus syndactylus continentis, subsp. n. While the Siamang is common in Sumatra, it is rare on the Malay Peninsula, and but few specimens have ever been sent home for examination. One was received from Mr. Robinson in 1906 and is referred to in Mr. Bonhote’s account of the Mammals of the Gunong Tahan Expedition*, and now another comes from the Semangko Pass, Selangor-Pahang Boundary. Both are fine old males, and have afforded me a good opportunity of comparing the Malay form with that found in the Island of Sumatra. The result is that the Malay form proves to be slightly different from the Sumatran one, and may be diagnosed as follows :— External characters quite as in true syndactylus, except that the size, in agreement with the skulls, will no doubt prove to be rather less. Skull smaller and more lightly built than in syndactylus, Face lower, the orbits smaller and rather less heavily ridged. Muzzle markedly less projecting when viewed from above, Nasal opening decidedly narrower. ‘Tooth-row shorter. Mandible slenderer, its height below the molars less than in syndactylus. * Journ. Fed. Mal, States Mus, iii. p. 1 (1908), 302 Mr. O. Thomas on Mammals from Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :— Head and body 846 mm.; hind foot 164; ear 34. Skull *: greatest length 127 ; basal length 93°5 ; condylo- basal length 103 ; zygomatic breadth 89; nasal opening 21x14; external orbital breadth 71°5 ; intertemporal breadth 43°5; mastoid breadth 77; front of canine to back of m’ 41°2. FTab. Malay Peninsula. Type from the Semangko Pass, Selangor-Pahang Boundary ; alt. 3000’. Type. Old male. B.M. no. 8.7.20.1. Original number 564. Collected 26 January, 1908, by Mr. H. C. Robinson. GALEOPTERUS. The receipt of a fine series of the Javan Galeopterus presented to the Museum by Mr. W. E. Balston, the loan of the typical skull of G. wndatus, Wagner, from the Munich Museum, and the receipt of the Malay Galeoptert from Mr. Robinson have afforded me the opportunity of re-examin- ing the members of this genus occurring in the Malay Peninsula, Java, and Borneo. In the first place, I find that the Javan species, which I provisionally called G. undatus in my previous paper, may bear the name of G. variegatus, Geotf., on the ground that although no definite locality was given in the original description, nor in that by Desmarest in 1820, yet the animal was so distinctly stated to be from Java in Geoffroy’s 1829 paper that, in the absence of any discordant character, this may be accepted as fixing the type locality. The fact that such fixing was done by the original author himself may be taken as indicating that he had received evidence as to the locality of his species, or even that he had found out the true locality of his original type specimen. Under these circumstances I propose to accept the name of G. variegatus for the Javan species. In a general way this species is characterized by its com- paratively dark colour, large size, large teeth, and the almost entire absence of sexual difference in size. The skulls before me are ten in number, all fully adult, besides some young ones, and they are all remarkably uniform in size, 75-76 mm. in condylo-basal length, this range including seven males and the largest female; while one female is only 72 mm. in * These measures may be compared with those of an adult male skull of syndactylus given by Mr. Miller, Smiths. Misc. Coll. xly. p. 70 (1903), remembering that Mr. Miller’s “ basal length” is what is now known as condylo-basal length, and his “ basilar length” as basal length. the Malay Peninsula and Islands. 303 length. In other species the female averages markedly larger than the male, but here we have the smallest specimen of the female sex. With regard to G. undatus, of which the type skull has been courteously lent me by the authorities of the Munich Museum, I find that it cannot be referred to G. variegatus, as it is still larger, being the largest Galeopterus skull on record, with a condylo-basal length of no less than 82°5 mm. Its exact locality remains to be discovered. Then with regard to the smaller smaller-toothed Malayan and Bornean forms, I am still unable to find any difference between the latter and a specimen from the Natuna Islands, representing G. natunw, Mill. Possibly G. gracilis, Mill., from Sirhassen will also prove to be the same. But the additional material from the Malay Peninsula indicates that the form found there is constantly larger, and since no name appears to be applicable to it, 1 wouid suggest that of Galeopterus peninsula, sp. n. General colour in the grey phase pale, as in Sumatran and Bornean specimens, decidedly paler than in G. variegatus. Skull, while smaller than in G. undatus, variegatus, and temminckit, averaging decidedly larger than in the Bornean and Natuna forms, and with the same marked sexual difference in favour of the female. Dimensions of the male (measured in flesh) :-— Head and body 345 mm.; tail 271 ; hind foot 65; ear 21. The measurements of the typical female were not taken. Skulls :— d. @ (type). mi. mm. Condylo-basal length .............. 68 72°5 Greatest, breadth: 5. o:. ise spe'iee's ec, 46 50°4 Tnterorbital/ breadth .....4...5 0-0. 18:2 22°3 Breadth of brain-case ...........+.: 26 25°7 palatal lene bhy:. Aoi .ict 2 erelejeteae «cies: 33 35°5 Length of upper tooth-row ........ 85°5 37 bres upperimolars; . cs ss + esi ° 10°2 Led Hab. Malay Peninsula. Type from the Semangko Pass, Selangor-Pahang Boundary. Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 8. 7.20.10. Original number 632. Collected 23 February, 1908, by H. OC. Robinson. Presented by the Selangor Museum. Sciuropterus genibarbis, Horsf. On extracting the skull of the type specimen of this species, from Java, I find that it is by no means quite like those in 304 Mr. O. Thomas on Mammals from the Museum collection from the Malay Peninsula and Borneo, each of these latter having distinctive characters of their own. The true S. genibarbis has long narrow nasals, a very narrow interorbital region, and a much narrower palate tian any of the other specimens in the Museum. Externally all are closely similar, though the type is so faded that the Javan form may possess colour-characters which will only be perceptible on fresh specimens. By the skulls, however, the two following races may be dis- tinguished :— Sciuropterus genibarbis malaccanus, subsp. n. Size and other essential characters as in true S. gentbarbis, but the nasals markedly shorter and broader, the teeth heavier, and the palate broader, General colour above rich chestnut, greyer on the head and fore-quarters. Under surface clay-colour. ‘T’ail dark brown above, more rufous below. Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :— Head and body (stretched) ; tail 190 mm.; hind foot 30. Skull: basilar length (c.) 32°5; greatest breadth 25; nasals, length 10, greatest breadth 6°4, breadth posteriorly 4-2; breadth of brain-case 18°7; palatilar length 17:3 ; breadth of palate outside m* 9°3; length of upper tooth-series exclusive of p* 7°4. Hab. Malacca. Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 60.5. 4.83. Collected by Dr. T. Cantor. Presented by the Hast India Company. ‘wo specimens. The broad short nasals are the most marked characteristic of this form. Sciuropterus genibarbis borneoensis, subsp. n. Like true gentbarbis in the shape of the nasals, but the interorbital region and palate broad, as in malaccanus, markedly broader than in the Javan form. Colour as in malaccanus, or (as, for example, in the type) rather paler, the posterior dorsal colour approaching Ridgway’s ‘€ vinaceous cinnamon.” Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :— Head and body 190 mm. ; tail 160 ; hind foot 32. Skull: basilar length (c.) 32; greatest breadth 24:8; nasals, length 9:4, greatest breadth 4°6, posterior breadth 3:5; interorbital breadth 8; breadth of brain-case 19 ; palatilar length 17°3; breadth of palate inclusive of m* 9°5; length of upper tooth-series exclusive of p* 7-6. se fe ery the Malay Peninsula and Islands. 305 Hab. Northern Borneo. Type from the Bakong River, Baram, E. Sarawak. Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 99.12.9.35. Collected 7 May, 1893, and presented by Dr. Charles Hose. Four Bornean specimens examined, Sciuropterus (Hylopetes) belone, sp. n. Most closely allied to S. aurantiacus and S. spadiceus. Colour as in all the members of the sagztta group, blackish slaty above, broadly washed with fulvous on the head and back ; the under surface white to the bases of the hairs anteriorly and down the middle line of the belly, grey-based with buffy tips on the sides of the belly and inner sides of the hind limbs. Tail dark brown above and below, its middle layer buffy ; the midrib below buffy proximally, dark brown terminally ; the tail is about as long as in aurantiacus, longer than in spadiceus. Skull very similar to that of S. auwrantiacus, of which the type is now in the British Museum, but with the nasals longer and more narrowed behind, the teeth broader, and the bullz less inflated vertically, but longer horizontally. As compared with that of S. spadiceus, the nasals do not project backwards beyond the frontal processes of the premaxilli, and the teeth are very markedly broader. Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :— Head and body 138 mm.; tail 136; hind foot 26 ; ear 22. Skull: greatest length 35; basilar length 27:5; greatest breadth 22°3 ; nasals 10°2; palatilar length 15°6; horizontal length of bulla 10°2; length of upper tooth-series exclusive of p® 6°8. Hab. Pulo Terutau, Straits of Malacca. Type. Old male. B.M. no. 8.7. 20.61. Original number 523. Collected 1 December, 1907. Presented by the Selangor Museum. This will probably prove to be the small Flying Squirrel of the whole of the Malay Peninsula, but as yet members of this group are so rare that but few localities are represented. Its two nearest allies are S. spadiceus from Arakan and ~ §. aurantiacus from Banka, but it differs from the former by its longer tail and broader teeth, and from the latter by its narrower nasals and differently shaped bulle. The re- maining members of the group—S, sagitta, Linn. (8S. lepidus, Horsf.), from Java, S. everetti, Thos., from the Natunas, and §. harrisoni, Stone, from Borneo—are all larger than S. belone. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. ii. 21 306 Mammals from the Malay Peninsula and Islands. Sciurus robinsoni alacris, subsp. n. Very like S. robinsoni, Bonh.*, in all essential respects, but the crown is suffused with buffy, owing to the presence of buffy subterminal rings on the hairs, the fore-back is almost as buffy as the hind-back, and the under surface is sharply defined white or creamy white instead of the buff or cream- buff, darkening almost to ochraceous buff on the inner side of the hind legs, characteristic of typical robinsont. The upper surface is therefore more buffy, and the under surface less so than in the older-known form. In the skull the bulle (one specimen only perfect) are rather larger than in the type of robinsont, and the incisors (of all four specimens) are a little more markedly thrown forward (less vertical), and their front surface is yellow instead of reddish orange. Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :— Head and body 105 mm.; tail 92; hind foot 30; ear 12. Skull: greatest length 34; basilar length 26; greatest breadth 20; upper tooth-series 6-2. Hab. of type. Semangko Pass, Selangor - Pahang Boundary ; alt. 3000’. Other specimens from Cheras and Ginting Bidei, Selangor. Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 8. 7.20. 43. Original number 613. Collected 24 February, 1908, by Mr. Herbert C. Robinson, and presented by the Selangor Museum. Four specimens examined. This would appear to be a more southern race of S. robin- sont, which was discovered in 1901 by Mr. Robinson on Bukit Besar, a mountain on the Jalor-Nawnchik Boundary. Laria insignis jalorensis, Bonh. Two forms of insignis were described from the Malay Peninsula almost simultaneously by Bonhote f and Miller f, the one (jalorensis) greyish and the other (peninsula) a bright and comparatively fulvous animal. Whether these are seasonal phases of one form, or are local races inhabiting respectively the high ground (jalorensis) and the low (penitnsule), the material available is not sufficient to show. The four adult specimens now received from the Semangko Pass, killed in February, are all of the true yalorensis type. * Fasciculi Malayenses, Zool. i. p. 24 (1903). + Funambulus insignis jalorensis, Bonhote, Fasc. Malay., Zool. i. p. 25 (July 1903). . ea peninsule, Miller, Smiths. Misc. Coll. xly. p. (November 1903). A new Jerboa from China, 307 XXXIV.—A new Jerboa from China. By OLDFIELD THOMAS. Huirnerto the only Jerboa known from China has been the five-toed Allactaga mongolica, Radde (A. annulata, M.-Edw.), and it has therefore been with much interest that I have examined a three-toed species from Shensi, recently pre- sented to the National Museum by Mr. A. de C. Sowerby. It proves to be a distinct form allied to Dipus sagitta, Pall., and may be characterized as follows :— Dipus sowerbyt, sp. n. Size considerably greater than in D. sagitta and its close ally D. deasyi, B. Ham. General colour sandy buff varying towards fawn, more or less darkened along the dorsal area. White lines on rump well defined, prominent. Head and ears like body. Outer side of legs, from knees to ankles, rich buffy, contrasting markedly with the pure white of their inner surfaces. Fore limbs, whole of under surface, and hind feet pure white, the long hairs under the toes slightly suffused with buffy ; a narrow line under heel blackish. Tail buffy or pale fawn above, white below; the terminal half-inch white, the blackish band preceding it about three quarters of an inch in length. Skull comparatively stout and heavy, its muzzle parti- cularly broad, broader in proportion to the brain-case than in the other species. Thus the breadth of the muzzle halfway along the nasals is quite half the least interorbital breadth, considerably less than half in D. deasyz and sagitta. Bulle larger than in J. deasy?, but of course not approaching their development in the genus Jaculus. Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :— Head and body 116 mm.; tail 169; hind foot 65; ear 22. Skull: greatest length 34°5; basilar length 25°8 ; greatest breadth 22; nasals 12°5; breadth of muzzle 5:2; inter- orbital breadth 10; breadth of brain-case 18°3; palatilar length 16°7; palatal foramina 5°7 x 3; length of upper tooth- row (molars only) 5:5. Hlab. Yu-lin-tu, Shensi, China. Alt. 4000’. ‘Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 8.7, 31.2. Original number 1790. Collected 29 April, 1908, and presented by Mr. Arthur de C. Sowerby. Two specimens. Of the two specimens, both taken the same day, the younger, curiously enough, is much the brighter of the two, being nearly as bright a buffy as D. sagitta, while the older specimen (the type) is more drabby in tone. 308 A new Jerboa from China. The discovery of this Jerboa extends very greatly the known range of the three-toed Jerboas, which had hitherto not been recorded east of Central Asia. This animal, with its close allies D. sagitta and D. deasyi, is clearly distinct generically from the other three-toed Jerboas, and in finding a name to use for it I have had to examine the generic nomenclature of the group with such care and completeness as to enable me to claim the position of “ first reviser 7” in the selection of types for certain of the generic names. The genera in question, with their characters and types, would appear to be as follows :— Jacutws, Erxl.,1777. Type Jaculus jaculus (Mus jaculus, Linn.), the smaller Egyptian Jerboa. Three hind toes. Three cheek-teeth only. Type selected by tautonymy, “ Mus yaculus” being placed as a synonym of Jaculus orientalis. Dievs, Zimm. * Geogr. Gesch. ii. p. 354 (1780). Type Dipus sagitta (Mus sagitta, Pall.). _ Three hind toes. Four upper cheek-teeth. The other species being exotic and otherwise unsuitable, the type of this name has obviously to be either Mus jaculus, Pallas (nec Linn.), the five-toed Russian Jerboa, or MV. sagitta, Pall., the small three-toed species. Both elimination and expediency indicate that the latter should _ be selected as the type. AxuacTAGa, F. Cuv. P.Z. 8. 1836, p. 141. Type Mus jaculus, Pall. Five-toed Jerboa. Scrrropopa, Brandt, Bull. Ac. Pétersb. ii. p. 212 (1844). Type Dipus mauritanicus, Duy. (equal or closely allied to Jaculus gerboa, Oliv., the large Egyptian Jerboa). Hatticvs, id. ¢. c. p. 218. Type Dipus halticus, Tl. Hattomys, id. t. c. p. 215. Type Dipus mauritanicus, Duy. None of Brandt’s names standing for valid groups there is no need to explain in detail my selections of their respective types. The other names in the group do not need any special examination. Dipus, with its type D. sagitta, is therefore the proper name for the genus to which D. sowerbyi belongs. This genus is readily distinguishable from Jaculus both by the persistence of the small upper premolar, absent in Jaculus, and by the much less development of the bulle, which do not surpass the occiput posteriorly. The molars also are slightly more complex. * Zimmermann quotes Schreber’s plates 228 and 229, and if these were really already published the name should date from them, but it would not alter the conclusions here come to. Sherborn puts down their date of publication as 1782, two years later than Zimmermann’s book. THE ANNALS MAGAZINE OF NATURAL UISTORY. [EIGHTH SERIES. ] No. 10. OCTOBER 1908. XXXV.—Rhynchotal Notes.—XLV. By W. L. Distant. HoMmMopreERaA. Fam. Cercopide. Ethiopian Genera and Species. Tur Ethiopian Cercopidze are now becoming much better known to entomologists. Since Walker first described many species and Stal laid the foundation of the study in his ‘Hemiptera Africana,’ recent workers have paid considerable attention to the family. Among these contributors may be mentioned Schouteden, who described and enumerated a number of species principally from the Congo region (1901), and Jacobi, who did the same for the fauna of North-east Africa (1904). Lethierry, Karsch, Melichar, and the present writer have also, from time to time, added to the list. The British Museum contained a considerable quantity of unworked material, of which the collection made by Neave in North-west Rhodesia is particularly important, and that made by Escalera in the Cameroon district of West Africa has filled many lacunz in the National Collection. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. i. 22 310 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. Subfam. Arxzrornorivz. Genus Pryer.us. Ptyelus, St.-Farg. & Serv. ine. Méth. x. p. 608 (1825). Type, P. flavescens, Fabr. Ptyelus combinatus, sp. nu. Body, legs, and tegmina black; a large central discal spot to vertex, a broad transverse fascia to pronotum situate a little before middle, head beneath (excluding extreme basal margin of face, which is widened into a spot between face and eyes, and the posterior margins of clypeus), and a large lateral spot near each anterior coxa, ochraceous or stra- mineous; wings pale fuliginous, with darker shadings; vertex short, broad, about half as long as breadth between the eyes, convexly rounded in front; face rather broadly centrally longitudinally flattened for more than half. its length, the lateral areas transversely striate; rostrum reaching the intermediate coxz; posterior tibie with two prominent spines, the one nearer base smallest ; tegmina very thickly, finely, and obscurely punctate, more piceous than black, the posterior claval margin distinctly black. Long., excl. tegm., 11 mm.; exp. tegm. 30 mm. Hab. Cameroons (Escalera, Brit. Mus.). Allied to P. flavescens, Fabr., by the short, broad, and convexly rounded vertex; by the fuliginous shading of the wings allied to P. grossus, Fabr. Ptyelus escalerai, sp. n. Body, legs, and tegmina pale ochraceous ; four small spots at base of vertex in transverse series and two central spots before them, two central spots near anterior margin of pronotum, basal joints of antenne, a small spot near anterior cox, apex of rostrum, a broad annulation to anterior tibia, anterior and intermediate tarsi, and all the tarsal claws, black ; tegmina with a small black discal spot before middle somewhat surrounded by a small cluster of testaceous suffu- sions ; wings pale grey hyaline, concolorous, without darker suffusions ; vertex about half the length of breadth between eyes, subangularly produced in front; face rather broadly, longitudinally, centrally flattened for more than half its length, the lateral areas transversely striate, rostrum reaching the intermediate coxz; pronotum very thickly and finely Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 311 punctate, with a central longitudinal carinate line which terminates near anterior margin in a slight foveation. Long., excl. tegm., 12 mm. ; exp. tegm. 82 mm. Hab. Cameroons (Escalera, Brit. Mus.). Allied to P. grossus, Fabr., but with the vertex a little more angulate anteriorly, while from all the varieties of the Fabrician species it differs by the pale unicolorous wings. Genus Poorut.us. Poophilus, Stil, Hem. Afr. iv. p. 72 (1866). Type, P. actuosus, Stal. Poophilus adustus *. Péyelus adustus, Walk. List Hom. iii. p. 710 (1851). Hab. Congo, Sierra Leone. Poophilus obscurus. Ptyelus obscurus, Walk. List Hom. iii. p. 707 (1851). Aphrophora obscura, Germ., MS. Hab. 8. Africa. Genus SEPULLIA. Sepullia, Stal, Hem. Afr. iv. p. 79 (1866). Type, S. murrayt, Sign. Sepullia murrayt. Clastoptera murrayt, Sign. in Thoms. Arch. Ent. ii. p. 333 (1858). Sepullia murrayt, Stal, Hem, Afr. iv. p. 80 (1866). Var—Head, pronotum, and tegmina stramineous, the latter with the veins, apical margin, and confluent spots on apical area black ; scutellum black ; body beneath and legs as in the typical form. I possess both the black typical form and variety from Calabar, where they were collected by the late Mr. Rutherford. Genus HEeMIAPTERUS. Hemiapterus, Jacobi, Zool. Jahrb. xix. p. 777 (1904). Type, H. decurtatus, Jacobi. * The P. congolensis, Schout., which I haye not seen, may be con- specific with this species. 22% 312 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. Hemiapterus fasciatus, sp. n. Body above black ; vertex in front of eyes, a central trans- verse fascia to pronotum, and a broader transverse fascia crossing tegmina at apex of scutellum and narrowing towards costal margin, greyish white ; body beneath and legs black or piceous; face greyish white, the apex and transverse sub- striate lines black or piceous; disk of sternum ochraceous, bases of femora and the posterior tarsi ochraceous; rostrum passing the intermediate coxe, and excluding base, ochra- ceous ; vertex a little shorter than pronotum, obtusely angu- larly produced, the ocelli a little nearer to each other than to eyes ; vertex, pronotum, and scutellum finely wrinkled and granulose ; scutellum slightly longer than broad; tegmina strongly convex, deflected on each side; face convex ; posterior tibize with two spines. Long., incl. tegm., 5 mm. Hab. Cameroons (Escalera, Brit. Mus.). Hemiapterus variegatus, sp. ni. Vertex, pronotum, and scutellum black or piceous ; vertex in front of eyes pale obscure ochraceous ; pronotum with a transverse greyish fascia; body beneath and legs piceous brown; face and cheeks stramineous, basal margin of face black, its disk with transverse substriate piceous-brown lines; sternum pale ochraceous ; tegmina piceous brown, a narrow curved transverse fascia before middle and some spots on apical area greyish white; vertex shorter than pro- notum, obtusely angularly produced in frout; ocelli slightly nearer to each other than to eyes ; pronotum with an obscure central, discal, longitudinal impressed line ; vertex, pronotum, and scutellum finely wrinkled and granulose; scutellum slightly longer than broad; tegmina convex, deflected on each side; face moderately convex; clypeus with a central longitudinal ridge ; posterior tibize with two spines. Long., incl. tegm., 4$ mm. Hab. Sierra Leone (Jas. Foxcroft, Brit. Mus.). Subfam. Crercorryz. Genus Banpusta. Bandusia, Stal, Hem. Afr. iv. p. 62 (1866). Type, B. rubicunda, Walk. Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 513 Bandusia innotata. Monecphora innotata, Walk. Ins. Saund., Hom. p. 87 (1858). Hab. W.C. Africa. Bandusia apicalis. Interna? apicalis, Uagl. GEfy. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1899, no. 2, p. d. Hab. Cameroons (Hscalera, Brit. Mus.). AMBERANA, gen. nov. Vertex of head broader than long, obtusely angularly produced in front of eyes; face broadly longitudinally ventrally sulcately impressed, the margins of this area ridged ;. pronotum almost as long as broad, convex, the anterior lateral margins straightly oblique to head, the posterior lateral margins oblique to basal angles of scutellum, anterior margin transversely straight, posterior margin only mode- rately concavely sinuate ; scutellum longer than broad, discally foveately impressed ; rostrum reaching the inter- mediate coxze; posterior tibize with a prominent spine before apex; tegmina long, narrow, three times as long as broad, apices rounded, the apical area transversely veined ; wings shorter than tegmina, a little more than twice as long as broad. Type, A. elongata, Dist. By the sulcately impressed face allied to Literna, Stal, from which, among other characters, it may be at once separated by the narrow elongated tegmina. Amberana elongata, sp. n. Vertex, pronotum, scutellum, head beneath, prosternum,. and legs black; posterior legs with the femora and bases of tibize ochraceous ; abdomen above and beneath sanguineous ; meso- and metasterna testaceous or reddish ochraceous ; tegmina black, a large elongate basal spot in clavus, a sub- costal rounded spot above its apex, and a large transverse spot before apical area, golden yellow; wings very pale fuliginous ; structural characters as in generic diagnosis. Long., excl. tegm., 85 mm. ; exp. tegm. 25 mm, Hab. Madagascar ; Mt. Amber (Brit. Mus.). 314 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. DavrPHINA, gen. nov. Vertex of head a little broader than long, narrowing to apex, which is broadly subangularly rounded ; ocelli some- what contiguous, much nearer to each other than to eyes ; face broad, broadly longitudinally sulcately impressed, the margins of this area ridged; pronotum almost twice as broad as long, the lateral angles subprominent and subangulate, the anterior lateral margins slightly rounded and _ obliquely directed to head, the posterior lateral margins obliquely sinuate to basal angles of scutellum, posterior margin con- cavely sinuate; scutellum longer than broad, discally foveately impressed ; rostrum reaching the intermediate cox; posterior tibiz with a strong spine before apex ; tegmina but a little more than twice as long as broad, their apices rounded, transversely veined on apical area; wings a little shorter than tegmina, more than twice as long as broad. Type, D. lemuria, Dist. By the sulcately impressed face allied to Literna, Stal, but differing by the shape and size of the pronotum, &c. Dauphina lemuria, sp. n. Head and scutellum black; pronotum ochraceous, its anterior margin (broadly) and posterior margin (narrowly) black ; abdomen above, body beneath, and legs sanguineous ; face, anterior and intermediate tibiz and tarsi, and apices of the posterior tibiz and the tarsi black ; lateral angles of the prosternum ochraceous, inwardly narrowly black; teg- mina with less than basal half ochraceous, outwardly margined with a transverse black fascia inwardly continued on claval suture but not reaching base, base of posterior claval margin also black, the costal area sanguineous ; beyond this ochra- ceous area the colour is pale brownish ochraceous, with the apical margin broadly black ; wings very pale fuliginous, the basal area and posterior and apical margins fuscous ; vertex foveate on each lateral area at inner margins of eyes; pro- notum thickly finely obscurely punctate, with several foveations in the anterior black area; rostrum sanguineous, its apex black and reaching the intermediate coxe ; posterior tibie with a single robust spine at about one-third before apex. Long., excl. tegm., 9 mm.; exp. tegm. 25 mm. Hab. Madagascar; Fort Dauphin (M. J. Cloisel, Brit. Mus.). Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 315 Genus TRIEcPHORA. Triecphora, Amy. & Serv. Hist. Hém. p. 561 (1843); Dist. Insect. Transvaal, pt. ix. p. 225 (1908). Tomaspis, Stal (nec Amy. & Serv.), Hem. Afr. iv. p. 56 (1866). Type, 7. sanguinolenta, Scop.* Triecphora nyasse. Tomaspis nyasse, Dist. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1878, p. 177; Waterh. Aid Ident. Ins. t. xxiv. (1880-2). Tomaspis mirabilis, Schout. Ann. Soe. Ent. Belg. xly. p. 128 (1908). Hab. E. Africa. Triecphere picturata, sp. n. Head (including face), scutellum, pro- and mesosterna, and legs black; posterior femora testaceous ; pronotum stramineous, the anterior and anterior-lateral margins black ; abdomen ahove and beneath pale testaceous, the anal segment black; metasternum stramineous or pale testa- ceous; tegmina black, nearly basal half (excluding broad costal margin) and a large discal spot on apical area stra- mineous, in some specimens the latter spot ochraceous ; wings pale fuliginous; vertex broadly foveately apically impressed ; pronotum very finely wrinkled, posterior tibiz with two strong spines, one near base, the other near middle ; face centrally longitudinally carinate. Long., excl. tegm., 65-7 mm.; exp. tegm. 19 mm. Hab. N.W. Rhodesia; Kambove, Katanga (Neave, Brit. Mus.). Triecphore daltoné, sp. n. Body and legs black; an elongate spot at each lateral angle of the scutellum, margins of the abdominal segments (very prominent above and much more obscure beneath), and coxal spots sanguineous ; tegmina black, a short basal sub- costal longitudinal streak and the apical third testaceous ; wings very pale fuliginous, subhyaline, piceous at base and fuscous at apical margin; vertex with a basal central longi- tudinal ridge, on each side of which is a broad central longi- tudinal foveation ; pronotum rugosely punctate ; face very * This species has usually been ascribed to Linneeus, but Maurice Royer has recently (Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1906, p, 297) shown that Linneus included three species under that name and that the species is definitely fixed by Scopoli (Knt. Carn. p. 112, fig. 380, 1763). 316 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. prominent and centrally longitudinally ridged, greyishly transversely striate on each lateral area; rostrum about reaching the intermediate coxz ; abdomen beneath densely shortly greyishly pilose ; posterior tibize with a single strong spine about one-third before apex. Long., excl. tegm., 9 mm.; exp. tegm. 23 mm. Hab. West Africa (Dalton, Brit. Mus.). Triecphora johanne, sp. n. Head, pronotum, scutellum, body beneath, and legs pale castaneous brown, abdomen above brownish ochraceous, apex of scutellum pale ochraceous ; tegmina black, crossed by two transverse greyish fascie, the broadest near base, the nar- rower at about one-third before apex ; wings pale fuliginous ; head foveately impressed on each lateral area at inner side of eyes; pronotum very finely wrinkled and punctate, roundly subfoveately impressed on each side near anterior margin and belind eyes; face angulate and very strongly centrally longitudinally ridged; posterior femora with one strong spine at about one-third before apex. Long., excl. tegm., 10 mm.; exp. tegm. 24 mm. Hab. Comoro Islands; Johanna (Bewsher, Brit. Mus.). This is the specimen referred to by Dr. Butler (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iv. p. 41, 1879) as an apparently new species of Phymatostetha, contained in a small collection of Arachnida from the island of Johanna. It has been reset, and is now in perfect condition. Triecphora karschi, sp. n. Tomaspis binotata, Karsch (nec Dist.), Stett. ent. Zeit. 1894, p. 114, t. ii. fig. 8. Karsch probably intended to ascribe this species to my T. conspicua rather than to T. binotata, with which it has little in common. From 7. conspicua it differs by having the abdomen above black, not sanguineous or dull reddish ; the legs black ; tegmina with a small red spot nearer to apex than the much larger spot in conspicua. Structurally it is distinct by the formation of the face, which is not “ robustly and convexly tumid” as in conspicua, but smaller, com- pressed, and with a very distinct central longitudinal ridge extending about halfway from base. ; Hab. West Africa; Barombi (fide Karsch) ; Cameroons (Escalera, Brit. Mus.) ; Calabar (Rutherford, Coll. Dist.). Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 317 Genus Locris. Loeris, Stil, Hem. Afr. iv. p. 57 (1866). Type, L. rubra, Fabr. Locris auripennis, sp. n. Head above, pronotum, and scutellum orange-yellow ; more than basal half of head, pronotum with a broad sub- anterior fascia not reaching lateral margins, and a broad basal fascia not reaching the posterior lateral angles, black ; scutellum with four small basal black spots, one at each basal angle and two (strongly foveate) between them ; abdo- men above black, the segmental margins carmine-red ; body beneath and legs black ; basal margin and central fascia to face (the latter reaching to about middle), lateral areas of prosternum (containing a black spot), apices of femora, tibiz, and tarsi orange-yellow, bases and apices of tibize and apices of tarsi black ; metasternum more or less sanguineous ; tegmina golden yellow, with two small black marginal spots, one at apex of clavus, the other above it at costal margin ; wings shining fuliginous, the basal area and apex blackish, extreme base sanguineous; pronotum rugosely punctate, more so on posterior half, with a central carinate line not reaching anterior margin ; face compressed, centrally longi- tudinally carinate ; posterior tibiz with a strong spine at about one-third from apex ; tegmina nearly three times as long as broad. Long., excl. tegm., 9 mm.; exp. tegm. 25-255 mm. Hab. N.W. Rhodesia; W. of Kambove (Neave, Brit. Mus.). Allied to L. erythromela, Walk., but a larger insect ; colour of tegmina different, base of clavus concolorous, not black, small foveate spots at base of scutellum, &c. The British Museum possesses a long series of this species. Locris katangensis, sp. n. Head black, a narrow ochraceous marginal spot in front of each eye, face and clypeus black, the narrow ochraceous spots above visible beneath on each side of base; pronotum black, anterior and lateral margins connected with a central transverse fascia, ochraceous; scutellum ochraceous, with - four small blackish obscure spots at base, the two central spots foveate; abdomen above carmine-red, the lateral margins black; body beneath and legs black, the tibia 318 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. (excluding bases and apices) sanguineous; metasternum more or less sanguineous, lateral margins of prosternum ochraceous ; tegmina brownish ochraceous, bases of costal and outer claval margins pale ochraceous ; wings fuliginous, the basal] and apical areas darker, extreme base sanguineous ; pronotum coarsely punctate, posteriorly moderately rugose ; face moderately compressed, outwardly convex, with a central longitudinal carinate line ; posterior tibiz with a prominent spine beyond middle. Long., excl. tegm., 8 mm.; exp. tegm. 23 mm. Hab. N.W. Khodesia; Kambove, Katanga (Neave, Brit. Mus.). Apparently somewhat allied to L. vestigans, Jacobi. Locris spectabilis, sp. n. Head, pronotum, and scutellum black; head with a spot on each lateral margin in front of eyes and the anterior, lateral, and posterior margins of pronotum ochraceous ; abdomen above brownish ochraceous, the lateral margins macularly black ; body beneath black ; the ochraceous spots to margins of head above visible on each side of face ; lateral margins of prosternum ochraceous; legs pale testaceous, anterior femora streaked above, intermediate and posterior femora (excluding apices), apices of tibiz, and the tarsi black ; margins of the abdominal segments beneath testa- ceous ; tegmina very pale ochraceous, their apices roseate ; wings hyaline, a prominent black basal spot and the apical and posterior margins fuscons ; pronotum punctate, slightly rugose, with a central longitudinal carinate line neither reaching the anterior nor posterior margins; face sub- globose, not prominently compressed, centrally longitudinally carinate, outwardly convex; tegmina densely finely punc- tate; posterior tibie with a prominent spine at about one- third from apex. Long., excl. tegm., 9 mm.; exp. tegm. 24 mm. Hab. N.W. Rhodesia; Lualaba R. (Neave, Brit. Mus.). Locris antinoriz, sp. n. Head, pronotum, scutellum, body beneath, and legs black ; a marginal spot on each side of head in front of eyes, anterior and anterior-lateral margins of pronotum, a small spot near apex of scutellum, a marginal spot between face and eyes, and segmental margins to abdomen beneath, ochraceous ; abdomen above sanguineous, the segmental margins paler, and with a marginal series of large black segmental spots on Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 319 each side ; tegmina black; costal area from base to near apex, where it is obliquely deflected inwardly, apical margin, posterior claval margin, and some obscure macular discal suffusions pale testaceous ; wings pale fuliginous, subhyaline, basal area and apical margin piceous, extreme base san- guineous ; pronotum coarsely punctate and_ posteriorly rugose, a fine central carinate longitudinal line not reaching posterior margin ; face with a central longitudinal carinate line; posterior tibiae with a moderately strong spine at about one-third from apex. Long., excl. tegm., 10 mm. ; exp. tegm. 24 mm. Hab. Abyssinia; Shoa (Antinori, Atkins. Coll., Brit. Mus.). Locris areata. Monecphora areata, Walk. List Hom. iii. p. 675 (1851). Var.—Agreeing with typical L. areata, but tegmina with nearly basal half of claval area continued upward in an oblique fascia to near costal margin, pale ochraceous, this ochraceous marking more or less margined with black spots which vary in number and intensity in different specimens. Note.—In typical specimens of JL. areata there are generally obsolete indications of the ochraceous basal coloration. The variety above described is represented in the British Museum by specimens from Zanzibar, Tanganyika, and E. Witu in Brit. E. Africa. Locris incarnata. Monecphora incarnata, Walk. List Hom. ii. p. 677 (1851). Loeris distanti, Schout. Ann. Soc, Ent. Belg. xlv. p. 120 (1901). This species is found in the Transvaal, a habitat which may, perhaps, represent the “ Interior of South Africa,” as given by Walker. Var.— Many of the veins and a spot near costal margin in the apical area of the tegmiua ochraceous. Hab. Angola (Brit. Mus ). Var. angolensis. All the sanguineous coloration replaced by ochraceous. Hab. Augola (Brit. Mus.). 320 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. Locris apicalis, sp. n. Head black, the apical margin from in front of eyes san- guineous ; pronotum sanguineous, a broad transverse ante- rior fascia not reaching the lateral margins and a transverse subbasal fascia medially interrupted, black; scutellum black ; abdomen above sanguineous, with a marginal segmental series of black spots on each side; body beneath and legs black; a central longitudinal fascia to face, the clypeus, lateral margins of prosternum, anterior femora (excluding base), apices of intermediate and posterior femora, the tibiz and narrow segmental ventral margins, sanguineous, abdo- minal apical segment sanguineous, with a black spot on each side; tegmina sanguineous, the apical area black between the veins, some of which are flavescent ; wings very pale fuliginous, subhyaline, darker at basal area and on inner membranal margin, extreme base sanguineous ; pronotum punctate, not rugose ; face compressed, moderately centrally longitudinally carinate; posterior tibiz with a prominent spine at about one-third from apex. Long., excl. tegm., 7 mm. ; exp. tegm. 22 mm. Hab. N.W. Rhodesia; W. of Kambove (Neave, Brit. Mus.). Allied to ZL. incarnata, Walk. Locris rhodesiana, sp. n. Head, pronotum, and scutellum black; a lateral spot on head in front of eyes and lateral and posterior margius of pronotum sanguineous ; abdomen above sanguineous, shaded with black, especially near base and apex ; body beneath and legs blackish, apices of the femora, and the whole of the tibiz sanguineous ; tegmiua with the basal third sanguineous, remaining area creamy-white, darkening to pale ochraceous between the veins on apical area, a large black oblique spot commencing on costal margin of apical area, and the apical marginal area irregularly spotted with piceous; wings - hyaline, about basal third and the apical margin piceous, extreme base sanguineous ; face globose; pronotum coarsely punctate but not rugose, tegmina with the veins very prominent, and the surface between them foveately depressed except on basal third. Long., excl. tegm., 6 mm.; exp. tegm. 18 mm. Hab. N.E. Rhodesia; W. of Medona (D. Macdonald, Brit. Mus.). Allied to L. concinna, Dist., from Damaraland. Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 321 Locris hindei, sp. n. Head, pronotum, scutellum, and body beneath black ; marginal spot in front of each eye and narrow lateral and posterior margins to pronotum sanguineous ; abdomen above sanguineous, the base and some transverse fascize black ; femora black, their apices and the whole of the tibiz san- guineous; tarsi black, with their bases sanguineous ; the ventral segmental margins and the base of anal segment sanguineous ; tegmina with about basal third sanguineous, followed by a central transverse stramineous fascia, remaining area to apex fuscous, where the veins are sanguineous or stramineous; wings very pale fuliginous, hyaline, the base and apical margin fuscous ; pronotum punctate, not rugose ; tegmina densely and finely punctate, the veins on the apical area prominently thickened; face compressed, rounded in front, not angularly prominent nor centrally carinate ; poste- rior tibiz with a moderately strong spine at about one-third from apex. Long., excl. tegm., 6 mm.; exp. tegm. 17 mm. Hab. Brit. E. Africa; Machakos (S. L. Hinde, Brit. Mus.). Locris neavei, sp. 0. Head, pronotum, scutellum, and body beneath black ; head above with three marginal spots (one at apex and one in front of each eye), a central longitudinal fascia to face, clypeus, lateral and anterior margins to pronotum and a central longitudinal fascia extending from base to middle, sanguineous ; abdomen above purplish red, the segmental margins paler; legs sanguineous, bases of femora, apices of tibiz, and the tarsi black ; tegmina with basal third san- guineous, containing a fuscous streak on inner claval margin ; this is followed by a central transverse stramineous fascia much broadened on costal margin, remaining area to apex black ; wings pale fuliginous, extreme base sanguineous ; pronotum punctate, not rugose; tegmina densely finely punctate ; face compressed, rounded, not angularly promi- nent nor centrally carinate; posterior tibiz with a strong spine at about one-third from apex. Long., excl. tegm., 8 mm.; exp. tegm. 19 mm. Hab. N.W. Rhodesia; W. of Kambove (Neave, Brit, Mus.). Locris kambovensis, sp. 0. Head, pronotum, scutellum, body beneath, and legs black ; head with a testaceous marginal spot in front of each eye 322 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. bases and apices of coxee, extreme bases and apices of femora, abdomen above and base of abdomen beneath, dull san- guineous; connexivum black; tegmina stramineous, with castaneous suffusions which may be described as a short linear basal longitudinal line, upper claval margin (excluding base), a broad central longitudinal streak on apical half of clavus, a broad transverse fascia commencing near middle of costal margin and at middle of tegmen deflected and con- tinued in two longitudinal fasciz to apical area, which is also castaneous, with its apical margin black; wings very pale fuliginous and hyaline, base and apex fuscous, extreme base dull sanguineous; pronotum punctate, not rugose; tegmina densely finely punctate, the veins in apical area raised and prominent ; face much compressed and angularly prominent, centrally strongly carinate ; posterior tibie with a strong spine at about one-third from apex. Long., excl. tegm., 7-74 mm. ; exp. tegm. 20 mm. Hab. N.W. Rhodesia; W. of Kambove and Lualaba R. (Neave, Brit. Mus.). Locris chersonesia, sp. n. Head above, pronotum, scutellum, face, and lateral margins of prosternum golden yellow; abdomen above sanguineous ; body beneath and legs sanguineous, face and prosternum golden yellow; eyes, mesosternum, base of abdomen beneath, coxal spots, and anterior and intermediate tarsi black; tegmina golden yellow, a large roseate spot near middle of costal area deflected to near middle of tegmen and then continued in two longitudinal fasciz to apical area, which is also roseate; wings very pale fuliginous, subhyaline, basal area blackish; pronotum punctate, not rugose ; face com- pressed, strongly centrally longitudinally carinate, laterally finely transversely striate; posterior tibize armed with a long spine at about two-thirds from base. Long., excl. tegm., 7 mm. ; exp. tegm. 2] mm. Hab. N.W. Rhodesia; W. of Kambove (Neave, Brit. - Mus.). Locris enea, sp. i. Body pale bronzy ochraceous ; margins of the metanotum, meso- and metasterna, abdomen beneath and legs black; anterior femora and anal abdominal segment bronzy ochra- ceous ; tegmina brassy yellow, the apical and inner margins narrowly fuscous; wings very pale fuliginous, subhyaline, basal area infuscate ; pronotum punctate, but not rugose, and Descriptions and Records of Bees. 323 with a distinct central longitudinal carinate line; lateral areas of the abdomen above macularly black ; face mode- rately compressed, medially centrally longitudinally carinate, the lateral areas finely transversely striate ; posterior tibice with a strong spine at about one-third from apex. Var.—With the legs bronzy ochraceous. Long., excl. tegm., 6 mm. ; exp. tegm. 19 mm. Hab. Tafiganyika (Brit. Mus.). Transvaal; Waterval- Onder (Ross, Coll. Dist.). Locris submarginata, sp. n. Head, pronotum, scutellum, body beneath, and legs black ; coxal spots and apices of femora sanguineous; abdomen above sanguineous, the lateral margins and apex black ; tegmina testaceous red, a curved fascia before apical area, some large spots in the cells of apical area, and the apical margin, which is strongly subdentately produced inwardly, black; wings very pale fuliginous, subhyaline, basal area piceous, extreme base sanguineous ; pronotum punctate, not rugose ; face compressed, strongly centrally longitudinally carinate ; posterior tibize with a strong spine at about one-third from apex ; tegmina densely finely punc- tate, the veins on apical area moderately prominent. Long., excl. tegm., 8 mm.; exp. tegm. 22 mm. Hab. N.W. Rhodesia; Lualaba R. (Neave, Brit. Mus.). XXX VI.—Deseriptions and Records of Bees —XX. By 'l. D. A. CockERELL, University of Colorado. Anthophora melfordi, sp. n. Represented by the head, thorax, and first abdominal segment, with the mouth-parts extended and the wings well preserved. Black ; wings dusky hyaline, with black or very dark brown nervures. Head almost 4 mm. long, and the same in width; thorax about 5 mm. long and broad; anterior wing just over 8 mm. long; extended mouth-parts about 44 mm, Legs robust, hairy; claws deeply cleft, the outer tooth much longer than the inner ; anterior basitarsus with a lateral fringe of long hair, of which the first hairs are longest and the others successively shorter ; middle tibial spur stout, very finely and minutely pectinate, like the hind spur of Cenérzs (from the 324 Mr. T. D, A. Cockerell—Descriptions and position of the leg the one spur visible appears to be on the middle tibia of the left side, but from the pectination of the spur I suspect that it is really the right posterior leg twisted under the body); hair of legs dark fuscous ; tongue with copious long hair, and extending more than 1360 beyond maxillee ; maxillee extending about 3230 mw beyond head ; width of mouth-parts at base (where they leave the head) about 1020 p. Venation normal both in anterior and posterior wings (including the very oblique t.-m. of the latter), except that the first r. n. reaches the second s.m. near the beginning of its last third instead of at the middle. The following wing- measurements are In pp :— Length of marginal cell). recht 16 pare eee ees 1750 9. . (qth IRCOMGL PRN Cos a bh ee oe aie oe 2600 First ¢.-c. to insertion of first £) 0. 5 oss ..%s.s00>s 510 Insertion /of first r;m: to'second't:-c; . 2.....2. 262. . 255 Third sins On MATA bet os a oe. s s a ae oe cea 408 ILower sided Ding Baetoa, ys. ck oeealixsoxsueene 510 Length of, thisd §.2n. 2m middle’... ec,> scree anes 645 Marginal cell beyond third s.m. negeceed along its ‘lower TRATOUA) Soins thse ee ep ap ha Rete et eee 765 The b. n. meets t.-m., the upper part of which is bowed outwardly. Hab. Florissant; fossil in the Miocene shales, Station 13 B (Melford Smith, 1908). This is the first genuine fossil Anthophora; the A. effossa, Heyden, from Rott, exhibited no wings, and cannot be re- ferred with certainty to any particular genus. Calyptapis florissantensis, Ckll., 1906. This genus and species were based on an imperfect specimen obtained by Scudder, and were referred to the Eucerine Anthophoride. A very good example collected in the Miocene shales at Florissant in 1908 (Station 13 B, W. P. Cockerell) enables me to determine that it is in fact a member _ of the Bombidz very close to Bombus in most respects, but differing in the form of the third submarginal cell and in the somewhat less specialized second submarginal. It is stout-bodied, with hairy legs, quite as in Bombus; head and thorax blacks abdomen rather pale reddish, the junctions of the segments marked by moderately broad light bands; the abdomen is not noticeably hairy. The hind basitarsus is flattened and quadrate, broadly emarginate Records y Bees. 325 apically, and with hairy margif's; its dimensions in uw are: (1) length 1530, (2) breadth at base 1105, (8) breadth at apex 900. Claws bifid, with the inner tooth much the smaller and shorter, precisely as in Bombus. Wings clear, with pale nervures ; length of anterior wing about 8h mm. Length of body about 15 mm. The following measurements of the anterior wing are in fo i— Length of marginal cell ....,. Hong SUB OCE S Ia ear 380 Lepr Mar Ey fa Mt shen apehe nei ao saiel Regs, Pe wit exe 595 Length (obliquely) of ‘first Submareimale 2s. a2 a2 3 1020 3 GE SCCOUG, SUDIMATAINAM OTs ees ye es oe ss 765 a of third rf tg ie ua SERRE Rahniciarae Pasa 1020 Second submarginal on marginal ................ 340 Third Fe Fee EI eae 510 Second submarginal on fir st Giscoidaleae see ee 391 Pi Chute ay Mae cree ee MEER 8 459 Third NS ass Netss make ee er rats eee cc ae 867 Height of third submar ginal i iad dee on ke 425 Insertion of second r. n. to appendicular nervure at SUaKOMmenT CuSO y cre eye toes ever teen n oar 1? * Length of first discoidal cell (obliquely) .......... 2312 = of transverso-medial nervure............-. 255 Width of second discoidal cell at ADEM orotate; se sie) « 765 hen a HhiOk Dasa NERMCS 6: é.c\s ngs erate aati a herdele yee 1836 The transverso-medial is vertical except at its upper end, where it bends basad and actually meets the basal. This band is easily overlooked, giving the impression that the nervure ends a short distance apicad of the basal. In the above table of measurements the first and third sub- marginals appear of equal length ; but if measured in the same manner, 7. e. from the middle of the basal to the middle of the apical side, the third is much the longer. The new specimen is on a slab with various leaves ; a leaf of Fagus longifolia (Lx.) is less than an inch from the bee, and a leaflet of Weinmannia phenacophylla, Ckll., is equally close. This species is of great interest to me, because I have just been studying the ancestors of the Bombidez in Baltic amber of Oligocene age. The amber materials, kindly loaned from the Museum at Konigsberg through Dr. A. Tornquist, throw a flood of light on the subject, including as they do numerous genera and species in a wonderful state of preservation. The following is a list of the fossil Bombiform bees ; the Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. ii. 23 326 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Descriptions and descriptions of those from amber will be published at Konigsberg :— (A) Small compact bees about 8 to 9 mm. long, often with metallic colours. All from Baltic amber. (a) Second t.-c. absent; b. n. going basad of t.-m.; stigma well developed. . Sophrobombus fatalis. Representing a side branch of the primitive Bombide, not leading to anything modern. a (b) Three submarginal cells, as usual; b. n. meeting t.-m. (i.) Stigma distinct, but short. 2. Chalcobombus martialis. Third s.m. very broad (460 2) above. Meso- thorax, scutellum, and vertex dull black; prothorax, tubercles, and legs coppery red. Chalcobombus hirsutus. Head and thorax with long pale hair; wings reddish fuliginous. 4. Chalcobombus humilis. Abdomen with a sericeous lustre and a decided green tint, the hind margins of the segments broadly reddish. co : (ii.) Stigma obsolete ; third submarginal cell produced apically. . Protobombus indecisus. Wings rather light fuliginous, with a very dark fuliginous cloud at end of marginal cell. (B) About the size and build of the honey-bee (Apis), but with the eyes naked ; stigma very small; b. n. meeting t.-m.; hind tibize with a single short sharp spur. Species from amber. . Electrapis meliponoides. Showing characters transitional to Apis, but not a direct ancestor of that genus. (C) Bombus-like, stout-bodied bees. (a) Length about 1] or 12 mm.; head and thorax very hairy; b. n. going basad (170 p) of t.-m.; malar space obsolete. From amber, 7. ELlectrapis (?) tornquistt. This is the most Bombus-like of the amber- bees. or jor) (b) Length about 15 mm.; b. n. meeting t.-m., but bending at upper end todo so. Florissant (Miocene). 8. Calyptapis florissantensis. The Bombide thus appear to have originated in Europe, but to have reached America as early as the Miocene. Apis, ‘though widespread in the Old World, apparently never reached America until brought over by man. Phe only known fossil Apis, in any true sense, is Apis henshawi, Ck\l., from Rott, Prussia (Upper Oligocene). In this species, however, the b. n. almost meets the t.-m., so it has been regarded as forming a distinct subgenus, Synapts. The character is one which allies it with the ancient Bombide. Apis adamitica, Heer, from Oeningen (Upper Miocene), is Hocnne (no fossils known), Records of Bees. 327 perhaps related to Synapis (it certainly is not a typical Apis), but it is so imperfectly preserved and described that its affinities are doubtful. £ The Meliponine bees, now so abundant in the tropics of both hemispheres, are only known in the fossil state. by a single species, Meliponorytes succini, Tosi, from Sicilian amber (Middle Miocene). In this insect the first submarginal cell is complete and well-defined, but the others are absent. The general scheme of relationships will be about thus :— Moprrn. Bombus. Psithyrus, Apis. Melipona. Trigona. Miocune. Calyptapis. Meliponorytes. Oxiaocenn Chalcobombus. Synapi $0 ‘$6 ; . 0 QP) AD Protob ombus. i S/o Sophrobombus. Although Bombus and Psithyrus are thus derived from Calyptapis in the diagram, this must not be taken too literally, as meaning that they are of American origin. Calyptapis very probably occurred in both hemispheres, as Bombus does to-day, or was represented in Europe and Asia by allied genera, from which Bombus might equally well be derived *. * It would even be possible to use Calyptapisasan argument in favour of the Old-World origin of Bombus. It is recognized that nearly all Za 328 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Descriptions and Various species ascribed to Bombus have been described from the Oligocene and Miocene of Europe, but they require reinvestigation. Buttel-Reepen (Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin, 1906, p. 163) has given a scheme of evolution of the Bombide &c. differing somewhat from the above. He was not, of course, acquainted with. the numerous new amber genera, and he took too seriously some of the generic refer- ences of the older authors. Andrena hypolitha, sp. n. 9? .—Length about 10 mm. Head broader than long (width of head 2? mm., breadth between eyes in middle of face about 1700 mu); head and thorax black; legs ferruginous, tibiz and tarsi hairy, claws bifid. Length of anterior wing not over 6 mm.; nervures and stigma pale ferruginous. Abdomen oval, about 55 mm, long and slightly over 3} broad (no doubt broadened some- what by flattening); colour of abdomen light ferruginous, with four broad dark ferruginous bands, the first very broadly interrupted, the margins of the bands are suffused and ill-defined. Stigma large; lower section of basal nervure straight except at its lower end, which is abruptly bent; second s.m. receiving first r.n. beyond the middle; first discoidal cell very long and narrow, possibly a little narrower than normal by distortion ; third t.-c. with a strong double curve ; end of marginal cell obliterated, but its probable total length less than 1700 w. ‘Transverso-medial of hind wings almost vertical, the lower end a little more basad. The following measurements of the anterior wing are In fi— Second submarginal cell on marginal.............. 238 Third 3 nti aS een ee 272 Depth of marginal cell.) > ..ccee eae soe eee 340 (at 850 » beyond end of stigma it is 204) Letigth of sigma. d-ekges op. tee hee eee eee 850 (stigma on marginal cell 391) Depth or stipma 025. es eee seca geese ere eee 221 Length of first submarginal cell (obliquely) ........ 935 - a - 5, on first discoidal (not allowing for gentle double curve) ...........- 800 modern insect-genera are older than the Miocene; hence if Bombus already existed it would probably be in the Old World, and Calyptapis would represent an earlier type segregated in America, to be exterminated later by the invasion of Bombus. Records of Bees. 329 Hecond sams on’ first discoidalyG .2.caer- ois be 8 eokls 289 Fe Fr Char gS ae sap tthe) dh the) oi clcre aieiehaj ney 102 Length of third submarginal cell ................ 578 ; rst) discoid alécelim eis serae-totein ae rots «ie 1700 Upper section of basal nervure ............00---- 272 Lower’ ,, “ 7 (not allowing for GEMEVIE) i; 5 sac obs aos oo) 058) exoroacr abs dye rota/ are dat A etceal ed aly s 748 In the hind wing the t.-m. is 170 w long and the distance from the t.-m. to the cubital is 714. Differs from A. sepulta and A. clavula by having the second s.m. much broader above and various details of the venation. From A. clavula it also differs in the form of the abdomen. flab. Miocene shales of Florissant, Station 13 B (1908). Stelis seneciophila, sp. n. 3? .— Length about 74 mm. Brilliant dark shining blue, with black pubescence ; punc- tures on head and thorax strong and dense, but well separated on front ; punctures on abdomen somewhat smaller and more separated, but extremely dense on the apical two seements ; tegulze and legs dark blue. Wings nearly clear, but the apex greyish and a‘grey shade in marginal cell; second r. n. going beyond end of second t.-c. Closely related to S. montana, Cresson, but smaller and more slender, with no green tints, and with clearer, not brownish, wings. The first r. n. joins the second s.m. as far from its base as half the length of the first t.-c., or nearly that ; in montana it is nearer to the base of the cell, or even sometimes meets the t.-c. The last two joints of the labial palpi are conspicuously more slender than in montana. flab. Florissant, Colorado, at flowers of Senecio cymbalari- oides, June 29, 1908 (S. A. Rohwer). S. montana also occurs at Florissant, and is variable in size and colour (the largest ? is 105 mm. long), but always readily distinguishable trom S. seneciophila. Dioxys rohwert, sp. n. 3 .—Length about 64 mm. Black, densely punctured, with white pubescence ; abdomen with the usual white hair-bands; hind margin of sixth segment ferruginous ; tibial spurs bright ferruginous ; hair -on inner side of tarsi yellowish; tegule with a large ferru- ginous spot. Wings dusky hyaline, upper half of marginal cell faintly clouded. yes pale greenish. 330 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Descriptions and The smallest American species of the genus ; nearest to D. martit, Ckll., from which it differs by the much smaller size, very much finer punctures, more delicate thoracic spine, and the much smaller (almost rudimentary) subapical lateral spines of abdomen. Whe flagellum is only faintly reddish beneath. Hab. Troublesome, Colorado, alt. 7345 ft., June 9, 1908 (S. A. Rohwer). Osmia brunert, Ckll., g. At Troublesome, Colorado, June 8 and 9, 1908, Mr. 8. A. Rohwer took both sexes of this species. ‘The male is about 8 mm. long, short and compact like the female, with the most brilliant colours. Clypeus a splendid purple; sides of face largely green; vertex blue and purple ; cheeks green; thorax (including tegule) yellowish green, bluer at sides ; abdomen brilliant green, bluer at sides and apex; legs blue-green, but tibize black or nearly on one side ; hair of thorax above and occiput white without any admixture ot black; hair of vertex and clypeus black, but that of sides of face white; apical segments of abdomen with black hair ; sixth segment with a distinct notch, seventh bidentate. In my table in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Aug. 1907, p. 123, it runs to O. bennette, trom which it is easily distinguished by the black hair of the clypeus, the shape of the abdomen, &c. Osmia gaudiosa, Ckll. 6 .—Florissant, Colorado, at flowers of Mertensia lanceo- lata, June 19, 1908 (S. A. Rohwer). The specimen has the abdomen more shiny than that of the type, but I believe there is only one species. Diandrena nothocalaidis, Ckll. Troublesome, Colorado, at flowers of Wothocalais cuspidata, June 9, many females (S. A. Rohwer). Previously known only from Boulder. Andrena pyrrhacita, Ckll., var. mosina nov. ? .—Hair of face and front almost entirely black; clypeus finely punctured, with a very distinct smooth median line ; much black hair at sides of metathorax ; hair of thorax above Records of Bees. dol pale, as in type, of abdomen (except at base and apex) sub- appressed and very bright orange-fulvous ; hair of abdomen beneath and at extreme sides practically all black. Hab. Vroublesome, Colorado, at flowers of Salix, June 8, 1908 (S. A. Rohwer). The characters of this variety make it resemble the Euro- pean A. fulva. The size and form and small clypeal punc- tures readily separate it from A. hited. The varietal name is from a Malay word for red. Mr. Rohwer also took Andrena erythrogastra (Ashm.) at Troublesome on flowers of Saltz. Sphecodes sulcatulus, Okll. A female from Troublesome, Colorado, June 9, 1908 (S. A. Rohwer), is smaller than the type and lacks the median groove on first abdominal segment, but is evidently con- specific. The species is noticeable for its shining thorax. Titusella pronitens, Ckll. The females were found commonly at Florissant this year, visiting the flowers of Senecio cymbalarioides during the latter part of June. A second species of this genus is Tvtusella cubiceps (He- riades cubiceps, Cresson) from Nevada; distinguished by its white ventral scopa and clear wings. Bombomelecta pacifica (Cresson). Florissant, Colorado, June 12, at flowers of Libes, 1 93 (S. A. Rohwer). The B. fulvida, common at Boulder, seems to be only a race of pacifica, as Cresson held. Melissodes martini hited, subsp. n. ? .—Differing from MW. martini, Ckll. (from New Mexico), by the total absence of black hair on thorax above, the presence of black hairs on vertex (occasionally martiné has a few), the soot-coloured hair on middle basitarsus, and the hind basitarsus with the hair on its inner side ferruginous at base, but otherwise dark fuscous. ‘The abdominal hair-bands, as in martini, are pure white. In my tables in Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. 1906, if placed with the species having the hair on hind basitarsus ferruginous, it 302 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Descriptions and runs to M. thelypodit, Ckll., to which it is closely allied, differing conspicuously, however, in the colour of the pubes- cence. If placed with the species having the hair on hind basitarsus fuscous, it runs to M/. blaket, Ckll., which differs greatly in the colour of the abdominal pubescence, and is not especially related. The eyes of hitez are light green. Hab. Pueblo, Colorado, Aug. 17, 1907 (G. MZ. Hite). The JDlelissodes of the martint-thelypodii series do not visit Composite (so far as our records show) ; those of the blaket- mizee series are visitors of Composite. Tetralonia chrysobotrye, sp. n. ? .—Length about 15 mm. ; anterior wing 9 mm. Abdomen with very conspicuous entire pale bands on segments 3 and 4; on 1 and 2 the hair is mouse-colour, but the band on 2 is whitish posteriorly at the sides; on the fitth segment the broad apical band has the middle third dark reddish fuscous and the lateral thirds brownish white; hind basitarsi with the hair on inner side bright ferruginous and on the outer golden ; small joints of tarsi ferruginous, In my table in Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 1906, this runs to T. speciosa or cordley?, the hind spur not being at all hooked. Compared with speczosa it is considerably smaller, with much darker tegula, and the bands on abdominal segments 2 and 3 practically straight, not undulating laterally as in speciosa. Compared with 7’. cordleyi it is narrower, and the hair on the fifth abdominal segment is quite differently coloured. Compared with 7’. frater aragalli it is easily known by the narrower and much whiter bands on segments 3 and 4, These bands, however, are yellowish white, not greyish as in T. anne. g.—Hair of thorax above yellowish white or very pale yellow ; clypeus, labrum, and small supraclypeal mark pale lemon-yellow ; yellow of clypeus squarely notched at sides; mandibles with a very minute light basal spot ; second abdo- minal segment covered with pale hair, except the apical margin, where it is black ; tarsi ferruginous, normal, hind basitarsus a little longer than the other joints together. In my tables runs to 7. frater (Cresson), having the meso- thorax dull and the hind spurnormal. Compared with frater (a Cressonian cotype) it differs by the longer (much longer than wide) third antennal joint, the lighter yellow of the clypeus, the broader face, and the better-defined (though narrow) bands on segments 3 to 5. The fourth and fifth Records of Bees. 333 seoments, except for the bands, are shining black, with short black hair. The last ventral segment has a median sulcus and a little groove or channel on each side, the latter being curved and ending abruptly posteriorly. The yellow of the clypeus approaches the orbital margin much more closely than in Z. atrivenir?s, but not so closely as in 7. edwardsit vagabunda. ‘The second s.m. is broad, and receives the first r, n, no great distance beyond the middle. The third t.-c. is bent almost to a right angle. Hab. Boulder, Colorado, May 2, 1908 (Glenn M. Hite). Both sexes were taken at flowers of Ribes or Chrysobotrya odorata (Wendl.) ; the Libes longiflorum of Rydberg’s ‘ Flora of Colorado.’ Nomia. A critical examination of various specimens of Noma, supposed to be N. foai?’, D. T. (punctata, Fox), shows that several species have been confused. Fox, in his original description, evidently confuses two or more species, and I have found it difficult to determine which ought to be called the true fox. He cites (Entom. News, 1893, p. 135) specimens from Denver, Colorado (Beales), Vega S. José, New Mexico (Townsend), and Big Stone City, S. Dakota (Aldrich). He does not state which is the type locality, but 1 consider myself at liberty to select the New Mexico species as true foxit, a course which may be justified by the fact that 1t has been frequently referred to in my writings as such, whereas the other forms have not, I think, been alluded to since Fox’s paper appeared. Another reason is that Fox classes as a variety the very strongly punctured form, which must, I suppose, be the northern species here separated ; on the other hand, however, he says the tarsi of the female are typically testaceous, which does not accord with what I here call foaid. ‘Lhe last character is very likely to be variable and is not nearly so important as the difference in sculpture. The species of the foait group may be separated thus :— Males. Abdominal (tegumentary) bands somewhat broader, suffused with emerald-green ; second abdominal segment with a strong basal trans- verse groove; punctures of fourth segment minute and close. (El Rito, N. M., Aug. 5, Townsend; Santa Fé, N. M., July, Chki.; common-in New Mexico.) i... qucescee nee» Ne fort, ‘De i, 334 Major T. Broun on new Abdominal bands somewhat narrower, suffused with turquoise-blue; second segment flat, with no transverse depression, fourth (except at base) with large punctures; abdomen generally with very large and distinct punc- tures. (Boulder, Colorado, one, July 6, 1908, picked up on the pavement, struggling with a worker Pogonomyrmex occidentalis, Cress., T. D, A. Cockerell; one, July 14, Paul M. Dentin) So te siesles s Peae eae ees Aer tee eer N. universitatis, sp. n. Females. Larger; lateral hind margins of first abdominal segment green; mesothorax very sparsely punctured, except at sides. (Washington Niate.) cee, sepewe ese howe ea tec cpeeae t N. melanderi, Cl. Smaller; lateral hind margins of first abdominal segment not green or blue........ ae sow te ie iB 1. Wings greyish; truncation of metathorax less strongly punctured; first abdominal segment with well-separated but numerous punctures ; mesothorax closely punctured. (Las Cruces, N. M., Sept. 5, Townsend; Rincon, N. M., Sept. 14, Chil.) .......... N. fort, D. T. Wings brownish ; truncation of metathorax more closely punctured; first abdominal segment shining, with very sparse small punctures ; mesothorax with larger punc- tures, irregular in size and irregularly spaced ; punctures of third abdominal seg- ment minute, much smaller than in foz‘z. (Mesilla Valley, N. M., toward Organ Mts., end of September, CAll.,C 4.) .......... N. mesillensis, sp. n. The new species has green bands, as in WV. fowit. University of Colorado, Boulder, Colorado, U.S.A., July 15, 1908. XXX VII.— Descriptions of new Species of New-Zealand Coleoptera. By Major T. Broun, F.E.S. GEODEPHAGA. Diglymma tarsalis. Snofru emulator. : . Group CNEMACANTHID. Oopterus nigritulus. Mecodema acuductum. frontalis. —— cognatum. —— sculpturatus, —— lewisi. —— seriatum. Group ANISODACTYLID. —— attenuatum. Allocinopus ocularius, Species of New-Zealand Coleoptera. 335 Group ANCHOMENIDZ. Pterostichus turgidiceps. . : . tellus. Dicrochile thoracica. oe Anchomenus macroccelis. PETE Te xanthomelus. flecti oe . intermedius, ad fee ‘ integratus. A ea uses eaivsdtees Ctenognathus littcrellus. aS Ce a Tarastethus southlandicus. ra carbonarius, per Bp philpotti. Group Frronip™. ee Pas c . Trichosternus ccelocephalus, hanmerensis. ordinarius Group Bembrpi1p a. Zeopecilus optandus. Tachys coriaceus. Group Cnemacanthide. Mecodema acuductum, sp. n. Elongate, slightly convex, subopaque; black, the elytra a little infuscate or rufescent, legs and antennge rufo-piceous. Head with numerous fine but distinct punctures in line with back part of eyes, but only obsolete linear impressions, the vertex almost smooth, there being only three or four feeble transverse impressions, the usual lateral rugee and longitudinal impressions in front are well marked ; labrum broadly rounded and punctured at apex, and with a fine central groove. yes rather small and not very prominent. Thorax one-seventh broader than long, feebly incurved in front, base subtruncate, but little wider near the middle than it is elsewhere, a good deal narrowed towards the almost rectangular but obtuse posterior angles; lateral margins crenulate, the channels not expanded in front; the median sulcus hardly attains either base or apex, being merged with the abbreviated but not deep strie there; there are a few feeble transverse striz, and near the base and anterior angles some indistinct punctures ; the basal impressions are dee and foveiform, and placed closer to the sides than to the base. Elytra elongate, oblong-oval, nearly flat; there are four very finely punctured strie at each side of the suture, the fifth and sixth are deeper at the base and more distinctly punctured; the seventh interstices are somewhat elevated behind the shoulders, between these and the smooth space near each side there are two series of moderately coarse, closely placed punctures, neither of which reaches the base or apex, marginal sculpture normal; there are no interstitial punctures, but their whole surface, particularly behind, is 336 Major T. Broun on new rendered dull by minute sculpture and transverse aciculate marks. ; Underside moderately shining; head with short, dense, undulating sculpture ; the prosternum rather finely and distantly punctate, its flanks more closely and distinctly, intercoxal process broadly grooved; the metasternum and basal ventral segment at the sides finely and distinctly punc- tured, remaining segments with irregular linear impressions and indistinct punctures ; the terminal at the apex bears two setigerous punctures at each side of the middle. Not glossy like IM. scitulum, elytral strie more shallow, without punctures on the seventh interstices, quite differently sculptured underneath, and with lateral margins of the thorax crenulate. It differs from all the species with crenulate thoracic margins by the elytral sculpture. 3. Length 12; breadth 3? lines. Mount Holdsworth, Tararua Range, in the birch-forest at an elevation of 1500 to 2000 feet. Described from one example forwarded by Mr. G. V. Hudson. Mecodema cognatum, sp. n. Body moderately elongate, glossy black, the antenne, legs, palpi, and labrum pitchy red. Head (eyes included) nearly as wide as thorax, almost smooth, having only some longitudinal ruge in front and near the eyes ; there is one setigerous puncture near each of these. Mandibles wrinkled. Antenne pubescent from the fifth joint onwards. Thorax 3-3} lines broad by 2} in length, slightly incurved in front and at the base, its greatest width near the front, gradually curvedly narrowed backwards, without any abrupt contraction near the obtuse basal angles ; lateral channels rather narrow, of about equal width through- out until approaching the basal foveee, which are close to the sides ; these bear eight or nine setigerous punctures, but are not crenate; disk but little convex, with a well-marked central furrow, an indefinite curvate impression from one anterior angle to the other, and some short feeble longitudinal impressions near the base and apex, but no very evident transversal rugee anywhere. Llytra elongate, oviform, the shoulders and extremity of about equal width; they are distinctly punctate-striate, the four sutural strie rather fine, with flat interstices ; those beyond, however, are deeper, with stronger yet only moderate punctures and distinctly convex interstices ; the common smooth space along each side is more Species of New-Zealand Coleoptera. 337 or less punctate, apical sculpture somewhat irregular and coarse. Underside almost smooth, with six punctures at the extre- mity of the last ventral segment ; on the middle of the back part of the head there are two fine longitudinal lines and numerous fine transverse linear impressions. Its natural position is between UW. constrictum and the larger M. leviceps. From the former it may be easily distinguished by its greater bulk, less attenuate hind body, darker legs, and by the absence of any incurvature near the intermediate femora. In J. leviceps the elytral striz are deeper at the base, so as to appear ribbed theie. Length 114; breadth 33 lines. Castle Hill (J. D. Enys) ; Broken River (J. H. Lewis). Obs.—Three specimens are before me. The Broken River specimen is minus an antenna and two legs, and differs in having the sides of the thorax in front somewhat pinched in, so that the lateral channels are a little explanate; this, however, does not alter the general contour, as described above. Mecodema lewist, sp. n. Robust, only moderately convex, shining black ; palpi and tarsi piceo-rufous ; legs, antenne, and labrum rufo-piceous ; the elytra sometimes of a chocolate hue and subopaque. Flead \arge, with several distinct longitudinal sulci near the eyes and in front, finer and more irregular ones on the vertex, and a few more or less evident punctures behind ; the central space between the antenne is smooth. Thorax 41 lines broad, 34 long, nearly parallel-sided from the front for two-thirds of its length, from thence strongly curvate, so that the base is barely 3 lines in width, base and apex sub- truncate ; lateral margins entire, perceptibly more expanded in front than at the middle ; disk more or less feebly trans- versely striate, basal and apical longitudinal striz only moderately impressed, median sulcus distinct, basal fossze large ; there are two shallow fovez just behind the middle, and the same number, but more irregular in form, near the front ; these appear in one specimen (the larger), but not in the other. ytra oblong-oval in the larger specimen, elon- gate in the other, base and apex of nearly equal width; their sculpture consists ot shallow irregularly formed impressions of very unequal size, which cannot be termed punctures except near the suture, where, however, though much smaller, they are not serial, and are often confluent even within this limited area; over nearly half of each elytron 338 Major T. Broun on new rather larger smooth spaces occur than amongst the coarser impressions beyond ; the intervening spaces are more or less transverse and very irregular; when examined in certain ways three lines may be noticed on each elytron—these are not coste, being simply linear spaces which are more or less interrupted or obliterated. The legs are, in proportion to the size of the insect, rather slender ; the external apical angles of the front and middle tibize are but little prolonged; the antenne are only scantily pubescent. Underside nearly smooth, ventral segments foveate at the sides, prosternal process broadly grooved between the coxe. M. costellum, from Stephen’s Island, is the only species resembling M. lewist. The former may be identified by looking at the base of the elytra, where the costz are obvious ; its eyes are less convex, there is a transverse and rather closely punctured impression just behind them, and a longi- tudinal groove on the middle of the back part of the head ; the sides of the thorax, instead of being nearly straight near the middle, are gradually narrowed from the front, the widest part, and the hind body is more parallel-sided. Length 16-17 ; breadth 43-54 lines. Broken River, Canterbury, It is with pleasure that I name this superb species after Mr. J. H. Lewis, who discovered it, and who informed me that his first specimen measured 19 lines in length. Mecodema seriatum, sp. n. Elongate, slightly convex, nitid, nigrescent ; legs and an- tenn piceous. Head (the very prominent eyes included) as broad as front of thorax, with coarse longitudinal ruge in front of the an- tennal insertion and irregular ones near the sides, the space behind the eyes finely but distinctly punctured and feebly rugose, the middle not smooth. Thorax with setigerous punctures, but not crenulate, at the sides, almost as long as broad, scarcely wider near the middle than elsewhere, slightly rounded towards the front, strongly curved and narrowed behind (the sides at the base, however, are quite straight) ; apex widely incurved, base slightly medially emarginate ; median groove deep but not reaching the base or apex, basal fossee moderate, situated close to the angles, the disk with moderately fine but quite distinct undulating transverse striz, which on a shallow depression near each anterior angle become coarser and rugose; they are also similarly rugose, Species of New-Zealand Coleoptera. 339 with a few punctures, near the basal fossze, the base and apex with short, distinct, longitudinal furrows. E/ytra elongate, oviform, as broad near the apex as at the base; each elytron with eight almost perfectly regular series of punctures, those near the suture of moderate size, the sixth and seventh coarser, the marginal punctures rather shallow, interstices nearly quite smooth. Front and middle t¢dze only slightly angulate externally at the extremity. Antenne with the basal four joints glabrous. Underside black, moderately nitid; middle of prosternum smooth, its flanks distinctly but not coarsely punctate, sides of meso- and metasterna rather more closely; ventral seg- ments more or less finely wrinkled and punctured, the terminal at the extremity bipunctate at each side of the middle. There is no similar species with regular serial elytral punctuation. 6. Length 10; breadth 3 lines. Kinloch, Lake Wakatipu. One specimen from Mr. G. V. Hudson, who discovered it. Mecodema attenuatum, sp. n. Differs from MW. rugicolle as follows :— Larger and altogether more brilliant. Thorax larger, 34 lines in length and breadth, its sides distinctly and rather deeply crenulate, the rugee more deeply impressed. E/ytra much more narrowed posteriorly, their whole surface very irregularly marked with radiating aciculate impressions, the lateral sculpture coarser and more foveiform. The head not smooth on the middle, being finely rugose there; labrum also rugose; the eyes more prominent. Flanks of prosternum transversely rugose-punctate ; meso- sternum medially finely rugose, laterally closely rugose- punctate; basal ventral segment punctured near each side, the others finely wrinkled, the terminal much narrowed towards the extremity. Length 134; breadth 3 lines. Tapawera, Nelson. One example from Mr. G. V. Hudson, who also sent me a male of M. rugicolle, found at Wakapuaka, Nelson, the type of that species being a female from ‘Taranaki and measuring 11 x 33 lines. Diglymma tarsalis, sp. n. Elongate, subparallel, moderately convex, nitid; fusco- testaceous, the tibize, tarsi, and antenne rufescent. 340 Major T. Broun on new Head (including the prominent eyes) as wide as front of thorax ; lateral grooves deep, each separated from the eye by a distinct carina, frontal impressions elongate and rather shallow, feebly sculptured ; there is a slight constriction and a series of small punctures behind the eyes. Thoraw almost as long as broad, widest near the front, lateral margins fine but distinct, its sides a very little rounded till near the minute sinuosity or oblique contraction at the obsolete posterior angles; disk smooth, its longitudinal groove abbreviated, basal fossee rather elongate and situated close to the angles, between these there are a few minute punctures. lytra elongate, very little curvate at the sides, shoulders quite obtuse and a good deal narrowed; their striz rather shallow and finely punctured. Antenne reaching backwards to middle of thorax, basal three joints and part of fourth glabrous, remaining joints with conspicuous yellow pubescence. Legs moderately stout, tibiz not prolonged or incrassate at the extremity, the anterior with six coarse spiniform sete on the outer face near the apex. Male.—Anterior tarsi with fine sete at the sides, basal four joints somewhat expanded; the basal two largest, second quite transverse but not exactly cordate, these two articula- tions broadly dilated inwardly and furnished underneath at the inner side with patches of grey sponge-like vestiture. &. Length 51; breadth 12 lines. Preservation Inlet (dr. Hansen). One individual. Obs.—The structure of the male anterior tarsi in this and my D. punctipenne (no. 1768) proves that Dr. Sharp’s genus is not only perfectly distinct, but that it is differentiated by structural characters that cannot well be mistaken. He, uo doubt, had seen female specimens only when instituting Diglymma. SNOFRU, gen. nov. Body cylindric. Allied to Diglymma. Mentum tooth large, grooved, but not distinctly duplicate, strongly bisetose at base. Maxillary palpi with subcylindric terminal joints, truncate at apex. Jalial of about similar length, penultimate joint strongly bisetose, the terminal about as long as that of the maxillary, moderately slender at its base, considerably dilated beyond, narrowed but not acumi- nate at the extremity ; if the apical portion were removed the joint would be securiform. Scrobe of mandibles seti- gerous. ‘here is but one ocular seta; each side of the thorax Species of New-Zealand Coleoptera. 341 bears three or four sete. Labrum prominent, obliquely rounded at each side in front, so that it is notched medially. Tibie with simple external angles. Tars¢ with lateral setz only, basal four joints moderately dilated, cordiform, An- tenne pubescent from the fourth joint onwards. In the generic diagnosis of Diglymma Dr. Sharp states that ‘the terminal joint of the palpi is more slender than in any other yet described New Zealand Broscini.” The struc- ture of the labial palpi of Snofru is therefore distinctive. Snofru emulator, sp. n. Elongate, transversely convex, subparallel, shining black ; the legs, labrum, and mandibles piceous; antenne and tarsi pitchy red. Head narrower than thorax, nearly smooth, with a distinct ridge from the inuer side of each eye to the base of the man- dible; frontal impressions long and ill-defined; there is a transverse series of fine punctures in line with the constric- tion behind the eyes. Thorax about as long as it is broad, its sides finely marginated and only slightly curvate, rather more narrowed towards the base than in front, posterior angles obsolete ; its median furrow well marked, but not attaining the base or apex, basal fosse small, almost punctiform, situated close to the angles, the frontal and basal regions with some small scattered punctures. lytra elongate, rather wider than thorax at the base, shoulders curvedly narrowed, their sides very finely margined and but little rounded ; their striz not at all deep, subinterrupted in places and finely punctured, interstices nearly plane, apex almost smooth, the lateral space on each with five or six coarse punctures. Legs moderately stout, the intermediate tibize finely spinose. Underside black, flanks of prosternum punctate, with a groove along the middle extending nearly to the extremity of the intercoxal process. 9. Length 53; breadth 1} lines. Otara, Southland. One example, sent by Mr. A. Philpott in November 1894, has been held in reserve in the hope of obtaining some of the male sex. Oopterus nigritulus, sp. n. Oblong-oval, slightly convex, shining black; suture and margins of elytra rufescent, femora testaceous, tibize, tarsi, and antennee fusco-rufous. Head (eyes included) as wide as front of thorax, frontal Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. i. 24 342 Major T. Broun on new impressions not well defined, the ridge between each and thie sharply marked lateral sulcus rather broad ; between the two frontal punctures there is an elongate fovea, and between the eyes a distinct puncture; the labrum is sanguineous. Thorax only an eighth broader than long, the middle widest but not markedly so, its sides rather finely margined and almost regularly, yet only moderately rounded, gradually and not sinuously narrowed behind, posterior angles straight but not acute; disk convex, feebly transversely striate, mesial groove shortened in front, basal fossee large and broad, with a carina between each and the lateral margin, base sub- truncate, apex slightly incurved. Scutellamsmooth. Hlytra oval, with broad margins; the sutural two strize on each elytron distinct and seemingly impunctate, third and fourth fine, fifth and sixth nearly obsolete, being indicated only by fine punctures, these four striz are hardly perceptible near the base and apex; the third interstices are bipunctate, the apical carina is well developed, and the four marginal punctures near each shoulder are distinct. Underside glossy exneo-fuscous, the sides of the ventral segments broadly fulvescent. Differs from O. sobrinus in having the thorax transversely striate, by the presence of a central puncture between the eyes. The elytral margins disappear on reaching the front of the carina, in O. sobrinus the margins are broader behind and distinct almost to the extremity. In O. n7gritulus the posterior tibie are slightly flexuous, and the elytral apices are narrower. @. Length 3; breadth 13 lines. Palmerston North and Karori (Mr. G. V. Hudson). One specimen. Oopterus frontalis, sp. n. Nitid, piceous ; the head, basal margins of thorax, the suture and lateral margins of elytra piceo-rufous ; legs, palpi, and antennee testaceous. Head rather elongate, convex, smooth and shining, con- tracted laterally behind the eyes, which, though large and longitudinally oval, are but little prominent, the “frontal impressions are deep and elongate. ‘The antenne reach beyond the base of thorax, basal joint rather slender, it and the second glabrous and yellow, remaining ones slightly rufescent. and obviously pubescent. Thorax subquadrate, one-fourth broader than long, base truncate, apex incurved ; its sides nearly straight and only slightly narrowed behind Species of New-Zealand Coleoptera. 343 the middle, moderately curvedly narrowed anteriorly, with fine distinct margins; the disk a little convex, its median groove distinct but not attaining the apex, basal fosse well- marked and nearly duplicated, and extending inwardly towards the middle, there is an obtuse carina between each and the outer margin, the whole basal region is distinctly punctured ; posterior angles exactly rectangular. Scutel/um smooth. E/ytra broadly oval, with explanate margins, which, however, become indistinct near the extremity ; their sutural two striz,on each, are well marked and finely punctured, the others are finer and become obsolete near the sides and base, third interstices tripunctate, the posterior carina rather fine. There is a transverse series of four punctures near the extremity of the last ventral segment. Readily distinguishable from O. nigritulus by the quadrate and obviously punctured thorax, much less convex eyes, deep elongate frontal impressions, and from all the other species by the flavescent antenne with the rather slender basal articulation. 9. Length 23; breadth 1} lines. Wadestown and Palmerston North (Mr. G. V. Hudson). One. Oopterus sculpturatus, sp. n. Suboblong, moderately convex, shining, piceous; the head and the suture and margins of elytra rufo-piceous ; legs in- fuscate red ; the palpi, tarsi, and basal two joints of antennze rufo-testaceous, remaining joints fusco-rufous. Head (the large but not very prominent eyes included) as broad as front of thorax, ovate; the frontal impressions though elongate are not well defined, owing to the gradual outward slope of the head. Thorax rather short, about a third broader than it is long, widest near the middle, moderately strongly rounded, rather gradually narrowed behind ; posterior angles straight, not acute, but, nevertheless, appearing slightly prominent, reddish, with a rather coarse setigerous puncture, the seta itself yellow and unusually conspicuous ; base truncate, apex slightly incurved; the dis- coidal sulcus not abbreviated but more slender at the extremities, basal fosse large and transverse, disk moderately convex, with feebly impressed indistinct striaz across it. FElytra broadly oval, about a third broader than the thorax in the middle, with well-developed lateral margins and channels ; each elytron has a well-marked sceutellar stria, the sulci nearest the suture are rather deep and relatively rather dis- tinctly punctured, those near the side become finer, none, 24* 344 Major T. Broun on new however, are quite obsolete ; interstices slightly convex near the suture, the third tripunctate, posterior plica only moderately developed. There are two setigerous punctures on each side of the middle, at the apex, of the terminal segment. With the exception of O. latipennis this is the most dis- tinctly sculptured of all the larger members of the genus ; that species, however, may be recognized at once by the acutely projecting angles and punctate base of the thorax. 3d. Length 23; breadth 1$ lines. A single male, one of Commander J. J. Walker’s numerous discoveries whilst serving on board H.M.S. ‘ Ringarooma.’ A second specimen has been labelled OQ. ovdnotatus, having a large well-defined oval impression on the middle of the thorax, some fine transverse ruge near the base, and more shallow and less laterally expanded basal fovex, &c. Group Anisodactylide. Allocinopus ocularius, sp. . Elongate, slightly convex, nitid, black ; mandibles piceo- rufous; the legs, antenne, and palpi testaceous; the elytral margins, near apices, fusco-testaceous. Head (including the large rotundate and prominent eyes) about as broad as the widest part of thorax, nearly as long as that is, much contracted behind ; it is smooth, with setigerous punctures as in A, sculpticollis, but with six instead of four on the labrum, the inter-antennal impressions not extending backwards as far as the middle of the eyes. Thorax one- fourth broader than long, widest just before the middle, moderately rounded towards the front, considerably sinuously narrowed backwards, posterior angles reetangular, but not acute; base widely, but only slightly medially emarginate, apex incurved, lateral margins well developed ; dorsal groove well marked, but not attaining the base or apex ; basal fossze of moderate size, from the inner side of each of these to the middle of each side the surface appears flattened or depressed and, as well as the middle, more or less finely punctate and rugose. Llytra oblong, rather wider than thorax at base, a good deal narrowed and slightly sinuate behind, apices individually rounded and slightly dehiscent at the suture ; with regular, well-marked, impunctate strize, between the sutural and second striz there is a short oblique basal one hus forming an additional interstice there, the marginal punctures become irregular behind. This interesting species, though similar to the typical one Species of New-Zealand Coleoptera. 345 in form and coloration, presents some important differences. The eyes are obviously larger and much more convex, so that the head seems different in form. The antenne are inserted very close to the front of the eyes, and their basal articulation is much stouter. In A. sculpticollis the fourth joint of the anterior tarsi is excavate at the front face, in this species. the excavation is less circular and extends a little further back. ¢. Length 41; breadth 12 lines. Manawatu Flats, nine miles below the Gorge. One, amongst other beetles collected by Mr. W. W. Smith and Mr. Frank Park. Group Anchomenide. Dierochile thoraciea, sp. n. Subdepressed, head and thorax glossy black, elytra less shining, legs piceous, palpi, antenne, and tarsi rufescent. Head broadly oval, rather narrower than thorax, uneven ; the groove between the eye and antenna rather broad and deep, there is a slight longitudinal groove on the vertex, and some distinct oblique rage and two foveiform impressions between the eyes. Thorax 24 mm. long and broad, widest before the middle, gently rounded towards the prominent but obtuse anterior angles, its sides nearly straight yet gradually narrowed backwards, posterior angles obliquely rounded ; base slightly, the apex deeply, incurved; lateral margins reddish, reflexed, more strongly behind; median furrow well marked, at each side a broad depression extends towards the middle, the base is minutely wrinkled, there are several abbreviated striz before the oblique frontal im- pressions, and the disk itself is faintly transversely striate. Elytra oblong-oval, obliquely sinuate posteriorly, apices obtusely rounded; their striz are distinct and regular but quite impunctate, scutellar striee very distinctly impressed, interstices almost flat, the third with two small punctures. The nearest ally is D. subopaca, in D. thoracica, however, the thorax is relatively longer and narrower, more deeply emarginate in front, the anterior angles though obtuse are more prominent, the elytra are longer and appear narrower, whilst the scutellar strize are broader and deeper. 9. Length 54; breadth 2 lines. Broken River. - One individual from Mr, J. H. Lewis. 346 Major T. Broun on new Anchomenus macrocelis, sp. n. Subdepressed, subopaque, black; legs piceous; palpi, mandibles, antenne, and tarsi dark infuscate red. Thorax subquadrate, a fifth broader than long, a little wider before the middle than elsewhere, base truncate, apex widely but not deeply emarginate, so that the anterior angles are slightly prominent; its sides gradually narrowed but hardly perceptibly sinuated behind, moderately rounded anteriorly, posterior angles rectangular; the central furrow extends from base to apex, the former is longitudinally strigose, the front impression not well marked, the disk feebly transversely striate; basal fossee very large, occupying almost the whole area from the lateral margins to near the central groove and prolonged forwards to the middle, and continued still further as a narrow shallow impression near each side. Llytra oblong-oval, slightly wider behind the middle than elsewhere, distinctly narrowed towards the rounded shoulders, a good deal obliquely contracted poste- riorly, apices rounded; their strie fine, but distinct and apparently quite impunctate, interstices broad, nearly flat, the third rather feebly tripunctate. This is closely allied to A. otagoensis ; the coloration differs and the basal thoracic impressions are materially different, as in that species they are simple though large fovee with shallow anterior prolongations. 3g. Length 53-6; breadth 2 lines. The Hermitage, Mount Cook. Two males from Mr. H. Suter. Pre. Anchomenus xanthomelus, sp. n. Glossy, nigro-piceous ; the labrum, mandibles, and margins of thorax and elytra rufescent; antennz, palpi, and legs flavescent, sometimes pallid. Head ovate, smooth, with well-marked frontal impressions. Thorax cordiform, slightly longer than broad, widest at the middle, moderately rounded towards the obtuse anterior angles, much sinuated behind; at the base, however, the sides are straight, with acutely rectangular angles ; basal fosse Jarge and deep and extending forwards as curvate impressions which become obsolete towards the front; basal region depressed, the longitudinal groove well-marked medially, but less so near the base and apex ; the curvate frontal impression feeble; there are several short longitu- dinal striz near the basal margin. Llytra oval, obliquely Species of New-Zealand Coleoptera. 347 sinuate posteriorly, apices slightly prolonged, shoulders rounded; they are evidently striate, the striz, however, are scarcely perceptibly punctured, interstices slightly convex, the third tripunctate. ars’ with two grooves above and another along each side. In A. helmsi the elytra are more narrowed posteriorly, with more prolonged apices. A. sandageri may be recognized by the projecting base of the thorax: the front tarsi also differ ; in A. sandageri the second joint is quite oblong, whereas in this species the corresponding joint, as well as the third, is much narrowed towards the base. 6. Length 42; breadth 1? lines. Manawatu Gorge. One, discovered by Mr. W. W. Smith. Anchomenus intermedius, sp. n. Body rather elongate, nitid, piceo-niger; margins of thorax and elytra fusco-rufous ; legs pale testaceous ; the palpi, tarsi, and basal three joints of antenne fulvescent, remaining joints fusco-rufous and opaque. Head oviform, smooth, inter-antennal impressions moderate; labrum widely incurved. yes large and prominent. An- tenne elongate, attaining the middle thighs, third joint slightly longer than fourth. Zhorax apparently elongate, in reality one-sixth broader than long, rather wider before the middle than elsewhere, moderately rounded towards the obtuse front angles, slightly and gradually narrowed back- wards, posterior angles rectangular but not acute, base subtruneate, apex a little incurved ; discoidal groove well marked throughout, the angulate frontal impression more or less distinct ; basal fossee large, prolonged, but becoming shallow halfway along each side, so that the lateral margins seem elevated behind; the disk convex, with feeble striz across it, sometimes there are longitudinal ruge at the base. Elytra elongate, oblong-oval, moderately convex, the sutural region somewhat elevated posteriorly ; with well-developed, very finely punctured striz, interstices broad and slightly convex, the third tripunctate. Legs long and slender ; the anterior tarsi of the male but little expanded, basal two joints oblong, third shorter than second and more narrowed towards its base, fourth deeply emarginate, the two hind pairs distinctly grooved. Just intermediate between A. tntegratus and A. wxantho- ‘melus. The thorax is more like that of the former, but differs in being less sinuate behind; whilst the elytra, instead 348 Major T. Broun on new of being broad and subdepressed, as in A. deplanatus and A, otagoensis, are convex and very elongate. In A, xantho- melus the sides of the thorax are deeply sinuate-angustate behind, the elytra are less elongate, less narrowed basally, and have more sharply impressed strive. The apical sinu- osities, too, are different; in A. intermedius the narrowed portion is longer and more oblique, and the sutural region is elevated posteriorly. This, as well as the preceding and following species, are much alike in coloration, so that all three form a yellow- legged homogeneous series that may thus be separated from the older species without much trouble. &. Length 53; breadth 2 lines. Manawatu Flats, 9 miles below the Gorge. Mr. Frank Park discovered the two specimens. Anchomenus integratus, sp. n. = | 5 . tellum, and labrum rufescent; legs flavous; tarsi and antenne fulvescent, mandibles red. Head oviform, labrum incurved. Thorax subcordate, of equal length and breadth, widest before the middle, evidently rounded there, distinctly sinuously narrowed behind, poste- rior angles rectangular; the surface almost smooth, its median furrow rather fine and not extending beyond the frontal impression; basal fossze deep and elongate, but not distended more than halfway towards the middle of the base; a shallow curvate impression proceeds from each towards the front. lytra oblong-oval, nearly twice the width of the thorax, widest behind the middle, moderately sinuated pos- teriorly, apices broadly rounded so as to appear subtruncate ; obviously striate, the strie finely and indistinctly punctured ; interstices plane, the third with two, or three, punctures. Intermediate between A. otagoensis and A. helmsi, dis- tinguished from the former by the more sinuated sides of the thorax, the more prominent hind angles, and larger basal fovees ; from the latter by the broader and more depressed elytra and obtuse apices. From both of these species it is also differentiated by the colour of the limbs and feeble grooving of the tarsi. ?. Length 43 lines ; breadth 12 lines. Broken River, Canterbury. One, mutilated, from Mr. J. H. Lewis. Subdepressed, shining, nigrescent; lateral margins, scu- Species of New-Zealand Coleoptera. 349 Anchomenus sophronitis, sp. n. Body piceo-niger, slightly nitid ; antenne, palpi, and legs rufescent. Head broadly oviform, the vertex seems convex, owing to two curved frontal depressions uniting with the lateral furrows ; labrum red, widely incurved. Thorax subquadrate, about one-sixth broader than long, widest at, or before, the middle, rounded there, moderately narrowed towards the front, with a long but not deep sinuation behind, the sides near the base almost straight, posterior angles rectangular but not acute; its surface obsoletely transversely striate, basal foveee large, prolonged forwards and gradually be- coming fainter; the longitudinal sulcus passes the frontal impression, but in the male does not reach the smooth base ; in the female the base is not perfectly smooth. H/ytra oblong-oval, a little transversely convex ; posterior sinu- osities long but not deep, apices obtusely rounded ; their strie distinctly impressed and very finely punctured, the sides behind the posterior femora somewhat explanate and rufescent ; interstices very slightly convex, the third tri- punctate. Male.—Anterior tarsi grooved above, second joint oblong, narrowed towards its base, third subcordate ; the two hind pairs distinctly grooved. Apex of terminal ventral segment with two setigerous punctures at each side of the middle. Female.—Tarsi distinctly grooved, three punctures each side of last segment, elytral apices subtruncate. The rather definite limitation of the vertex in front, the more convex hind body with deeper sulci, and the structural difference in the third tarsal joint of the male are good distinguishing characters for its separation from A. otagoensis, in which the third joint of the anterior tarsus of the male is quite oblong. Length 5; breadth 2 lines. West Plains, Invercargill. One pair from Mr. A. Philpott in October 1894. Ctenognathus littorellus, sp. n. Body black; head and thorax somewhat glossy, elytra less so, labrum and mandibles red; antenna, palpi, and legs rufo-testaceous. _ Head oviform, small, vertex moderately convex, frontal impressions well marked. Thorax cordate, length and breadth equal, widest at the middle, rounded there, moderately 350 Major T. Broun on new narrowed anteriorly, deeply sinuate behind the middle, but near the base the sides are straight, posterior angles rect- angular but not acute; the disk broadly depressed longi- tudinally, the central groove extends from the base to the oblique frontal impressions ; the marginal channels seem deep, owing to the reflexed rims; basal fosse large and deep, extending forwards as curvate impressions nearly to the apex ; at the inner side of each of these, at the middle, there is another but shorter impression, the base is closely longi- tudinally strigose, the disk has indistinct transverse striae. Elytra oval, the lateral margins forming a gentle uninter- rupted curve to the posterior angles of the thorax, at which point the margins are also well developed ; they are a good deal obliquely narrowed posteriorly, the apices are rather sharply rounded, but not prolonged individually, thus causing a slight sutural gap ; they are regularly and deeply striate, with fine, rather indistinct punctures ; interstices slightly convex, quite impunctate ; the short scutellar striz are well marked. Tarsi setose, basal three joints of the anterior oblong, narrowed towards the base, decreasing in length and slightly grooved above, the hind pairs distinctly grooved. At first sight I thought this might be only a southern form of C. pictonensis, Sharp, but there is no prolongation of the elytral apices ; the punctuation of the striz, though fine, is quite perceptible, and there are no interstitial punctures. In C. adams? the basal thoracic angles are more prominent, but the elytral margins do not extend as far inwards at the base, and their striz are impunctate. 3. Length 53; breadth 2 lines. Invercargill. Two found by Mr. A. Philpott under driftwood at the seaside. Tarastethus southlandicus, sp. n. Glossy, nigro-piceous; legs and elytral margins rufescent; the antennze, palpi, and tarsi 1ufo-testaceous. ~ Head obviously uarrower than thorax, frontal impressions distinct. yes large but not very prominent, finely but distinctly facetted. Zhorax nearly as long as broad, base and apex truncate, lateral margins well developed ; widest near the middle, strongly rounded anteriorly, a good deal sinuously narrowed backwards ; posterior angles rectangular and slightly prominent ; disk convex, its central furrow does not reach the apex ; basal impressions somewhat elongated, situated midway between the middle and sides and causing Species of New-Zealand Coleoptera. 30m a slight flattening of the base inwardly ; the fine punctuation at the base extends to the lateral margins, but the middle, though slightly uneven, is less evidently punctured. Elytra convex, much broader than thorax, widest before the middle, considerably narrowed behind; the shoulders, though rounded and narrowed, are distinctly wider than the base of the thorax ; their strie are rather shallow and finely punctured, but become deeper, yet less evidently punctured, posteriorly; the apical carina is well developed. The antenne reach backwards to beyond the thorax, their third joint is rather longer than the fourth, and the terminal is distinctly longer than the tenth. There is a minute seta at each hind angle of the thorax. When compared with 7. leviventris, no. 1800, the pos- terior sinuosity at each side of the thorax is seen to be deeper and the angles more projecting ; the hind body broader, with more explanate lateral margins and wider channels to within a very short distance from the very slight incurvature near the apex, and that the posterior plica extends forwards to the hind thighs. The thoracic basal impressions and punctuation also are quite different. Length nearly 22 lines ; breadth 1} lines. Invercargill. One example from Mr. Alfred Philpott. Tarastethus carbonarius, sp. n. Compact, nitid, black ; legs rufous, tinged with piceous ; tarsi, palpi, and antennz fulvescent. Head (including the eyes) as broad as front of thorax ; frontal impressions elongate and minutely punctured, with a single seta near the back of each eye. Thoraw nearly as long as it is broad ; base truncate, apex slightly incurved ; its sides finely margined and moderately rounded, rather wider near the middle than elsewhere, moderately sinuate behind, posterior angles a little prominent but not acute ; its base resting on the elytra, the discoidal groove seemingly finely punctate but not attaining the base or apex ; basal fovex apparently absent, but represented by elongate feeble impressions only, its surface without distinct sculpture. Llytra oblong, with slightly reflexed rims and somewhat concave lateral channels, their sides only slightly curved ; apex broadly rounded, the base finely margined and distinctly wider than thorax; the sutural two strize on each well marked, quite deep behind and finely punctate ; third to sixth distinct behind, mere series of fine punctures on the 352 Mr. E. E. Austen on new disk and becoming obsolete towards the base; the interstices broad, plane, and smooth, the seventh distinctly carinate behind. There is but one species like this— 7. marginalis, no. 1329. It has a more transverse thorax ; the humeral angles are more rounded, so that the base of the thorax seems as wide, or almost as wide, as they are. The elytral channels and margins are wider ; the thoracic dorsal groove is deeper, and the other sculpture differs, the sutural strize only of the elytra attain the apex, the others becoming obsolete there; it has two ocular sete, In 7. carbonarius there is but one seta, placed close to the inner and back part of each eye, and this seems to arise from a minute swelling instead of a distinct puncture. ‘The pos- terior tibie are slightly arched. In 7. marginals the hind margins of the thorax are thickened and flattened near the posterior angles. ?. Length 34 lines ; breadth 13 lines. Manawatu Flats, nine miles below the Gorge. One female, amongst other Carabidae, collected by Mr. W. W. Smith and Mr. Frank Park. {To be continued. } XXXVIIL.—New African Phlebotomic Diptera in the British Museum (Natural History).— Part V. Tabanide (con- tinued). By Ernest E. Austen *. TABANINZ. Hippocentrvo f, gen. nov. Allied to Hematopota{, Mg., but distinguished by the head (at least in the 2) being wholly or for the most part * For Parts I-IV. see Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 8, vol. i. pp. 209- 228 and 401-428, and vol. ii. pp. 94-116 and 274-301. + inmos, a horse; xevtpoy, a horse-goad. t I do not propose to follow Dr. Kertész (‘Catalogus Dipterorum hucusque Descriptorum,’ vol. iii., Budapestini, 1908, p. 201) in adopting as the designation of this well-known genus the name Chrysozona, Me. (‘Nouvelle Classification,’ 25. 34, 1800), which, although actually possessing three years’ priority over Hematopota, was, so to speak, stél/- born, 7. e. never entered into common use, and for more than a century has remained buried in oblivion. ‘This is surely a typical instance of a case in which the rules of strict priority should be disregarded in favour of expediency and common-sense! African Phlebotomie Diptera. 353 shining, by the antenne (at any rate in the 2) being ex- tremely slender and the first joint elongate, by the terminal joint of the palpi in the 2 being very large and shining on the outer side, which is strongly convex, while the inner side is flattened, and by the wings, though more or less suffused with dark colour interrupted by pale streaks or blotches, being without the peculiar light markings characteristic of Hematopota. Head wide, convex in front, posterior surface flattened and excavated ; anterior region of front somewhat tumid, but frontal callus, as seen in Hematopota, Mg., only partially developed or wanting; antenne not situate on a well-marked tubercle or prominence; median region of face somewhat prominent; eyes bare, and in ¢ consisting of small facets of equal size ; first joint of palpi slender, terminal joint in 9 somewhat like an isosceles triangle in outline when viewed from outer side, with upper margin convex; first joint of antenne cylindrical, not at all incrassate, usually more or less’ curved inwards, six to seven times as long as second joint, which is of usual shape (in typical species very small), and without a prominent angle above or below, third joint slender and elongate, without a prominent angle on upper side near base, terminal portion of third joint consisting of three annuli, last annulus approximately equal in length to the two preceding annuli taken together, first and second joints of antennze taken together about two-thirds of length of third joint; proboscis as in Hematopota. Body narrow and elongate, hairy covering short and inconspicuous ; dorsum of thorax without or with no conspicuous markings ; scutel- lum small, bluntly triangular, not inflated. Wings: venation as in Hematopota; upper branch of third longitudinal vein with or without an appendix, which, if present, may be exceedingly small. Typical species, Hippocentrum versicolor, sp. n.: Hemato- pota strigipennis, Karsch (Ent. Nachr. xv. 1889, p. 240), described from the Gaboon, and 4H. trimaculata, Newstead (‘Annals of Tropical Medicine and Parasitology,’ i. 1907, p- 42, pl. iv. fig. 2), described from the Congo Free State, also belong to this genus. In the shape and size of the terminal joint of the palpi the present genus resembles Thriambeutes, Grinberg (‘ Zoolo- gischer Anzeiger,’ xxx. Bd. 1906, pp. 352-353, fig. 4), which was founded for Thriambeutes singularis, Griinb. (loc. cit. p. 353), from Togoland, W. Africa. Thriambeutes, however, belongs to the Pangoninz, and consequently has spurs at the tips of the hind tibiz; apart from this, Hippo- 354 Mr. E. E. Austen on new centrum can at once be distinguished from Griinberg’s genus by, inter alia, the elongate and slender first antennal joint, which is six or seven instead of only three times as long as the second joint, and by the antenne not being situate on a prominent tubercle. In the shining face, expanded and shining terminal joint of the palpi, and coloration of the wings the new genus exhibits resemblances to the Neotropical Lepidoselaga, Macq., from which, however, it is readily distinguishable owing to the elongate shape of the body, the length of the first jot of the antenni, and the non- or scarcely incrassate front tibize, which in Lepidoselaga are enormously swollen. Hippocentrum versicolor, sp. u. ?.—Length (9 specimens) 7 to 9 mm.; width of head 2:4 to 2°38 mm.; width of front at vertex 1 mm. to just over 1 mm.; length of wing 7°25 to 8°75 mm. Body dusky, wings variegated, tibie for most part buff or cream-buff *.—Dorsum of thorax blackish, covered with greyish dust; scutellum and abdomen clove-brown, second, third, and fourth abdominal segments each with a more or less deep thouyh not very distinct greyish hind border ; wings for most part dark brown, but with large hyaline or milky streaks or blotches, extreme base and costal cells ochre-yellow. Head: front, face, and jowls shining clove-brown, a more or less distinct tawny-olive band sometimes visible imme- diately below antenne, extending from eye to eye; upper half of front pearl-grey pollinose; in rubbed specimens pollinose area may appear to be confined to a somewhat curved transverse band, occupying a depression above the more or less tumid anterior half of the front, which forms an ill-defined callus of considerable depth, lower portion of which extends from eye to eye and has a nearly straight lower margin, while upper portion is subtriangular; in middle line immediately below callus, with which it is in contact, is a small dull clove-brown spot (as exhibited by so many species of Hematopota), sometimes difficult to distin- cuish, situate between callus and base of antennez ; terminal joint of palpi clove-brown, clothed on outer side for most part with minute and inconspicuous dark brown hairs ; first and second joints of antenne pale mummy-brown or raw umber-coloured, second joint and distal half of first some- * For names and illustrations of colours, see Ridgway, ‘A Nomen- clature of Colors for Naturalists’ (Boston: Little, Brown, & Company, 1886). African Phlebotomic Diptera. 355 times darker, third joint dark brown, lighter at extreme base. Thorax: dorsum sparsely clothed with minute and deciduous yellowish hairs, in front with traces of a pair of widely separated greyish longitudinal stripes, not extending beyond transverse suture. Abdomen: dorsum sparsely clothed with minute, appressed, dark brown hairs, and with similar pale yellow hairs on hind borders and posterior angles of second, third, and fourth segments; grey hind borders of second to fourth segments inclusive more or less expanded on sides ; venter shining clove-brown, extreme hind margins of second and followmg segments cream-coloured, ventral surface of second segment sparsely clothed with minute appressed pale yellow hairs, that of following segments clothed with dark brown or blackish hairs. Wings: dark brown, except extreme base and costal cells, which are ochre-yellow, a large hyaline area, which includes both basal and bases of first submarginal, first posterior, and discal cells, a second hyaline area, including alula and anal angle, though rudiment of seventh longitudinal or axillary vein is usually marked by a brownish streak, a broad milky streak extending diagonally backwards from costa just beyond stigma and either termi- nating in distal extremity of discal cell or else just reaching fourth posterior cell, and a large triangular, quadrate, or ovoid milky spot, situate on hind margin in fifth posterior cell, and looking like a continuation of the diagonal streak ; dark brown area thus includes distal third, with its proximal margin oblique, a blotch occupying distal half of axillary cell, whole of anal cell except extreme base, and rather more than basal half of fifth posterior cell, and fusing with apical blotch in fourth posterior cell ; there is also a broad dark brown streak, which runs obliquely downwards from lower margin of stigma, crosses discal cell, and becomes merged with the larger brown area in the fourth posterior cell ; stigma elongate, ochre-yellow at its proximal, dark brown at its distal extremity. Halteres: stalk cream-buff, knob eream-coloured. Legs: front cox clove-brown, greyish pollinose ; front and middle femora dark brown, front femora sometimes paler (mummy-brown), hind femora clove-brown ; front tibiee slightly expanded towards tips, but not really incrassate, hind tibiae not incrassate ; tips of front tibize dark brown or front tibise except base sometimes wholly brown, middle tibize wholly buff, hind tibize brown or brownish on inner side, or more or less brown except at base ; front tarsi dark brown, middle and hind tarsi brown, with first joint, - except tip, and bases of two following joints buff or cream- buff. 396 Mr. C. T. Regan on new Northern and Southern Nigeria ; Uganda: type and three other specimens from Lagos, 8. Nigeria, taken on railway at 574 miles camp, 12. vi. 1906, ‘‘ very troublesome to horses ” (Dr. R. C. Hiscock, per Dr. W. H. W. Strachan, C.M.G.) ; additional specimens from the Lower Niger, 8. Nigeria, vil. 1906 (G. C. Dudgeon); Akwatcha, Bassa Province, N. Nigeria, July 1906 (Dr. G. J. Pirie) ; Zungeru, Zaria Province, N. Nigeria, 14. vii. 1905 (Dr. Dalziel, per Dr. J. H. Ashworth), and July 1907 (J. Brand); Little Koriga River, N. Nigeria, 18. vii. 1907 (J. Brand) ; and the Nile Province, Uganda, 1906, “ caught on a native in camp; only specimen seen” (the late Dr. W. A. Densham). Hippocentrum versicolor can easily be distinguished by the wing-markings from Hippocentrum trimaculatum (Hemato- pota trimaculata), Newstead (?=Hematopota strigipennis, Karsch). XXXIX.—Deseriptions of Three new Cyprinoid Fishes from Yunnan, collected by Mr. John Graham. By C. ‘Tatu ReGan, M.A. . Acanthorhodeus elongatus. Depth of body 3 to 32 in the length, length of head 4 to 41. Snout shorter than eye, the diameter of which is 23 in the length of head and greater than the interorbital width. Mouth terminal, very oblique; no barbels. 36 to 38 scales in a longitudinal series, 5 to 63 in a transverse series from origin of dorsal fin to lateral line, 4 or 5 between lateral line and base of pelvic fin. Dorsal [I 11-13; second spine 3 to 3 the length of head, shorter than the anterior branched rays ; free edge of the fin concave. Anal II 10-11 (12). Pectoral sometimes reaching the pelvics, which extend nearly or quite to the anal. Silvery; back olivaceous; a bluish lateral stripe ; males with the anal fin blackish. Hab. Yunnan Fu. Several specimens, 55 to 70 mm. in total length. Using L. 8. Berg’s valuable synopsis of the Rhodeinz (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xix. 1907, p. 106), this species is found to be nearest to A. atranalis, Giinth., from which it differs notably in the elongate body and the very oblique terminal mouth. Berg distinguishes Acanthorhodeus from Achilognathus by the pharyngeal dentition, the former being defined as having Cyrinoid Fishes from Yunnan. 357 the teeth deeply serrated, whilst in the latter they are said to be entire. It seems doubtful whether the divisions based on this character are more natural than those founded on the presence or absence of spinous rays in the dorsal and anal fins. The recently described Acanthorhodeus gracilis, Regan (P. Z. S. 1908, p. 60), from Corea, has the pharyngeal teeth distinctly but not deeply serrated. Barilius grahami. Dorsal fin with 7 branched rays, anal with 11. About 60 scales in a longitudinal series. In other characters extremely similar to B. polylepis, Regan, and B. andersoni, Regan. Hab. Chenkiang Lake, 90 miles 8.E. of Yunnan Fu. Six specimens, which had been dried, 100 to 120 mm. in total length. Nemachilus oxygnathus. Depth of body 8 to 9) in the length, length of head 5 to 54. Snout as long as postorbital part of head. Diameter of eye 6 in the length of head, a little greater than the interorbital width. Breadth of head 2 in its length and more than its depth. Mouth formed as in JN. berezowski, Giinth., the piemaxillaries forming a pointed symphysial projection ; maxillary barbel 14 the diameter of eye. Valve between the nostrils produced into a short barbel. Body covered with small scales behind the level of the dorsal fin; further forward ‘ rudimentary scales on the sides; lateral line complete. Dorsal 11, with 9 branched rays; origin nearer to end of snout than to base of caudal; longest ray shorter than base of fin; tree edge slightly convex. Anal 7, with 5 branched rays. Pectoral extending about 4 the distance from its base to the pelvics, which are 8-rayed, are inserted below the first branched ray of the dorsal, and extend about 3} of the distance from their base to the origin of anal. Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle nearly as long as or a little longer than the head and about twice as long as deep. Body with 15 dark brown cross-bands, about as wide as the interspaces between them; 5 bands on the caudal region; dorsal rays with 2 or 3 series of dark spots. Hab. Yunnan Fu. Two specimens, 102 and 131 mm. in total length. The closely allied N. berezowskii, Giinth., 1896, from Southern Kansu, has a shorter head (6 in the length) and more numerous cross-bands (9 on the caudal region). Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. it. 20 358 On a new Locariid Fish. XL.— Description of a new Loricariid Fish of the Genus Plecostomus from Argentina. By C. Tate Recan, M.A. Plecostomus teniatus, sp. 0. Depth of body 5 to 54 in the length, length of head 3? to 33. Head as broad as long and 12 as long asdeep. Diameter of eye 8 to 9 in the length of head, interorbital width 23, length of snout 14. Length of mandibular ramus 2 in the interorbital width; 30 to 36 teeth on each side in both jaws. Barbel about 2 the diameter of eye. Snout broad, obtuse ; supraorbital edges not raised; temporal plates not keeled ; supraoccipital without median ridge, bordered posteriorly by 4 or 5 scutes ; occipital process short. Scutes spinulose, not carinate, 31 in a longitudinal series, 8 between dorsal and adipose fin, 15 or 16 between analand caudal. Lower surface of head and abdomen covered with small granular scales. Dorsal I 7, the first ray a little longer than the head and when laid back extending to the fifth scute behind the last ray, which is a little more than } as long as the first. Length of base of dorsal equal to its distance from posterior end of spine of adipose fin. Anal14. Pectoral spine extending to anterior } of pelvic fin. Caudal emarginate, the middle rays nearly # as long as the longest. Caudal peduncle 33 as long as deep. Head with numerous small dark spots; sides of body with three or four dark longitudinal stripes, each occu- pying the upper and lower parts of adjacent series of scutes ; dorsal and paired fins with some dark spots ; caudal dusky. flab. Rio La Plata, ‘Two specimens, 260 mm. in total length, received for dctermination from the Berlin Museum, One of these has been retained for the British Museum Collection. XLI.—Descriptions of new Fishes from Lake Candidius, Formosa, collected by Dr. A. Moltrecht. By C. TATE Reaan, M.A. Gymnostomus labiatus, Depth of body equal to the length of head, 4 in the length of the fish. Snout not projecting beyond the upper lip, nearly as long as the postorbital part of head. Diameter of On new Fishes from Lake Candidius, Formosa. 359 eye 5 in the length of head, interorbital width 3. Width of mouth a little less than } the width of head; sheath of lower jaw with rounded anterior edge; lower lip thick, divided into two lobes by a deep anterior notch ; posterior edge of lower lip narrowly interrupted medianly; 4 barbels, the posterior twice as long as the anterior and 1} as long as the eye. 41 scales in a longitudinal series, 54 in a transverse series from origin of dorsal fin to lateral line, 3 between lateral line and base of pelvic fin. Dorsal 11, with 8 branched rays; origin equidistant from end of snout and base of caudal ; first branched ray the longest, a little longer than the base of the fin. Anal 8, with 5 branched rays. Pectoral @ the length of head, not reaching the pelvics, which are inserted below the anterior part of dorsal. Silvery ; back darker; six dark vertical bars on each side ; membrane of dorsal fin blackish. A single specimen, 137 mm. in total length. Opsartichthys barbatus. Pharyngeal teeth 1.4.5—5.4.1. Depth of body 34 to 4 in the length, length of head 34 to 32. Snout longer than eye, the diameter of which is 44 to 54 in the length of head; interorbital width 25 to 3 in the length of head. (left of mouth oblique, extending to below anterior } of eye; on each side a short barbel at the corner of the mouth; lower jaw shorter than the upper; a notch in front of the preorbital, in advance of which the upper lip is partly covered by the skin of the snout. 52 to 58 scales in a longitudinal series, 12 or 13 in a transverse series from origin of dorsal fin to lateral line, 3 or 4 between lateral line and base of pelvic fin. Dorsal 10, with 7 branched rays; origin above base of pelvics; longest ray } to 3 the length of head; free edge a little convex. Anal 12, with 9 or 10 branched rays; middle rays prolonged in the adult. Pectoral shorter than the head, not reaching the pelvics. Caudal forked. Caudal peduncle 12 to 13 as long as deep. A dark lateral stripe expanding on the caudal peduncle; a vertically elongate blackish spot on each interradial membrane of the dorsal. Four specimens, 98 to 160 mm. in total length; all are males with tubercles on the snout and suborbitals. Although differing from other members of the genus in the presence of barbels, this species can scarcely be regarded as generically distinct from 0. pachycephalus. Zoe 360 On new Fishes from Lake Candidius, Formosa. PARARASBORA, gen. nov. Differs from Lasbora only in the structure of the mouth, the prominences on the lower jaw and the corresponding emarginations of the upper jaw being absent. Pararasbora moltrechti. Depth of body 33 to 4 in the length, length of head 32 to 34. Snout as long or nearly as long as eye, the diameter of which is 83 to 82 in the length of head ; interorbital width 21} to 23. Mouth oblique ; jaws equal anteriorly ; no barbels. 35 scales in a longitudinal series, 54 in a transverse series from origin of dorsal fin to lateral line, 2 between lateral line and base of pelvic fin. Dorsal 10, with 7 branched rays, above the space between pelvics and anal; free edge slightly concave. Anal 9, with 6 branched rays. Silvery; most of the scales on the sides with a dark vertical bar at the base. Two specimens, 54 and 68 mm. in total length. Liobagrus formosanus. Depth of body 6 in the length, length of head 4}, Head a little longer than broad; interocular width nearly 3 in the length of head. Jaws equal anteriorly; pre- maxillary band of teeth apparently about 23 as long as broad ; posterior mandibulary barbel extending to basal part of pectoral. Dorsal 15; spine }? the length of head. Pectoral spine 4 the length of the fin, which is 4 the length of head. Anai 15. Caudalrounded. Greyish ; fins dusky ; anal and caudal with a narrow pale edge. A single specimen, 37 mm. in total length, This species is very near the Corean L. andersoni, Regan, 1908. Salanx acuticeps, Depth of body 11 in the length, length of head 5} to 52. Head 3 times as long as broad ; snout acutely pointed, shorter than postorbital part of head; diameter of eye 8 in the length of head, Lower jaw not projecting, with a toothed pre- dentary bone and with anterior canines which perforate the roof of the mouth; tongue toothless, Dorsal 13-14. Anal 26-27, originating below the second ray of dorsal. Pectoral with 9 or 10 rays ; origin of pelvics nearer to anal than to base of pectoral. Two specimens, 115 mm. in total length, On new Forms of Pteropus. 361 XLIL.— Twenty new Forms of Pteropus. By KNnupD ANDERSEN. FuLt descriptions of the species and subspecies briefly diagnosed in this paper will appear in the new edition of the British Museum ‘Catalogue of Chiroptera’ now under preparation. Pteropus hypomelanus canus, subsp. n. Teeth averaging larger than in any other race of the species, except Pt. h. lepidus. Back, in the normal pale- coloured phase, pale mouse-grey, lightening to silvery whitish grey on rump, and with or without a distinct buffy suffusion ; mantle some shade of hazel or chestnut ; head similar to or brighter than mantle. Size as in lepidus. Type. 3 ad. skin and skull, Pulo Pandak, North Natuna Islands, Sept. 1894; collected by Ch. Hose; presented by the Tring Museum; B.M. 95. 11. 8. 3. Specimens examined. Four, from the collections of the U.S. National (one *) and British Museums. Range. North Natuna Islands: Pulo Panjang, P. Pandak, P. Laut. Remarks.—This form 1s readily distinguished from Pé. h. lepidus by the conspicuously brighter tinge of the mantle and head. Pteropus hypomelanus annectens, subsp. n. Teeth not averaging larger than usual. Normal pale- coloured phase rather similar in colour to corresponding phase of Pt. h. lepidus, but generally more strongly suffused with golden ochraceous or paler or darker Prout’s brown on back, and with brighter mantle and head. Forearm 130-134 mm. Type. Imm. aic. and skull, Sirhassen, South Natunas, collected by A. Everett; B.M. 94. 9. 28. 25. Specimens examined. Five, from the collections of the U.S. National (three T) and British Museums. Range. Sirhassen, South Natuna Islands. Remarks.—In characters as in habitat this race seems to occupy an intermediate position between Pt. h. lepidus (Tambelan Islands) and Pt. h. tomesi (Borneo) ; in the size of the teeth it accords with the latter form, in the colour of * U.S. N. M. 104737; Pulo Laut, N. Natunas. 7 U.S. N, M. 104732-34; Sirhassen. 362 Mr. K. Andersen on the fur it approaches the former ; in the size of the skull it appears to average smaller than either. Pteropus hypomelanus luteus, subsp. n. The palest race of the species. Back, rump, and flanks same shade of brown (from nearly seal-brown to Mars-brown) ; head, mantle, throat, foreneck, breast, and belly ochraceous buff, buff, or cream-buff, with or without a brownish wash on throat and anal region. Forearm 128-136 mm. Type. & ad. skin and skull, Kiriwini Island, Trobriand group, 15th Feb. 1895; collected by A. S. Meek; B.M. 96..11.5..5, Specimens examined. Seven, in the collection of the British Museum. Range. New Guinea; Conflict Is. (Itamarina) ; Trobriand group (Kiriwini) ; Woodlark I. Remarks.—The difference in colour between Pt. h. luteus and any of the western races of the species (geminus, enganus, condorensis, canus, lepidus, annectens, tomes?) is very great, but the gap is completely overbridged by those races which, step for step, through the Philippines (cagayanus), Celebes (macassaricus), and the Gilolo group (hypomelanus), lead, in colour as in geographical habitat, up to luteus. ‘The inti- mate relationship between all these forms is further shown by the fact that, save in the colour of the fur, they are in all respects (in skull, teeth, ears, quality, distribution, and length of fur, and external dimensions) indistinguishable from each other, except enganus, which averages smaller, canus and lepidus, in which the teeth average larger, and annectens, in which the skull averages smaller. Pteropus satyrus, sp. D. Allied to Pt. hypomelanus, but with smaller eyes and longer fur. Diameter of orbit 12°2 mm., against 12°7-13-2 in all forms of Pt. hypomelanus; length of tur of back 18-19 mm., against 10-14 mm. in Pt. hypomelanus.—Back and rump blackish seal-brown, thinly and evenly sprinkled with pale greyish hairs, producing the general effect of a blackish colour slightly lightened with greyish. Centre of breast and belly golden buffy (type) or nearly cream-buff (paratype) ; sides of breast and belly, anal region, and flanks blackish very slightly sprinkled with pale greyish. Mantle chocolate (type) or between cinnamon and russet (paratype), these colours gradually darkening on sides of neck and_fore- neck to dark chocolate (type) or russet (paratype). Crown new Forms of Pteropus. 363 and sides of head mixed blackish, buffy, and pale greyish ; throat blackish. Forearm about 139 mm. Type. & ad. skin and skull, Narcondam, Andaman Islands, Oct. 1904; presented by C. G. Rogers, Esq.; B.M. Gs 9.7E. i: Specimens examined. Two, in the collection of the British Museum. Range. As yet only known from Narcondam, North Andamans. Remarks.—This species probably replaces Pt. hypomelanus in the Andaman Islands. From the geographically nearest race of that species, Pt. hypomelanus geminorum (Mergui Archipelago), it differs chiefly in the conspicuously longer fur, the lesser amount of greyish admixture in the colour of the fur, the bright-coloured centre of breast and belly, and the slightly smaller eyes——In general colour Pt. satyrus approaches the Andaman representative of the Pt. melanotus group, viz. Pt. tytlert, from which it is easily distinguished by the smaller size, much smaller skull and teeth, and less developed posterior basal ledges of premolars and molars.— In the Nicobars it is replaced by a distinct species, Pe. Jaunulus. Pteropus colonus, sp. n. Allied to Pt. hypomelanus, but much smaller. Forearm 109-114 mm. Back and rump Prout’s brown, rather thinly and incon- spicuously sprinkled with greyish-white hairs. Breast, belly, and flanks dark Prout’s brown (type) or Mars-brown (paratype), thinly (type) or thickly (paratype) sprinkled with greyish-white hairs. Mantle and sides of neck strongly contrasting with back, cream-buff slightly washed with ochraceous buff; foreneck similar, but considerably darkened by admixture of brownish. Crown and occiput similar to mantle, the colour passing gradually into a darker shade on sides of head, and this in turn into dark brownish on throat. . Type. ¢ ad. skin and skull, Alu, Shortland Island, Solo- mon Islands, April 1886; collected by C. M. Woodford, Esq.; B.M. 87. 1. 18. 3. Specimens examined. ‘lwo, in the collection of the British Museum. Range. Shortland Island, West Solomons. Remarks.—No doubt an eastern offshoot of Pt. hypomelanus. In the colour of the fur of the upperside it accords very 364 Mr. K. Andersen on closely with the extreme eastern, New Guinea race of that species, Pt. hypomelanus luteus, differing chiefly in the smaller size, relatively shorter ears, and darker underparts. Pteropus speciosus, sp. 0. Similar to Pt. hypomelanus, but skull considerably smaller ; total length of skull about 57 mm., against 61-69 in all forms of Pt. hypomelanus. Back, in the ordinary phase, blackish conspicuously sprinkled all over with shining silvery whitish-grey hairs. Breast and front of belly orange-tawny ; flanks and hinder belly similar to back. Mantle rich hazel, passing through a darker shade on sides of neck into chestnut on foreneck. Crown buffy, slightly mixed with blackish hairs; sides of head and throat mixed blackish and_ buffy grey. A blackish phase occurs. Externally smaller than any form of Ft. hypomelanus except Pt. h. enganus; forearm 120-123 mm. Type. 3 ad.ale. and skull, Malanipa Island, off Zamboanga (‘ Challenger” Expedition) ; presented by the Lords of the Treasury ; B.M. 90. 2. 20. 4. Specimens examined. Two, in the British Museum. Range. Sulu Archipelago: Malanipa I., Sibutu I. Pteropus mimus, sp. n. Skull and teeth as in Pt. speciosus, colour of fur different. Back Vandyck-brown; rump similar, but washed with Mars- brown. Breast and belly pale golden ochraceous tinged with orange, heavily clouded with Mars-brown on breast and crissum, purer in tinge on belly ; flanks dark Prout’s brown, many hairs with tawny tips. Mantle rich ochraceous buff strongly tinged with orange (type), or between cinnamon and russet (paratype) ; sides of neck and foreneck nearly tawny. Crown similar to mantle ; forehead and sides of head brownish mixed with buffy ; throat seal-brown. Type. 9 ad. skin and skull, Macassar, 8, Celebes ; col- lected by Dr. A. R. Wallace; B.M. 7.1. 1. 239 (Tomes Collection). : Specimens examined. Two, in the British Museum. Feange. Macassar, South Celebes. Pteropus pelewensis, sp. n. Allied to Pt. admiralitatum. General size of skull as in that species, but rostrum narrower, orbits smaller: maxillary width externally across m'—m' 14°8 mm., against 16-17 in new Forms of Pteropus. 365 Pt. admiralitatum ; orbital diameter 11, against 12-12°5. Structure of teeth as in the allied species, but dentition on the whole slightly weaker, p, and m, markedly smaller. Fur shorter ; approximate length on back 9-11 mm. (16-18 in Pt. admiralitatum). Colour of fur approaching that of Pt. admiralitatum. Forearm about 113 mm. Type. & ad. skin and skull, Pelew Islands; collected by Capt. Heinsohn (Godeffroy Museum) ; B.M. 74. 10. 5. 8. Specimens examined. Two, in the British Museum. ftange. Pelew Islands. Pteropus yapensis, sp. n. Allied to Pt. admiralitatum. Size of skull as in that species, if not slightly larger, but temporal fossa much broader, zygomatic arches therefore much more flaring poste- riorly (zygomatic width about 36 mm., against 32-33 in Pt. admiralitatum) ; frontal region between orbits broader ; coronoid process markedly higher, coronoid height of mandible larger than c—m?, but smaller than c—m;, in Pt. admi- ralitatum subequal to c—m?. Essential characters of dentition as in Pt. admiralitatum, but p* and p* distinctly larger, poste- rior basal ledges of p®, p*, pz, p4, and m, somewhat heavier and more sharply marked off from teeth, cingulum of canines broader. Length of fur as in Pé. pelewensis, shorter than in Pt. admiralitatum. Blackish above and beneath, sprinkled with whitish ; mantle and sides of neck strongly contrasting yellowish buff; foreneck washed with russet. Forearm about 130 mm. Type. & ad. skin and skull, Yap Island, W. Carolines ; collected by Capt. Peters (Godeffroy Museum); B.M. fe NO2b. EL, Specimens examined. Two, in the British Museum. Range. Western Caroline Islands: Yap and Mackenzie Islands. Pteropus cognatus, sp. n. Allied to Pt. brunneus (EK. Queensland). General size of skull as in that species, but rostrum much shorter, from front of orbit to tip of nasals 17 mm., against 21 in Pt. brunneus ; mandible markedly heavier posteriorly, coronoid height 26mm. (rather greater than lower tooth-row, c—m;), against 23°7 (less than lower tooth-row) in Pt. brunneus. ms; considerably _ reduced, little more than half the size of p, ; also m? some- what smaller than in Pt. brunneus. Colour essentially as in the allied species. Forearm approximately 121 mm. 366 Mr. K. Andersen on Type. & imm. skin and skull, San Christoval, §.E. Solo- mon Islands; collected by J. Macgillivray; presented by the Museum of Economic Geology ; B.M. 55. 11. 7. 9. Specimens examined. One adult skull, two immature skins and skulls, in the collection of the British Museum. Range. San Christoval, S.E. Solomon Islands. Pteropus rubianus, sp. n. Allied to Pt. rayneri, but much larger. Back Vandyck- brown, rump sharply contrasting yellowish buff, mantle and foreneck dark russet, shading to deep tawny on sides of breast and belly, and to yellowish buff on crissum ; centre of breast seal-brown; forehead and sides of face mottled yellowish buff and chestnut. Forearm 163 mm. Type. & ad. ale. and skull, Rubiana, Central Solomon Islands; collected by C. M. Woodford, Esq.; B.M. 88.1.5. 1. —The type is the only specimen examined. Pteropus lavellanus, sp. n. Allied to Pt. rubianus, but cingulum of upper and lower canines broader, general size of animal smaller, tibia rela- tively much shorter (65°5-67°5 mm., against 76°5 in Pt. rubi- anus), colour of fur darker. Back glossy seal-brown ; rump varying from cinnamon-rufous, through cinnamon, to nearly orange ochraceous buffy, in any case strongly contrasting with dark back; occiput, mantle, and foreneck chestnut- chocolate ; centre of breast and upper belly glossy blackish, forming a large oval patch; sides of breast and belly, in- cluding flanks, dark Mars-brown ; circumocular space and sides of face mixed dark brown, buffy, and pale greyish. Forearm 151-156 mm. Type. & ad. skin and skull, Vella Lavella, Central Solo- mon Islands, 12th March, 1908 ; collected by A. S. Meek. Specimens examined. Three, in the collection of the British Museum. Range. Known from the type locality only. Remarks.—The differential characters given above are based on a comparison with Pt. rubianus. From Pt. grandis (Shortland Island and Bougainville), which it closely resembles in the colour of the neck, back, rump, and under- parts, Pt. lavellanus is readily distinguished by its smaller size (forearm of Pt. grandis 167-172 mm.), relatively shorter tibia (in Pt. grandis 76°5 mm.) and smaller ears, and by having the crown and face grizzled buffy, greyish, and dark brown, not uniform blackish or seal-brown as in /t. grandis. new Forms of Pteropus. 367 Pteropus solitarius, sp. n. Allied to Pt. lombocensis, but smaller and paler in colour. 3ack Prout’s brown, much lightened with buffy or buffy clay tips to the hairs; rump more unmixed buffy clay ; breast, belly, and flanks much lighter than back, buffy tinged with golden clay ; mantle between ochraceous buff and buff ; fore- neck golden ochraceous buff, distinctly brighter than breast ; occiput, crown, forehead, sides of face, chin, and throat nearly similar to mantle, though slightly darker, more tinged with tawny. Forearm 108°5 mm. Type. & ad. skin and skull, Alor Island (Ombay), Lesser Sunda Islands, 15th April, 1897; collected by A. Everett ; B.M. 98. 11.3. 16.—The type is the only specimen examined. Pteropus rufus princeps, subsp. n. Similar to Pt. rufus rufus (Pt. edwardsi auct.), but skull and external dimensions conspicuously larger. ‘Total length of skull 77 mm. (69-73°8 in the typical form of the species) ; mandible 62 (54°5-58°2) ; forearm 170°5 (158:5-165°5). Type. & ad. ale, and skull, Fort Dauphin, 8.E. Mada- gascar ; collected by M. Cloisel; B.M. 91. 11. 30. 10. Remarks.—The typical smaller form of the species is apparently confined to the northern and central part of Madagascar. Pteropus lylet, sp. n. Similar to Pt. giganteus, but in every respect much smaller; breast and belly usually blackish or seal-brown (as in Pt. vampyrus), but occasionally light-coloured (as in Pt. giganteus). ‘Total length of skull 61-66°5 mm., against 71-76 in Pt. giganteus. Forearm 148-154 mm., against 163°5-176°5 in giganteus. Type. 9 ad. skin and skull, Bangkok, Siam, 20th Aug. 1903; presented by Th. H. Lyle, Esq.; B.M. 4. 4. 7. 2. Specimens examined. Nine, in the collection of the Berlin (Bangkok specimens) and British Museums (Pechabun, Bangkok, Saigon). Range. Siam (Pechabun, Bangkok) ; Saigon. Remarks.—This species probably replaces Pt. giganteus in Siam, Cambodja, and Cochin-China. The Bangkok speci- mens in the Berlin Museum were catalogued by Matschie (‘ Megachiroptera,’ p. 26; skull figured, pl. iv. fig. 8; 1899) ~ under the name Pteropus (Spectrum) assamensis ; McClelland’s Ft. assamensis is, however, the Himalayan race of Pt. gigan- teus, Pt. g. leucocephalus, Hodgson. 368 Mr. K. Andersen on Pteropus intermedius, sp. n. Allied to Pt. giganteus, but breast and belly seal-brown or blackish like back. Forearm about 180 mm. Type. g ad. skin and skull, Amherst, near Moulmein ; collected by W. Davison; presented by A. O. Hume, Esq. ; B.M. 85. 8. 1. 101. Remarks.—In skull and dentition this species is scarcely distinguishable from Pt. giganteus; in all external characters, except the colour of the breast and belly, it is similar to that species, though apparently rather larger; but it resembles Pt, vampyrus in the blackish colour of the breast and belly. From the geographically nearest race of Pt. vampyrus, viz. Pt. v. malaccensis (see below), it is readily distinguished by its much smaller size (forearm about 180 mm., against 200- 209) and by having the foreneck nearly as bright-coloured as the mantle, in strong contrast to blackish breast and belly. From the Siamese P2. /yled (forearm 148-154 mm.) it differs by its much larger size. Pteropus vampyrus malaccensis, subsp. n. Mantle bright-coloured, sharply contrasting with dark back, Skull, total length 76°5-86°5 mm.; forearm 200- 209 mm. Type. & ad. skin and skull, Kuala Tembeling, Pahang, Malay Peninsula, 26th Aug. 1903; collected by H. C. Robinson, Esq.; B.M. 6. 10. 4. 7. Specimens examined. Nineteen, from the collections of the Leyden (three, Sumatra; one, Banka), U.S. National (three, Linga Arch.*), and British Museums. Range. Malay Peninsula; Sumatra ; Linga Archipelago ; Banka. Remarks.—The range of Pt. vampyrus, in its full specific sense, covers almost exactly the Indo-Malayan subregion as defined by Wallace; only in the extreme south-east the species crosses “ Wallace’s line”’ and extends to Timor. - Within this vast area Pt. vampyrus is differentiated into six races. ‘Three of these, viz. Pt. v. pluton (Bali and Lombok), Pt. v. edulis (Savu and Timor), and Pt. v. lanensis (Philip- pines), are ‘‘ melanistic” races, 7. e. the mantle is generally biackish or Vandyck-brown, similar in colour to, or not strongly contrasting with, the back. In the three other races the mantle is generally some shade of buffy, much paler than, and strongly contrasting with, the back ; of these, * U.S, N. M. 101590-91, 101593. new Forms of Pteropus. 369 Pt. v. natune (Natuna Islands and Borneo; see below) is characterized by its small size: forearm 182°5-196 mm. ; Pt. v. malaccensis is considerably Jarger: forearm 200- 209 mm.; Pt. v. vampyrus (Java) the largest: forearm 208- 220 mm., and, together with 27. v. pluton (Bali and Lombok), the largest bat known. Pteropus vampyrus natune, subsp. n. Similar to Pt. vampyrus malaccensis, but smaller. Skull, total length about 73-78 mm.; forearm 182°5-196 mm. Type. g ad. skin and skull, Pulo Panjang, North Natuna Islands, Sept. 1894; collected by E. Hose; presented by the Tring Museum; B.M. 95. 11. 8. 1. Specimens examined. Twelve, in the collections of the Leyden, U.S. National *, and British Museums. Range. North Natuna Islands (Bunguran ; Pulo Panjang) ; N. Borneo (Sarawak). Remarks.—See Pt. vampyrus malaccensis (above). Pteropus morio, sp. 0. Allied to Pt. alecto, but much smaller and with much longer fur. Hair of back 16-17 mm., against 7-11 in Pt. alecto. Back seal-brown, slightly lightened by dark Vandyck-brown tips to most of the hairs and sprinkled with a few whitish hairs ; rump conspicuously washed with pale Vandyck-brown, owing to brownish tips to hairs being longer and paler than on back; underparts essentially as in Pt. alecto; mantle deep chocolate with blackish bases to the hairs; sides of neck, foreneck, and head as in Pt. alecto. Forearm about 141 mm. (160-175 in Pt. alecto). Type. § ad.skin and skull, Waingapo, Sumba, Oct. 1896 ; collected by A. Everett; B.M. 98. 11. 3. 15. Specimens examined, Four, in the collection of the British Museum. Range. Sumba and Savu, Lesser Sunda Islands. Pteropus pilosus, sp. n. Allied to Pt. pselaphon (Bonin and Volcano Islands), but zg and p, larger, fur much shorter, forearm and tibia less thickly clothed, feet naked, colour much paler, external dimensions larger. ig more than three times (in P¢. pselaphon about twice and a half) the bulk of 7,3 p, about twice the ~ size of (in Pt. pselaphon subequal to) m3. Approximate length * US. N, M. 104723-26 ; Bunguran. 370 Mr. O, Thomas on of hair of back 20 mm. (80 mm. in Pt. pselaphon). Back and rump chocolate, conspicuously sprinkled with long shining whitish-grey or buffy-grey hairs; breast, belly, and flanks paler than upperside, between Vandyck-brown and Mars- brown, thickly mixed with long, coarse, buffy hairs; mantle and occiput deep tawny, shading to chocolate tawny on sides of neck and to Vandyck-brown on foreneck ; mantle slightly, sides of neck and foreneck more thickly sprinkled with coarse buffy hairs ; centre of crown golden buffy; forehead, sides of crown, sides of head, chin, and throat dark Vandyck- brown, thickly mixed with buffy or greyish-white hairs. Forearm about 151°5 mm. (in Pt. pselaphon 132°5-141, in the allied Pé. tuberculatus 119°5 mm.). Type. & ad. ale. and skull, Pelew Islands; Godeffroy Museum; B.M. 74. 10. 5. 3.—The type is the only specimen examined. Pteropus dobsoni, nom. n. Pteropus fuscus, Dobson, Cat. Chir. Brit. Mus. p. 59, pl. iv. fig. 5 (teeth) (June 1878). The technical name given by Dobson to this species is preoccupied by Pteropus fuscus, Ki. Geoff., 1803 (Cat. Mamm. Mus. Nation. d’Hist. Nat. p. 46), which is Pt. niger, Kerr, 1792 (Pt. vulgaris, auct.); by Pteropus fuscus, Desmarest, 1803 (N. Dict. d’ Hist. Nat. xix. p. 544), which is Pt. sub- niger, Kerr, 1792 (Pt. rubricollis, auct.); and by Pteropus fuscus, Blainville, 1840 (Ost. Mamm. i. Chéiropt. p. 100, pl. vi. fig. 1), which is Pt. vampyrus, L., 1758. XLIII.—New Bats and Rodents in the British Museum Collection. By OLDFIELD THOMAS. Murina balstont, sp. n. Allied to M. sutlla, Temm., of which the Museum possesses a pair from the Willis Mts., E. Java, but distinguished by the following characters :—(1) The general colour is browner, not rufous or fulvous, the hairs of the back slaty grey at base. (2) The hind limbs and interfemoral membrane are but very sparsely covered with hair, instead of being rather thickly clothed, the edge of the membrane with but few scattered hairs along it. (3) The under surface is uniformly white or creamy, the sides not or quite inconspicuously more greyish new Bats and Rodents. 371 than the centre; in swé/la the sides are distinctly grey. (4) Cutaneous system dark throughout. (5) Skull smaller and more delicately built. Dimensions of the type (the starred measurements taken in the flesh by the collector) :— Forearm 51°5 mm. *Head and body 44; *tail 30; *ear 14; third finger, metacarpal 28, first phalanx 12; lower leg and foot (c. u.) 21. Skull: greatest length 14 ; basi-sinual length} 10°2; zygo- matic breadth 8:3; interorbital breadth 4°3; brain-case breadth 7 ; front of canines to back of m* 4:8. Hab. Tasikmalaja, Preanger, Java. Type. Adult female. Original number 1160. Collected 13 January, 1908, by G. C. Shortridge and presented by W. E. Balston, Esq. Of the two closely allied Javan species of Murina in the Museum it is evident that it is that from the Willis Mts. which should be referred to swal/a, as it has the hairy inter- femoral, the reddish colour, and the grey-sided under surface described by 'Temminck as characteristic of his species. Murina florium, sp. n. Essential characters as in MM. suilla, Temm., but greyer and with less hairy interfemoral. Size slightly greater than in the allied species. General colour above hoary grey, without tinge of rufous or fulvous, the hairs pale grey tipped with brownish. Under surface dull whitish along the middle line, greyish brown laterally, the white median portion less extended than in su¢l/a. Hind limbs and interfemoral membranes almost naked, not well clothed as in sztlla. Skull essentially like that of M. sudlla, but rather larger. Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :— Forearm 35 mm. Tail (c.) 32; third finger, metacarpal 31, first phalanx 13°5; hind leg and foot (c. u.) 23. Skull: front of canine to back of m? 5:3. Hab. Flores. Type. B.M. no. 63.12. 26.14. Collected by Dr. A. R. Wallace. + In describing bats a name is frequently wanted for the measurement from the basion to the base of the anterior palatal notch. As the Latin for notch (mcisto) makes a compound too like one based on the incisor teeth, I would suggest the above word, based on sinus, a bay or gulf, to which this deep rounded hollow has much resemblance. 372 Mr. O. Thomas on This bat was referred to Md. sulla by Dobson, but is readily distinguished from that species by its greyer colour and nearly naked interfemoral and hind limbs. Chalinolobus gouldi venatoris, subsp. n. Similar to the true C. gouldi of Tasmania in essential characters, but size smaller, fur shorter (hairs of back under 5 mm. in length, as compared with over 6), ears rather larger, and the colour darker, the posterior back less broadly washed with rufous. Skull smaller throughout, the brain-case noticeably lower. Dimensions of the type (the starred measurements taken in the flesh by collector) :— Forearm 40 mm. *Head and body 54; *tail 42; lower leg and foot (ce. u.) 25°5 ; *hind foot 8; *ear 11. Skull: greatest length 14; basi-sinual length 10:9; brain-case, breadth 7°6, height from basion 5:8. - Hab, Alexandria, Northern Territory of 8. Australia. Type. Old female. B.M. no. 6.3.9.4. Original number 125. Collected 25 May, 1905, by W. Stalker. Presented by Sir W. Ingram and the Hon. John Forrest. Six speci- mens examined. This is the furthest north that C. gouldi has been found, and the general reduction in size seems to demand a special subspecific name. Examples from the southern part of the Australian mainland are intermediate between this and the typical Tasmanian gould. Kerivoula agnella, sp. n. Near K. hardwickei, but larger and with the brain-case broader posteriorly. Structure of ears and tragus essentially as in hardwicket, the tip of the former and the small projecting point at the outer base of the latter rather less sharply defined. Fore- arms not absolutely naked. Hind legs and feet, tail and the whole of the interfemoral membrane well haired, a small fringe at the hinder edge of the interfemoral. General colour above and below (in spirit) greyish brown, rather more fulvous on the hind legs, tail, and interfemoral. Skull larger than that of K. hardwicket. Brain-case broader at its broadest part, and also less narrowing posteriorly, the mastoid width decidedly exceeding the greatest breadth of the brain-case, which equals it in hardwickei. new Bats and Rodents. 373 Teeth as in K. hardwicke?, except that the outer incisor is about three-fourths the height of the inner one, and the canines appear to be thrown out more abruptly from the muzzle when viewed from above. Lower incisors trifid; overlapping. Dimensions of the type (measured on the spirit-specimen) :— Forearm 38 mm. Head and body 44; tail 48; ear 13°55 tragus on inner edge 8; third finger, metacarpal 38:5, first phalanx 19; lower leg and foot (c. u.) ; calcar 26°5. Skull: greatest length 14:7; basi-sinual length 10°8; breadth of brain-ease 7:2 ; mastoid breadth 8; front of canine to back of m’ 6. Hab. St. Aignan Island, 8.E. of New Guinea. Type. Adult female in spirit. B.M. no. 98.4.1.2. Col- lected by A. Meek. The examination of a number of the true K. hardwicket from Java recently presented to the National Museum by Mr. W. E. Balston has convinced me that this specimen should be separated specifically from that animal. The specimen from Duke of York Island referred somewhat doubtfully to A. hardwickei by Dobson f also appears to belong to K. agnella, but has rather shorter outer incisors. Nyctinomus leonis, sp. n. Nyctinomus brachypterus, Peters, Dobson, P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 722; Cat. Chir. B.M. p. 426 (1878) (nec Peters, Reis. Mossamb., Saug. p. 59, pl. xv. fig. 1, 1852). External characters as described by Dobson, Skull of the high, not flattened Nyctiénomus type, with well-marked median crest ; emargination between premaxillee very narrow, about 0°75 mm. in greatest breadth. Four lower incisors. Measurements of type :— Forearm 37°5 mm. (For other external measures, see Dobson.) Skull : greatest length 19-4; basal length 15°5 ; zygomatic breadth 12°1 ; intertemporal breadth 4; mastoid breadth 11°3 ; palatal length 8; front of canine to back of m? 7. Hab. West Africa. ‘Type from Sierra Leone. Other specimens from Fernando Po (Capt. Downes), Cameroons (C. Bovallius\, and French Congo (G@. LZ. Bates). Type. Adult male skin. B.M. no. 62.12.23.3. Speci- men ¢ of Dobson’s catalogue. Presented by J. Brown, Hsq. + Cat. Chir. B,M. p. 336 (1878). Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. ii. 26 374 On new Bats and Rodents. This species, referred to N. brachypterus by Dobson, is evidently not that described by Peters, for the skull of the latter is no less than 21°5 mm. in length, while the typical skull of N. leonts, 19°4 mm. long, is the largest of the five skulls of the western form examined by me. On the other hand, Dr. Jentink’s WV. bemmeleni from Liberia has, as he has been so good as to inform me, a skull only 16°5 mm. in total length, with a tooth-row length of just 6°0 mm. Dipodillus campestris roszike, subsp. n. Similar in essential characters to the true D. campestris of Algeria, north of the Atlas, but the colour much paler. Size, proportions, and degree of tail-tuft as in campestris. General colour pale fawn, darkest on the back, clearer on the sides, where there is scarcely a trace of the buffy tone found in campestris. Under surface, hands, and feet pure white. Tail whitish or pale fawn above, white below, the tuft, which is of medium development, pale slaty greyish. Skull with rather smaller bullz than in true campestris. Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :— Head and body 102 mm. ; tail 120 ; hind foot 2°5; ear 15. Skull: greatest length 30; greatest breadth 15:5; nasal length 11°3; breadth of brain-case 13°6 ; upper molar series 3°9. Hab. Biskra, Algeria. Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 8.7.12.16. Original number 35. Collected 1 April, 1908, by J. Steinbach, and presented by the Hon. N. C. Rothschild. Two specimens. D. campestris was not hitherto known to occur south of the Atlas, and I had supposed it to be represented by the larger and more tufted-tailed D. dodsont. But these specimens are clearly much more closely allied to it than is the latter, and do not seem to be more than subspecifically separable. In company with this gerbil, Mr. Rothschild has presented to the Museum a number of other species from Biskra, of which the most interesting are L/ephantulus desertt, Dipo- dillus garamantis, Meriones schousboet, and Psammomys algtricus. Mus woodwardi, sp. n. Closely allied to the J. tunneyz, Thos., of Mary River, Northern Territory, but smaller throughout. Colour quite as in that species, the upperside of the same yellowish buffy, and the underside similarly white. Indeed the two animals On a new Fruit-Bat from Sierra Leone. ane cannot be distinguished externally except by the much shorter hind feet of AZ woodwardi. Skull much smaller than that of JZ. tunney? in all dimen- sions, though of the same general shape. Supraorbital ridges less developed. Anteorbital plate less projected forwards. Palatal foramina less open. Bulle smaller. Molars similar in structure, but both narrower and shorter. Dimensions of the type :— Head and body not measured by collector, and evidently stretched ; tail 114 mm.; hind foot 25:5; ear 17. Skull: back of interparietal to tip of nasals 31:5; zygo- matic breadth 18; nasals 11°5 3°33; interorbital breadth ae greatest divergence of parietal ridges 12; palatilar length ESs7-; diastema 9; palatal foramina 6° or ‘greatest diameter of bulla 8 Bes leneth of upper molar series 6; breadth of m'* 2°2. Hab. Lagrange Bay, N.W. Australia. Type. Oldfemale. B.M.no. 5.1.9.1. Collected January 1899 by J. T. Tunney, and presented by the Perth Museum through Mr. B. H. Woodward, after whom the species is named. ‘Two specimens examined. Closely related as it is to M. tunneyi in all essential characters, Jf. woodward: is readily distinguishable by its much shorter feet and smaller skull and teeth. XLIV.—A new Fruit-Bat from Sterra Leone. By OLDFIELD THOMAS. THE British Museum owes to Canon F. C. Smith the skin of a Rouset from Sierra Leone clearly differing from any species hitherto described. It may be called Rousettus smithii, sp. n. Most nearly allied to 2. angolensis, with which it forms a distinct section of the genus, but differing in the following characters :—Size much ‘smaller, the skull also narrower and with less widely expanded zy gomata. Fur shorter and more resembling that of ordinary Rousets (that of [. angolensis being unusually long and silky), and not extending so far down the hind limbs, the proximal half only of the tibiz being clothed. Ears narrower. Colour dull brown without rufous suffusion; neck more greyish. 26* 376 Prof. H. G. Seeley on the Dentition of the Skull more lightly built than in 2. angolensis, but agreeing with it in all essential respects, such as the very slight deflection of the brain-case, the co-ossification of the pre- maxille, and the swollen supraorbital margins. Teeth of the same squarish form, but smaller throughout, and similar in relative proportions, with the exception that the last molar, both above and below, is very much smaller, about one-third instead of one-half the size of the tooth immediately pre- ceding it. Dimensions of the type (not fully adult) :-— Forearm 70 mm. Head and body (c.) 112; tail 11; pollex (c. u.) 28°5; third finger, metacarpal 49°5, first phalanx 32:5, second phalanx 41; lower leg and hind foot (c. u.) 46. Skull: greatest length 38°5; zygomatic breadth 20°5; supraorbital forainina to tip of nasals 18; breadth of brain- case 15; front of canine to back of m* 14:8; p* 2°3x1'8; m? 1:4x1:2; p, 2°7X 17; mz, 13x 1°1. Hab, Sierra Leone. Type. Nearly adult female. B.M. 8. 9.11.1. Collected and presented by Canon F. C. Smith. The many important characters by which Rousettus ango- lensis differs from all other members of the genus have recently been brought out in Dr. K. Andersen’s admirable notes on the group *, so that no comparison of &, smithit with other species is required. From £&. angolensis it is at once distin- guishable by its smaller size (allowing, of course, for the slight immaturity of the type), smaller teeth, and, especially, by its much smaller posterior molars. I have much pleasure in naming this Rouset after its discoverer, to whom the National Museum is indebted for various acceptable specimens. XLV.—On the Dentition of the Diastema in some Fossil Reptiles referred to the Gomphodontia, from the Upper Karroo Rocks of Cape Colony. By H. G.Srx ey, F.R.S., F.G.S., King’s College, London. One of the notable features in the dentition of the fossil Reptilia which most closely resemble mammals is the tooth- less interval in the jaws between the canine and molar teeth, A similar toothless terspace is present in existing mammals, * Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xix. pp. 501 e¢ segg. (1907). Diastema in some Fossil Reptiles. 377 so various as certain marsupials, chevrotains, horse, rhino- ceros, pigs, rodents, so that no special importance can be claimed for the diastema in morphology or classification. Among some Mammalia there is evidence that the diastema is a consequence of shedding of deciduous teeth, as well as of the atrophy and suppression of teeth. There is reason for supposing that these fossil reptiles had a normal dental succession, in which a first or milk-series of teeth was followed by a permanent series; but there is no reason to believe that the reptilian teeth were pushed out and shed in quite the mammalian manner. The process of absorption of old teeth was carried much further in reptiles, and though no evidence has been seen of successional molar teeth among Theriodonts, the canines constantly have upon the roots unabsorbed portions of the teeth which preceded them, situate anteriorly in the mandible and posteriorly in the skull. This mode of succession may account for the occasional duplication of canine teeth, such as is found in Cynognathus leptorhinus, the one tooth being a milk-tooth, and the other permanent. There being no evidence of pushing out of the first set of teeth, which correspond to milk-teeth which are not replaced in mammals by permanent teeth, it follows that they can only disappear by a condition of weakness, feeble- ness as distinct from disease, which ensures inability to persist so well as the permanent molar teeth. ‘The reptilian diastema therefore appears to be the portion of the alveolar border from which the crowns of teeth of the “ milk-series ” have crumbled away in the mature animal. Even with this suggested explanation there remains a short interval in the jaw without teeth behind the canine tooth which has to be accounted for. The teeth of the molar series in these fossil reptiles as they extend forward gradually diminish in size, exhibiting a species of atrophy ; and it may be that nutrition fails as work diminishes, and teeth are never developed. Hence the reptilian diastema includes two elements—an anterior part, which originates in the mammalian way ; and a posterior part, which illustrates the reptilian type of a false diastema, which may be regarded as a condition antecedent to the type which becomes developed as a true diastema in mammals. In 1895, after discussing reptilian characteristics of the skull of Tritylodon longevus (Owen), I gave a figure (Phil. Trans. Royal Society, 1895 B, p. 1028, fig. 4) of the anterior extremity of the right ramus of the mandible of a ‘Theriodont reptile as illustrating the kind of mandible which that genus might possess, and as indicating the possibility that the 378 Prof. H. G. Seeley on the Dentition of the reputed incisors of T'ritylodon are canine teeth, the incisors being lost earlier than the middle incisors of Gomphognathus polyphagus. Professor H. I’. Osborn states, in the ‘ Ameri- can Naturalist’ for May 1898, that I figured a portion of the lower jaw of Tritylodon; but no generic determination was made of that fossil. The specimen belongs to a larger animal than Tritylodon longevus. The intractable matrix which obscured the alveolar border in the mandible has now been removed, and the jaw is referable to a species or subgenus of Gomphognathus near to G. polyphagus. This mandibular fragment is 24 inches long from the incisor teeth to the first molar tooth. It is separated from the missing left ramus by fracture, but the rami were united by close bony union, and the socket of the first incisor of the left ramus remains with this specimen. The crown of that tooth may have perished during the life of the animal, though the larger part of the root remains, shown in a vertical fracture. The symphysial surface, about 14 inch long, 1 inch deep in front, and ? inch deep posteriorly, was of long ovate form, The inferior external surface of the jaw is convex from front to back, and from side to side slightly convex in front but somewhat flattened. ‘This convex chin surface makes an angle with the relatively vertical external lateral surface, which is gently convex from above downward. The lateral surface is 2 inch deep at the canine tooth and increases in depth as it extends backward. The internal surface of the jaw above the symphysis is a channel, nearly straight from front to back, sunk well below the level of the canine and the anterior half of the diastema. The three incisor teeth are close-set. They occupy a width of half an inch. ‘The crowns are broken, but they are nearly uniform in size, nearly circular, with a slight transverse natural compression, The third incisor is in front of the canine, The second and first incisor teeth are further forward successively, so as to make a curved external contour, much in the manner of Gomphognathus kannemeyeri, which is the only species with the mandible separated from the skull. The canine tooth is directed upward and forward, and not outward as in G. kannemeyert, so that there is no appreciable lateral bulbous expansion of the extremity of the mandible as in that species. ‘The tooth is strong, laterally compressed, ovate in transverse section on the broken surface, 3 inch from front to back at the fracture, and 3? inch wide, but ; : ‘ : eee aes slightly wider anteriorly. What remains of the external Diastema in some Fossil Reptiles. 379 enamel, badly preserved, appears to be wrinkled. Below the middle of the canine tooth a shallow groove descends the external lateral surface of the dentary bone. Behind the socket for the canine tooth a concave diastema measuring 1,7 inch intervenes between that tooth and the first tooth of the molar series. The crown of that molar stands fully } inch above the alveolar margin. It is sub- quadrate, somewhat broken, less than + inch in diameter, with external and internal ridge-marginsin front. It is worn down transversely by apposition with a maxillary tooth to make a flat grinding surface. The posterior fracture ter- minating the fragment of the ramus, passes vertically through the vacant socket for the second molar tooth, which is about 75 inch deep in the jaw and tapers as it descends. The diastema is the most interesting region of the jaw, on account of its length, for in Gomphognathus kannemeyeri the concave interspace in the jaw between the mandibular canine and molars measures less than 74, inch, which is less than one-fourth as long as in this specimen. In Gomphognathus polyphagus, in which the jaws are closed, the mandibular diastema measures 1,3, inch. The region of the diastema is compressed from the outer to the inner side, so as to make a blunt alveolar ridge situate towards the flattened inner side of the ramus, wider behind than in front. This ridge helps to define the convexity of the external surface of the dentary bone. On carefully cleaning the summit-line it became evident that the ridge of the diastema carries teeth. Their crowns are level with the alveolar ridge or imperceptibly raised, and give no indication of having been more elevated. They have the aspect of flattened ovate denticles each with a central depression, occupied with black matrix, situated in advance of the molar teeth. ‘lhey therefore appear to correspond in position with the milk-teeth of mammals, in which the teeth are shed and not replaced, but differ in being persistent in the jaw and in their simple condition and small size. The teeth which are most evident are three in number, raised above the bone by the thickness of a stout paper, and defined at the base by a black line of matrix. It was neces- sary to determine whether they were superticial ossifications. I reluctantly sacrificed a part of the hindermost denticle, but under the steel point the whole crown became dissipated, displaying black matrix in the centre and an osseous rim. . On scraping away the matrix no doubt is left that the root of the tooth is still in its socket, margined externally by dense white tissue, continuous with a minute fragment of the , 580 Prof. H. G. Seeley on the Dentition of the original crown. The area of the pulp-cavity is occupied with soft substance of the bluish-grey colour of the matrix, which may possibly show a radial structure. The teeth thus demonstrated increase in size posteriorly, where the diameter is about 3%, inch. here may possibly have been as many as four, but it is difficult to distinguish more than three, because they are level with the surface of the jawbone. The inference seems legitimate that these teeth originally possessed sharp elevated conical crowns, however unexpected it may be that all the crowns should disappear during life so as to extend the length of the diastema, leaving only polished dental surfaces of the same height as the alveolar ridge, which holds their roots. In Gomphognathus kannemeyert the condition is so dissimilar as to suggest a generic difference, for behind the short mandibular diastema of 4) inch the teeth are all of the same stout type and contribute to form the grinding molar surface, though only the middle part of the mandibular armature is worn, They are similar to each other and not of a kind to be easily broken, and are packed in the closest possible succession. I have distinguished the first four as premolarsand the remaining nine as molars, but there is no marked difference. There are only nine functional maxillary molars in Gompho- gnathus and allied genera, so that the thirteen teeth in the mandible of G. kannemeyeri must either indicate that the series is extended forward by teeth which are homologous with the small decollated teeth now described, or that G. kannemeyeri, the type.of the genus, must be separated from the other species. ‘The former alternative is preferable, in the absence of further evidence, but it requires that the premolars of the young G. kannemeyeri should be classed in the same category with the teeth in the diastema which are lost in this specimen. They are probably a part of the first series of teeth without masticatory function. The maxillary dentition is only known in Gomphognathus polyphagus. In the original description (Phil. Trans. Roy. _ Soc. B, 1895, p. 18) the maxillary diastema is described as raised a little above the palate and prolonged backward by the curve of [six] small premolar teeth contained in a length of half an inch. It is remarked that the first on the left side appears to be worn down with use, but all the other teeth on a level with the maxillary bones are broken or lost. It is not possible now to determine whether the breakage took place during life or during the removal of the matrix, as seems probable. Their surfaces are certainly fractured by the chisel, and in that respect are unlike the larger teeth in the Diastema in some Fossil Reptiles. ' 381 mandible, described in this notice. In any case, it may be inferred that the crowns of the teeth, indicated by the circular outlines of their roots, were slender, sharp, and conical, in striking contrast with the masticating molars beiind, and equally in contrast with the corresponding teeth of G. kanne- meyert. A more instructive dental condition is seen in the skull, probably of the same species of A ES, which I found at Lady Frere, indicated as R. 2578 in the British Museum. Incisors. 2 | i if 1 1 pees ' ‘ i t r ! | i ss 3 em ae es os — Canine. Diastema. mere Bee roots. -= Matrix. tight ramus of mandible of Gomphognathus ( Diastemodon) dimorphodon, seen from above, showing extent of symphysis and roots of teeth in the diastema. In the middle of the maxillary diastema on the left side, behind the canine tooth is one crown quite perfect, small, strong, sharply pointed, recurved, which may be an early premolar. It is the type of cutting prehensile crown which may have existed in the specimen of G. polyphagus trom the same locality, numbered.in the Brit. Mus. 2576-7, and may none been present in the allied species indicated by this fragment of the right mandible. The bases of these teeth are 382 Mr. M. Burr—WNotes on the Forficularia. badly exposed in all the specimens. ‘This species, defined by larger size, longer diastema, larger ovate roots of the decol- lated teeth, and relatively less depth of the jaw, is provisionally indicated as Gomphognathus (Diastemodon) dimorphodon. The differences from Gomphognathus kannemeyeri in the types of premolar teeth conveniently separate G. polyphagus and this species as the subgenus iastemodon. The figure is of the natural size and shows the aspect ‘ from above. The specimen is in the South-African Museum, Cape Town. I am indebted to the ‘l'rustees for the oppor- tunity of making this further examination of the fossil. XLVI.—WNotes on the Forficularia—XI1V. A Levision of the Pygidicranine. By Matcotm Burr, B.A., F.E.S., ¥.LS., F.Z.8., &e. Most of the species referred to in the following notes have been hitherto included in the capacious genus Pygidicrana, Serville. An examination of the material in my own collection, with a view to revising the somewhat arbitrary arrangement of de Bormans, has induced me to establish some new genera, based chiefly on characters which have not hitherto been employed in this genus. ‘The group-name was invented by Verhoeff, who divided it into Pygidicranine for the type genus and Pyragrine for Pyragra, Echinosoma, aud perhaps Echinopsaiis. ‘These last genera are not discussed in these pages. ‘I'hey represent the transition towards Labidura. The femora are neither com- pressed nor keeled, the elytra are stronger at the axillary angle, and consequently the scutellum is only present as an exception in Pyragra and never in the other genera, in which the pronotum extends well over the insertion of the elytra. Pyragra is in many respects undoubtedly allied to Pygidi- crana, but Echinosoma shows the transition through Eehino- psalis to Psalis, Labidura, and Anisolabis. In the Pyragrine the pronotum is always transverse, in the Pygidicranine never. An important generic character, which will be of un- doubted use in the future, is the form of the sternal plates *, especially of the lobe of the metasternum. * The value of these shields as a generic character was appreciated by Scudder in 1876, though he failed to make very much use of them. Mr. M. Burr—Notes on the Forficularia. 383 The posterior margin of the metasternal lobe is always sinuate or excavate in the Pygidicraninw. It is invariably truncate in the Pyragrine, a very Labidurine feature. The two curious genera Anatelia from the Canary Islands and Challia from Korea resemble the Pygidicranine in their general form and appearance, even to the compressed and carinate femora, but the lobe of the metasternal plate is straight, and the first seven or eight antennal segments do not agree. Hor the present they may be regarded as aberrant forms which may be most conveniently placed as a sort of ss aa to the Pygidicranine. The chief characteristics of the group are as follows :— Antenne with over 30 seg Bent 5 3 not much longer than 2; 4-7 shoit, not longer than 2 2,as broad as long, “the re mainder lengthening out to long and cylindrical. Elytra quite flat on the dorsal surface, strongly folded, but usually with no keel; lateral surface hollowed; axillary angle of elytra weak, exposing a triangular scutellum of varying size. The pronotum is oval or rectangular, but longer than broad, it scarcely extends over the elytra. The prosternum is narrowed behind the middle, then dilated on eacli side at the extreme base. Mesosternum subquadrate, the angles rounded and posterior margin truncate or rounded. Metasternum with Jobe transverse, posterior margin sinuate or excavate. Femora stout, compressed, and furnished with several carinu!ze; tibize compressed ; tarsi of various forms. Table of Genera. 1. Corpus omnino apterum (tarsi graciles) : SUS AMICANUM) |). c0s maiece cs daas- 1. .aenodes, Burr. 1,1. Elytra et ale perfecte explicatee vel abbre- viatee. : 2. Tarsorum segmenta | et 2 depressa, brevia, valde dilatatal=..,. vac,uccsse ws wereees 2 Lagalina, Dohrn. 2.2. Tarsorum seomenta 1 et 2 cylindxica, brevia vel ‘longa (seepius primo cylin- drico, elongato), 3. Hlytra ampla; scutello parvo, angusto. 4. Pronotum orbiculare (segmentum penultimum ventrale g¢ amplum) . 3. Pygidicrana, Serv. They were neglected by later authors till Verhoeff employed the nar- rowing of the prosternum to characterize the Gonolabidee, but the value of his work in this respect. may be estimated when it is understood that he omitted to examine all available Gonolabidze, with the result that his characterization of the family excludes the type ‘of the genus Gonvlabis! 384 Mr. M. Burr—WNotes on Ve Forficularia. 4.4, Pronotum rectangulare. 5. Segmentum penultimum ventrale ¢ latum, amplum........ . 4, Dicrana, g. n. 5.5. Segmentum penultimum ventrale C angustum., 6. Caput pronoto haud angustius.. 5. Cranopygia, g. 6.6, Caput pronoto angustius vel seque Latin’. as ioe Sin) aia . 6. Prerania, g.n. 3.3. Elytra brevia; scutellum amplum, transversum, pronotum latitudine SQUANE 265. s5ul Salas okies ae eet 7. Pyge, g. n. Genus J. Dacnopers, Burr. There is nothing to add to the remarks on this genus in an earlier paper in Ent. Month. Mag. (2) xviii. p. 60 (1907). Genus IJ. TaGatina, Dohrn. This genus seems to be rare; it is well characterized by the remarkable form of the tarsi. The two species are probably mere colour-varieties ; one was redescribed and figured by nie in 1902 (Termes, Fiiz. xxv. p. 477, pl. xx. fig. 1, g. Genus III. PyGipicrana, Serv. This genus is now restricted to the forms which approach the P. marmoricrura, Serv. It is confined to the species in which the scutellum is small, the organs of flight well developed, the pronotum oval and nearly round, and the penultimate ventral segment of the male broad and rounded. Even in this restricted sense it retains the majority of the species and is represented in all tropical regions of the world. The type is P. v-nigrum, Serv. Table of Species. 1, Segmentum penultimum ventrale ¢ mar- gine postice medio rotundato-emarginato (caput nigrum; elytra fusco-testacea) : species aiticana sche Ahk 1. hiafra, Borm. 1.1. Segmentum penultimum ventrale ¢ mar- gine postico leviter sinuato, vel rotun- dato, vel apice ipso depresso-canaliculato, 2. Segmentum penultimum ventrale ¢ margine postico medio apice ipso cana- liculo depresso instructum (colore fusco maculis variis lineisque fulvis ornato) : SPOCIOD AGIALIER jeicluhrod Gge shale hehe Be 2. picta, Guér. Mr. M. Burr—WNotes on the Forficularia. 385 2.2, Segmentum penultimum ventrale ¢ margine postico integro. 3. Segmentum penultimum ventrale g margine postico leviter sinuato ; tarsi breves, segmento primo quam tertium breviori: species americana. 3. fiebrigt, sp. n. 3.3. Segmentum penultimum ventrale ¢ late rotundatum ; tarsi longi, gra- ciles, segmento primo tertium eequanti vel superanti. 4, Forcipis bracchia ¢ contigua, haud arcuata, 5. Forcipis bracchia g sequaliter curvata: species australica.... 4. demeli, Dohrn. 5.5. Forcipis bracchia ¢ inequaliter curvata. 6. Forceps ¢ supra dente basali armatus, bracchio sinistro haud angulato............ 5. ¢mperatriz, Burr. 6.6. Forceps ¢ supra _inermis, bracchio sinistro medio angu- IStO” ee aia aces tens (On valida, Dohrn: 4.4, Forcipis bracchia ¢ arcuata, seepius aream ovalem includentia. 5. Forcipis bracchia f haud elongata, fortiter curvata, ante apicem margine interno dilatata. 6. Pronotum VY-nigro-signatum ; elytra nigro-vittata: species AMETICANA.......-eeeesenn Ce V=nagrum, Serv. 6.6. Pronotum et elytra fulva: species asiatica .......... 8. pallidipennis, Haan. 5.5. Forcipis bracchia elongata, haud dilatata, ante apicem dentata. 6, Elytra unicoloria. 7. Pronotum bivittatum : species americana...........-... 9. forcipata, Kirby. 7.7. Pronotum castaneum : species celebensis.............. 10. celebensis, Borm. 6.6. Elytra vittata vel maculata: species asiaticee. 7. Statura maxima; _ pronoti vittee postice confluentes . 11. exvma, Dohrn 7.7. Statura mediocri; pronoti vittee irregulares vel pa- rallele. 8. Statura majore (32-35 mm.); caput nigrum macula irregulari occipi- tali ornatum.......... 12. marmorierura, Serv. 8.8. Statura minore (20-21 mm.); caput fulvum, nigro-circumdatum.... 13. stamensis, Dohrn, 386 Mr. M. Burr—Wotes on the Forficularia. Pygidicrana fiebrigt, sp. n. Statura majore; caput nigrum; pronotum fulvum, vittis 2 fuscis haud parallelis ornatum ; elytra brevia, nigra, anguste pallido- marginata ; ale breves, fulve; pedes fulvi, femoribus marmo- ratis, forcipis bracchia ¢ basi depresso-triquetra, valida, in parte basali divergentia et attenuata; dehine fortius arcuata, ante apicem margine interno incrassata et macronata. Long. corporis <..2..i<.- 24 mm. of SOTSUpIS “Lo Swe ee ae 5°5 ,, Large and powerful. Antenne black, with 30 segments, typical. Head black. Pronotum convex anteriorly, broadest at the shoulders, narrowed posteriorly. Posterior margin truncate ; about as broad as the head anteriorly ; fulvous, with two broad black bands, which are divergent in the prozona and convergent posteriorly, Scutellum triangular, fulvous. Elytra rather short, black, with a very narrow yellow line along the lateral margins. Wings short, yellow. Feet yellowish, the femora marbled with fuscous ; tarsi short and broad, the first segment shorter than the third. Abdomen dilated posteriorly ; last dorsal segment ample, smooth, with tawny pubescence and median suture; posterior margin truncate ; penultimate ventral segment ample, broadly rounded, slightly emarginate in middle of posterior margin, exposing last segment at the comers. , Forceps ¢ with the branches subcontiguous at the base itself, depressed, triquetre, and stout, strongly diverging in basal halt, then attenuate, and strondly bowed inwards ; just betore the apex incrassate, to form a depressed triangular _ projection, then straight and hooked at the apex. Paraguay: San Bernardino (C. Fiebrig, S. V.) (cm. et Mus. Berol.; Jr. no. 1249/06). Type in my collection. Ditfers from P. v-nigrum, P. forcipata, P. notigera, and P. egregia in the black elytra; from P. divittata in the angled bands on the pronotum ; the forceps are of the same type as those of P, v-nigrum and P. bivittata, but differ in details. Mr. M. Burr—WNotes-on the Forficularia. 387 Genus IY. DIcrANA, nov. A genere Pygidicrana differt pronoto subrectangulari, sepius sub- quadrato; a genere Cranopygia differt segmento penultimo ventrali amplo, lato, rotundato. Type, Pygidicrana frontalis, Kirby. The rectangular pronotum readily separates the genus from Pygidicrana, but it only differs from Cranopygia in the broad, rounded, penultimate ventral sezment. The African species form a natural group with a very distinctive coloration. I have not examined an undoubted P. caffra, but it appears to resemble P. betiont and its allies so closely that I do not hesitate to range it here. P. kalhpyga has marked affinities with Cranopygia in the form of the last dorsal segment and the forceps, but the penultimate ventral segment of the male is so broad and decidedly rounded that it is not possible to place it there; this is unfortunate, as its position near LD. jinschi appears hardly natural. Table of Species. 1, Segmentum penultimum ventrale ¢ lateribus rectis, angulis rotundatis, margine postico leyiter sinuato: species africane. 2. Forcipis bracchia ¢ brevia, lata, fortiter arcuata. 3. Forcipis bracchia J ante apicem dilatata, laminam rectangularem efficientia .... 1. bettoni, Kirb. 3.3. Forcipis bracchia g ante apicem dente PONG REMC LIS «arch elsh aisha pctare 0 Saleh eras 2. caffra, Dohrn. 2.2. Forcipis bracchia ¢ leviter arcuata. 3. Elytra vittis angustis 2 rufescentibus GL TCT Sin Gers «Onn Oman reno Gone e 5. frontalis, Kirb. 3.3. Elytra macula pallida ornata .......... 4. separata, sp. n. 1.1. Segmentum penultimum ventrale ¢ totum rotundatum. 2, Statura majore; capite rufo; segmentum © ultimum dorsale 3 angulis valde plicatis. 5. kallipyga, Dohrn. 2.2. Statura minore ; capite nigro, flayo-notato : segmentum ultimum dorsale ¢ inerme. 3. Pronotum nigrum, albo-limbatum ; elytra fusca, unicoloria ...... Sin Eee s Bae 6. horsfieldi, Kirby. 3.3. Pronotum nigrum, flavo-marmoratum ; elytra nigra, flavo-maculata ........ 7. finschi, Karsch, Dicrana separata, sp. n. Statura mediocri ; testacea, nigro-variegata ; pronotum parallelum ; 388 Mr. M. Burr—WNotes on the Forficularia. scutellum parvum; elytra ampla; ale longe; segmentum ulti- mum dorsale ¢ amplum quadratum; segmentum penultimum ventrale ¢ amplum, latum, margine postico medio leviter exciso, angulis late rotundatis ; forcipis bracchia g basi remota, depressa, elongata, sensim arcuata, ante apicem dente interno forti armata. <6. Long. corporis ....... ~ 20) tim, a4 ROPCIDIN., snc bss have rs ee Antenne testaceous. Head testaceous, with a black spot on the frons and a narrow black border round the occiput. Pronotum parallel, longer than broad, subrectangular. Angles rounded, testaceous, with two broad black bands. Scutellum small, testaceous. Elytra black, with a reddish-yellow discoidal spot in the anterior portion. Wings yellow, faintly shaded with fuscous. Feet testaceous, the femora indistinctly marked with fuscous ; tarsi slender, first segment longer than third. Abdomen blackish, with a fine dense pubescence. Last dorsal segment % ample, square, smooth, simple. Penultimate ventral segment ¢ ample, broad, angles broadly rounded, posterior margin with a small median emargination. Forceps ¢ with the branches depressed; at the base itself they are dilated, so as to be almost contiguous, but this portion is exceedingly short, and the branches appear to be remote at the base; they are rather slender, gently arcuate, and armed with a strong tooth near the apex on the inner margin. German East Africa: Hinterland, ?Nguru (Rohrberk). he This form is barely distinguishable from P. frontalis, Kirby, from the Cameroons ; in that species the short apical portion of the forceps beyond the tooth is straight, in P. sepa- rata it is arcuate ; in the latter the last dorsal segment is smooth (granulose in P. frontalis) ; the elytra of P. frontalis have two narrow reddish bands instead of a large oval spot. In the form taken by Sjéstedt at Kilimandjaro (Burr, in Sjéstedt’s ‘Exped. Kilimandjaro,’ 17. Orthopteren, 1. Derma- toptera, p. 3, pl. i. fig. 1, ¢, 1907) (Sjostedt’s specimen), the elytra have the whole anterior portion pale, and the last dorsal segment is not so smooth. At first I regarded My. M. Burr—Notes on the Forficularia. 389 it as identical with P. betton’, Kirby; since then I have been able to examine Kirby’s types and Karsch’s types of P. caffra in the Berlin Museum. ‘There is an as- tonishing resemblance in colour and markings between these African species, P. caffra, P. bettoni, P. frontalis, P. separata; apart from the forceps they are practically indistinguishable, and the forceps differ in degree rather than in kind. Perhaps when a large amount of material can be examined together, it will be possible to arrange a series passing through all these forms from one extreme to another. For the present, however, it is convenient to give distinct names to the various types of forceps. There are two chief forms—the depressed, rather short, and bowed forceps of P. caffra and P. betton’, and the more elongate and slender forceps of P. frontalis and P. separata. I am now inclined to think that Sjdstedt?s specimens should be assigned, at least provisionally, to P. separata, It is certainly nearer to it than it is to P. bettond, Kirby, in which the forceps approach rather to the type represented by P. caffra, Karsch. Genus V. CRANOPYGIA, nov. Pronotum subrectangulare, angulis ipsis rotundatis; segmentum penultimum ventrale g angustum, lanceolatum, acuto-rotun- datum; segmentum ultimum dorsale ¢ angulis externis utrinque in cristam acutam plicatum; ceteris cum genere Pygidicrana congruet. Type, P. cuming?, Dohrn. This genus will include those species with a narrow penul- timate ventral segment and a subrectangular pronotum. Table of Species. 1. Forceps ¢ superne dente cristato armatus; elytra rufescentia, nigro-limbata; pronotum vittis nigris 2 ornatum ........ Sheets op eaayon: . 1. cumingi, Dohrn, 1.1. Forceps ¢ superne inermis; elytra fusca; pro- notum fusco-testaceum, lineis 3 pallidis ..,. 2. mdetner?, Dohrn. C. nietnert varies in depth of colour from light yellowish red to almost black ; the curvature of the forceps also varies considerably ; in one male in my collection the right branch is toothed and excavate on the inner margin near the apex; in the same specimen the apex of the penultimate ventral segment has a faint emargination which I cannot detect in other specimens. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. ii. 27 390 Mr. M. Burr—Notes on the Forficularia. Genus VI. PIcRANIA, nov. Caput angustum, pronoto haud vel vix latius; pronotum longum angustum, parallelum; elytra brevia; tarsi longi, graciles ; abdomen angustum, fere parallelum. Type, Pygidicrana liturata, Stal. I erect this genus for the two species with narrow heads. P. liturata, Stal, from §. Africa and Diego Suarez, has a very characteristic appearance and coloration. The other species, P. angustata, Dohrn, from Ceylon, is only known from the female type in the Berlin Museum. Table of Species. 1. Abdomen in parte basali rufescens, lineis 4 nigris signatum: species africana........ 1. liturata, Stal. 1.1. Abdomen rufescens, fulyo -marmoratum: Specios CEyLONICH 65 a6 duis. ose es obs 2. angustata, Dohrn. Genus VII. Pyas, nov. Pronotum subquadratum; scutellum amplum, transversum, pro- notum latitudine fere aut omnino equans, medio sulculatum ; elytra brevia, angulo axillari excavato, hoc modo scutellum magnum liberantia; costa interdum carinata; ale rudimentarie ; pedes breves; femora compressa; tarsi breves, haud tenues, segmento primo tertium equanti vel subbreviorl; segmentum ultimum dorsale amplum; segmentum penultimum ventrale angustum, rotundato-acutum; forcipis bracchia ¢ 9 brevia, contigua, depressa. Type, Pygidicrana modesta, Borm. This genus is formed for the reception of those species in which the elytra are excavated at the axillary angle, thus exposing the characteristic ample scutellum. ‘The elytra are also short and narrow. There is sometimes a distinct keel on the costal margin; the wings are abortive, sometimes represented by a pair of leathery flaps showing under the shortened elytra. The species are confined to the Oriental and Australian Regions, and do not appear to be common. They are of relatively small size and the colour is usually dull brown or black, sometimes relieved by some yellow. Table of Species. 1. Scutellum tam latum quam pronotum. 9. Pronotum biyittatum 2.5 oy. ee» ches .. 1. vitticollis, Stal. 2.2. Pronotum haud bivittatum. 3. Pronotum scutellum elytrarufescentia. 2. piepersi, Burr *, * ‘Notes from the Leyden Museum,’ xxx. p. 95 (1908). Mr. M. Burr— Notes on the Forficularia. 391 3.3. Pronotum nigrum, flavo-signatum. 4. Prozona nigra, metazona flava, nipro-maculata.. . i ced ou .. 3 atriceps, Kirby. 4.4, Pronotem nigrum, utrinque flayo- IVP WOT Pes hy Fa staele ca otaio de 4, modesta, Borm. 1.1. Scutellum pronoto brevius,..........+.. 5. ophthalmica, Dohrn. Pyge atriceps, Kirby. P. atriceps, Kirby, is a curious species, in which the pro- notum has a very characteristic coloration; the prozona is entirely black and the metazona clear yellow, with an ill- defined black spot in the centre. At first glance it appears that the wing-scales are yellow ; as a matter of fact, it is the first dorsal segment which is clear yellow and shows up beyond the very short elytra, which are quite black, so that this yellow segment is in striking contrast, especially as the rest of the abdomen is black. The wings themselves are present as small black leathery flaps, just exposed under the costa of the elytra. ‘This appearance is so deceptive that it misled Kirby, who described the wing-scales as yellow, an easy slipto make. ‘The elytra themselves are rather narrowed at the apex, and the surtace is scabrous. The fold separating the dorsal from the lateral surfaces is marked by a row of granulations that form a keel. The species is described from Rockhampton in Queensland. I have two from the Mallee District in Victoria. It is possible that this species is identical with P. ophthal- mica, Dohrn, recorded from Moreton Bay (Queensland) and also from Tenasserim, but the examples from the latter locality may prove to be distinct. The following species which have been included in Pygidi- crana remain to be ranged in this system :— P. guttata, Borm. (Celebes): probably in Dicranta. P. quadriguttata, Kirby, is a synonym. P. papua, Borm. (New Guinea) : probably in Pygidicrana. P. peruviana, Rehn (Peru), is a Pyragra, judging from the illustration. P. lida, Borelli (Kast Africa): the male is unknown ; probably in Dicrania. P. egregia, Kirby (Brazil): male unknown ; apparently allied to P. v-nigrum, P. bivittata, Krichs. (Brazil) : apparently related to P. v-ni- grum. 392 Miscellaneous. P. notigera, Stal (Brazil), is only known to me by the description ; it is probably a true Pygidicrana. P. caffra, Dohrn, and P. demeli, Dohrn, are only known to me by their description and by drawings ; the position which I have allotted them by analogy may well be correct. P. abnormis, Borm., is the type of Tomopygia, Burr (1904). P. biittneri, Karsch, is the type of Karschiella, Verhoeff. MISCELLANEOUS. Contributions towards a Revision of the Genus Lomanotus : a Postscript. I reerert to find that the survey of the literature of the genus Lomanotus given in the paper which appeared under the above title in the August issue of these ‘ Annals’ is incomplete, in so far as it includes no reference to Sir C. Eliot’s valuable “ Notes on some British Nudibranchs,” contributed to vol. iii. of the ‘ Journal of the Marine Biological Association’ in 1906. Unfortunately the exist- ence of these “ Notes” did not come to my knowledge until some three weeks after the appearance of the August issue of the ‘Annals.’ Having read the section of the “ Notes” dealing with Lomanotus (pp. 348-353) I find it necessary to alter my views as to the position of Z. portlandicus. Hancock's unpublished drawings show that this species possesses what appears to be the most important specific character of Trinchese’s L, eisigii, a fin-like caudal process, so that the two species may be considered as identical. While still retaining two species in the genus, I desire, then, to alter the arrangement proposed in the August number of the ‘ Annals’ (pp. 217-218) to the following, L. portlandicus (1860) taking precedence of Z. ezsigit (1883) :— (1) ZL. marmoratus, Ald. & Hane. (1845). L. genei, Vérany (1846). L. hancocki, Norman (1877). (2) L. portlandicus, Thompson (1860). L. eisigii, Trinchese (1883). Whether this provisional arrangement is to stand will depend on the value that may be conceded as a specific distinction to the fin-like caudal process of the second species as described by Trinchese and figured by Hancock. N. Coxean. THE ANNALS MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. [EIGHTH SERIES.] No. 11. NOVEMBER 1908. XLVII.—On the Forms of Squirrel hitherto classed under Sc. finlaysoni, Horsf. By R. C. WrouGcuron. THIS question was discussed by Dr. Anderson in 1879 (Zool. Western Yunnan). He came to the conclusion that the following forms, viz. finlaysont, ferrugineus, heraudrent, splendidus, cinnamomeus, siamensts, splendens, germant, bocourti, and leucogaster, were ‘‘ only varieties of one and the same species.” It was again investigated by Bonhote in 1901 in dealing with a collection of mammals from Siam (P.Z. S. p: 53). The result was rather unsatisfactory, for while keeping all the forms under the specific name jinlaysoni, he recognized four ‘types,’ but did not distinguish the forms which ranked in each “ type.” Since then there have been considerable additions of specimens of this group to the collection of the Natural History Museum, and on laying out the whole and sorting them both geographically and by pattern it seemed to me possible to introduce some commencement of order in the arrangement of the group. As a preliminary it may be noted that a study of the literature shows that the following names disappear from ag list quoted above as synonyms, viz. keraudreni, Less., ferrugineus, Cuv.; siamensis, Gray, and splendens, Gray = - cinnamomeus, Temm. ; lewcogaster, M.-Edw., and leuco- cephalus, Bonh.,=doeourti, M. -Edw. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. ii. 28 394 Mr. R. C. Wroughton on the Forms of Squirrel By the courtesy of Dr. H. O. Forbes, of the Liverpool Museum, who sent Gray’s type for inspection, I am in a position to state that Sc. splendidus has nothing to do with this group and must be deleted from the list. On the other hand, harmandi, M.-Edw. (from the island Phu Kok), must be added to it. Of the new list thus formed, finlaysoni, Horsf., germani, M.-Edw., and harmandi, M.-Kdw., represent island forms which are apparently quite fixed and show no signs of inter- gradation with any other forms. I propose to rank them all as distinct species. A large black form from the sea-coast south of Bangkok, though a mainland form, also shows absolutely no signs of intergradation with other forms, nor, indeed, so far as our material goes, of variation of any sort, and should therefore be accepted as a good species. The black feet in ferrugineus, the all-red squirrel of Pegu, are so absolutely constant and characteristic that it too must be given specific rank. The all-red squirrel of Siam, cinnamomeus, Temm., is a somewhat doubtful case. Temminck based his cinnamomeus on three specimens, and he felt obliged to describe each one as a separate variety. Gray based his splendens on four specimens from Cambodia, and he, too, described each of them as a separate variety. (Gray’s siamensis is a very young specimen, labelled merely “Siam”; it is unlike any other form I know, in pattern; until more material shows that it belongs elsewhere, I have left it as a synonym of cinnamomeus. Hence it is evident that the red squirrel of Cambodia varies enormously, but I have failed to detect any intergrading with neighbouring forms. Mr. Lyle has sent a long series of a quite similar red squirrel from the upper valley of the Me Nam, and there, curiously enough, the form seems to be “ fixed,” and to correspond fairly closely with one of Gray’s varieties of splendens and also with two specimens in this Collection from Chantaboon and the adjoining island Phu Kok. Finally, both among the southern series and the northern Me Nam series, side by side with the red specimens appear pure white ones, and of the white speci- men from the Me Nam, at any rate, Mr. Lyle records that it has black eyes. Notwithstanding this extraordinary tendency to variation, however, in the absence of any proof of inter- gradation with other forms I feel myself justified in treating cinnamomeus as a good species. Finally, we have a number of forms inhabiting the Bangkok River with its feeders the Me Nam and the Me Ping. \ ~ hitherto classed under Sc. finlaysoni, forsf. 395 The first of these, extending the whole way along the main stream and a short way along the eastern tributary, has already received from Milne-Edwards the name bocourti. It may be described broadly as grizzled above, pure white below, with a greyish-brown tail “obscurely barred with ferru- ginous ; but in a series of twenty specimens the only constant character is a white belly (and even this is replaced by a red- brown one in two other specimens); the dorsal ground- colour varies from almost black, through brown, to a pale grey, and the white of the lower surface extends in a varying degree to the head, the feet, the tail, and even partially to the back. Higher up the Me Nam and on the lower and upper Me Ping are found three forms which, though inter- grading with each other and to some extent with bocourtt, seem in those three localities to have attained a certain modified fixity, and are, in my opinion, worthy of being described as subspecies. The following is a key to the group as I now propose to arrange it :— Key. A. Unicoloured. a, All red. a, Heat black: < (Beet.)) Jee. s.+ cine (1) ferrugineus, Cuv. b'. Feet golden red. (Siam.) ........ (2) cinnamomeus, Temm., 6, All black. a‘. Size large: hind foot 51 mm.; skull Bae MBaneKOK oi joists ears ays (3) nox, sp. n. b'. Size small: hind foot 42 mm.; skull Ate Cr ulo Condor: )\ sie ird gas cate (4) germani, M.-Edw. ce. All white. (Sichwan Island.)........ (5) jinlaysoni, Horsf. B. Parti-coloured. a. Hind foot 53 mm.; tail with no red colouring: |. (Phu Koks) 23.) 2244 a0. (6) harmandi, M.-Edw. b. Hind foot at most 49 mm.; distal 2 of tail maroon or bay. a‘, Belly white; bullz parallel-sided. @Banekol Rivets). joes ese hee (7) bocourti, M.-Edw. 6‘. Belly coloured ; subbasal white patch on tail; inner face of bullz swollen. a>, Grizzled brown and buff, with a few all-white hairs; hind foot 43 mm. (Upper Me Nam Val- OWA teichs oie raeo ckaleteta sha end cov (8) b. sinistralis, subsp. n. b*. Grizzled brown and buff, with about half the hairs all ‘white ; hind foot 46 mm. (Lower Me é Pin IVEMICY: Wiecraicsts 6 erento es (9) &. dextralis, subsp. n. *, Smoke-grey ; ; hind foot ‘49 mm. iC hionemat.))t inde fale sca cid she (10) 4, dylet, subsp. n. 28* 396 Mr. R. C. Wroughton on the Forms of Squirrel (1) Scturus ferrugineus, F, Cuv. 1829, Seiurus ferrugineus, F. Cuvier, Mamm. pl. cexxxviii. 1830. Sciurus keraudreni, Lesson, Cent. Zool. pl. i. Cuvier gives for this animal the vague habitat “ India,” but Lesson, who recognizes in a footnote (/.¢.) that his animal is the same as ferrugineus, locates it “ from the vast forests of Pegu.” Se. ferrugineus is a uniform red-brown (between hazel and chestnut) except (as pointed out by both the authors quoted above) that the extreme tip of the tail is white and the hands and feet black. The Museum has a series of six specimens presented by Major Harington, who collected them at Rangoon. They agree without variation with the above description. Dimensions of an old male :— Head and body 230 mm.; tail 225; hind foot 52; ear 20. Skull: greatest length 56; basilar length 44; zygomatic breadth 33; brain-case breadth 25; interorbital breadth 19; nasals, length 16°5, proximal breadth 4:2, distal breadth 8 ; diastema 12°5; upper molar series 11. (2) Sciurus cinnamomeus, Temm. 1853. Sciurus cinnamomeus, Temminck, Esq. P. 250. 1860, Sciurus siamensis, Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. v. p. 500 (juv.). 1861. Sciurus splendens, Gray, P. Z. 8. p. 187. This is a most variable form. The type of stamensis is a quite young animal, but is interesting in being entirely grizzled orange-red on black, above. The four specimens described as varieties 1, 2, 3, and 4 of splendens by Gray I have examined. Vars. 3 and 4 are very pale specimens (paler than orange-rutous), and one of them shows traces of grizzling on the limbs and cheeks ; var. 1, on the other hand, is a very dark specimen (near bay), unicoloured except for an abnormal white patch on the tail, which recalls the similar patch charac- teristic of Sc. bocourti sinistralis, lylei, &e. Var. 2 is inter- mediate between these extreme forms, and, I believe, represents the normal one. A specimen collected by Capt. 8. 8. Flower at Chantaboon agrees closely with it, though still showing faint traces of grizzling on the limbs and cheeks, Finally, there is a series of six specimens collected by Mr. Lyle on the upper Me Nam which differ little from this type except that the under surface is darker, and thus the whole animal is unicolorous (near cinnamon-rufous). The tendency to develop a white tail-tip is evident in all these specimens, and hitherto classed under Sc. finlaysoni, Horsf. 397 from both Cambodia (Capt. S. S. Flower) and the upper Me Nam (Mr. J. H. Lyle) absolutely white specimens have been received which were found side by side with the red variety. Mr. Lyle specially notes that these white specimens have black eyes. Face to face with such bewildering varia- tion I have concluded to accept Gray’s ‘“‘ splendens var. 2,” Capt. Flower’s Chantaboon specimen, and Mr. Lyle’s series from the upper Me Nam as the normal of the species. Dimensions of an adult female of Mr. Lyle’s series :— Head and body 220 mm.; tail 236; hind foot 53; ear 20. Skull: greatest length 56; basilar length 45; zygomatic breadth 32; brain-case breadth 25; interorbital breadth 19-5; nasals, length 16, proximal breadth 4, distal breadth 8; diastema 13:5; upper molar series 11. This species differs from the preceding in the complete absence of the black-coloured feet, the constant presence of which is so characteristic of ferrugineus. (3) Scturus nox, sp. 0. Size rather smaller than cinnamomeus. Colour uniform jet-black above and below. Dimensions of type (taken in the flesh) :— Head and body 207 mm. ; tail 164 (broken, probably 210) ; hind foot 51; ear 21. Skull: greatest length 53°5; basilar length 42°5; zygo- matic breadth 32; brain-case breadth 26; interorbital breadth 18°6 ; nasals, length 16:3, breadth proximally 4:5, breadth distally 7:3; diastema 12; upper molar series 10. Hab. Sea-coast south of Bangkok. Type. Old male. B.M. no. 6. 10.7.4. Original number 214. Collected by Mr. T. H. Lyle on 7th August, 1906, and presented by him to the Natural History Museum. A series of eight specimens, of which one is quite young. There is not the smallest sign of variation through the whole series. (4) Sciurus germani, A. M.-Edw. 1867. Sciwrus germani, A. Milne-Edwards, Rey. Zool. p. 193. The type-locality is the island Pulo-Condor, off the coast of Cambodia. Milne-Edwards gives the head and body as 230 mm. and the tail of equal length, but he was dealing with skins. Judging from two specimens from the same island in the Museum Collection, the following are approxi- mate dimensions of this species :— 398 Mr. R. C. Wroughton on the Forms of Squirrel Head and body 190 mm.; tail 190; hind foot 42; ear 20. Skull: greatest length 47; basilar length 37 ; zygomatic breadth 283; brain-case breadth 22 ; interorbital breadth 17:3 ; nasals, length 15, proximal breadth 3°5, distal breadth 6°3 ; diastema 10°6 ; upper molar series 9°6. These skull-measurements are taken from a rather old individual. (5) Sciurus finlaysoni, Horsf. 1824. Sciurus finlaysoni, Horsfield, Res. Java. The type-locality is the island of Sichang. ‘The animal is completely white and is expressly stated to have black eyes and black soles to the feet. Dimensions of the type (an old animal) :— Head and body 175 mm.; tail 175; hind foot 43; ear 20. Skull: greatest length 46; basilar length 365; zygomatic breadth 28 ; brain-case breadth 22; interorbital breadth 17:3; nasals, length 13, proximal breadth 4°5, distal breadth 7:3 ; diastema 11; upper molar series 8. (6) Sczurus harmandi, A. M.-Edw. 1876. Sciwrus harmandi, A. Milne-Edwards, Bull. Soc. Philom. (6) xii. p- 8 The type-locality is Phu Kok, an island off Chantaboon. General colour above near “ walnut-brown,” but almost completely hidden by white, the individual hairs each half grey, half walnut-brown, in that order from the base upwards ; with a very large proportion of longer, white, black-tipped hairs; below white, largely tinged with walnut-brown. Cheeks and throat darker. Limbs brown, faintly grizzled with buff; hands vinaceous cinnamon, feet cinnamon-rufous. Tail like back at immediate base, thereafter mixed black and white, 2. e. hairs black with white tips (according to M.-Kd- wards these white tips are tinged with reddish in the type). Milne-Edwards gives the dimensions as: head and body 260 mm.; tail 250—but these were probably taken on a skin or stuffed specimen. ‘The true size is apparently exactly the same as that of cimnamomeus. The following are measurements of an adult skull :— Greatest length 56 mm.; zygomatic breadth 32; brain- case breadth 24:5 ; interorbital breadth 20; nasals, length 16, breadth proximally 4°5, breadth distally 7-2; diastema 12°5; upper molar series 11. The dorsal pattern is like that of bocourtt dewxtralis, but the black and white tail serves to distinguish it at once. hitherto classed under Sc. finlaysoui, Lors/. 399 (7) Sciurus bocourti, A. M.-Edw. 1867. Seiurus bocourti, A. M.-Edwards, Rev. Zool. p. 193. 1867. Sciurus leucogaster, A. M.-Edwards, Rev. Zool. p. 196. 1901. Sctwrus leucocephalus, Bonhote, P. Z. 8. p. 54. The type-locality of S. bocourti was Ayuthia, on the river north of Bangkok. 8. leucogaster came from “ Pexabury,” close to Bangkok, and is evidently a young individual of this species. The Museum hasa long series from Ayuthia, collected by Capt. 8S. S. Flower, and others from various points on the river still further north, and some from the Me Nam feeder as far north as Pichit, collected by Mr. T. H. Lyle, beyond which point it is replaced by the next form, It isa form which varies extraordinarily in colouring. Milne- Edwards gives the ground-colour as “un fauve roux et noiratre”’ ; in a series of over twenty specimens I find all grades of colour, from almost black, through “ seal-brown ” and “chocolate,” to a quite pale ‘ smoke-grey,” in all cases grizzled with pale buff. The under surface is white, but in certain individuals this extends to the feet, in others to the face and head also, and in yet others the tail has become white, Finally, in the series from Ayuthia are two abnormal! individuals in which white is entirely absent, even the belly is chestnut. These specimens approach the form next described, except for the absence of the subbasal pale spot on the tail which so constantly characterizes the latter. Dimensions of an adult male :— Head and body 192 mm.; tail 198; hind foot 45; ear 20. Skull: greatest length 50; basilar length 39 ; zygomatic breadth 31; brain-case breadth 23; interorbital breadth 18:5; nasals, length 15, breadth proximally 3:5, breadth distally 7-7 ; diastema 11*2 ; upper molar series 10°5. (8) Sciurus bocourti sinistralis, subsp. n. Slightly smaller than typical bocowrt?. General colour above black or “ clove-brown,” grizzled (finely) with buff, with a certain number of all-white hairs sprinkled over the back. Face, including the ears, suffused with bright “ hazel.” Under surface near “ hazel” ; hands and feet dark, almost black. ‘Tail for a short distance (30 mm.) coloured like back, then for some distance (45 mm.) almost white (the hairs white, with black tips), the rest of ‘the tail bright “ bay,” an obsolescent black and buff barring still traceable at the bases of the hairs. Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :— 400 On the Squirrels classed under Sc. finlaysoni. Head and body 191 mm.; tail (c.) 190; hind foot 43 ; ear 20), Skull: greatest length 49; basilar length 38; zygomatic breadth 30; brain-case breadth 22°6; interorbital breadth 18 ; nasals, length 14, breadth proximally 4°3, breadth distally 7 ; diastema 11 ; upper molar series 9°6. Hab. Me Nam River (type from “ below Pichit,” alt. 117’). Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 3, 8.5.8. Original num- ber 186. Collected June 8th, 1903, by Mr. T. H. Lyle, and presented by him to the Museum. A series of eight specimens from various points on the Me Nam from its junction with the Me Ping northwards to Pitsanulok. Two or three of these specimens show, by an increase of the all-white hairs scattered through the coat, an approach to the next form, from the Me Ping. A series of four individuals from a western feeder of the Me Nam all show a similar modification. (9) Sciurus bocourti dextralis, subsp. n. Size rather larger than either 0. sinistralis or typical bocourtt. General colour above as in b. dezxtralis, but the proportion of all-white hairs greatly increased (to almost one-half of the whole) and the face more brightly coloured. Under surface a dark shade of cinnamon-rufous approaching chestnut. Dimensions of the type (taken in the flesh) :— Head and body 206 mm. ; tail 184; hind foot 46; ear 20. Skull: greatest length 52; basilar length 41:5; zygo- matic breadth 30; brain-case breadth 24; interorbital breadth 18°3; nasals, length 16, breadth proximally 3°5, breadth distally 7°3 ; diastema 12 ; upper molar series 10°3. Hab. Lower Me Ping Valley (type from Kampeng, alt. 375'), Type. Adult female. B.M. no, 0.10. 7.9. Original number 109. Taken 3rd Feb., 1900, by Mr. T. H. Lyle, and presented by him to the Museum. A series of six specimens, from various points on the Me Ping, from its junction with the Me Nam northwards to Raheng, are, on the whole, fairly uniform, but one specimen from Raheng approaches, by the almost complete substitution of white hairs (some of them black-tipped) for the usual black with buff tips, to the following more northerly form. On a new Type of Stridulating-organ. 401 (10) Seiurus bocourti lylec, subsp. n. Size largest among the forms of bocourti. General colour above smoke-grey, individual hairs mouse- grey basally, then white, a large proportion with black tips. Face and head faintly washed with orange-rufous. Tail basally (50 mm.) coloured like the back, then (50 mm.) white, and finally bright cinnamon-rufous. Hands and feet finely grizzled black and white. Under surface a pale bright orange- rufous. Dimensions of type (taken in the flesh) :— Head and body 213 mm.; tail 200; hind foot 49; ear 20. Skull: greatest length 51 (54) *; basilar length 40 (48) ; zygomatic breadth 30 (32); brain-case breadth 23°5 (24); interorbital breadth 18 (20); nasals, length 14 (16:5), breadth proximally 4, breadth distally 7; diastema 11-1 (12°6); upper molar series 10°3. Hab. Chiengmai on the Me Ping. Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 7.11.13. 11. Original number 242. Taken by Mr. T. H. Lyle on 12th August, 1907, and presented by him to the Museum. Three specimens examined, all very like one another. The complete absence of either red or brown in the coat (above), the bright orange-rufous belly, the obsolescence of the red colouring on the head, and the paler hands and feet make this a very striking form among the subspecies of bocourti. XLVII.— Gn a new Type of Stridulating-organ in Mygalo- morph Spiders, with the Description of a new Genus and Species belonging to the Suborder. By A. S. Hrrsr. SEVERAL types of stridulating-organs are known to occur in the spiders of the suborder Mygalomorphe. These organs consist of arrangements of spines and bacille, the structure and disposition of which differ much in the groups and genera in which they are present. In some of the groups of the subfamily Aviculariinze (Thrigmopceeze &c.) the apparatus lies between the posterior surface of the mandible and the anterior surface of the maxillipalp, and this is also the case in some of the genera of the Dipluride. In other groups of * The figures in brackets are those of a rather older individual. 402 Mr. A. 8S. Hirst on a new Type of the Aviculariine (Phoneyuseew &c.) the stridulatory organ (when present) is placed between the posterior surface of the maxillipalp and the anterior surface of the coxa or trochanter of the first leg. In a few genera in which this latter type of apparatus occurs the part which is borne by the first leg is present on both coxa and trochanter, In some of the generaof the Ischnocolex there is present a type of stridulating-organ which has hitherto escaped notice and which differs in several important respects from those referred to above. In this form of apparatus the structures are situated between the inner (anterior) surfaces of the mandibles themselves. It differs, moreover, from all the forms of stridulating-organs hitherto described as occurring in Mygalo- morph spiders in that the opposed surfaces of the appendages do not bear dissimilar series of bacillze and spines, the struc- tures of the two halves of the organ being precisely similar in form and arrangement. In the spiders of the genus Selenogyrus a well-marked apparatus of this type is present. It consists of a number of rows of bacille arranged in a some- what crescentic manner, the bacillee of the outer rows being the largest. Three or four of the posterior bacille are of large size and form a separate group (fig. 1). In a new genus of Ischnocolee from the Cameroons, here described, a different modification of this form of stridulating-organ is present. The inner surface of the mandible is furnished with numerous spines which are grouped in a somewhat irregular fashion. A few of these spines are enlarged and are of peculiar form (fig. 2). In an Indian Ischnoeolid from Travancore, which belongs to an undescribed genus and species, the stridulating-apparatus presents itself in a much reduced form. An oblique row of five strong spines is present towards the base of the inner surface of the mandible. A few weak spines are placed behind this row of strong spines, and some of the sete: of the inner surface of the mandible have their ends slightly enlarged (fig. 3). In Metriopelma auronitens, Keyserling *, there occurs a peculiar structure which differs much from the stridulating-organs described above. The inner surface of each mandible is provided with a raised area which partly encircles and encloses a dense brush of long and slender bristles. These bristles are curved, their free ends being directed towards the ventral edge of the mandible. It remains to be seen if this structure is a stridulating-organ. I have only been able to * EK. Keyserling, ‘Die Spimnen Amerikas: Brasilianische Spinnen,’ 1891, p. 16, Stridulating-organ in Mygalomorph Spiders. 40) examine a single specimen (the typical male) of M/. auro- nitens, Keyserling. There is no trace of this structure in the typical specimen (a female) of MZ. pantherina, Keyserling*, which is supposed by Pocock to be the female of M. auro- nitens. It is possible, however, that this organ is confined to the one sex. EUPHRICTUS, gen. nov. Anterior row of eyes slightly procurved, the posterior row almost straight. Cephalothoracic fovea minute and _ pro- curved. Labium armed with many spinules (the spinules are more numerous than is represented in fig. 4), the maxille Ga Ue i, YE | (ie ( (1 “MMI d Ay WKY) (i? GZ i | TWA aa Mandible of Euphrictus spinosus, sp. n., from the inner side. also spinulose. Posterior sigillee of sternum of small size, widely separated from one another and separated by about twice their length from the margin of the sternum. Inner surfaces of the mandibles furnished with a stridulating-organ eT a pele! 404 On a new Type of Stridulating-organ. of the type detailed above. Spine of the palpal organ long and with the terminal part slender and pointed (fig. 5). Tibia of first leg with no trace of spurs, but furnished with apical, ventral, and lateral spines. ‘Tarsi of the anterior legs with the scopule divided by a line of sete; tarsi of the fourth pair of legs with the scopulz divided by a fairly broad band of sete. Mandible of an undescribed genus and species of Ischnocolex from the inner side. Fig. 4.—Labium ot Euphrictus spinosus, sp. n., from above. Fig. 5.—Outer view of palp-organ of Euphrictus spinosus, sp. n. Euphrictus spinosus, sp. n. Colour (worn specimen).—Carapace yellowish, abdomen with the inner scale-like hairs of the dorsal surface brown, the long hairs light yellowish; ventral surface of the abdomen much lighter in colour. Carapace equal in length to the patella, tibia, and tarsus of the maxillipalp, and very nearly equal to the length of the metatarsus of the fourth leg. Anterior median eyes a little further from one another than from the anterior laterals; posterior median eyes almost touching the posterior laterals. Eyes of anterior row con- siderably larger than the eyes of the posterior row. On new Species of New-Zealand Coleoptera. 405 Abdomen.—Terminal segment of spinnerets by far the longest. Legs.—Patelle and tibiee of first and fourth legs almost equal in length. Patella and tibia of second leg equal to the metatarsus of the fourth leg. Metatarsi of anterior legs scopulate for more than half their length ; metatarsus of first leg armed below with a large spine and also with a small apical spine. ‘Tibia of first leg armed ventrally and laterally with 7-9 spines, three of which are apical. Metatarsi of third and fourth apically scopulate. Tibi and metatarsi of third and fourth legs armed ventrally and laterally with a number of spines. ‘l'arsi of palp and legs furnished dorsally with a number of clavate hairs. Palp.—Spine of palpal organ long and twisted (fig. 5). Mandible with stridulatory organ as described above (ig. 2): Measurements in mm.—Total length of body 15°5 ; length of carapace 7°75, of first leg (from base of femur) 26, of fourth leg 29, of patella and tibia of first leg 9°5, of patella and tibia of fourth leg 9; of patella, tibia, and tarsus of palp 7°75. Locality—A single adult male from the River Ja, in the Cameroons, collected by Mr. G. L. Bates. Remarks.—A mutilated and immature specimen from the same locality, which seems to belong to an allied species, possesses a well-marked rastellum. The teeth are twelve in number and form a border to the inner edge of the mandible. In the type of Euphrictus spinosus they are represented by a number of spiniform sete. XLIX.—Descriptions of new Species of New-Zealand Coleoptera. By Major T. Broun, F.E.S. [Continued from p. 352.] Group Feronide. Trichosternus celocephalus, sp. n. Robust, suboblong, moderately convex, nitid, blackish green, margins metallic green; legs rufo-piceous; the labrum, an- tenn, and palpi pitchy red, these last more rufescent, with ‘their tips still paler. Head moderately large, not as broad as thorax, its sides and occiput appearing quite convex, owing to the whole 406 Major T. Broun on new central portion, from the middle of the eyes to the base of the labrum, being considerably depressed ; eyes prominent, their orbits swollen below and behind ; labrum arcuate emarginate. Thorax 24 lines long by 34 broad ; apex obviously incurved, the base less so ; widest near the front, moderately rounded near the middle, gradually narrowed towards the acutely rectangular posterior angles ; marginal channels wide and a little expanded behind; the dorsal sulcus attains the basal margin, near which it is most conspicuous, there is a curvate frontal impression, the basal fosse are large. lytra oblong- oval, strongly sinuate apically, humeral angles dentiform and projecting so as to distinctly exceed the base of the thorax in width; they are evidently striate, with fine punctures ; the sutural two interstices are plane, the others distinetly convex, all of about equal breadth; the third has four, the seventh five or six large punctures, marginal sculpture coarse. Underside glossy black, without well-marked sculpture ; terminal ventral segment with two setigerous punctures at each side of the middle at the apex. Legs normal, external angle of intermediate tibie prolonged, so as to cover the basal half of the first tarsal joint. When compared with 7’. antarcticus, the apical portion of the elytra is seen to be more sinuously narrowed and the humeral angles more prominent ; the labrum is more deeply incurved. The most remarkable character, however, which distinguishes this from every other species of Trichosternus is the cavity which occupies so large a portion of the head. 3g. Length 12; breadth 4} lines. Ashburton. Discovered by Mr. W. W. Smith. Trichosternus hanmerensis, sp. 0. Suboblong, shining, nigrescent, lateral margins slightly viridi-cupreous ; legs, antennze, and palpi piceo-rufous. Head smooth, inter-antennal impressions well developed. Eyes large and prominent; gen simple. Thorax 3% lines in breadth by 21 in length, widest near the middle, its sides gently rounded, moderately sinuously narrowed behind, poste- rior angles rectangular, base and apex widely emarginated ; disk but little convex and almost smooth, dorsal groove distinct but feeble at apex, basal fosse large and expanded towards the angles. Llytra at the base rather wider than thorax, rather more so at or behind the middle, humeral angles dentiform, sinuously yet only moderately narrowed apically ; they are punctate-striate, the punctuation is fine Species of New-Zealand Coleoptera. 407 but distinct; the sutural two interstices plane, the others only moderately convex, all are more or less marked with transverse feeble aciculate impressions, the third has two or three, the seventh five or six setigerous punctures. Underside glossy black, nearly smooth, only feebly wrinkled, the terminal ventral segment with two setigerous punctures at the extremity at each side of the middle in both sexes ; prosternal process unimpressed. 3 ?. Length 93-101; breadth 5? lines. Hanmer. Found by Mr. J. H. Lewis. Obs.—The six individuals under examination exhibit certain variations. In one female the hind body is 44 lines in width. It would be unwise to separate the series into distinct species at present, so I will simply note varietal forms. A.—Apical sinuosities deeper, hind body more oviform, no punctures on the third interstices. One male. B.—Lateral margins and the elytra with rufescent reflec- tions ; base of thorax very slightly incurved and scored with fine longitudinal impressions ; the thorax itself less curvate laterally, less narrowed, and not at all sinuate behind, the thoracic and humeral angles of almost exactly the same width. One male. C.—Elytral interstices flatter, punctuation of striz less distinct ; humeral angles evidently broader than basal angles of thorax, which measures 2+ lines in length by 32 in breadth, its margins slightly rufescent, more strongly rounded laterally, disk uneven, dorsal groove at the middle interrupted by an oviform elevation, basal fosse irregular, apex with fine longitudinal striz, some transverse ones near basal fossee. One damaged female. Trichosternus ordinarius, sp. n. Shining, head and thorax coppery green; base and lateral margins of elytra viridescent, disk blackish green; legs. piceous, tarsi and basal joints of antenne piceo-rufous, re- maining joints infuscate red; labrum fuscous, with somewhat testaceous margins. Head (mandibles included) one-third longer than and (eyes included) as broad as thorax; smooth, with moderate frontal impressions. YZhorax subquadrate, apex evidently incurved, with rounded angles ; its sides are only slightly curvate near the front and very gradually but not at all sinuously narrowed towards the rectangular but not projecting posterior angles ; the basal fosse are large and deep, and the marginal channels are widened near the base ; the central sulcus is rather broad 408 Major T. Broun on new and deep at the base and slightly foveiform at its apparent termination near the front, it is, however, prolonged to the front margin as a slender stria, the broad curvate impression near the front is most evident near the angles; the disk is slightly convex and shows traces only of transverse striz ; the base is slightly medially emarginate : it is a fourth broader than long. Scutellum striate at base. lytra distinctly broader than thorax at the base, humeral angles evidently dentiform ; they are rather wider near the hind thighs than elsewhere and considerably, obliquely, and sinuously narrowed towards the extremity ; their striz are moderately broad and deep and finely punctured; the sutural two interstices are rather narrow, the others broad and convex, the third has three, the seventh five punctures. The eyes are prominent. There are two setigerous punctures on each side of the middle of the last ventral segment at the apex in both sexes. Underside shining piceous, head viridescent. Female.—Thorax slightly more rounded laterally ; hind body broader, particularly near the apex; thorax less cupreous on the middle. 3. Length 10}; breadth 3} lines. Horowhenua Lake. One pair from Mr. G. V. Hudson. Little difficulty will be experienced in separating this species from J’. cephalotes or 1’. hudsont, its nearest allies. The nearly straight-sided thorax, posteriorly attenuated elytra, and more slender legs are distinctive. Zeopecilus optandus, sp. n. Suboblong, slightly convex, nitid, blackish green ; thorax brilliant brassy and red, elytral margins rufescent; the legs and basal joints of antenne piceous; tarsi and palpi piceo- rufous. Head convex, as broad as front of thorax, feebly irregu- larly wrinkled; frontal impressions rather short; it is green. ‘Thorax one-fourth broader than long, its sides moderately strongly rounded, but with a slight incurvature towards the rectangular posterior angles; discoidal groove and _ basal fosse well marked; there is a slight curvate impression near the front, the base and apex bear distinct abbreviated longi- tudinal strize, and there are numerous feeble undulating striz across the disk. Scutellum feebly striate. Hlytra oblong- oval, rather gradually narrowed and only slightly sinuated posteriorly, humeral angles dentiform ; their strie regular, moderately deep, and finely punctured, the interstices mode- Species of New-Zealand Coleoptera. 409 rately convex, slightly undulate behind, all (including the suture) marked with shallow fine punctures. Underside shining violaceous black, nearly smooth. Ter- minal ventral segment with one setigerous puncture only at each side of the middle at the apex, as in Z. putus and Z. princeps. Posterior tébie with a stout flexuous calear; basal joint of the tarsi compressed, broadly grooved underneath, and ridged along the inner side. Z. princeps (no. 1457) can be distinguished by its red tibie, Z putus by the dark colour and longer elytra. In Z. calcaratus the first joint of the posterior tarsi is not laterally compressed, whilst in Z. achilles, which I have not seen, the corresponding joint appears to be dilated inwardly. 6. Length 103; breadth 3% lines. Nelson. I am indebted to Mr. G. V. Hudson for my specimen, Pterostichus turgidiceps, sp. n. Elongate, subdepressed, only slightly nitid, nigrescent; the antenne and tarsi piceo-rufous; palpi infuscate red. Head (mandibles included) one-fifth longer than thorax, nearly as broad as that is; the gene and ocular orbits swollen, the former nearly straight from the base of the mandibles to behind the eyes; ocular carinz simple, the two frontal impressions moderate, the surface smooth; there are two setigerous punctures near each eye and two on the forehead ; on the labrum there are six; both forehead and labrum are widely incurved in front. Mandibles very thick, rather long, and slightly curved at the extremity. Eyes rather small, not flat, yet not at all prominent. Antenne with yellow pubes- cence from the fourth joint onwards ; the first three and the base of fourth are glabrous. Thorax almost as long as broad, apex very slightly emarginate, with obtuse and not in the leet prominent angles ; the base somewhat obliquely emarginate towards the middle; lateral margins simple but well “developed , of equal thickness throughout, with four setigerous punctures at each side; it is widest near the front and gradually narrowed, but not perceptibly sinuate, towards the rectangular but not acute posterior angles in the female: in the male the posterior sinuosity is evident, so that the angles appear slightly projecting though not acute, its sides are > gently rounded but not as broad in front as in the female ; ; disk rather flat, the central groove not abbreviated, basal Ann. & Mag. N. Mist, Ser..8, Vol. u, 29 410 Major T. Broun on new fossee rather longer than broad and situate nearer the sides than to the middle; there is a feeble curvate frontal impres- sion. Scutellum slightly striate at base. Hlytra a little longer than the head and thorax combined, suboblong, rather wider behind than at the base, where they barely exceed the thorax in breadth; humeral angles obtusely dentiform, poste~ rior sinuosities oblique but not deep, apices quite obtusely rounded, lateral margins well developed; the dorsum flat ; each elytron with eight very finely punctured striz ; inter- stices moderately broad, the third and fifth with five or six, the seventh with eight or nine conspicuous punctures, the sides with coarse serial punctures. Legs moderately long, thick, femora dilated. Male.— Tarsi: anterior with the basal three joints strongly dilated and cordiform, with grey spongy squame, and fringed with ferruginous sete underneath; their fourth joint also cordate ; the posterior rather short, basal articulation rather longer than second, the basal four intermediate between cordate and triangular, the terminal somewhat thickened towards the extremity. Female.—Labrum so much abbreviated that its punctured apex only is visible, so that the trophi are quite exposed between the open mandibles. Front tarsi with subcordate intermediate joints, the basal and terminal of nearly equal length. Size 8x 2 lines. Mentum tooth bifid. Basal ventral segment almost wholly concealed. Both sexes with two setigerous punctures on each side of the middle, at the extremity, of the last ventral segment. 3. Length 94; breadth 22 lines. Manawatu Gorge. One of each sex, discovered on different occasions, by Mr. W. W. Smith. Obs.—Certainly a very curious species. The structure quite Pterostichoid. The legs are thick, like those of an African Anthia. The thorax of the female resembles that of a North-American Holciophorus in shape. The elytra are somewhat like an Australian Homalosoma. The swelled head is considered a colonial characteristic and is like that of our Trichosternus planiusculus. Pterostichus odontellus, sp. nu. Elongate-oblong, moderately convex, brilliant and intensely black; legs piceous; tarsi, antenne, and labrum piceo- rufous, palpi paler. Head nearly as wide as thorax, the forehead a little uneven — ares awe a Species of New-Zealand Coleoptera. 411 and depressed, with several fine longitudinal rage near the eyes; the common frontal impressions are ill-defined and appear to form part of the depression between the antenne. yes large and prominent, their orbits somewhat swollen. Labrum large, truncate, with six setigerous punctures. Thorax 2} lines in breadth by 17 in length; base and apex slightly emarginate; widest at the middle, its sides only moderately rounded, more narrowed towards the base than it is in front, with an almost imperceptible sinuosity near the subacute posterior angles; anterior angles rounded, the marginal channels of equal width throughout; discoidal furrow deep, distinctly abbreviated in front, basal fosse large and elongate ; its surface uneven but without well-defined impressions. Scutellum scored at base. lytra suboblong, slightly wider behind than at the base, but sinuously narrowed apically ; they are evidently striate, the eighth stria are punctate, the sculpture of the discoidal strie, however, is ill-defined, seeming to consist of shallow elongate impressions with slight intervals, some of these appear to encroach on the interstices. Underside shining black, bipunetate at each side of the middle, at the apex, of the last ventral segment. Prosternal process broadly and deeply furrowed along its whole length. Legs stout ; the intermediate femora strongly inflated, the anterior and posterior remarkably so, being quite bulbous underneath, the hind trochanters very thick and cylindric; tibize stout, the hind pair with a small tooth on the inner edge near the middle. Anterior tarsi with coarse brush-like soles; the basal four joints cordiform, the first three more expanded than the fourth, the basal two appear as if their outer angles were slightly prominent. Antenne pubescent from the fourth joint onwards, they attain the base of the thorax; second joint more than half the length of the third; the basal joint is stout and cylindric and bears a distinct flattened tubercle close to its upper extre- mity and an upstanding seta at the inner side of the tubercle, @. Length 8; breadth 24 lines, Taranaki. Mr. W. W. Smith, who seems to possess the knack of finding curious Carabide, gave me his wnique specimen without mentioning the locality ; but I believe he found it near Mount Egmont. ; Obs.—This conspicuous beetle is of special interest, The remarkable femora, the denticles on the posterior tibia and on the basal joints of the antennz are without precedent, The dilated joints of the front tarsi, though unsymmetrical, 29* 412 _ Major T. Broun on new are not sufficiently so for generic separation from Pterostichus. It must be located in the section having four or more setigerous punctures on each side of the thorax. Pterostichus antennalis, sp. n. Elongate, slightly convex, black; the legs and basal three joints of the antennz piceous, remaining joints pale castaneous. Head about as broad as front of thorax, very finely and irregularly wrinkled, frontal impressions elongate; eyes only moderately prominent, their orbits a good deal dilated below and behind. Thoraz 5 mm. long by 54 broad, moderately incurved medially at base and apex, anterior angles rounded, its sides but little curved, and gradually slightly narrowed behind ; the posterior angles, owing to the thickening of the margins, appear minutely prominent ; its surface very finely transversely striate, the base and apex longitudinally, discoidal groove well marked and almost touching the apex, basal fosse rather elongate, and with a second smaller almost sulciform one nearer each side, the space between each of these latter and the lateral margin seems convex but not cariniform. Scutellum striate at base. Hlytra elongate, oblong, but little rounded laterally, distinctly sinuated behind, humeral angles moderately dentiform and but little wider than the base of thorax; each elytron with seven more or less interrupted strie, all well marked at the base, the imner four rather more regular and finer than either of the next two, each consists of about twenty punctures or elongate impressions, the seventh is made up of about twenty or more rather fine punc- tures between the shoulder and posterior sinuosity. Femora medially dilated, the posterior strongly angulate, so that the trochanter fits into the slender basal portion. There are four setigerous punctures on each side of the thorax and at the apex of the last ventral segment. The terminal four joints of the antenne are rufo-castaneous, with a piceous central streak, which is broadly grooved, some- times with a slender carina, and this dark longitudinal space is marked off by the entire absence of the pubescence which is so conspicuous on all but the basal three. This peculiarity occurs amongst the allied species, but I have not seen any record of it. . In P. lewist the elytral striz are almost entirely made up of elongated impressions, the seventh has only about seven or ten; two of these grooves sometimes occupy the whole space between the hind thigh and subapical sinuosity. In the Species of New-Zealand Coleoptera. 413 present species the seventh strize consist of a combination of over twenty rather fine punctures and impressions. This will enable the student to distinguish the species. 3- Length 83-9; breadth 23-3 lines. Takuratahi and Mount Holdsworth. Two males from Mr. G. V. Hudson’s collection. Pierostichus oneroaensis, sp. n. Black, glossy ; tibize and antennz nigro-piceous; tarsi rufo-piceous ; labrum and mandibles also black. The description of P. sandagert (no. 1776) applies exactly to this, with the following exceptions :— The elytral interstices are transversely marked with acicu- late impressions and the two large punctures on the third are absent. The prosternal process is broadly grooved and the _ metasternum is similarly impressed longitudinally. The legs are more robust, the intermediate femora are much swollen underneath, so as to appear more emarginate towards the apex ; the tibiz of the same pair have their hind or outer angles produced as a stout spiniform process. This last character, however, is also present in P. sandageri. There are two setigerous punctures on each side of the thorax—one before the middle, the other at the hind angle— and the same number at each side of the middle, at the apex, of the last ventral segment. It belongs to the Trichosternus- like section (see Man. N. Z. Coleopt. p. 986). 6. Length 123; breadth 4 lines. Te Oneroa (Mr. P. Seymour) ; Invercargill (Mr. G. V. Hudson). One specimen from each. Pterostichus flectiipes, sp. n. Suboblong, moderately convex, shining cupreous black ; legs and antennze piceous. Head convex, frontal impressions distinct, and with a series of fine longitudinal interocular striw. Thorax 3 lines in width by 2% in length, base and apex much incurved, widest near the middle, moderately curved forwards, narrowed and slightly sinuate towards the rectangular posterior angles, marginal channels of almost equal width throughout; median groove distinct from base to apex, basal fossze large ; across the disk there are several feeble aciculate impressions. Scutellum striate. Elytra oblong-oval, shoulders dentiform but not prominent ; with finely punctured striz ; interstices slightly convex, the third with two, the seventh with five punctures. 414 - Major T. Broun on new Legs stout, femora but little inflated; intermediate tibiz truncate at extremity, the posterior much bent throughout their whole length, the terminal calcar rather stout and nearly as long as the first tarsal joint. Underside glossy black, metasternum and ventral segments finely irregularly wrinkled, last segment bipunctate at each side of the extremity, the prosternum apparently smooth, flanks of mesosternum minutely coriaceous. Belongs to the Trichosternus-like section, with one seti- gerous puncture at each hind angle of the thorax and another before the middle. In some respects like P. melius- culus (1637), but smaller, the hind body more decidedly oviform, humeral angles less dentiform, basal region of thorax not medially depressed, punctuation of elytral strize more distinct. It may be separated from all the members of this section by the remarkably formed posterior tibize. 3. Length 93; breadth 34 lines. South Island. One of Commander J. J. Walker’s captures; exact locality unknown, probably Westport. Pterostichus adoxus, sp. n. Suboblong, subdepressed, nitid, pitchy black; elytra very slightly eneous and their margins rufescent behind; legs piceo-rufous, the palpi, antenne, and tarsi paler red. Head smooth, with simple, small, and shallow frontal fovez and a shallow impression on the middle of the vertex ; including the large prominent eyes, it is quite as wide as front of thorax ; there are two setigerous punctures close to each eye, and the same number on the forehead. Antenne with the basal three joints nude, third joint as long as fourth and a fourth longer than second, they attain the middle femora. Thorax slightly wider before the middle than else= where, moderately rounded and margined, widely but not deeply sinuate, angustate behind, posterior angles rectangular, base and apex subtruncate; it is a little convex and just a fifth broader than long; the well-marked central groove extends from base to apex ; basal fossz large, elongate, and extending as a flattened space to each hind angle, they are finely punctate. Scutellum obsoletely sculptured. Llytra oblong-oval, with rounded and not dentiform humeral angles, lateral margins well developed, moderately narrowed, but hardly at all sinuate posteriorly ; each has a scutellar and seven well-marked discoidal striz, all impunctate; the sutural atria on each is bent at the apex and prolonged forwards Species of New-Zealand Coleoptera. 415 along the lateral margins ; interstices nearly plane, the third tripunctate. The tips of the palpi are very slightly obtuse. The basal three articulations of the front tarsi in the male are appre- elably less dilated than in Haptoderus maorinus (88) and sharpianus. The latter is the nearest ally known to me, but its thorax is broader, more rounded, its hind angles are less acutely rectangular, and the fossee less evidently (sometimes not at all) punctured, and there are no interstitial punctures on the elytra. The two hind pairs of tarsi are similarly grooved, and all three species have one seta on each side of the thorax before the middle and another at the hind angle. 6. Length 4; breadth 12 line. Manawatu Gorge. One male, secured by Mr. W. W. Smith. Pterostichus oxymelus, sp. n. Oblong, medially narrowed, slightly convex, brilliant black; tarsi and basal four joints of antennz rufo-piceous, remaining joints rufo-fuscous; palpi shining, rufo-piceous, with fulvescent tips. Head large, as long as thorax, and (eyes included) nearly as broad as that is; frontal impressions elongate and deep, more or less finely wrinkled; eyes prominent; labrum obliquely emarginate. horax widest before the middle, moderately rounded, a good deal curvedly narrowed and slightly sinuate behind ; posterior angles rectangular, slightly incrassate and prominent, the anterior rounded; apex and base widely incurved, ihe latter subtruncate near each side ; discoidal furrow deeply impressed and a little expanded towards the extremities, but not reaching the apex ; basal fosse longer than broad, well developed, situate nearer the sides than the middle; there are a few fine longitudinal striz near the middle of the base and apex, but no perceptible ones across the disk; it is only an eighth broader than long. Scutellum deeply striate at base. /ytra cblong-oval, shoul- ders rather narrow and not dentiform; they are only mode- rately narrowed and rounded and only slightly sinuate behind ; they are slightly convex, their striz are moderately deep and finely punctured, but some become a little irregular and interrupted towards the extremity. Legs robust; femora strongly dilated, posterior angulate below ; front and middle tibize incrassate near extremity, the posterior flexuous, strongly and acutely prolonged at the inner extremity, the two apical spines unequal and elongate, both bent backwards. ~ 416 _ Major T. Broun on new When compared with P. mucronatus (1468), P. oxymelus appears to have stouter legs, the mandibles are evidently obliquely striate ; the eyes are more convex and prominent, but their orbits are less swollen; the elytral strisze are more regular and less interrupted, the shoulders are not at all prominent, the posterior contraction is less abrupt and deep; the apical spines of the four hind tibiz are directed back- wards instead of forwards, as they are in P. mucronatus; the basal three joints of the front tarsi are less expanded and the second and third are foveate above near the base. ‘There are four setigerous punctures on each side of the thorax, but only one at each side of the middle at the extre- mity of the terminal ventral segment. &. Length 74; breadth 22 lines. Manawatu Gorge. One, found by Mr. W. W. Smith. Pterostichus sinuiventris, sp. n. Intense black, glossy ; the palpi, tarsi, and basal four joints of antenne rufo-piceous, tips of palpi fulvescent. Head almost smooth, with elongate frontal foveee; man- dibles obliquely striate ; labrum obliquely emarginate. Eyes convex and prominent, their orbits not swollen. Thorax one-seventh broader than long, widest before the middle, gently rounded, moderately sinuate-angustate behind, poste- rior angles rectangular and slightly projecting ; apex widely, the base medially, incurved ; basal fosse large and elongate, central furrow broad and deep but not reaching the apex. Scutellum deeply striate at base. Elytra oblong-oval, humeral angles slightly projecting, posterior sinuosities rather deep and abrupt, the apex, however, rather broad and obtusely rounded; they are rather deep and finely punctate, regular, but becoming confused near the extremity ; inter- stices smooth and moderately convex. Legs stout, femora dilated ; posterior tibize slightly flexuous, not prolonged at the inner extremity. Female.—Terminal ventral segment near each side of the apex obliquely truncate towards the middle, which is angu- late and somewhat prominent, the whole apex distinctly margined and with a fine groove parallel with the margin, and bearing two setigerous punctures near each side, as in the male. Flanks of the sternum finely punctate or rugose. The head and thorax more or less finely transversely striate. Similar to P. ozymelus, but lacking the essential character of that species, z. e. the acute prolongation of the posterior tibie. ‘The elytral strie deeper and regular. The thorax Species of New-Zealand Coleoptera. 417 more sinuate behind and with more prominent angles. The shoulders more dentiform and the claws of the front tarsi thicker. There are four sete on each side of the thorax. 6. Length 64; breadth 24 lines. Manawatu Flats, 9 miles below the Gorge. One male and three females, collected by Mr. W. W. Smith and Mr. Frank Park. Pterostichus vexatus, sp. n. Elongate, glossy black; legs and basal four joints of an- tenn piceous ; palpi and tarsi piceo-rufous. Head moderately large and (including the prominent eyes) as wide as front of thorax; frontal impressions elongate, mandibles finely wrinkled, labrum emarginate. Thorax sub- quadrate, its sides being only slightly rounded, and a little narrowed but not sinuate behind; posterior angles rectan- gular, apex widely, base medially incurved; disk very slightly convex, median furrow well marked, rather deep and broad at extremities, but not attaining the base or apex; basal fosse not very large, well defined, distinctly separated from the sides, the curved frontal impression very feebly marked ; it is only an eighth broader than long. Scutellum striate at base. lytra oblong, slightly rounded, rather abruptly sinuate-angustate near the apices, humeral angles not denti- form and but little wider than the thoracic angles; disk subdepressed, their strie irregularly interrupted, some of the punctures large and distant, those of the intermediate especially, sixth and seventh rather more regularly striate- punctate. Legs stout, posterior femora dilated, angulate and sub- dentate below, so that the trochanters exactly fit into the narrow basal portion. Male with one setigerous puncture each side of the middle, but rather far apart, at the apex of the last ventral segment ; the female with two. Anterior tarsi with the basal two joints of the male slightly but appreciably prolonged at the outer angle. Belongs to the section having four setze on both sides of the thorax, and most nearly allied to P. obsoletus, which, however, has a more posteriorly narrowed and slightly sinuated thorax and evidently shorter elytra. In both species the hind tibiz are slightly curvate, but P. veratus is larger and has stouter legs. P. ithaginis is also somewhat similar, but its thorax 18 more narrowed behind and the elytral striz are much less: interrupted. P. precov, also trom Wellington, 418 Major T. Broun on new has its thorax more narrowed basally, with larger fosse and differently sculptured elytra. These are the ‘only species with which it may be confounded. 3. Length 74; breadth 24 lines. Wellington. One pair from Mr. J. H. Lewis. Pterostichus perbonus, sp. n. Oblong, moderately elongate and convex, nitid, black ; legs and antenne piceo-rufous. Head (including the prominent eyes) rather narrower than thorax, the elongate frontal impressions well marked. Thoraa 24 lines broad by 13 long, base and apex incurved, slightly wider before the middle than it is elsewhere, a little narrower behind than in front, its sides very gently and regularly rounded, and without any sinuosity whatever; lateral margins well developed, posterior angles quite obsolete ; dorsal groove abbreviated, the curvate frontal impression feeble; basal fossee simple, not long, situated nearer the sides than the middle; usually with feeble linear impressions across the disk. Scutellum striate at base. H/ytra a little wider than thorax, oblong-oval, their shoulders rather narrow, rounded, and not at all dentiform, only slightly sinuate apically ; their strie are deep, regular, and not perceptibly punctured ; interstices generally with many feeble aciculate impressions across them, the third sometimes tripunctate ; the scutellar strie short but deep. Legs normal, posterior femora dilated and subangulate. Underside glossy black, flanks of prosternum feebly wrinkled, mesosternum punctate. Terminal ventral segment bipunctate at each side of the middle at the apex in both Sexes. P. ovatellus, Chaudoir, is no doubt the nearest species, but in it the elytral stria are punctured. There are only two setee on each side of the thorax. 6. Length 74; breadth 23 lines. Westport. Commander J. J. Walker, R.N., gave me a pair bearing the number 5240. Pierostichus philpotti, sp. n. Subparallel, elongate, moderately convex, glossy black ; legs and antenne rufo-piceous, terminal joints of the palpi rufo-castaneous. . Head smooth, with rather feeble frontal impressions ; mandibles distinctly wrinkled; eyes large and prominent. Species of New-Zealand Coleoptera. 419 Thorax 12 lines in length and breadth, slightly wider near the front than it is behind, its sides very slightly curved, margins well developed; the base medially incurved and slightly obliquely rounded towards each side, so that the angles are obsolete, the apex subtruncate or just perceptibly emarginate; disk smooth, central groove distinct but not attaining the apex ; basal fossze large and well defined, placed nearer the sides than the middle. Scutedlum striate at base. Lytra elongate, very little wider than thorax, subparallel, shoulders somewhat curvedly narrowed, so as to scarcely exceed the base of thorax in width, rather broad at the extre- mity, and with only a short sinuation near it; the striz are not deep, they are somewhat confused near the apex and are finely punctured, the punctuation of the third and fourth sometimes effaced, seventh indistinct, the punctures near the lateral margins rather large and distinctly separated ; inter- stices but little convex, with two punctures on the third behind the middle. Legs stout; posterior femora not angulate below; inter- mediate tibie slightly dilated along the inner face. There are four sete along each side of the thorax; there are no scutellar striole. Of peculiarly elongate subparallel outline. Like P. incon- stans, but differing from it in the darker legs, absence of catenulate elytral sculpture, and by the deeply striate scutellum, &c. 3. Length 7; breadth 2 lines. West Plains, Invercargill. One pair from Mr. A. Philpott, whose name it bears. Pterostichus lepidulus, sp. n. Subdepressed, elongate, moderately shining, black; legs piceous, the front tarsi and last seven joints of antenne rufo- fuscous; the basal four joints of the latter, the palpi, and mandibles pitchy red. Head nearly as long and (including the very prominent eyes) as broad as thorax, with fine oblique ruge near each eye, frontal impressions not elongate ; labrum widely emar- ginate. Antenne reach backwards to base of thorax, fourth joint very slightly longer than third. Thorax widest near the middle, moderately rounded, gradually narrowed behind, -posterior angles rectangular, base medially incurved, apex - slightly emarginate, it is one-fourth broader than long; disk nearly flat, basal tosse elongate, sulciform, situated halfway between the middle and sides, dorsal furrow well marked but 420 ~ Major T. Broun on new not reaching the front margin. Scutellum finely striate. Elytra oblong, humeral angles rounded and not dentiform, moderately curvedly narrowed, but hardly at all sinuate posteriorly ; they are nearly plane, and have finely and closely punctured but not deep striz; interstices rather flat, the third tripunctate; the marginal sculpture well marked, the seventh striz very fine. The mandibles are rather short, but strongly curved and acute at the extremity. Femora simple. Thorax bisetose at the sides, last ventral segment also. P. oscillator, Sharp, is certainly the nearest ally. This species differs in having more shallow, but distinctly though finely punctured elytral striz, scored scutellum, &c. In my specimen of P. oscillator the lower sides of the head, between the eyes and middle of mandibles, are expanded and rufescent, and in this respect resemble the Antarctic genus Loromerus. In P. lepidulus the dilatation is normal and does not extend beyond the base of the mandibles. 6. Length 6; breadth 2 lines. West Plains, Invercargill. A single specimen from Mr. A. Philpott. Pterostichus chalmert, sp. n. Elongate-oblong, glossy black; the legs and basal four joints of antenne rufo-piceous, remaining joints infuscate red ; tarsi and palpi piceo-rufous. Head (eyes inclusive) rather narrower than front of thorax, frontal fovese short, not extending backwards to the eyes; labrum large, widely incurved ; eyes moderately prominent. Thorax a fourth broader than long, widest before the middle, moderately rounded, a good deal narrowed backwards, poste- rior angles rectangular, the anterior rounded, apex widely but slightly incurved; base subtruncate, being only a little emarginate at the middle; disk slightly convex, with feeble yet quite perceptible transverse striz, the curvate frontal impression shallow ; basal fossee broad, with a second smaller outer fovea united to each; discoidal furrow distinct but not attaining the apical margin. Scutellum deeply striate at base. iytra oblong; humeral angles obtusely dentiform ;_ they are but little narrowed and only slightly sinuate poste- riorly ; they are distinctly and regularly punctate-striate, the striz are deep but not distinctly punctured at the base, the marginal: punctures are well marked; interstices slightly convex, simple. Legs stout, hind thighs angulate and minutely dentiform Species of New-Zealand Coleoptera. 421 underneath ; basal three joints of anterior tarsi rather broadly expanded. There are two sete on both sides of the thorax, but only one at each side of the terminal ventral segment. P. thoracicus (1148) may be at once separated by its more finely punctured and sharply impressed elytral strize, less transverse thorax, with the duplicate basal and_ smaller fovex distinctly marked off from the larger ones, and by the more sinuate and narrower elytral apices. P. placidus (1150) is distinguished by its more prominent thoracic angles; its basal fosse are similar, but the punctuation of the elytral striee is finer and the apical portion of the hind body is narrower; the scutellum is longitudinally scored to its apex. The third interstice is only indistinctly bent forwards and elevated near the apex, so that the oblique cariniform eleva- tion seen in the two species cited is less conspicuous in P. chalmeri, in which, moreover, the head is not constricted behind the eyes. 3. Length 6; breadth 24 lines. Dunedin. One, sent by Mr. T. Chalmers, formerly an assiduous collector of Coleoptera in Otago. Group Bembidiide. Tachys coriaceus, sp. 0. Shining, slightly convex, rufo-testaceous; the greater portion of elytra (except the suture and apex) infuscate ; legs testaceous; tarsi, palpi, and antenne pale yellow. Head narrowed anteriorly ; frontal impressions elongate, extending from back of eyes to apex, they are deep and broad and finely transversely sculptured; a fine lateral carina proceeds from the back part to each antenna. yes very small, The antenne reach backwards to the base of thorax and bear slender grey sete ; basal two articulations stout, cylindric, and of nearly equal length; joints 3-8 longer than broad, subovate, but a little narrowed towards the base, tenth evidently shorter, eleventh as long as but rather stouter than third, with three apical sete, the central one distinct. Thorax transverse, with well-defined lateral margins, base and apex subtruncate, its sides rounded, more strongly in front than behind, the margins minutely thickened behind, but without forming distinct angles there; basal foveze small, dorsal groove abbreviated ; it has a few minute setigerous punctures, one seta at each side, before the middle, is most conspicuous. Elytra oval, of about equal width at base and apex, distinctly margined, estriate, with a few minute indistinct punctures, 422 Lt.-Col. H. H. Godwin-Austen on each of which has a fine grey seta; their whole surface densely and very minutely sculptured. Legs elongate, yet not very slender; anterior tarsi not ditated. Palpi stout, penultimate articulation straight ex- ternally, slightly rounded inwardly. From T. latipennis, Sharp, the thoracic angles at once differentiate it. It is most nearly allied to ZT. oreobius, but the broader form, evidently more transverse thorax, with more rounded anterior angles and more distinct lateral margins, distinguish it therefrom. ‘The head also differs; in T. oreobius the frontal impressions are most obviously separated by the apparently raised central space, but in T. coriaceus the space between the side and each fovea appears most distinct. ?. Length %; breadth 2 line. Otira Gorge. One female, discovered by Mr. J. H. Lewis. Drury, Auckland, N.Z., 26th May, 1908. L.—On the Animals of Genera and Species of Mascarene Land-Mollusca belonging to the Family Zonitide, collected by Monsieur E. Dupont. By Lt.-Col. H. H. Gopwin- Austen, F.R.S. &c. [Plates IX.-XI.] On commencing this paper ] must convey my best thanks to Monsieur E. Dupont for collecting so carefully and sending me so much valuable material to examine and describe. I have also to thank Mr. John Ponsonby for supplying me with some species obtained in the first instance by the same conchologist. As the first consignment was received as far back as 1906, I have to regret the long delay in its publi- cation. With regard to the animals of Mascarene land- . shells I find not many have been described. Messrs, Thomas Bland and W. G. Binney, in the ‘ Pro- ceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia,’ vol. xxvi. 1874, p. 47, describe the anatomy of some Mauritian land-shells belonging to the genus Gonospira, and of others with which I am more interested belonging to the Zonitide and placed in Gray’s genus Nanina. “Such are N. caldweili, Bs.; N. rawsonis, Barclay, = semicerina, Morelet; N. argentea, Rve. ; N. tmplicaia, Nevill; N. stylo- don, Pfr., put in Heliz (Erepta) by Von Martens,” Mascarene Land-Mollusca. 423 Then follows a very important notice which I will quote in full :—“ Entirely different in the dentition is another species, N. philyrina, Morelet, though the species agrees in other respects with the above-named. The membrane is very broad, the teeth exceedingly numerous, arranged in oblique rows. The centrals, which I am confident of having seen, are small, narrow, high. The other teeth are the same in form to the edge of the membrane. They appear to have the usual aculeate form of the marginal teeth in Nanina, but instead of narrowing towards the cutting-point, they are broadly and obliquely truncated, reflected, and minutely denticulated. This lingual ribbon is also figured by Semper (Phil. Archip. pl. vi. f. 85), but his figures give more the impression of the usual Nanina marginals with denticulated sides and bifid points. The teeth are, however, so exceedingly numerous and small, it is very difficult to understand them.” This species is made the type of Caldwellia by H. Adams (vide P. Z. 8S. 1873, p. 209), and cernica, H. Adams, with imperfecta, Desh., probably belong to it, both Mauritian. In this description we have distinct evidence of the sub- family Durgelline of India and Malayana extending to the Mauritius; the finely decussated and keeled shell philyrina is very unlike any species of the Indian genera of the sub- family, and will probably have to be put in a new genus. “ Hlsewhere (Ann. N.Y. Lyc. N. H. x. 170) we have described the lingual of the following Mauritius species :— Nanina inversicolor, leucostyla, rufizonata, militaris. We have examined two genitalia of N. inversicolor. The oviduct is long, narrow, sac-like ; the genital bladder is hardly smaller than its long wide duct; the penis is long, extended into a flagellum, receiving the vas deferens near its apex, beyond it having a bulb-like termination; the vas deferens is greatly swollen in its middle portion, and near the base of the ovi- duct has a long flagellate appendix.” Still quoting Messrs. Bland and Binney concerning the species inversicolor, leucosty/a, and rufozonata which they had received from Mr. Pike, the United States Consul at the Mauritius, it is stated that inversicolor and militaris were placed by Von Martens in Helicacea, genus Helix, the former in the section Caracolus, type of which is H. caracolla from Porto Rica, and the latter in Stylodon, type unidentata of the Seychelles ; “but both, as well as rufozonata and leucostyla, belong to the Vitrinea, genus Nanina, of Von - Martens’ classification. Indeed our figure of lingual denti- tion of N. calias, Benson (‘ American Journal of Conchology,’ vol. vii. p. 188, pl. xvii. fig. 6), well applies.” 424 Lt.-Col. H. H. Godwin-Austen on The animal from which this radula was extracted was said to come from the foot of the Himalayas. I must point out here that an error in determination was made. It cannot be that of N. calias, which is a Sophina and type of that genus of Benson only found in Tenasserim. It has a radula of a very peculiar and aberrant type (vide ‘ Land and Freshwater Mollusea of India,’ ii. p. 221, pl. exv. figs. 5, 5 a, and pl. exvi. fig. 3). The radula figured is that of a Macrochlamys, but unfortunately the species cannot now be determined. The description of the foot applies well to this Indian genus. Genus Erepta, Albers. Erepta, Albers, Die Heliceen, 1850, p. 109. Original description :—“ Testa imperforata, depressiuscula, solidula; anfractus 6, ultimus subangulatus ; apertura lunaris, columella brevis, obliqua, dente valido truncata, peristoma simplex, margine basali subincrassato.” Type Helix stylodon, Pfr., Isle de France. The animal of this species I have not as yet been able to obtain. Genus Pacuystyia, Morch. Pachystyla, Mirch, Cat. Yoldi, 1852. Type inversicolor, Fér. No description. I have not yet seen the animal of this species, but from the description of the genitalia given above by Messrs. Bland and Binney it appears to be of the type of those described in this paper. In 1858 H. & A. Adams, in their ‘Genera of Recent Mollusca,’ p. 224, adopted Pachystyla, but neglecting in- versicolor, take two other Mauritian shells as typical examples, viz. mauritiana and ochroleuca, Férus., which in shell- character are very unlike the Albers type. Hrepta is made a subgenus of Stylodonta, p. 187. In the 1860 edition of ‘ Die Heliceen,’ Eduard von Martens * included in Hrepta the species styludon, Pfr. (original type), mauritiana, Pfr., barciayi, Bs. (belonging to a different genus), odontina, Morelet, mauritianella, Morelet, lightfooti, Pfr., and suffulta, Bs.; the last two are the same as odontina, and mauritianella is the same as mauritiana, Paul Fischer, Man. de Conchyliologie, 1887, p. 461, adopts Pachystyla as a section of Artophanta, with subgenera Celatura and Rotula; these differ very widely from any species of the Ariophantine and cannot be retained in it. In this paper I select Hrepta to represent these Mauritian Mascarene Land-Mollusca. 425 forms—Pachystyla, Rotula, &c. being subgenera based mostly upon shell-character alone. Erepta leucostyla, Pfr. (Pl. IX. figs. A, A 1.) = mauritiana, Pfr., = mauritianella, Morelet. Locality. Mauritius (H. Dupont). Animal. Grey throughout. Foot divided, the mucous pore large, extremity of foot truncate. The peripodial grooves present, but their parallelism is not very distinct, nor is the margin of the foot fringed, it is plain and concolorous. Membrane of the branchial cavity finely mottled upon the margins of the veins, defining them well. There are no shell-lobes ; the right dorsal lobe is small, the left dorsal lobe in two parts. Genitalia (tig. A). The shell being closely wound, the different organs are much elongated. In the penis the epi- phallus (ep.) (z. e. the portion between the retractor muscle and vas deferens junction) is very long, and at this last point a peculiarly long ceecum calciferum or flagellum ( 7.) is given off. There is no amatorial organ. The sperma- theca (sp.) is extremely long, buried in the folds of the ovo-testis (ov.), and extending close up to the albumen-gland. The jaw (fig. Al) is moderately arched with a central projection. The radula (fig. A 1) has the formula OS) Seely ee, Ui OS 56°) 1.36 The outermost lateral teeth, up to the number of about 30, are very minute, bicuspid, so are all the rest, the inner point slightly the longest. The admedian teeth and central tooth are of the usual form seen in Macrochlamys &c.; they are rather short, not elongate, on rather broad basal plates. The radula extracted was complete and had 118 rows. Erepta rufozonata, H. Adams. (PI. IX. fig. B.) = ochroleuca, Férussac. Locality. Mauritius (ZH. Dupont). The shell of this species is much smaller than the pre- ceding, but very similar in its general form, and quite distinct conchologically. The animal is dark grey, with two narrow parallel white streaks on dorsal side of the neck and Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. i. 30 426 Lt.-Col. H. H. Godwin-Austen on head. Branchial membrane much mottled with black. The animal in its characters is similar to that of EH. leucostyla. The generative organs (fig. B) are precisely the same, the very long flagellum ( fl.) included. The jaw and radula are similar, the only difference lying in the formula, this being 154,41 .12..1,42 51. +28 .1. 28+ The outermost laterals were lost when removing the radula. The species from the islands of the Mascarene group examined by Semper and described in his ‘ Reisen im Archi- pel der Philippinen,’ p. 39, are celatura, Fér., and rufa, Lesson, both from Bourbon. The generative organs of these are figured on plate iil. figs. 22 & 23. In every respect they are like those of the Mauritian species now under review, with this exception, that the flagellum and sperma- theca of the Bourbon species are both shorter; but this slight departure is not, I consider, sufficient to separate them generically. Semper placed them in Albers’s genus Rotula, of which Albers made detecta the type—a Bourbon species: this I have not been able to obtain and see what the animal is like, but, in all probability, it will turn out to be like celatura, &ec.* Semper also places in Rotula two other species from widely separated localities, viz.: the first, R. massoni, Behn, from the Andaman Islands, which, from a single specimen | have examined, appears to be more closely allied to Macrochlamys: the second is R. campbelli, Gray, from Philipp Island, near Melbourne; the generative organs of this species do not accord with those of Rotula rufa. I therefore come to the conclusion that the genus Rotua can only be considered a subgenus of Erepta, based on its shell-character, which is very distinctive and is well described by Albers: “ Teste imperforata, lenticularis, late carinata, costulate striata; anfractibus 53, convexi, suture appressi, ultimus basi convexus; apertura securiformis; peristoma simplex, margine basali vix incrassato.” LErepta, created many years previously, must be adopted for these shells from Bourbon and Mauritius. repta may possibly be found in the Comoro Islands as well, while it will be very interesting to discover if it extends to Madagascar or South Africa. * This species detecta I have received, since these pages were in type, from Mr. Ponsonby. The generative organs in all respects are similar to those of Erepta rufozonata, and there is every indication of the spermatophore being like that figured in Pl. XI. figs. 2&3. There is no accessory organ, and the flagellum is not extremely long. Mascarene Land-Mollusca. 427 Among South Indian and Ceylon shells which I have examined there is nothing at all approaching the form of the generative organs of #. leucostyla and E. rufozonata ; thus they form a well-marked genus of the Zonitide in this part of the world, and, when we know more of the species of this family in Africa, may possess subfamily rank. I may further point out that Semper gives a figure of the spermatophore of EH. (Rotula) rufa (pl. 111. figs. 24, a, 6): this shows a very well-marked form, which I hope to find in some of the preserved specimens sent home by Monsieur E. Dupont, to whom I must again tender my thanks for the assistance he has given me. Subgenus Caiatura, Pfeiffer. Erepta (Celatura) celatura, Fér. (Pl. IX. figs. D, D.) Rotula celatura, Semper, Reis. im Archipel d. Philippinen, p. 39, pl. iii. figs. 22 a, 6, pl. vii. fig. 1. Nanina (Rhysota) celatura, Fer. Nev. Hand-list, i. p. 46 (1878). Locality. Brulé, St. Denis, Bourbon (Z. Dupont). Animal. The left dorsal lobe is in three separate lappets. The buccal mass is very globose in form. The generative organs agree exactly with Semper’s figure on plate iu.; the flagellum is not so thin and lengthened as in E. leucostyla and E. rufozonata. The radula has the formula Sy aie eel soe 2 O2,08 LOG ly 3106 The jaw: cutting-edge slightly concave with slight central projection. Erepta (Celatura) rufa, Less. (PI. IX. tig. C.) Rotula rufa, Semper, Reis.im Archip. d. Philippinen, p. 39, pl. iii. fies. 23, a, 6, 24,a, b; pl. vil. fig. 3. Nanina (Macrochlamys ou Rotula ?) semifusca, Deshayes. Helix semifusca, Desh. Voy. Ind. pl. i. figs. 8-10. Helix rufa auctorum (non Lesson), Mr. Geoffrey Nevill, in ‘Journ. Conchyliologie,’ xxvi. 1878, p. 59, shows that semifusca is from the Mauritius, not from Pondichéry. Locality. Mauritius (/. Dupont). The example in the British Museum of AH. rufa, Lesson, Mauritius (Voyage ‘ Rattlesnake,’ 1847), is the same as a shell seut to me by Mr. Ponsonby. There is a single speci- men of H. scalpta from Sir David Barclay, Isle of France ; it is named on the original label H. rufa, and has the same B0* 428 Lt.-Col. H. H. Godwin-Austen on pitted sculpture of the shell, in Mr. Ponsonby’s collection, but has strong rough lines of growth in addition. The animal has no shell-lobes and therefore it cannot be mistaken for a Macrochlamys. The left dorsal lobe is in two parts, the smaller posterior well separated from the larger anterior. The visceral sac is closely mottled with black, with a tendency to form bands of that colour crossing it transversely. Towards the apical whorls black predomi- nates, speckled with white. The branchial chamber is very ample and long. ‘This description is taken from a specimen collected in the forests by Dupont. The genitalia (fig. C) are of the same type as in the pre- ceding species, with the same lengthened twisted flagellum. The spermatheca differs in being more ample and bulbous at the free end. There is also a peculiar dark pigmented globose expansion in the free oviduct, just below the point where the vas deferens is given off, which may be an ovitheca, The generative organs agree well with Semper’s figure of a Bourbon specimen. The radula, like that of the preceding species, has a great number both of admedian and minute marginal teeth ; these and the Jarger marginals being bicuspid, inner cusp the longest. The formula is: 58.2.19.1.19.2. 58, or 79.1.79. The jaw is solid, cutting-edge concave with central projection. Subgenus DvuPonrtia, noy. Type E. perlucida. Shell umbilicated, very depressedly conoid, thin, glassy to the eye. Animal with a mucous gland overhung by a well- developed lobe. Foot divided. The penis has a very long flagellum and an accessory organ in the shape of a small sae attached to the penis- sheath towards its distal end. Spermatheca long. Radula with about 100 teeth in the row: the central and admedian teeth short and blunt with no side cusps ; the laterals evenly bicuspid. The generative organs, radula, and shell differ from those of Erepta rufozonata &c.—the first, although of the same type, by the presence of the peculiar accessory gland ; the second in the form of the central and admedian teeth without cusps. A comparison with the African genus Martensia is interesting, because the genitalia are of the same type, as regards an accessory gland being also present (vide Proc, Malacological Soc. vol. i. pt. 6, July 1895, p. 282, pl. xix, fig. 1d); the radula and shell, however, are quite different. Mascarene Land-Mollusca. 429 Erepta (Dupontia) perlucida, H. Adams. (Pl. X. fig. 5, shell; Pl. XI. figs. 1-1 d, animal.) Macrochlamys in nomenclature. Locality. Mauritius (EZ. Dupont). Shell very depressedly globose, of thin texture, umbili- cated, base flat ; sculpture quite smooth, glassy to the eye, except on the apical whorls, where longitudinal striation is very well seen; colour pale greenish ochre; spire very low, sides flat, apex rounded; suture very shallow; whorls 5, regularly increasing, very flattened, the last rounded on the periphery ; aperture lunate, oblique ; peristome very thin, columellar margin, oblique, not reflected and only slightly _ thickened. Size: major diam. 9°25, alt. axis 3°55 mm. Animal black ; the wall of the branchial cavity is mottled black and white, the former predominating. The foot is divided and has a broad peripodial margin marked with black, and the sides of the foot are mottled with grey. The left sheil-lobe is narrow and long, widest in the middle part, tapering away on both sides. The left dorsal lobe is in two distinct parts, contiguous to each other. ‘The visceral sac is brown on the apical whorls. The teeth of the radula are like those of /evis. Formula: O98 wk «0. bee 09, 0048 2b. 48 The central and admedians have broad squarish plates, the teeth broad and blunt with no side cusps, narrowing, but still bluntly rounded, up to the 11th and 12th transition teeth. On the 13th tooth a small notch occurs very low down on the outside; this notch rises gradually upwards to the 19th tooth and thence to the margin all are evenly bicuspid. Jaw with a» concave cutting-edge, centre part nearly straight. Generative organs. No amatorial organ. The penis, com- mencing at the generative aperture, is cylindrical and elongate to where a small accessory sac is given off, the portion next above this tapers gradually to the retractor muscle ; the epiphallus is short and is the seat of the spermatophore up to where the vas deferens unites with the penis, there is at this point a long thin flagellum. The spermatheca is a long -narrow tube, terminating probably in a bulb; just above its junction with the free oviduct there is a large globose swelling in this duct, which narrows suddenly again towards the oviduct and where the vas deferens commences. 430 Lt.-Co]. H. H. Godwin-Austen on Erepta (Dupontia) levis, sp.n. (Pl. IX. figs. E-E 4.) Locality. Mauritius (2. Dupont). Shell (fig. E) very Gepressedly globose, narrowly umbili- cated, shiny, base flat; colour pale sap-green ; sculpture, microscopic longitudinal striation on the three first whorls, becoming smooth and indistinct on the remaining ; spire very low ; apex flatly rounded ; suture slightly impressed ; whorls 4 (? adult), regularly increasing, flatly convex ; aper- ture lunate, oblique ; peristome thin, columellar margin weak, not reflected, oblique. Size: wajor diam. 7°25, alt. axis 2°75 mm. This species differs from the preceding, to which it is very closely allied, in the less shallow suture and less flattened whorls. The following probably belong to this subgenus: virginea, Morelet, has rough longitudinal sculpture, indistinctly de- cussate ; nifella, Morelet, is quite smooth and glassy, more closely umbilicated and more closely wound than (levis ; poweri, H. Adams—l/evis is nearest to this, but in powert the whorls are broader, flatter, and more openly wound. The animal as seen through the shell is dark-coloured, finely mottled with white. The extremity of the foot (fig. E 1) has an overhanging lobe ; the peripodial grooves are well marked, with the fringe-like edge below wide, and streaked with black. There are no shell-lobes, and the dorsal lobes are simple (fig. E 2). In the generative organs (fig. E3) a short thick retractor muscle is attached to the head of the penis-sheath ; the epi- phallus is short; the flagellum is long, slightly expanding towards the free end. The spermatheca is long and narrow, not bulbous. The radula formula is 26.4.8.1.8.4. 26, or 38.1.88. The centre tooth and admedians are plain solid teeth with no side cusps and blunted points. On the 9th, 10th, 11th, and 12th a tooth on the outer side appears and rises towards the main tooth, the laterals becoming evenly bicuspid (fig. E 4). The jaw is nearly straight in front, with a slight central projection. Erepta (Ctenophila) caldwelli, Benson (Barclay MSS.). (Pl. XI. fig. 2.) Helix caldwelli, Bs. A. M. N. H,, Feb, 1859, p. 98; Mon. Hel. ; Ancey (Ctenophila), Le Naturaliste, vol. ii. p. 69, Jan. 1882; Nevill, Nanina (Erepta?), Hand-list, i, p. 44 (=H. paulus, Morelet). Erepta and Patula sp., in nomencl, Helix vinsoni, Desh. Helix setiliriz. Bs, Mascarene Land-Mollusca. 431 Locality. Pouce Mountain, Mauritius (H. Dupont). Animal black and white in the spirit-specimen, the white confined to the sole and margin of the foot below the peri- podial grooves, and to the head and neck ; the black on the head extends from the eye-tentacles along the upper side of the neck, with a narrow white line separating the two. The visceral sac is pale ochraceous, finely dotted with black, the dots closest next the mantle-edge. Dorsal lobes small, the right black, the left in two parts, distant from each other; the anterior speckled, the posterior very small. Foot very distinctly divided. Lobe Over mucous pore very small. Genitalia, The male organ has at the junction of the vas deferens a long flagellum. The epiphallus is short. From the retractor muscle attachment the shaft is a long narrow tube, swelling near the generative orifice. Situated here, and seen by transmitted light, is what appears to be a small cecum, the free end pointing towards the aperture. The spermatheca is a very long strong tube ending in a thin- walled bulbous sac. This contained a spermatophore in a perfect state of the simplest construction, consisting of an extremely long whip-like flume terminating in an elongate capsule ; the flume has no spines, but at one part the edge is serrated. ‘This is very interesting, and can be compared with the figure of this organ by Prof. C. Semper, pl. iii. fig. 24, of his Rotula rufa, from Bourbon. Erepta odontina, Morelet. (PI. XI. fig. 3.) Rey. et Mag. (1851). = Helix suffulta, Bs. A. M.N. H. ser. 2, xi. p, 384 (1853) ; Nevill, Nanina (Lrepta), Hand-list, i. p. 44 (1878). Helix lightfooti, Pfr. P. Z. 5. 1851, p. 150. Australia ? Locaity. Pouce Mountain, Mauritius (£. Dupont). Animal colourless in spirit, only the eye-muscle showing black, and some black speckling on the mantle where reflected over the edge of the peristome. Foot divided. Mucous pore with a lobe above it. Peripodial grooves distinct.. The generative organs (fig. 3) are quite of the type of Dupontia perlucida. The penis-sheath is elongate, cylindrical, with a blunt protuberance on the side, continuing as a diminished. tube to the retractor muscle. The epiphallus is short aud at the junction of the vas deferens there is a very long thin flagellum. The spermatheca is a very strong, thickened, long tube, with a thin bulbous termination ; it contained a perfect spermatophore. An elongate capsule 432 Lt.-Co!. H. H. Godwin-Austen on was attached to a very long, finely pointed, and narrow flume quite simple and spineless. Radula: form of teeth as in £. leucostyla ; formula: 20.01 -10,-1510 . 17.25, 0reG. Tae Jaw slightly curved, with a central projection. The internal anatomy of these eight species shows a most interesting similarity of type, while their shells differ in a remarkable way. We have them with large solid shells of turbinate or depressedly turbinate shape, some small, thin, smooth, and depressedly globose, others orbiculately de- pressed, with strong ribbing; this assemblage has con- sequently been placed in different genera from the concho- logist’s point of view, which need not be altered. Long isolation on oceanic islands of small area, under conditions only varying with altitude, has evidently led to the greatest variation taking place in one direction only, viz. the shell. Association with all other genera being cut off, changes in the animal could only be specific and slight. I consider this Mascarene group of land-mollusea is well worthy of subfamily distinction, for which I propose the name “Ereptine.” Similar anatomical detail has not been met with by me in any of the Indian genera, nor as yet in any South African I have examined. The distinction bears out the extremely isolated position of these islands and their great antiquity—islands where such a family as the Dididz was developed ; where so many rare and now extinct genera lived, such as the flightless rails Aphanapteryx of Mauritius and Erythromachus of Rodriguez, with Lopho- psittacus (a large parrot) and a Nycticorar (a night heron) respectively ; where the reptilia and plants all point to extremely long isolation followmg on a once far more extended range and connection with lands of distant geological age, Subfamily Lezprrivz. Shells of very varied form; animal with no shiell-lobes. Foot divided, with mucous pore, peripodial grooves, and border. Genitalia: no amatorial organ ; penis with lengthened flagellum and long spermatheca; the spermato- phore without spines ; a capsule attached to a long tapering flume. Radula and jaw as in the family Zonitide. In a consignment of Mauritian shells collected by Monsieur E, Dupont and sent to me by Mr. John Ponsonby Mascarene Land-Mollusea. 433 are two minute species under the names of Microcystis barclayi and M. perlucida: the former I first compared with three examples in the Natural History Museum ; these were originally in Henry Adams’s collection and we may therefore consider them typical. I was afterwards able to see the typical specimens in the Benson collection at Cambridge, through the kindness of Prof. S. F. Harmer. There are many examples of darclayi, Bs., all from the Mauritius— about nine are labelled 7rochomorpha, two Erepta, one no genus. Most of them are not fully grown and many are imperfect, particularly at the peristome—no doubt due to the method adopted by McAndrew of sticking the shells on cards, which lie among other cards. None of the specimens come up to the size recorded by Benson, viz. 4 mm., the largest being 8°25 mm. The sculpture of darclayi consists of irregular fine close ribbing, showing stronger in some specimens than in others and extending to the protoconch. I give figures of one of the Cambridge Museum shells (Pl. X. figs. 1-14), as I do not think the species has ever been figured before; its principal character is the subangu- late periphery : this specimen was 3 mm. in major diameter. It is difficult to understand why Von Martens, in the 1860 edition of ‘ Die Heliceen,’ included a small shell like barclayt in EHrepta—a genus Albers created in 1850 — with type stylodon, Pfr., a large solid shell. The sculpture of the other shell found by M. Dupont is quite different from barclayi and from all the other minute helices in the B.M. collection examined by Mr. Edgar Smith and myself. As barclayi cannot be retained in the genus Hrepta, I place it with other similar small shells from these islands in anew genus (Louisia) of the Zoni‘ide (see Pl. X. figs. 1-1 6). Genus Lovistia. Shell small, subpyramidal or globose, last whorl keeled or rounded on the periphery, with regular transverse distant fine ribbing. Animal with a mucous gland and peripodial groove. Ovoviviparous in habit. The radula with about 70 teeth in a row; central teeth on broad plates, few in number, all tricuspid ; marginals also tricuspid. Jaw oxygnathous. Louisia insularis, sp. n. (Pl. X. figs. 2-2 e, Type.) _ Locality. Mauritius (/. Dupont). Shell depressedly globose; sculpture fine somewhat regular ribbing, which on the last whorl extends to the periphery and basal side; first whorl smooth ; colour ochra- ceous; spire low, apex blunt; suture well impressed ; A434 Lt.-Col. H. H. Godwin-Austen on whorls 44, rounded on the periphery, convex above ; aperture narrowly lunate; peristome thin, columellar margin sub- oblique. Size: major diam. 3, alt. axis 1-4 mm. This shell is not nearly so keeled as that of L. barclayi, although having fewer whorls and being much smaller. The animal is very small, yet the specimens are so well preserved, a good deal of its form could be made out. It is pale throughout, the eye-tentacles being the only dark parts ; these rise rather far back on the neck and are club- shaped (fig. 2a). The foot is divided and there is a mucous pore with a small process above it more or less pointed (fig. 2c). The mantle-edge overlaps the edge of the peri- stome (fig. 2a). The right dorsal lobe is triangular, the left longer and narrower. The animal is ovoviviparous (fig. 2 6), with often four immature shells in the oviduct, the two most mature showing the ribbing of the shell. I could not make out the rest of the genitalia. The jaw (fig. 2d) has a very small central projection. The teeth of the radula (fig. 2e) have the formula 30.4.1.4.30, or 34.1.34. The central tooth and the four admedian teeth are on very broad quadrate plates, square above, all tricuspid, the side cusps rather low down ; there is a single intermediate tooth with a single cusp on the outside, succeeded by an evenly bicuspid series ; at the 18th tooth the laterals become tricuspid. In several important characters of its anatomy this species is similar to Philonesia of Sykes, described by me in ‘ Fauna Hawatiensis,’ vol. 1. 1900 (Mollusca). The teeth of the radula are of the same type, with the exception that the admedian teeth are tricuspid in the Mauritian species, but have a single cusp on the outside in Philonesia baldwini, Ancey. Louisia duponti, G.-A. (PI. X. figs. 3-3 ¢.} Locality. Island of Fourneaux, S.W.of Mauritius (Dupont), 15. v. 07. Shell globosely turbinate, last whorl rounded below ; sculpture regular, distant, engraved spiral striation on lower side and all the whorls crossed by fine lines of growth ; colour pale chestnut ; spire conic, sides flat, apex rounded ; suture impressed ; whorls 4, regularly increasing, convex ; aperture semilunate, oblique; peristome very thin, colu- mellar margin scarcely thickened, not reflected, oblique. Size: major diam. 25, alt. axis 1:4 mm. Mascarene Land- Mollusca. 435 Animal (Pl. X. fig. 30) ovoviviparous ; one shell con- tained three immature ones. Sole of foot narrow elongate, with a peripodial margin, probably a mucous gland. It is somewhat similar in its form to L. insularis, but I failed to see the mucous gland ; it no doubt possesses that organ, the radula and eye-tentacles being of similar type. The radula (fig. 3c) has the formula 25.8.1.8. 25, or Bo. Le."dat The central tooth and admedians are similar on broad plates, with a long central point rising well above basal cusps on either side; the transition-teeth have one outside cusp, and the laterals are curved and tricuspid. The jaw (fig. 3c) is high, rounded above, and with a central projection on the cutting-edge, which is slightly concave. Kaliella fourneauxensis, sp.n. (Pl. X. figs. 4, 4a.) Locality. Island of Fourneavx, 8S.W. of Mauritius (Dupont), 15. v. 07. Shell (fig. 4) pyramidal, very narrowly perforate ; sculp- ture irregular transverse striation, finer and more regular on the apical whorls ; colour pale ashy; spire nearly as high as diameter of base; suture shallow, marked by a fine lirate line; whorls 6, slightly convex, the last carinate and lirate ; aperture semicircular ; peristome thin, columellar margin shghtly reflected. Size: major diam. 38°25, alt. axis 3:0 mm. Largest example. The formula of radula (fig. 4a) is 25.7.1.7 .25, or 32.1.382. The central and admedian teeth are alike, on broad plates, tricuspid, basal cusps on both sides of the main poimt; the marginal teeth also tricuspid, but more evenly so. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. PuateE IX, Fig. A. Erepta leucostyla, genitalia, part of, x 2°25. rg. Al. Ditto, jaw, x 9°25, and teeth of the radula, x 277. Fig. B. Erepta rufozonata, part of genitalia, x 2°25. Fig. C. Erepta (Celatura) rufa, part of genitalia, x 2°25. Figs. D, D. Erepta (Celatura) ceelatura, part of genitalia, x 2°25. (The male organ in upper figure is shown detached.) Fig. E. Erepta (Dupontia) levis, sp. n., shell, X 3:4. Fig. 1. Ditto, extremity of foot, with mantle-edge and part of the visceral sac, X 6. ‘Fig. E2. Ditto, right and left dorsal lobes, x 6. Fig. H3. Ditto, genitalia, part of, x 6. Fig. 4. Ditto, jaw, x 22°5; teeth of radula, x 277. 436 1 Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fug. Fg. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fy. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fug. oo g wrwr NdorpHeH WN EHH Sa “a oc Qs Qa Sa Mr. W. I. Distant on some PLATE X. Louisia barclay?, Bs., typical specimen from the Benson collection, Cambridge, x 5. . Ditto, apical whorls, x 58. . Ditto, sculpture on the last whorl, x 58. Louisia insularis, sp. n., shell, x 8. . Ditto, animal from right side, x 9. . Ditto, showing sole of foot with shell, and young shells within it, x 9. . Ditto, extremity of foot, with mucous pore, x 9. . Ditto, jaw, x 43. . Ditto, teeth of radula, x 3800. Louisia duponti, sp. n., shell, x 12. . Ditto, sculpture on last whorl, x 58. Ditto, shell with animal, one showing the immature shells in the oviduct, x. 6. . Ditto, jaw, x 43; teeth ofradula, x 300. Kaliella fourneauxensis, sp. n., X 8. . Ditto, teeth of the radula, x 300. Erepta (Dupontia) perlucida, shell, x 3:4. Prats XL. Erepta (Dupontia) perlucida, mantle-zone, left side, showing shell- and dorsal lobes, x 6:2. . Ditto, extremity of foot, x 4. . Ditto, jaw, x 15. . Ditto, teeth of the radula, x 184. . Ditto, genitalia, x 4. Erepta (Ctenophila) caldweilli, genitalia, x 6. Erepta odontina, genitalia, x 4. ant.l.d.l., anterior left dorsal lobe; post./.d.l., posterior left dorsal lobe ; r.d.l., right dorsal lobe; ep., epiphallus; 7., flagellum ; gen.ap. generative aperture; ov., oviduct; p., penis; pr, prostate; sp., spermatheca; sper., spermatophore; v.d., vas deferens; v.s., vis- ceral sac; 7.m.p., retractor muscle of penis. LI.—Descriptions of some Rhynchota from Ruwenzort. By W. L. Distant. THESE descriptions refer to the collections made by the recent British Museum Expedition to Ruwenzori in Central Africa. The full enumeration of the species will subsequently appear in the ‘ Transactions of the Zoological Society of London.’ I have previously described in these pages some new species collected by Mr. Scott Elliot during his journey to the same locality. The types are in the British Museuin. Rhynchota from Ruwenzort. 437 HETEROPTERA. Fam. Pentatomide. Genus CAURA. Caura, Stal, Hem. Afr. i. p. 168 (1864). Caura leggei, sp. n. Head, pronotum, and scutellum metallic bluish green ; corium opaque olivaceous green; membrane dark bronzy green ; connexivum indigo-blue; head beneath pale san- guineous, the lateral margins before antenne bluish black ; sternum metallic bluish green, a longitudinal fascia running between the coxe pale sanguineous ; abdomen beneath san- guineous, with a central longitudinal series of five large spots, four on each lateral area, four on each lateral margin, the extreme lateral margin, a small transverse spot on each side of apical segment, and the legs bluish black ; antenne black, the basal joint (excluding extreme apex) sanguineous, first joint not reaching apex of head, second and third subequal in length, shorter than fourth and fifth, which are also subequal, fourth distinctly dilated; rostrum with the first joint san- guineous and reaching base of head, remaining joints black, second joint about reaching the intermediate coxe, third joint short, just passing the intermediate coxe, apical joint slightly passing the posterior coxe; head, pronotum, and scutellum thickly punctate and slightly rugulose ; corium very finely and indistinctly punctate, more prominently so on claval and costal areas ; connexivum thickly finely granulose. Long. 12 mm. ; exp. pronot. ang]. 8 mm. Semliki Forest. Var.—Above somewhat paler green; basal joint of an- tenne black, concolorous; head beneath blackish, its base ochraceous, all the sanguineous coloration beneath replaced by ochraceous. Hab. East Africa; Masaba (Coll. Dist.). Carbula bicolor, sp. n. Head, pronotum, scutellum, and corium fuscous brown ; anterior lateral margins of pronotum, basal lateral margins of corium, and a somewhat large spot near each basal angle of scutellum pale, levigate, shining ochraceous; membrane bronzy brown, with the veins darker ; connexivum brownish 438 Mr. W. L. Distant on some ochraceous, its inner margin and the posterior segmental margins black; body beneath and legs ochraceous, abdomen with a waved castaneous line on each lateral area; antennze with the first joint fuscous brown, remaining joints pale ochraceous, basal joint not quite reaching apex of head, second, third, and fourth joints almost subequal in length, fifth a little the longest; rostrum just passing the posterior coxe, first joint reaching base of head, second reaching the intermediate coxe and about as long as third and fourth together ; head longer than broad, thickly coarsely punctate, the apex of the central lobe a little prominent; pronotum broader than long, thickly coarsely punctate, the posterior angles strongly, robustly, horizontally produced, their apices subacute and very slightly recurved, a little notched behind ; scutellum coarsely punctate and wrinkled, shorter than the corium, the basal angular pale spots subglobose ; corium more finely punctate ; membrane reaching the apex of abdomen. Long. 9 mm.; exp. pronot. angl. 7 mm. Old Camp, 6000-7000 feet. AWEMBA, gen. nov. Somewhat flatly broad and subovate; head narrowing anteriorly, the lateral lobes distinctly longer than the central lobe, their apices somewhat widely separated; antennz five- jointed, basal joint not quite reaching apex of head, second and fourth subequal in length, fifth longest; rostrum reaching the posterior coxe, first joint reaching base of head, second longest and not quite reaching intermediate cox, third and fourth joints short and subequal in length; pronotum much broader than long, the lateral angles strongly, robustly, spinously produced, the anterior lateral margins coarsely serrate, posterior margin truncate before scutellum, lateral margins concavely sinuate, anterior margin excavated for the reception of the head; scutellum about as long as broad at base, its lateral margins oblique to near middle and then more suddenly narrowed, its apex rounded; corium longer than scutellum, not covering connexivum, which is widely ex- posed ; membrane somewhat short, about reaching abdominal apex ; abdomen beneath convex, apical angles of sixth abdo- minal segment acuminate; legs simple, not spined. This genus in general appearance and character is allied to Carbula, Stal, but widely diverges by the lateral lobes of the head being longer than the central and by the serrate lateral margins of the pronotum. Rhynchota from Ruwenzori. 439 Awemba typica, sp. n. Pale luteous and more or less thickly punctate, the punc- tures black towards base of head, sparsely scattered near anterior margin of pronotum, forming a distinct broad basal fascia between the lateral pronotal angles, sparsely distributed over the corium and thick and close at apex of scutellum ; antenne with the fourth and fifth joints darker or more castaneous; pronotum very coarsely punctate, the lateral angles robustly spinously produced ; scutellum coarsely wrinkled and punctate ; corium somewhat opaque and finely sparsely punctate ; abdomen beneath with the spiracles black, sometimes with the lateral margins (broadly) and a central longitudinal fascia (narrowly) darker; other structural characters as in generic diagnosis. Long. 84-9 mm. ; exp. pronot. angl. 7 mm. Ruwenzori, 5600 ft. (Scott Elliot); E. Ruwenzori. Awemba fusca, sp. n. Dark fuscous brown, apical area of head and the produced pronotal angles more piceous; antenne, lateral crenulate margins of pronotum, and a large globose spot near each basal angle of scutellum ochraceous ; membrane fuscous grey, the veins darker; connexivum dull ochraceous, inwardly black ; body beneath paler than above and darkly punctate ; legs dull ochraceous ; head thickly coarsely punctate, apices of the lateral lobes outwardly rounded and widely separated in front of central lobe ; antennz with the second and fourth joints subequal in length, first joint not reaching apex of head, fifth joint mutilated in type; pronotum coarsely punc- tate and granulose, the lateral angles robustly, spinously, horizontally produced; scutelluam wrinkled and punctate ; corlum somewhat opaque and more sparingly punctate ; rostrum with the first joint reaching base of head, second longest and not quite reaching intermediate coxe, third and fourth shortest and subequal, the fourth slightly passing the posterior coxe. Long. 7 mm.; exp. pronot. angl. 6 mm. Old Camp, 6000-7000 feet. Genus ASPONGOPUS. Aspongopus, Lap. (part.) Ess. Hém. p. 58 (1832), Aspongopus alter natus, sp. n. Body above, antenne, rostrum, head beneath, sternum, and 440 Mr. W. L. Distant on some legs black ; connexivum, abdomen beneath, and the femora luteous; anal abdominal segment black; head with the lateral lobes foliaceous and produced in front of the central lobe, their apices divided; antenna with the basal joint shortest, second a little shorter than third, fourth and fifth longest and about subequal in iength; rostrum passing the anterior but not quite reaching the intermediate coxe, first joint slightly extending beyond base of head, second a little longer than third and fourth together ; pronotum, scutellum, and corium rugose, the first more finely so and coarsely punc- tate, the second transversely rugose and coarsely sparingly punctate, the coriuin more irregularly rugose and sparingly coarsely punctate; membrane more piceous than black ; tibie suleate ; tarsi ochraceously pilose. Long. 1383-145 mm. E. Ruwenzori, 6000-13,000 feet, and Old Camp, 6000- 7000 feet. Allied to A. nigroviolaceus, Pal. Beauv., but differing in having the second joint of the antennz shorter than the third and in the colour of the under surface of the abdomen &e. Fam. Coreid2. Genus HOLOPTERNA. Holopterna, Stal, En. Hem. iii. p. 41 (1873). Holopterna wollastoni, sp. n. Head and scutellum black ; pronotum and corium piceous black, the latter with a large ochraceous basal spot ; antennz piceous black, the apical joint pale ochraceous, with its extreme base blackish ; membrane dark bronzy ; connexivum black and more or less ochraceously spotted at the segmental incisures ; body beneath and legs black; antennz with the basal joint about as long as pronotum, longer than second joint, second, third, and fourth joints almost subequal in length ; rostrum reaching the intermediate coxe, first joint slightly passing base of head, second extending between the anterior coxee, third shortest, just passing the anterior coxe ; head excavated between the apices of the lateral lobes; pro- notum much shorter than breadth between the lateral angles, which are strongly produced moderately upwardly and apically slightly recurved, the lateral margins of the produced angles crenulate; corium somewhat finely punctate ; poste- rior tibia in g spined beneath near apex, posterior femora Rhynchota from Ruwenzort. 441 in g¢ alittle curved; second ventral segment distinctly tuber- culous on each lateral area in 3, in Q less prominently so. Long., g¢ 22 mm., 2? 24-27 mm. Old Camp, 6000-7000 feet, and 6000-13,000 feet. Holopterna affinis, sp. n. Head, pronotum, and scutellum black ; corium piceous ; membrane dark bronzy ; body beneath and legs black ; tarsi piceous brown; antenne ochraceous, the whole of the first joint (excluding extreme apex), a broad subcentral annula- tion to second joint, and a similar annulation to third joint, which, however, extends nearer apex, black, first joint a little longer than pronotum and only slightly longer than second joint, third shortest, fourth about subequal to first ; rostrum about reaching the intermediate coxe, first joint almost reaching base of head, second reaching anterior coxe, third shortest and just passing anterior coxe, fourth almost reaching the intermediate coxe; pronotum rugulose, the lateral angles produced upwardly and forwardly, strongly dentate on each edge, their apices acute; second and third ventral segments in ¢ longly tuberculate on each lateral area ; posterior tibize in g flattened and dilated and spined beneath near apex, posterior femora incrassate, moderately curved, finely crenulate beneath. Long., S 22 mm.; exp. pronot. angl. 10 mm. Mububi River, S.E. Ruwenzori. Allied to 4. valga, Linn., and H. alata, Westw., but separated from both by the longly, acutely, and anteriorly produced pronotal angles. Genus MyGponia. Mygdonia, Stal, Hem. Afr. ii. pp. 2 & 16 (1865). Mygdonia montana, sp. n. 3 ?. Piceous brown; corium shortly, palely, sparingly pilose ; extreme apex of scutellum ochraceous; membrane dark bronzy ; antennee pale castaneous, first and fourth joints subequal in length, second slightly shorter than first, longer than thud; rostrum reaching the intermediate coxe, first joint extending to base of head, second a little longer than third, which just passes the anterior coxe; pronotum 1 coarsely evanulose, tle lateral angles moderately, roundly, a little upwardly ‘produced, their margins coarsely crenulate, anterior Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. i. ol 442 Mr. W. L. Distant on some Jateral margins also crenulate or dentate; scutellum trans- versely wrinkled; corium finely and indistinctly punctate ; posterior femora strongly incrassate in @, shortly, centrally, tuberculously produced beneath and shortly spined beneath at apex, in 2 only moderately thickened and spined beneath at apex; posterior tibize in g moderately dilated but not toothed. Long., ¢ 16, 9 20 mm.; exp. pronot. angl., g 6, 3 73 mm. EK. Ruwenzori. Allied to M. antinorii, Leth., but with the pronotal angles much less developed, and more laterally and less anteriorly produced, their apices also more rounded and obtuse. Genus ACANTHOMIA. Acanthomia, Stil, En. Hem. iii. p. 82 (1873). Acanthomia insignis, sp. n. Head, pronotum, and scutellum piceous; head with two central greyish lines commencing somewhat near together at base and extending to the bases of the antenne, a similar line on each lateral margin passing inner margins of eyes ; basal joint of anteunz castaneous, about as long as pronotum, much longer than second joint, which is ochraceous, re- maining joints mutilated in type; pronotum somewhat greyishly piceous, with three discal longitudinal greyish lines, finely greyishly pilose, and with a few scattered very profound dark punctures, lateral angles horizontally spinously pro- duced, their apices slender and smooth, shining black, at about middle of anterior lateral margins a shorter suberect black spine; scutellum moderately raised, with a central greyish line ; corium ochraceous, two longitudinal series of black punctures in clavus, a black line before clavus which is apically deflected to apical margin, and a submarginal black line which does not reach base; membrane greyish, with the veins piceous; connexivum piceous, the marginal spines black and posteriorly directed; body beneath and legs chocolate-brown, the tibize and tarsi ochraceous, bases of tibie black; rostrum with the basal joint just passing eyes, second joint reaching the anterior coxe and about equal in length to fourth joint, third a little shorter than first; pro- sternum palely pilose and coarsely punctate; abdomen with oblique greyish lines on each lateral area. Long. 9 mm. Rhynchota from Ruwenzort, 445 Ruwenzori, 5000-6000 feet (Scott Elliot). A strikingly marked species, described from a single and somewhat imperfect specimen. HOMOPTERA. Fam. Cercopide. Genus PTYELUS. Ptyelus, St. Farg. & Serv. Enc. Méth. x. p. 608 (1825), Ptyelus niveus, sp. n. Body and legs creamy ochraceous; pronotum, scutellum, and abdomen above more or less suffused with stramineous ; basal antenniferous tubercle, a longitudinal spot near bases of anterior tibia, anterior and intermediate tarsi, the apical fringe of the posterior tibize, and the claws of the posterior tarsi black, base of the apical joint of intermediate tarsi creamy ochraceous ; tegmina silvery white, opaque, base of costal margin and a short central discal longitudinal line black, the reticulate veins at the apical area piceous; vertex centrally half as long as breadth between eyes, a distinct impression enclosing a small lunate space a little before apex ; face a little centrally longitudinally flattened, laterally trans- versely striate ; pronotum anteriorly convexly rounded, poste- riorly strongly concavely excavate before scutellum, which is longer than broad; posterior tibize with two spines, the one nearer base shortest and somewhat indistinct. Long., excl. tegm., 11 mm.; exp. tegm. 30 mm. H. Ruwenzori, 6000-13,000 feet. Genus LEPYRONIA. Lepyronia, Amy. & Serv. Hém. p. 567 (1848). Lepyronia cethiops, sp. n. Pale stramineous; two central longitudinal fascie ex- tending through head, pronotum, and scutellum, in the latter occupying the lateral angles, lateral margins of head (not reaching apex), lateral margins of pronotum, basal and inner margins of clavus, basal costal margin of tegmina, a costal spot behind middle, two oblique inner fasciz on apical area, a spot on each basal side of head beneath between the face and eyes, a spot on each side of base of clypeus, a longi- tudinal fascia on each side of sternum, and the abdomen 31% 444 Mr. C. T. Regan on the beneath black ; legs ochraceous; head shorter than pro-- notum, ocelli a little less removed from each other than from eyes; tegmina distinctly thickly punctate; posterior tibize with two strong spines. Long. 6 mm. E. Ruwenzori, 6000-13,000 feet. LIL.—A Synopsis of the Fishes of the Subfamily Salangine. By C. Tare Reaan, M.A. SALANGINA.—Argentinide with the dorsal fin placed far behind the pelvics, the head depressed, flat above, and the body elongate, subcylindrical anteriorly and compressed posteriorly. Teeth conical ; scales deciduous; 4 branchiostegals; pelvic fins 7-rayed *. Synopsis of the Genera. J. Premaxillaries subnormal; lower jaw projecting. A. Dorsal fin entirely in advance of the anal; tongue with 2 series of teeth; 2 series of teeth on each side of the palate; teeth in the jaws small, subequal ........ 1. Protosalanx, gen. nov. B. Dorsal fin partly above the anal; tongue toothless; 1 series of teeth on each side of the palate. Teeth in the jaws small, subequal ........ 2. Salangichthys, Bleek. A pair of canines near the symphysis of the lower jaw; przemaxillary teeth some- what enlarged, strongly recurved ...... 3. Hemisalanx, gen. nov. II. Preemaxillaries forming an anterior triangular expansion; lower jaw not projecting ; a single series of teeth on each side of the palate ; 1 or more anterior canines in the lower jaw, perforating the roof of the mouth behind the premaxillary expansion; pre- maxillary teeth strong, recurved, set rather far apart. A. Dorsal fin entirely in advance of the anal; tongue with a single series of teeth ; lower jaw ending in a short fleshy appendage. 4, Leucosoma, Gray. B. Dorsal fin wholly or partly above the anal; tongue tootbless, Lower jaw ending in a short fleshy ap- Pen@acerh ws tose Lee hele cee eee 5. Salanx, Cuy. Lower jaw ending in a distinct, more or less movable presymphysial bone, with a double series of teeth .-...0..5....... 6. Parasalanx, gen, nov. * In Protosalanx, Salangichthys, Hemisalanz, and Parasalanz, and probably throughout the group, the males have the outer pectoral ray produced and the anal fin modified, the middle rays being set close together and curved backwards, whilst on each side of the body a single longitudinal series of adherent scales, decreasing in size posteriorly, is placed above the base of the fin. . Fishes of the Subfamily Salangine. 445 Synopsis of the Species. 1. Protosalanx hyalocranius, Abbott, 1901 *. D.17. A. 30-32. P. 23-25. Depth of body 10-13 in the length (2), length of head 54-5. Three specimens, 115-130 mm. in total length, from Shanghai (Swinhoe). 2. Salangichthys microdon, Bleek., 1860. D. 12-14. A. 25-27. P.15-16. Origin of anal below posterior rays of dorsal. Numerous specimens, up to 85 mm. in total length, in- cluding the types of the species from Yeddo (Bleeker), and examples from Vladivostock (/look), Yokohama (‘Challenger ’), and the Inland Sea of Japan (Gordon Sinith). | 3. Hemisalanx prognathus, sp. n.t D.13.° A. 26. P.10. Depth of body 14 in the length, length of head 64. A single specimen, 120 mm. in total length, from Shanghai ( Swinhoe). 4, Leucosoma chinense, Osbeck, 1765 (Synodus maerocephalus, Lacep., Leucosoma reevesit, Gray). PD. 10-11. - o> 4, retropinna, sp. 0. II. Origin of anal below or a little behind that of the dorsal ; origin of dorsal nearer to base of caudal fin than to end of snout. A. Depth of body 23 to 3% in the length ; 26 to 30 scales in a longi- tudinal series. Dorsal 8-11, rounded, the middle rays the [1846, lOHOS es cist io han Aes ER eee mem Moris 5. sphenops, Cuy. & Val. Dorsal 8-9, with the free edge a little convex, the anterior branched rays the longest; eye small, its diameter 3; to 33 in the length of head (in specimens of 32 to 52 mm.) .. 6. spilonota, sp. n.* Dorsal 10-11, with the free edge straight, the first branched ray the longest ; eye rather small, its diameter 3} in the length of head [1907. (in specimens of 55 mm.) ..........+-.- 7. salvatoris, Regan, Dorsal 9-10, with the free edge straight, the first branched ray the longest; eye large, its diameter 22 to 3 in the length of head (in specimens of 60 to 100 mm.) ........ 8. tropica, Meek, 1907. B. Depth of body 4 to 44 in the length ; 51 scales in a longitudinal POMIOS 8 on eo tu nares suse eehems 9. tenuis, Meek, 1907. * Pecilia spilonota, sp. n. Pecilia sphenops (part.), Regan, Biol. Centr.-Am., Pisce. p. 102, t. xiii. fig. 2 (1907). Depth of body 3 to 33 in the length, length of head 33 to4. Snout shorter than eye, the diameter of which is 3} to 33 in the length of head. Interorbital width equal to or a little longer than the postorbital part of head. 27 to 29 scales in a longitudinal series. Dorsal 8-9; origin equidistant from end of snout and posterior part (9 ) or middle (3) of caudal fin ; free edge a little convex, the second branched ray the longest. Anal 8-9; origin below or a little behind that of the dorsal. Pectoral shorter than the head, extending to above anterior part of pelvics (2). Caudal rounded. Least depth of caudal } to ? the length of head. Olivaceous; a black spot at the base of the dorsal fin. San José. Six specimens, 32 to 52 mm. in total length. This species may not be distinct from P. tenuis, Meek, which is described as having a longer body (depth 4 to 43 in the length) and smaller scales (51 in a longitudinal series). P. caucana, Steind., seems to differ in the larger eye, 23 to 3 in the length of head in specimens of 32 to 45 mm. Freshwater Fishes from Costa Tica. 461 III. Origin of anal below fourth or fifth dorsal ray ; origin of dorsal equidistant from end of snout and base of caudal ; 28 to 30 scales in a longitudinal series ............+- 10. petenensis, Guuth., (1866. IV. Origin of anal below the middle of dorsal; origin of dorsal equi- distant from end of snout and anterior part of caudal ; ; 23 to 27 scales in a longitudinal series. Depth of body about 27 in the length, length of _[1859. head about 4 (in specimens of 50 mm. ) .. Ll. couchiana, Girard, Depth of body 2 to 22 in the length, length of [ 1866, head 53 to 33 (in specimens of 60 mm. ) .. 12. maculata, Ginth., Mugilide. 11. Agonostomus percoides, Giinth. Rio Lroquois. Two specimens: one of 135 mm. in every way similar to the type of the species ; the other, 270 mm. in total length, with thick upper lip. XENORHYNCHICHTHYS, gen. nov. Differs from Joturus, Poey, in the absence of teeth on the palatines and pterygoids. 12. Xenorhynchichthys stipes, Jord. & Gilb. This species has been placed by Jordan and Kvermann in the synonymy of Joturus pichardi, Poey, but it is quite distinct. In the type of Agonostomus gloliceps. Giinth., which seems to be identical with J. pichardi, the vomerine teeth form a triangular patch, bands of teeth are present on palatines and pterygoids, the snout is vertically truncated, and the maxillary extends a little beyond the vertical from the anterior edge of the eye. In four young specimens of X, stipes, 150 to 190 mm. in total length, from the Rio Iroquois, the vomerine teeth form a transverse ovate patch, there are no palatine and pterygoid teeth, the snout is obliquely truncated, and the maxillary extends to below the middle of the eye. In these examples the soft dorsal, anal, and caudal fins have large blackish spots or oblique bats. As in J. pichardi the anal fin is formed of II 11 rays, the first spine very small, the two first articulated rays unbranched. Cichlide. 13. Cichlosoma septemfasciatum, sp. n. Depth of body 1# to 2? in the length, length of head 3 to 34, Snout as long as or shorter than postorbital part of 462 Mr. C. T. Regan on head. Diameter of eye 34 to 4 in the length of head, inter- orbital width 22 to 3. Depth of preorbital equal to or less than the diameter of eye. Jaws equal anteriorly ; maxillary not extending to below the eye; told of the lower lip not continuous ; anterior teeth in both jaws somewhat enlarged ; cheek with 3 to 5 series of scales; 5 or 6 gill-rakers on the lower part of the anterior arch. 28 or 29 scales in a longi- tudinal series, 4 or 44 in an oblique series downwards and backwards from origin of dorsal fin to lateral line, 1} to 25 between lateral line and scaly sheath at base of soft dorsal. Dorsal XVII-X VIII 8-10, commencing above the opercular cleft, the spines subequal from the fifth or sixth to the fifteenth or sixteenth, the last 2 to } the length of head ; soft fin, when laid back, extending nearly to the middle of candal or beyond. Anal VIII-X 7-8. Pectoral nearly as long as the head, extending to above the anal ; outer ray of pelvic fin produced. Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle ¢ to 3 as long as deep. Body with seven dark cross-bars, of which the third, on the middle of the side, and the last, on the caudal peduncle, are much more strongly marked than the rest; fins without spots. Rio Iroquois. Fourteen specimens, 60 to 100 mm. in total length. This species is very close to C. spilurum, which has 5% or 6 scales between the origin of the dorsal fin and the lateral line, the dorsal spines usually higher, the last 3 to 3 the length of head, and the body crossed by 7 vertical bars of equal strength, the last joining the ends of the soft dorsal and anal and followed by a vertically expanded spot at the base of the caudal fin. 14. Cichlosoma lethrinus, sp. n. Depth of body about 24 in the length, length of head 23 to 3. Snout as long as or a little longer than postorbital part of head, with straight oblique profile. Diameter of eye 34 to 44 in the length of head, interorbital width 3 to 33. Depth of preorbital # to 14 the diameter of eye. Jaws equal anteriorly ; maxillary not extending to below the eye; fold of the lower lip not continuous ; teeth of the outer series in both jaws moderate, gradually decreasing in size laterally ; cheek with 5 series of scales ; 8 gill-rakers on the lower part of the anterior arch. 29 to 31 scales in a longitudinal series, 4 or 44 in an oblique series downwards and backwards from origin of dorsal to the lateral line, 24 between lateral line and scaly sheath at base of anterior part of soft dorsal. Dorsal XVII-X VII 10-12, commencing above the opercular cleft, Freshwater Fishes from Costa Rica. 463 the spines subequal from about the fifth to the fifteenth, the last a little more than } the length of head. Anal VI-VII 8-10. Pectoral shorter than the head, extending to above the first or second anal spine. Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle deeper than long. Body with 6 dark cross- bars, the two first broad and more or less confluent ; a more or less continuous blackish longitudinal band from eye to a spot on the upper part of the base of caudal; vertical fins dusky, the soft dorsal and caudal with series of pale spots. Rio Iroquois. Six specimens, 80 to 145 mm. in total length. Of C. altifrons, the nearest ally of this species, I have seen two specimens from the Rio Grande de Terraba. These have 16 dorsal and 5 anal spines and 11 or 12 gill-rakers on the lower part of the anterior arch. The last dorsal spine measures nearly 4 the length of the head and the subcon- tinuous fold of the lower lip is divided into two deep pendent lobes. TOMOCICHLA, gen. nov. Differs from Herichthys in having the pelvic fins inserted well behind the pectorals. 15. Tomocichla underwoodi, sp. n. Depth of body 24 to 31 in the length, length of head 31 to 32. Snout about as long as postorbital part of head. Diameter of eye 43 to 6 in the length of head, interorbital width 24 (adult) to 3 (young). Depth of preorbital 1 to 14 the diameter of eye. Maxillary not extending to below the eye ; jaws equal anteriorly or the lower a little shorter than the upper ; fold of the lower lip continuous ; cheek with 4 or 5 series of scales; 9 to 12 gill-rakers on the lower part of the anterior arch. 32 to 35 scalesin a longitudinal series, 44 to 54 in an oblique series backwards and downwards from origin of dorsal to lateral line, 3 between lateral line and sheath at base of anterior part of soft dorsal. Dorsal XVI 13-15; middle spines subequal ; last spine 4 to 2 the length of head ; soft fin rounded, when laid back not or scarcely extending to the caudal. Anal IV 9-11. Pectoral 2 to # the length of head, not extending to above the anal. Caudal emarginate. Caudal peduncle as long as deep. 6 to 8 blackish cross-bars on the side, chiefly below the lateral line ; soft vertical fins with or without series of dark spots, - which may form reticulations. Rio Iroquois. Thirteen specimens, 120 to 260 mm. in total length. 464 Bibliographical Notices. This species has the dentition of Herichthys cyanoguttatus ; the latter may be derived from a type similar to Cichlosoma fenestratum, with which it agrees in the deep body, strong dorsal spines, interrupted lower lip, insertion of pelvic fins nearly in the vertical from base of pectoral, &e. Tomocichla underwoodi, however, has the elongate body, short dorsal spines, and continuous lower lip of C. godmani,with which it also agrees in having the insertion of the pelvic fins far behind the base of the pectoral. Steindachner’s Heros lenti- ginosus may prove to be a Tomocichla. 16. Paraneetroplus sieboldii, Kner & Steind. Rio Grande de Terraba. Gobiide. 17. Philypnus maculatus, Giinth. Rio Ballena. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES. Heredity. By J. AnrHur Toomson. London: John Murray, 1908. (Progressive Science Series.) Pp. i-xvi, 1-605. Herepiry has always possessed a strange fascination for mankind, though not until recent years has any real grip of the subject been obtained. We have as yet, indeed, done little more than clear a few pathways through the thick undergrowth of tradition and specula- tion which has grown up during centuries of crude experiment and rule-of-thumb practice. The work so far accomplished, however, is sufficient to show that the riddle of heredity is one of the most difficult which the biologist has yet attempted to solve. Analyze and experiment as we will, that intangible property of pullulation peculiar to living matter still remains one of Nature’s secrets. Whether it will ever be wrested from her time alone will prove, but the attempt is being made, and in earnest. Already an appalling amount of literature on the subject has come into being, not all of which is worthy of the theme. Prof. Thomson, however, set himself the task of sifting and systematizing this output, and that he has been singularly successful in winnowing the chaff from the grain is beyond dispute. The results of his labours are now presented to the world in a volume which will be regarded as the standard work of refer- ence to this subject for some years to come. To the biologist it Bibliographical Notices. 465 will prove indispensable, while to the student of sociology and to the medical man it will probably come as a revelation, for it must be admitted that neither of these last has shown that grasp of the significance or the possibilities of heredity, certain exceptions apart, which the circumstances of their professions demand. As a judicial summary of a peculiarly difficult subject Prof. Thomson’s book is masterly, while from the point of view of clear- ness of exposition it has no rivals. In the space at our disposal an exhaustive account of the contents of this book would be impossible. It must suffice, then, to point out one or two of its more important features, and to make mention of one or two small criticisms. Anything like criticism of a book of this kind seems ungrateful, but the few comments we have to make are made in no captious spirit. In the first place, then, we cannot help feeling that Prof. Thomson endeavours to draw too nice a distinction between heredity and inheritance. The former, he remarks, ‘is no entity, no force, no principle, but a convenient term for the genetic relation between successive generations,” while inheritance, he says, ‘‘ includes all that the organism is or has to start with in virtue of its hereditary rela- tion.” One cannot help feeling that this is putting ‘“‘ heredity ” ina straight-jacket. In other words, the term “ inheritance ” supplants the more familiar ‘“ heredity,” at any rate to all intents and purposes. Our next grumble is at the omission of “ opsonins” and their relation to disease, which we naturally expected to find in the otherwise most philosophical chapter on heredity and disease. The only reference thereto is contained in a passage where, referring to phagocytes and their relation to pathogenic microbes, he introduces the subject in the phrase “or as his [man’s] ‘opsonic index’ improved.” The chapters on Mendelism are most admirable; nowhere else will there be found so complete and so illuminating a summary of all that pertains to Mendelism. But while the author is generous in his appreciation of this work, he is careful to utter a very necessary word of caution as to the need of restraining enthusiasm over the many triumphs which workers in this new field have attained; for he remarks, “In many ways... Weissman’s some- what subtler and more complex conception of determinants which work out a character by cooperative development appears to us to fit the facts better.” The chapter on the transmission of acquired characters ieates nothing to be desired, and may be studied with the greatest profit both by the medical man and the breeder ; and this because among both there exists an appalling amount of misconception and, appa- _rently, wilful blindness to observed facts. The sociologists stand in no less need of learning, and in the pages of this splendid treatise Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. it. ae 466 Bibliographical Notices. they should find all they need to upset some of the fallacies that form the basis of many of their proposed remedies for the regenera- tion of mankind. A work like the present has long been needed, but there are few who would have had the courage to undertake its preparation, and certainly no one could have achieved a more conspicuous success in the fulfilment of so onerous a task. Wee A Book of Birds. By W. P. Prcrart, A.LS., F.Z.S. With 30 full-page coloured Plates and many Illustrations in the Text. London: Sidney Appleton, 1908. Sm. 4to. Pp. viii, 155. (6s. net.) Tats is the third volume of Sidney Appleton’s ‘ Popular Natural History Books,’ of which two volumes on British Flowering Plants and on Mammals of the World, both by W. F. Kirby, have appeared ; aud a yolume on Minerals, by Leonard J. Spencer, is promised shortly. Mr. Pycraft is well known as an authority on the anatomy and structure of birds, and has given us in his introductory chapter of 27 pages a very useful outline of this branch of the subject, with numerous illustrations. The remaining 16 chapters contain a popular account of the more interesting groups of birds, with special reference to the species figured. The coloured plates represent from four to eleven species each, and most of the figures are well executed and easily recognizable; and in some cases the eggs are also figured. It is to be regretted that Mr. Pycraft had not more space at his disposal, that he might have given at least a passing reference to some of the more interesting families not represented on the plates. Still he has done his best with his materials, and has given a good deal of general information, some of which may be new to many, if not most, of his readers. He feels very strongly on the subject of bird-destruction, and he never loses an oppor- tunity of protesting against it—as, for instance, on p. 46, where we read of “the ghastly trophies which thoughtless women wear in their hats” (egret-feathers), and lower down on the same page, “There was a time when the Bittern was to be met with commonly in Great Britain, but drainage and that pest the ‘collector’ have done their work, so that at most but a few stragglers are now to be met with in our islands, and these are always promptly shot down.” It is much to be regretted that it is still necessary to protest against the destruction of birds, ancient monuments, &c., even in England. The book concludes with a good general Index. Mr. Pycraft’s book may be recommended to those who wish for an accurate and fairly comprehensive introduction to the stndy of birds. Bibliographical Notices. 467 Casey, Tos. L. A Revision of the Tenebrionid Subfamily Coniontine. (‘ Proceedings of the Washington Academy of Sciences,’ vol. x. pp. 51-166; April 25, 1908.) Tue Author divides the Tenebrionids which have no coriaceous hind margins of the abdominal segments into the following sub- families :—Tentyriine, Coniontine, Asidine, and Zopherine. The Coniontin are again subdivided into Preocini, Branchini, Conion- tini, and Ccelini, the first of which are omitted in the present paper, being South American. The bulk of the paper consists of an elaborate and purely technical monograph, which cannot be further noticed here. In the Addenda an additional South-American group, Nycteliini, including the genera Nyctelia and Nyctehana, is reterred to the Coniontini. Some general remarks on entomological bibliography and the relative validity of figures and descriptions follow, and the article concludes with some remarks and corrections relating to a former paper by the Author on the Tentyriine. C. Hovarp, Docteur de Sciences, Lauréat de l’Institut. Les ZLoocécidies W Europe et du Bassin de la Méditerranée. Description des Galles. Ullustration. Bibliographie détaillée. Répartition Géographique. Index bibliographique. 1865 figures dans le texte, 2 planches hors texte, 4 portraits. Tome premier. Crypto- games, Gymnospermes, Monocotylédones, Dicotylédones. (i'*¢ Partie.) 8vo. Paris, 1908. Pp. 570, Many books have recently appeared on galls, but this is of consider- able importance, being written mainly from a botanical standpoint, and may consequently be regarded as an amplification of Kalten- bach’s well-known and most useful ‘ Pflanzenfeinde,’ as far as galls are concerned. Under each plant we have the galls infesting it classed under groups and separately described, so as to allow of easy identification; and the numerous figures in the text are well executed and characteristic. No descriptions of insects, however, are given, but only of the galls. Under Quercus we were much surprised to read, on p. 249 :-— ‘“‘ Minime bosselette, Q. ped. Lestes viridis, van der Lind 1296. Pierre, 1902, p. 185. y ee This refers to a paper thus noticed in the ‘ Zoological Record’ for 1902 :—Ins. p. 57. ‘*1065. Pierre, Abbé. Sur la ponte d’un Neuroptére cecidozoon, Lestes viridis, Van d. Lind. Rey. Sci. Bour- bonnais, xv. pp. 181-194.” and p. 300 Ins. “ Lestes viridis, ovi- - position ” (with the above reference), We have called special reference to this most interesting and 468 Miscellaneous. important article, as we believe it has probably been overlooked by many neuropterists, owing to its having appeared in a comparatively little-known journal and to the very brief manner in which it is mentioned in the ‘ Zoological Record.’ We are sure that all agricultural entomologists and others inter- ested in galls will find Dr. Houard’s work of the greatest value, and we hope it may soon be completed. Wises MISCELLANEOUS. Generic Names of Polychet Worms that have been preoccupied and remain unreplaced. By Rosert T. Lereer, M.B., F.Z.8., Helmin- thologist to the London School of Tropical Medicine. Amea, Malmgren, 1865, | Macrocheta, Grube, 1850. Ancistria, Quatrefages, 1867. Macrophyllum, Schmarda, 1861. Archidice, Kinberg, 1865. Mylitta, Kinberg, 1866. Arenia, Quatrefages, 1867. Nicon, Kindberg, 1865. Bylgia, Théel, 1879. Nerine, Johnston, 1838 (nec Ne- Cabira, Webster, 1879. rina). Carobia, Lhlers, 1904. Oria, Quatrefages, 1867. Castalia, Savigny, 1817 (nec Casta- | Pallasia, Quatrefages, 1848. lius, 1816). | Parmenis, Malmgren, 1867 (nec Ceratocephala, Kinberg, 1867. Parmena). Chrysothemis, Kinberg, 1866. Peribeea, Kinberg, 1865. Cirronereis, Kinberg, 1866. Pherusa, Oken, 1815. Clymene, Savigny, 1817. Phronia, Webster, 1879. Clymenia, @rsted, 1844. Polybostrichus, Gérsted, 1842. Clytia, Grube, 1855. Polyodontes, Renter, 1817. Dasymallus, Grube, 1844. . | Potamis, FA/ers, 1888. Demonax, Kinberg, 1866. Praxilla, Malmgren, 1865. Dindymene, Ainberg, 1865. Praxithea, Malmgren, 1867. Disoma, Girsted, 1844. Prionognathus, Keferstein, 1862. Dujardinia, Claparéde, 1865. Psamathe, Johnston, 1837. Ephesia, Rathke, 1843. Schlegelia, Wegenberg, 1879. Eulepis, Grube, 1875. Scione, Malmgren, 1865. Eumenia, Grsted, 1844. Sige, Malmgren, 1865 (nec Siga). Eunice, Cuvier, 1817. Siphostoma, Otto, 1820. Eupista, M‘Intosh, 1885. Spherodorum, Grsted, 1842 (nec Evarne, Malmgren, 1865. Spherodoris, 1877). Gymnosoma, Quatrefages, 1865. Spiroglypha, Quatrefages, 1865. Halimede, Rathke, 1843. Thoé, Kinberg, 1865. Idalia, Quatrefages, 1867. Triceratia, Haswell, 1882 (nec Tri- Leiocephalus, Quatrefages, 1867. ceratium). Lophonota, Costa, 1841 (nee Lopho- | Trachelophyllum, Levinsen, 1883. notus). Venusia, Johnston, 1865. Lycastis, Savigny, 1817 (nec Ly- castes). Ann.& Mag. Nat. Hist. §. 8. Vol.2. PULX. H. H. Godwin-Austen, del. The Watford Engraving Co, Ann.& Mag. Nat. Hist. §.8.Vol.2. Pl. X ee APA AR YA ML SY yy) paeaen H. H. Godwin-Austen, del. The Watford Engraving Co. Ann.& Mag. Nat. Hist. §. 8. Vol.2. PL. XI. H. H.' Gcdwin-Austen, aes. The Watford Engraving Co. THE ANNALS MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, [EIGHTH SERIES. ] No. 12. DECEMBER 1908. LXI.— Descriptions of new Rhopalocera from the Upper Congo. By G. T. Beroune-Baker, F.L.S., F.Z.S. Mycalesis hyperanthus, sp. n. 3g. Both wings dark blackish brown. Primaries with a small white-pupilled black spot between veins 5 and 6 near the termen ; an obscure, small, but quite visible black spot (not pupilled) between veins 2 and 3, neither of these spots have any iris : secondaries with a dark grey sex dash close to the anal angle. Underside: both wings sienna-brown, with ocellated spots and with lines: primaries with a large dark spot in the middle of the cell, broadly edged all round except on the costa with pale ochreous brown, beyond which is a very broad, irregular, median dark band produced out- wards between veins 3 and 5, and palely edged externally ; spots of upperside showing through, but broadly ringed with pale yellowish which has a dark edging followed by a lighter one; the lower spot is very large and conspicuous and is pupilled with white ; a dark fine subterminal line in a paler area: secondaries with the dark median irregular band similar to the primaries, palely edged laterally, but very definitely so externally ; a postmedial series of seven spots as in the primaries in a pale area, that between veins 2 and 3 being large and that at the apex also somewhat larger than Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. i. d4 470 Mr. G. T. Bethune-Baker on new the other five, which are small; terminal area as in the primaries. Expanse 34 mm. Hab. Makala, July ; Beni-Mawambe, February 1906. In my collection and that of Major Powell-Cotton. This species is near to M. analis, Auriv. Mycalesis uniformis, sp. n. 6. Both wings uniform darkish brown. Primaries with a very small obscure white-pupilled black spot near the apex: secondaries with a blackish-brown tuft of hairs just below the angle of vein 2 between la and 2, in addition to the tuft above the cell. Underside: both wings pale ochreous brown : primaries with a large cell-spot faintly outlined; a median obscure line and a distinct postmedian one, the latter palely edged; the subapical spot of the upperside showing through and having a pale yellowish iris ; a similar spot, rather larger, between veins 2 and 3, between these are traces of two other similar spots: secondaries with a dark irregular median and postmedian line enclosing a slightly darker area, the post- median line is palely edged externally ; a series of seven subterminal white-pupilled black spots, with pale yellowish irides, which are edged with darker brown and again with pale obscure ochreous. Expanse 55 mm. Hab. Makala-Beni, July 1906. In the Powell-Cotton collection. Henotesia nigrescens, sp. n. g. Both wings deep velvety blackish brown, with small ocellated spots. Primaries with two small subapical intense black spots minutely but distinctly pupilled with white and having red irides which touch each other; a larger similar spot near the termen between veins 2 and 3: secondaries with a similar spot as in the primaries between veins 2 and 3, » near the termen, with occasionally a trace of another smaller one above it. Underside: both wings tawny ochreous, closely suffused with fine, short, deep, rusty, vein-like, wavy lines, terminating to a large extent in the postmedian area by a prominent deep rusty line through both wings. Primaries with a broad greyish subterminal area in which the white-pupilled black spots show through, the upper two having a single ochreous iris, the lower one with a very broad ochreous iris with a dark outer edging: secondaries Lthopalocera from the Upper Congo. 471 with a rusty median transverse line and a curved series of seven or eight ocellated spots as in the fore wings. Expanse 46 mm. Hah. Makala, May and June 1906. In my collection and that of Major Powell-Cotton. Acrea lumiri, sp. n. 6. Both wings deep orange-red, with black margins. Primaries with costa broadly black to the oblique stripe ; apex and termen more broadly black ; a broad black stripe beyond the ceil connecting the costa with the termen, leaving an enclosed subovate patch of the red ground-colour ; a fine short inner marginal dash from the base : secondaries with the apex and termen broadly black; base very restricted dusky ; a very fine black dot at the end of the cell. Under- side: primaries, basal area pale tawny red, enclosed patch ochreous ; termen with a series of wedge-shaped pale tawny -internervular short dashes and a suffusion of thin tawny irrorations: secondaries ochreous, with three small black basal dots ; a median series of four larger ones, a black dot in the cell between these two series, and one beyond the median series ; on the broad black termen a series of semi- ovate whitish internervular spots. Expanse 36-41 mm. Hab. Kissegneis to Lumiri, Albert Edward Lake, October. In my collection and that of Major Powell-Cotton. Near A. alicia, Sharpe. Planema plagioscia, sp. n. $. Primaries with base black to the end of the cell, followed by a broad oblique band of orange-rufous occupying the whole of the postmedian area from the costa into the tornus, invading irregularly the basal area, and also in deep serrations the apical and terminal areas, which are blackish brown, the latter rapidly tapering into the tornus: secondaries with base up to the end of the cell very dark rusty brown, with a basal series of about four black spots ; a median series of four, a curved series of eight spots, produced outward by the cell, which is closed by a double spot, and has one spot between it and that in the middle; postmedian area very broadly whitish, widening towards the tornus, with the veins dark brown ; subterminal and terminal areas brownish. Expanse 84 mm. Hab. Beni-Mawambe, Congo Free State, February 1906. In the Powell-Cotton collection. Allied to Planema aurivillit, Stgr. 34* 472 Mr. G. T. Bethune- Baker on new Planema macrosticha, sp. 0. g. Both wings blackish brown, yellowish fawn-colour. Primaries with basal area black to end of cell, with a con- fluent black spot projecting forwards in the angle of veins 3 and 4; a broad postmedian band of yellowish fawn-colour from costa to termen below vein 3, but not reaching quite into the tornus, z. e. not below vein 1a; apical area blackish brown to below vein 3: secondaries sooty brown for a restricted basal area, not to the end of the cell; postmedian area very broadly yellowish pale fawn-colour right up to the tornus, invaded by the black veins and also by fine black internervular lines; termen broadly blackish brown at the apex, tapering down very finely to the tornus. Underside: secondaries with base Indian-red, with two or three basal small spots; a median series of four, an irregular curved series of eight spots, those between veins 5 and 6 and 6 and 7 shifted outwards; postmedian band whitish, not half the width of the yellowish band above, rest of area exceedingly broadly brownish grey. Expanse 80 mm. Hab. Makala, June 1906. In the Powell-Cotton collection. Near Acrwa dewitzt, Stgr. Euphedra symphona, sp. n. 3. Palpi ochreous below, with a dark lateral stripe, fringed palely with longish hair above ; head blackish, with two whitish dots below the antennze and two larger ones above; eye-sockets edged with white. Both the wings deep bronzy green, much deeper in tone near the termen: primaries with the area between the cell and apex darker, with a white irregular oblique white stripe from vein 8 to just beyond vein 4, a small white patch at the apex; fringes with fine, short, white internervular intersections. Underside: both wings dull sienna-brown: primaries with two black spots lengthwise in the cell and a small one closing its upper extremity; all the white marks of the upperside show through: secondaries with two black spots in the cell and one at the extreme base, all in line; area above vein 8 crimson, below which to the lower margin of the spots is an indefinite patch of pale greyish, with a trace of the usual pale-angled dash between veins 7 and 8 about midway along the former. There is the least trace of a row of subterminal spots in a very slightly paler subterminal area in both wings. Rhopalocera from the Upper Congo. 473 Expanse 84 mm. Hab. Beni-Mawambe, Congo Free State, February 1906. In the Powell-Cotton collection. Euryphene leptotypa, sp. n. $. Both wings black, with pale steel-blue suffusion : primaries with the suffusion confined to the inner marginal area below the cell and vein 3, not extending to the base nor to the tornus; the oblique white band from vein 10 to 5 terminates below the latter vein in a bluish-white patch reaching nearly to the termen ; apex with a small defined white patch: secondaries with the blue suffusion extending all over the wing below vein 8 almost to 1a, and well into the postmedian area, leaving the terminal area broadly and evenly biack. Underside uniformly pale bronzy green in both wings: primaries with the white marks only showing through, the oblique white band only reaching just over vein 5: secondaries with an irregular whitish angled dash in the middle of the costa between veins 7 and 8, with the trace of a dusky subterminal line, in front of which is a trace of a dusky postmedian curved band roughly parallel with the subterminal line. Expanse 86 mm. Hab. Beni-Mawambe, Congo Free State, March 1906. In my collection and that of Major Powell-Cotton. Euryphene makala, sp. n. 3g. Upperside similar to the preceding species (2, lepto- typa, B-B.), except that the narrow oblique band of the primaries has developed into a broad bluish-white oblique patch, extending below and beyond vein 5 into a yet larger patch which reaches well below vein 3. Underside of both wings brownish olive-green : primaries with the pale markings showing through, the oblique patch, however, very slightly so ; in the cell there are four spots darkly outlined—a narrow small oval one at the base, two in the middle below each other, the upper smaller one being a twin spot, the lower larger and irregular, the fourth much larger, closing tie cell ; a trace of an upright, postmedian, brownish, curved stripe tapering upwards to about vein 5; an obscure trace of a second similarly coloured band nearer the termen, followed by an obscure trace of a like-coloured subterminal line: secondaries with a dark point at the base of the cell, followed by two small round spots sharply outlined with black; a 474 Mr. G. T. Bethune-Baker on new most obscure trace of a dusky, median, curved band, followed by a trace of a subterminal row of internervular scallops. Expanse 89 mm. Hab, Makala, Congo Free State, March 1906. In my collection. Euryphene luteola, sp. n. 3. Both wings deep velvety blackish bronzy green: pri- maries with a paler (slightly yellowish) bronzy green inner marginal suffusion below the cell and vein 3, and not ex- tending to the base nor to the tornus ; in the cell are three dark spots—a small one at the base, a large irregular one right across the cell at its centre, and a larger one closing the cell; a yellowish oblique band beyond the cell terminating below and beyond vein 5 in an indefinite obscure yellowish patch ; apex with a small yellowish spot (occasionally absent) ; an obscure row of subterminal dark spots: secondaries with the bronzy suffusion all over the wing to beyond vein 2, and extending almost into the subterminal area in some lights even up to the termen ; a trace of a dark subterminal line. Underside: both wings olive-green, with all the marks of the upper surface more or less showing through, the costa of the primaries being pale bluish white to halfway up the cell, with a subterminal row of internervular dark points, occa- sionally absent: secondaries with three blackish spots in the cell (one at the base, and two below each other); cell closed by a finely outlined dash; an angled white dash in the middle of the costa between veins 7 and 8; an obscure row of dusky spots in the postmedian area, followed by an obscure dusky line in the subterminal area; the inner mar- ginal area below the cell and vein 3 tinged with ochreous. Expanse 77 mm. Hab. Makala-Beni, July; Ituri Forest, Mawamba- Makala, March. In my collection and that of Major Powell-Cotton. Euryphene chloéropis, sp. n. 3. Both wings bronzy bluish green: primaries with a black mark filling the base of the cell, a narrow waved dash beyond it, followed by two spots; cell closed by a largish spot, with the internervular vein-spaces beyond shortly filled with black, descending in a cloudy oblique band into the tornus ; the lower margin of the cell has a black dash below it up to vein 2; apical area blackish, with a trace of a small Rhopalocera from the Upper Congo. 475 white patch at the apex: secondaries with a broad blackish termen, with a slight bronzy-green hue in certain lights. Underside: both wings dirty greenish: primaries with a short, very pale bluish costal dash at the base, with two spots across the middle of the cell outlined with blackish, and a larger similar spot at the end of the cell; a trace of a curved postmedian stripe between vein 4 and the inner margin ; apex with a small white patch: secondaries with two darkly encircled spots across the middle of the cell, the lower one at times obscure; inner marginal area with yellowish tawny hairs. Expanse 72 mm. Hab. Makala, ‘Congo Free State, June 1906. In my collection and that of Major Powell-Cotton. Euryphene cottont, sp. n. &. Both wings blackish brown and tawny in alternate stripes and spotted rows: primaries with three cell-spots (a small one at the base, a large twin spot in the middle, a large black one at the end), between each of them is a waved black line; beyond the cell is a large, indefinite, irregular spot confluent with an obliquely receding black-spotted row, which is succeeded by a slightly oblique broad dark band interrupted at the veins and angled to the costa about vein 6 ; from here to the termen the wing is blackish brown, with a subterminal row of large blackish spots surrounded with tawny: secondaries with the base more or less dark; a figure-8 spot in the cell, which is closed by a narrow oblong dash with tawny centre; a broad median tawny band, followed by a broad curved dark band tapering somewhat towards the inner margin; a postmedian curved row of large black spots broadly surrounded with tawny; a broadish, definite, black, scalloped, subterminal line; termen broadiy dusky tawny. Underside: both wings pale ochreous brownish, with all the markings of the upperside more or less repeated in a modified form: in the secondaries the post- inedian row of large spots is replaced by a series of fine dark dashes. @. Both wings paler brown, with the tawny marks replaced by dusky ochreous, whilst in the primaries the oblique postmedian tawny band is replaced by a similar con- spicuous oblique band of clear pale ochreous, and in the secondaries the outer median area is very broadly and indefi- nitely of the same colour. Expanse, ¢ 60, 9 74 mm. 476 Mr. G. T. Bethune-Baker on new Hab. Makala, March; Beni-Mawambe, February 1906 ; and other localities. In my collection and that of Major Powell-Cotton. Allied to #. severini, Auriv. Deistogyna unopunctata, sp. n. 3d. Both wings tawny ochreous, with dark spots and markings. Primaries with a large spot in the middle and at the end of the cell, preceded in each case by a dark dash; a dark spot beyond the end of the cell ; a median row of three internervular spots below the angle of veins 4, 3, and 2; a postmedian row of dark spots followed by a second somewhat obscure similar row; termen with a trace of dark inter- nervular dashes: secondaries with base dark ; a darkly out- lined spot closing the cell ; a postmedian dark band, followed by a row of dark spots; termen broadly dark, preceded by a row of dark scallops. Underside: both wings more or less ochreous brownish, pinkish in parts: primaries with a dark spot across the middle of the cell and a paler one at the end, followed by a darker one, beyond which is a little pinkish scaling ; a waved postmedian row of dark points, the three uppermost ones with fine whitish internal edging, the upper- side marks more or less showing through : secondaries with a large velvety chocolate spot in the cell surrounded by pinkish scales; a postmedian row of white points; upperside markings showing through slightly. Expanse 52 mm. Hab. Mawamba-Makala, Congo Free State, March 1906. In the collection of Major Powell-Cotton. Diestogyna mawamba, sp. n. 6. Both wings very dark brown, with an indigo-bluish suffusion in certain lights: primaries with two large dark spots in the cell at the middle and end, preceded by a dark dash ; a largish dark spot beyond the end of the cell; an internervular irregular dash below the angle of vein 3, with a second below vein 2 ; a postmedian waved row of dark spots, followed by a subterminal one: secondaries with the area below and beyond the cell very dark, above the cell and beyond paler brownish, all markings most obscure ; a trace of a postmedian row of dark spots followed by a trace of a subterminal row of dark dashes. Underside with base of primaries darkish brown to beyond the cell, area beyond ochreous ; the spots of the upperside show through in the cell; postmedian area irrorated more or less with grey; a Rhopalocera from the Upper Congo. 477 postmedian row of dark points, the lower ones in obscure indefinite spots ; a subterminal scalloped dark line ; termen rusty red, expanding inwards at the radial area: secondaries with base dark rusty red, with a small yellowish patch above the cell; a small dark spot in the cell; postmedian area ochreous, very strongly suffused nearly all over and to the termen with crimson and rusty red, the markings being most obscure ; a trace of a postmedian scalloped row of markings, followed by a definite row of strongly scalloped dashes filled in internally with grey. ?. Primaries with base and. area below the cell tawny almost to the tornus, upper and terminal areas blackish brown ; the usual spots in the cell as in the ¢; an irregular, pure white, oblique, broadish dash from the costa beyond the cell to vein 2 ; a subapical curved row of four white dots: secondaries tawny, with base slightly darker, edged with a fine dark strongly serrated line; a trace of a row of post- median spots ; a subterminal dark row of strongly scalloped markings, with a dark spot preceding each of the scallops ; termen brownish. Underside: primaries entirely dark brown, with the cell-marks just visible and the white markings very prominent: secondaries with base entirely dark to the end of the cell, very irregularly terminated; beyond this the wing is dirty straw-coloured; termen brownish to vein 3, pale area irrorated with grey, with a postmedian row of white points, and the upperside scallops showing very slightly through. Expanse, 3 56, 9 62 mm. Hab. Mawamba-Makala, Congo Free State, March 1906. & in the Powell-Cotton collection, 2 in my collection. 1 believe I am right in allocating my female to Major Powell-Cotton’s male. Deistogyna luteostriata, sp. n. 3. Both wings brown, with pale ochreous stripes and with the various brown spots and markings edged more or less finely with pale ochreous: primaries with three large cell- spots, with a fourth just beyond the cell; a broad oblique brown band from the end of the cell to the inner margin before its middle, this band is deeply invaded with pale ochreous about its centre; beyond this are two large brown spots below vein 2; a subterminal row of large inter- nervular spots slightly curved ending at vein 2: secondaries ~ with a basal and a median pale ochreous oblique stripe; a sub- terminal row of large spots edged broadly with pale ochreous ; 478 M:. G. T. Bethune-Baker on new a second subterminal smaller row edged externally with a very obscure subochreous line. Underside pale ochreous brownish in both wings for the basal half, edged with a pale indefinite line ; beyond this the wings are paler ochreous, with the dark patches of the upperside more or less showing through, and in both wings a postmedian and a subterminal row of pale spots, waved in the primaries and curved in the secondaries. Expanse 59 mm. Hab. Beni-Mawambe, Congo Free State, February 1906. In my collection and that of Major Powell-Cotton. Charaxes W-brunnea, sp. 0. 3. Both wings pearly greenish white: primaries with the costa narrowly pale greyish brown ; apex broadly black, with a single pearly greenish-white spot; termen blackish, of moderate width, the underside markings showing through in the median area and in the subterminal area: secondaries spotless, with the tail and anal angle up to vein 4 brownish. Underside greenish white, more green than white: primaries with a transverse broad dark band from the costa to about vein 2 across the end of cell; a subterminal, angled, waved brownish line, somewhat spotted: secondaries with a very broad dark V-shaped basal mark nearly into the anal angle. and up across the end of the cell to the costa, the combination on the two wings forming a perfect W; anal angle and tail dark brown ; subterminal line brownish, somewhat spotted. Expanse 59 mm. Hab. Mawamba-Makala, March 1906. In the Powell-Cotton collection. Celenorrhinus nigropunctata, sp. n. ¢. Primaries dark brown, covered more or less with sub- ochreous scales; a large, broad, irregular, yellow hyaline patch across the outer half of the cell, with a small yellow spot above it on the costa and a double spot about its middle from the lower margin to vein 1a; three small spots below the costa a quarter from the apex; a yellow dash between veins 2 and 4; a small subbasal dot just above vein 1a; all the markings are hyaline and orange-yellowish: secondaries dark brown, with subochreous suffusion ; a black irregular basal band; a similar very irregular and interrupted median band, and a similar more interrupted postmedian band; veins from here to termen black, termen bioadly blackish. Under- side: primaries as above, but with costa yellow up to end of Rhopalocera from the Upper Congo. 479 hyaline patch, and inner margin yellow: secondaries black, with costa bright orange, with two spots confluent with costa (one at its middle, a second near the end) ; a subochreous and obscure spot in the cell ; a waved, obscure, subochreous median row of four spots; a similar postmedian row of five or six spots, these are more obscure except a twin pair below vein 2. Expanse 40 mm. Hab. Makala, Congo Free State, May 1906. In the Powell-Cotton collection. Celenorrhinus bent, sp. n. 6. Both wings black, more or less suffused with orange- tawny scales: primaries with a deep yellowish hyaline patch, very irregular from the costa over the outer half of the cell nearly into the tornus, invaded considerably below vein 2 by the ground-colour ; a confluent subapical small patch formed by three spots coalescing; a subterminal small twin spot across vein 5 ; a wedge-shaped dash shifted inwards between veins 2 and 3: secondaries with the costa to vein 7 black, the rest of the wing bright orange-tawny ; a subapical orange band invading the black costal area, and extending some- what down the termen as a spotted row; an orange line closing the cell. Underside sooty brown: primaries with all the hyaline spots showing through: secondaries slightly suffused with tawny ; a yellowish spot in the cell, which is closed by a yellowish dash ; fringes orange, interrupted at the veins. In some specimens there is on the underside ot the secondaries a postmedian row of yellowish spots roughly parallel with the termen. ?. Similar to the male, but duller, and on the secondaries instead of being as in the male there is a row of four sub- terminal spots from vein 7 to 4. Expanse, ¢ 44, 2? 54 mm. flab. Makala-Beni, Congo Free State, July 1906. In my collection and that of Major Powell-Cotton. Osmodes cottont, sp. n. g. Both wings bright orange-tawny: primaries with basal area dark; a black dash in the cell and a broad deep black dash beyond the cell two-thirds to the termen ; margin below vein la black, on the half of internervular space between la and 2 black, with a patch of obscure orange scales near the termen ; subterminal area darker in colour; 480 Mr. G. T. Bethune-Baker on new termen rather narrowly black: secondaries with the costa blackish to the cell; cell covered with deep blood-red scales ; termen finely black, inner marginal fold black. Underside blackish, with a slightly superficial tawny hue, the orange areas of the upperside showing definitely through: second- aries dark tawny, termen and inner marginal fold blackish, tornus broadly blackish; a broad orange-tawny band in the postmedian area; four prominent small white spots (one below vein 8 two-thirds along it, another below vein 2 with a yellow spot below it, one at the end of the cell, another in a line with it below vein 6); all these white spots are encircled with black. Expanse 34 mm. Hab. Makala, June and July 1906. In my collection and that of Major Powell-Cotton. Parnara anelia, sp. 0. 6. Both wings dirty brown, with hyaline spots: primaries with a spot below the angle of vein 3 and a smaller one in the angle; a minute dot further out above vein 4; a dot shifted a little inwards above 7, with a minute dot above it: secondaries with a short, transverse, postmedian series of four dots from vein 2 to 6; fringes greyish. Underside : both wings tinged with greyish, with the hyaline spots as above. Expanse 32 mm. Hab. Mawamba-Makala, March 1906. In the Powell-Cotton collection. Pandaleodes makala, sp. n. 2. Primaries blackish, with hyaline spots, two near the end of the cell, a larger one below them further outwards below vein 3, a small one above its upper angle, a small one yet further out between veins 4 and 5, and three subcostal ones rather nearer the cell; a trace of a yellowish spot below the large one between veins 2 and 3, this is occasionally absent : secondaries, base black to half the cell ; costa black to vein 6, extending down the termen to about or below vein 5; a black dash from the base to nearly halfway to the termen, inner marginal fold black. Underside: primaries black, tawny in the cell and beyond nearer the costa; hyaline spots as above; yellow spot below vein 2 prominent, with a yellowish indefinite dash to the tornus: secondaries pale straw-colour ; costa dark brown, interrupted before the apex ; Mae a i Rhopalocera from the Upper Congo. 481 an irregular jagged broad band across the end of the cell to vein la; a dark patch just below the apex ; the least trace of a postmedian line ; a trace of a terminal scalloped row. Expanse 38 mm. Hab. Makala, May to July. In my collection and that of Major Powell-Cotton. Ceratrichia hollandi, sp. n. 3. Primaries blackish, with a small spot at the end of the cell; two smaller ones below each other near the apex below veins 8 and 7; a minute one below 6 nearer the termen, another shifted inwards below 5 and another more inwards below 4: secondaries with base and costa to vein 6 blackish up to termen, rest of wing lemon-yellow, becoming slightly orange at the termen. Underside: primaries blackish, tawny yellowish along costa and in the apical area, all the spots of the upper surface showing through and encircled with black : secondaries lemon-yellow, with costa narrowly brown and a brown pateh at the apex; a brown dot at the end of the cell, with a brown spot above it and another below it; two spots on the inner edge of the apical patch; a spot in the middle of the fold and a small dot near the termen below vein 3; most of the spots have yellow pupils. Expanse 38 mm. flab. Fort Portal, January 8, 1906. In the Powell-Cotton collection. Ceratrichia pauctpunctata, sp. 0. &$. Both wings uniform very dark brown: primaries with a small white dot at the end of the cell, another between veins 2 and 8 at a third along, yet another shifted slightly outwards between 3 and 4, and a fourth between veins 6 and 7: secondaries spotless. Underside as upperside. Eixpanse 36 mm. Hab, Toro, Kisindi Road, January 1906; Makala, June. In my collection and that of Major Powell-Cotton. Andronymus fenestrella, sp. n. &. Primaries sooty blackish, with a hyaline spot in the angle of vein 2,a small one near the angle of vein 3, and three hyaline dots in triangular position below the costa about a third from the apex: secondaries sooty blackish, with a large subbasal median area of hyaline surrounded and intersected with pale straw-yellow; a pale yellowish dash 482 Mr. C. T. Regan on the British and alone the fold; the sexual pencil of long hairs pale buff tipped with grey. Expanse 32 mm. Hab. Makala-Beni, Congo Free State, July 1906. In the Powell-Cotton collection. LXII.—A Revision of the British and Irish Fishes of the Genus Coregonus. By C. Tate Reaan, M.A. Four species of Coregonus have usually been recognized as pertaining to the British fauna, viz.: C. ovyrhynchus, Linn., the migratory Houting, which is common on the coasts and in the rivers of continental Europe from Scandinavia to Holland, and is occasionally captured in our southern and eastern counties ; C. clupeoides, Lacep., the Powan of Loch Lomond, Schelly of Ullswater and Haweswater, and Gwyniad of Bala Lake; C. pollan, Thomps., the Pollan of Ireland; and C. vandesius, Richards., the Vendace of Lochmaben. Two years ago I described the Vendace of Derwentwater and Bassenthwaite as a new species, C. gracilior, differing from the Lochmaben Vendace in the more elongate body and more slender caudal peduncle, smaller head, shorter paired and lower unpaired fins, and in usually having a ray more in the dorsal fin. My description was based on five specimens ; eight more are now in the British Museum collection, and agree well enough with the types, but the differences from C. vandesius are so slight that it may be best to recognize C. gracilior as a subspecies only. A fine series of the Pollan of Lough Erne show that, as observed by Yarrell, this fish has usually a deeper body than the Lough Neagh Pollan; also, as a rule, there is a scale more between the lateral line and the base of the pelvic fin. These and other slight differences are here recognized by describing the Lough Erne fish as a new subspecies of C. pollan under the name C. altior. The Pollan of the lakes of the Shannon system has already received the name C. elegans from Thompson ; it is here regarded as a second subspecies, differing from the typical C. pollan in the shorter maxillary and also in having the scales usually more nume- rous, especially when counted in a transverse series or round the caudal peduncle. I have examined two spirit-specimens of the Loch Lomond a ee a ee oe , i) Went Lec sero one 72 Hore limb... 75 occa ae er onee sees 22 Hisidlinib), a vieset eke st eeau ieee oe eee 25 Pall hf ek se ek cae Eee Late ere 88 A single male specimen from San Antonio. Geophis nigro-albus. Maxillary nét extending beyond palatine in front, the first tooth corresponding to the suture between the second and third labial shields. Eye small, nearly as long as its distance from the mouth. Rostral rather large, a little broader than deep, the portion visible from above measuring about one- third its distance from the frontal; internasals broader than long, one-third the length of the prefrontals, which are as long as broad; frontal broader than long, as long as its distance from the rostral, much shorter than the parietals ; supraocular small, but more than twice as large as the postocular; loreal twice as long as deep; one postocular ; six upper labials, third and fourth entering the eye; three or four lower labials in contact with the anterior chin-shields, which are slightly longer than the posterior and separated from the symphysial. Scales in 15 rows, smooth on the anterior part of the body, feebly but distinctly keeled on the posterior part. Ventrals 142; anal entire ; subcaudals 42. Blackish above; head behind the supraoculars and frontal and lower parts white. Total length 135 mm. ; tail 25. A single young specimen from Pavas. Very closely allied to G. hoffmanni, Peters. On Agamide and Iguanide. 523 LXXI.—Agamide and Iguanide. WHILST arranging some portion of early correspondence I came across a letter from my late friend, Professor Kaup, d. Darmstadt, Novbr. 23, 1869, in which he incidentally refers to the fact that he had been the first to recognize by the different insertion of the teeth the two zoogeographical divisions of Lacertilia, which ever since have been distin- guished as Agamide and Iguanide, appealing to me to vindicate his claim of priority. After this lapse of time it would be useless for me to enquire why I omitted to comply with his request at the time; I can only say that the omission was quite unintentional, but I consider it a duty to rectify it now. This, indeed, should be unnecessary inasmuch as already Wiegmann, in the Herpetol. Mex. 1834, p. 13, has fully acknowledged and established Kaup’s claim. He says :— ** Hane diversitatem geographicam oculatissimus JKaupius primus detexit, et in Iside 1827. p. 610 docte exposuit. III. Waglerus Kaupii nullam faciens mentionem, rem jam a me stabilitam (Isis 1829. p. 422) denuo protulit quasi novam, et a semet ipso inventam (8. A. p. 228). Haec, salva in cineres amicissimi viri pietate, ne Kaupii nostri merita laudesque imminuerentur, reticere nolui, quum Cel. Oken, quod illi debebat tribuere, mili falso adscripsit (Isis 1831. p. 1015). Nihil enim equidem in hac re detexi, nihilque addidi, nisi quod legem indicavi, qua Sauri per orbem terrarum disperst videantur.” The cause why Kaup’s merits in the matter were not equally recognized or entirely overlooked in subsequent or modern herpetological works may be found in the unfortunate circumstance that he omitted to give technical names to the two groups, designating them as 1. Hohere Saurier der Neuen Welt (with six genera), and 2. Hohere Saurier der Alten Welt (with nine genera). This was done by Gray, who, singularly enough, in the same month of the same year (July 1827) published in the * Philosophical Magazine’ an arrangement of the families of Lacertilia, with partial indication of their geographical range. He divided them into seven families, of which the fifth is _named Iguanide (without locality) and the seventh Agamida (comprising genera from the ‘Old and New World, New Holland and India”), the Chamezeleonide occupying the 524 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the place between them. Gray, like Kaup, distinguished the Agamidez from the Iguanide chiefly on account of the mode of insertion of their teeth in the jaws; but his then imperfect knowledge of their geogrophical ranges prevented him from perceiving the fact that the difference in their dental characters coincided with their distribution over the globe. Evidently this fact was first pointed out by Kaup. A. GUNTHER. LXXII.—Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. An- drews.—No. XXX. By Prof. M‘Inrosu, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S., &e. [Plates XII, & XII. a.] . On the Stranding of an Adult Female Mesoplodon bidens, Sowerby, at St. Andrews. . On an Abnormal Plaice with a Precaudal Fin-frill on the Left Side. 3. On Orthagoriscus mola, Bl. . On the same Families dredged in the ‘ Porcupine’ Expeditions of — 1869 and 1870. . On the foregoing Families dredged in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, Canada, by Dr. Whiteaves. 7. On the same Families dredged in Norwegian Waters and in Finmark by Canon Norman. 1 2 3 4, On the British Spherodoride, Chloremide, and Chetopteride. 5 6 1. On the Stranding of an Adult Female Mesoplodon bidens, Sowerby, at St. Andrews. For some days in May the fishermen had observed a whale moving between the Castle and the mouth of the Eden about a mile from shore. Then on the afternoon of the 28th May a fisherman-caddie, George Brown, saw what he thought was a horse floundering in the sea about a mile from the Club- house and in shallow water about 150 yards from the edge. It floundered on parallel with the shore about 100 yards, apparently after having touched the bottom and without being able to turn its head seawards. He and others went out, waded into the water, and found the whale, which was of a brownish-black colour, paler ventraliy, still living, and beating the water with its tail. They prevented the receding tide carrying it out, though, perhaps, such was not likely to happen, and it died in ten minutes. When preparing the carcass, which was over 16 feet in length, for a skeleton, A. W. Brown, of the Laboratory, found that the left shoulder and arm were extensively ecchymosed, the muscles and Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 525 tissues being infiltrated with blood, and with a tendency to rapid putrefaction. The bruise extended from the scapula to the humerus and the armpit as well as to the hand. The macerated left humerus showed an ovoid depressed surface, 1 inch by half an inch, about an inch from the anterior edge of the head, and somewhat obliquely situated on the front of the bone and near its middle. The only explanation of the injury is that the Fleet had been at gun-practice for some time off St. Andrews Bay, and a spent shot or a fragment of a shell may have struck the animal, rendering it more or less helpless on the left side, and causing it to seek the shallow water. Nothing occurred in the stomach except mucus and para- sites, and the same with the intestines. ' Mesoplodon bidens from the ventral surface. In the accompanying sketch (see figure), which has been made from a photograph by A. W. Brown, the left side is presumed to be partly immersed in the wet sand during a shower of rain, but the flipper and right groove (a) on the throat are shown. The latter seems to follow the trend of the mandible, and ceases before reaching the mid-ventral line. Notices of the occurrence of this whale are given in Bell’s ‘British Quadrupeds’* &c., and the skeletons have been dealt with by Sir William Flower and Sir William Turner, the latter of whom has kindly promised to look over the bones of this example. 2. On an Abnormal Plaice with a Precaudal Fin-frill on the Left Side. The publication of my friend Mr. Boulenger’s t very inter- esting example of a malformed plaice from the London * Second edition. t Proc. Zool. Soc. 1908, pp. 161-164, text-figs. 28 & 29. 526 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the market recalls a similar case included in the Tenth Annual Report of the Fishery Board for Scotland (1892) *. In this the right (coloured) side presents a fairly normal appearance, except that near the caudal an irregularity of the fin-rays— both dorsal and anal—occurs. A few irregular fin-rays are at a different level from the rest when the fish is placed on a flat surface right side up. On the left side the lateral line posteriorly is curved gently to the dorsal edge, and terminates about half an inch in front of a somewhat elevated border stretching between the dorsal and anal interspinous regions. This elevated border is fringed with a continuous series of rays. The first of the irregular series ventrally pass from the anal interspinous bones at a forward angle, and the trans- verse rays follow in order. The rays joining the dorsal are crowded and almost form a double series at the prominent fold of the region. The interspinous elements show a tendency both at the dorsal and the ventral edge to follow the abnormal transverse or vertical fin, but they appear to be deficient in the central region, though slight folds are visible. The lateral line commences anew from beneath the centre of the transverse or vertical fold, and goes straight back, as usual, to the caudal. The left side is of the normal colour, with the exception of a circular patch of black about 3 of an inch in diameter, which is situated below the lateral line and almost covered by the membrane and rays of the abnormal fin. Above the lateral line is another minute speck. ‘The scales of the caudal region on the right do not appear to differ from an ordinary example, and those on the lett do not call for remark. Mr. Boulenger’s specimen agrees with the foregoing in the absence of the fin-frill from the coloured side and in the presence of a deep notch dorsally and ventrally behind the abnormal fin. There are slight differences in regard to the continuity of the marginal fins and the abnormal one, but the condition in each evidently springs from the same cause. He thinks that at an early stage of its existence the fish lost the posterior part of its caudal region at the point now indicated by the truncature on the blind side; “it at once proceeded to repair the injury by producing a secondary terminal fin, viz., the transverse structure connecting the dorsal with the anal... But at the same time, or soon after, the true tail asserted its rights, and grew again, alongside the secondary fin, and this regeneration would fall under what Prof. Giard has designated as ‘ Régénérations hypotypiques.’ ” * Part il. pp. 298 & 299, pl. xvii. fig. 5. Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 527 Such an interpretation is very interesting, but it was not that which suggested itself in former years. A re-examination of the St. Andrews example shows that no trace of regeneration occurs superficially in the fairly normal right or coloured side; that the vertebral column runs normally to the base of the tail ; and that no irregularity is visible from the hypural elements forward for more than twenty vertebra, the skeleton being the same as in other examples, except that a slight dorsal curve is visible a little in front of the fin-frill, an indication, perhaps, of the peculiarity in constitution (dys- crasia) which may be associated with the abnormal fin. Moreover, the condition on the left side is explicable without calling in the loss of the tail in the early condition. The precaudal fin-frill may be a simple abnormality arising from hypertrophy or a hereditary tendency to excess of fin-growth —akin, for instance, to polydactylism or the extra fins of the golden carp. 3. On Orthagoriscus mola, i. This fish is occasionally found in the neighbourhood of St. Andrews Bay, especially in the mouth of the Forth, where a small example appeared off Crail on the 9th October, 1908. Such a small form shows the greenish-blue silvery lustre quite as much as the larger. This example had a length of 23 inches and a depth of 144, whilst across the dorsal and anal fins it measured 325 inches. ‘The dorsal fin was 93 inches long and the anal 94 inches. Like other examples it was swimming leisurely at the surface of the water with the dorsal fin projecting. ‘The stomach was empty and the intestine contained glairy mucus amongst which were several parasites. Though the examples captured off the shores of Fife do not reach the gigantic size of that shown in the London Fisheries Exhibition of 1883 *, and which measured 12 feet from the tip of the dorsal to that of the anal and 8 feet in length of body, yet some caught in the Forth and in St. Andrews Bay are of considerable size. Thus DayT records one from Pittenween § feet across the fins, a body 4 feet long, and it is interesting that they have generally been caught in October or November. ‘Thus one caught on the 4th of October, 1862, in St. Andrews Bay measured 4 ft. 8 in. across the fins, and, in addition to the points indicated in the ‘ Fauna of St. An- drews’ +, and quoted by Day, it may be mentioned that its * ‘Scandinavian Fishes, Fries, Ekstrom, Sundevall, and Wright, ii. pp. 626 et seq. 7 Brit. Fishes, 1, p. 275. { P, 183. 528 _ Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the respiration was so active that before capture it spouted water from each gill-slit. The circumference was 8 ft. 6 in. In the stomach was a large quantity of greyish mucus with fragments of cestodes. ‘The parasites mentioned subse- quently were found not only amongst the muscles, but in the liver, and many pyriform scolex-like forms occurred in the same tissues. Dr. Wm. Nicoll reports that in the small example he found, in the lower part of the intestine and the rectum, about fifty specimens of Dihemistephanus lydice, Stossich, one of the spinous trematodes with a peculiar configuration of the cephalic spines. He also found about a dozen examples of the cestode Anchistrocephalus microcephalus, Rud., in the intestine. Moreover, besides Acanthocephalus reptans (Gym- norhynchus horridus, Goodsir) in the muscles, Acantho- cephalus elongatus burrowed in all directions in the liver. Dr. Calman kindly identified Cecrops latreillii, Leach, which was found, as in 1862, infesting the gills, and Lepeophthetrus nordmanni, M.-Edw., which occurred in considerable numbers on the skin, the latter not having been present in the larger example in 1862, which, however, had numerous specimens of 7ristoma coccineum on the surface. 4, On the British Spherodoride, Chloremidx, and Cheetopteridee. The first family is extremely limited both in respect to genus and species, the common form, Ephesia gracilis, H. Rathke, being that formerly entered by Dr. Johnston in the Catalogue of the British Museum and by Dr. Allen in the ‘Fauna of Plymouth’ (1904). The species seems to be everywhere distributed in British waters, from the tidal region to 6 or 15 fathoms or more, the finest examples coming from the deeper water off St. Andrews Bay. It is a form which exhibits only moderate activity, crawling slowly about or throwing itself into coils. It extends to Norway, Spitz- bergen, and Greenland. The foot has dorsally the opaque white globular process which appears to be a modification of a cirrus. It is smooth throughout and has at its outer and upper surface a clavate papilla similar to those on the surface of the body. The — conical setigerous lobe occurs beneath, and its surface and tip are hispid with large papille of the kind already men- tioned. It is supported by a single, strong, translucent, tapering spine, which has a tip simply pointed. The number of the bristles is usually four, and they have a characteristic Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 529 shape at the tip, like a billhook. A form from the Channel Islands, however, differs from the foregoing and agrees with Ephesia antarctica of the ‘ Challenger’ Expedition in having articulated bristles, the shaft showing the same distinct curve backward at its distal third, a dilated and bevelled end, but with a short tapered terminal piece. _ Yet some show fusion of the terminal process, and thus transform the bristle into the ordinary type. Whether as knowledge extends the foreign forms as well as the foregoing may be amalgamated with the common type is still an open question. At any rate, so far as general structure goes, Hphesca appears to be a near ally of the Syllidee. Two British species of Chloreemidz were included in Dr. Johnston’s Catalogue in 1865, viz. Stylariotdes plumosa, O. F. M., as Trophonia plumosa, and #labelligera affinis, Sars, as Siphonostoma uncinata, Aud. & Edwards. In the ‘Fauna of Plymouth’ (1904) no addition has been made to the foregoing meagre list. Besides these, several additional forms have to be noted, some of which are known in Nor- wegian waters,! whilst others do not appear to have been described. Stylarioides plumosa, O. ¥'. M., is generally distributed in the North European seas, and extends to Greenland and the American shores; and though common between layers of shale and laminated sandstone, or in dark odoriferous mud, yet the cod and the haddock seem to find it out, probably after dislodgment by storms. The stomach of the latter oceasionally contains dozens. It is a striking form—with its pinkish palpi, grass-green branchiz, long resplendent ante- rior bristles, and its rugose surface. The mouth is a vertical slit below the palpi, with fleshy lips which slowly open and close in the continuous swallowing of water and. probably also of muddy sand as food under ordinary conditions. The inner surface of the lips is pale reddish brown. Rarely a hoof-shaped process, with the flat surface pointing ventrally, is thrust out, the anterior or dorsal arch having the eight green branchie along its edge, whilst posteriorly are two external lateral, two small median below the mouth, and a larger posterior or ventral process besides the palpi. On an eminence in the centre above the mouth are two brown pigment-spots which may represent eyes. In a partially contracted example—living or dead—the anterior region shows a vertical slit, more or less widened in the centre according to circumstances, and having a frilled margin surrounded by a fringe of longer papillae. On each side is a 530 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the vertical ridge slightly divided into a dorsal and ventral division, and from each of these springs a remarkably long tuft of the characteristic golden bristles which stretch far in front of the animal and refract the light beautifully. From the forward and upward direction of these bristles they would not appear to be of much service on a flat surface, but they would be of use on the wall of a tube or tunnel, as well as protect the branchiz and palpi. Similar but shorter bristles follow in the dorsal division throughout the body. Moreover, in the fourth segment the ventral series consists of stout spines with a double curve, some of which, however, have slender translucent tips—indicating that the succeeding and more perfect hooks are only modifications of an articulated bristle. Small examples about an inch in length differ from the adults (of 4 or 5 inches) in the smaller number of segments, 47 or 48 instead of 60-80, and in the less dilated anterior region. It is interesting that the type of bristle seen in this form persists in species from the Indian and other oceans, as shown, amongst others, by Prof. Ehlers* in his recent beautiful work on the Annelids of the German Deep-sea Expedition. The second form, Stylarioides glauca, Mgrn., has long been known in Zetlandic waters, where it was first obtained by Dr. Gwyn Jeffreys, and it extends to Norway and Sweden. It is distinguished by its smaller size, clavate outline, the posterior region sometimes forming in the preparations a narrow moniliform appendage of many segments. The general surface is comparatively smooth under a lens, though studded with long clavate papille and encrusted with particles of sand which give a dull greyish appearance in life and in a state of preservation, with a dull bluish region from the intestine. The body-wall is thinner than in S. plumosa and the fasciculi of the dorsal and ventral longitudinal muscles are visible as separate strands. There are six branchiz, the two lower with filiform tips and devoid of a pale streak in the centre. Two minute brown pigment-specks occur on the process bearing the branchiz, the flattened and crenate palpi, andthe mouth. The first series of frontal bristles are trans- lucent, pale, iridescent, and, as compared with those of S. plu- mosa, few in number and boldly articulated. ‘The second series inaugurates the arrangement throughout the rest of the body, viz., a longer dorsal tuft of articulated bristles, and ventrally * “Die bordensassigen Anneliden aus den Sammlungen der deutschen Tiefsee-Expedition auf dem Dampfer ‘ Valdivia,’ ” 1908. Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 531 a shorter yet conspicuous tuft—proportionally thicker with well-marked articulations and a tapered and slightly hooked tip. The third species is Stylariovdes arenosa of Webster, which was procured at low-water mark at St. Peter Port, Guernsey, in 1868—that is, long before it was seen by H. E. Webster between tide-marks, Northampton County, eastern shore of Virginia. Mr.Webster, however, first published a description of the species. The body is about two inches in length, firm and more or less rounded from a dense coating of ad- herent sand-grains, and in the preparations grooved anteriorly, either dorsally and ventrally, from contraction. It is slightly tapered anteriorly and gently diminished to a blunt tail with the anus in the middle. Segments 60-70, distinct. The first three sets of articulated bristles are longer than the rest, and with the next two directed forward, shorter than in S. plumosa, pale yellow and resplendent. The ventral of the third series shows a hooked tip with an adnate secondary process, and in its progress backward the edge of the latter is differentiated into a separate process, either by use or other- wise, and the whole flattened hook becomes shorter and more closely articulated. The entire surface is closely beset with sand-grains, so that to the touch it resembles a hard sandy tube. ‘The papille appear to be more or less cylindrical with a clavate tip, but they exhibit no evident arrangement in rows as in Mr. Webster’s American examples. The branchie also appear to differ, for Webster states that they “are very numerous, filiform, red at the base, green externally, the inferior shorter than the superior.” As mentioned by the American author, the bristles of the first five segments point forward, but the first three are most conspicuous. ‘The first is the longest, and its bristles are densely coated with parasitic growths, such as_ thecate Infusoria, alge, mud, and fragments of bristles. The ventral are a little shorter than the dorsal. Though pale by reflected light they are brownish by transmitted light, taper to a very delicate hair-like tip, and have a series of articulations, which are closer at the base of the bristle, longer in the diminishing tip. The ventral of the second set are considerably shorter, have a double curve, and taper to a less delicate though simple tip which is slightly hooked. The ventral of the third series (Webster says fourth) consist of three bristles, curved at the tip and bifid, the tip indeed resembling that of Sigalion and Sthenelais, ‘The terminal segment is about 532 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the three or four times as long as the adjoining, and ends in a hook with a secondary process in the form of a fixed process beneath—that is, in the concavity. Whilst only three of these organs project externally, seven occur in an even row in the tissues, but four are imperfectly developed. Of the three projecting externally, two are larger and more opaque (brownish), have short segments throughout their lower half, longer segments in their distal half, which is curved. The third bristle is considerably shorter, more translucent, and has long segments throughout its free portion, with short segments at its base in the tissues. The latter apparently represents a developing bristle. The dorsal bristles project upward and inward in a series of short fans to the posterior end of the body, the tips showing a tendency to curve forward. The ventral bristles from the third backward present a gradnal modification into stout hooks with bitid tips. Thus at the 10th foot these processes retain a bristle-like appearance with long articulations, which, however, become shorter toward the tip, which tapers to a long terminal joint with a hook and a secondary process differentiated at its free edge, viz., with a thickened rim, but the whole is bound to the concavity of the hook. At the 20th foot a similar condition exists both as regards the bristle-like stem of the appendage, the shortening of the joints toward the tip, and the longer terminal joint with the hook and the fixed secondary process beneath with the marginal differentiation—the whole having the aspect of a Polyzoan avicularian. ‘The hook gradually becomes shorter, broader, and stouter, the articulations more closely arranged, and between the 40th and 50th feet the secondary process has in some lost its web, so that the thickened edge, as it were, forms the mandible below the hooked beak. ‘Toward the tip of the tail the secondary pro- cess of the now short hook often disappears and the terminal hook is considerably abraded. The hook is still flattened and las oblique striz below the translucent tip. The reticulations are also very closely arranged. Flabelligera affinis, Sars, is a common form all round the shores of Britain from Shetland to the Channel Islands, and is equally well known in Spitzbergen, Greenland, Iceland, and Scandinavia. It generally occurs between tide-marks or in the Laminarian region, though it also extends to the coralline zone. So far as observed, all the British examples are referable to the same species. Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 533 The last of the series is Mlabelligera buskii*, with a body about half an inch in length and the outline of a young example of Flabelligera affinis, both as regards gelatinous investment and the urn-shaped and clavate papilla, but the former have a coarser central axis and the latter are smaller and have thicker stalks. The palpi are pale, whilst the body and branchie are bright red. The frontal bristles are trans- lucent and delicate, and the articulations wide. The hooks, which are often in pairs, have slender shafts with longer articulations than in £, affinds, and the terminal claw is wider towards the base, is longer, and has a smaller angle with the shaft. The Cheetopteride were introduced to the British Fauna by Dr. Baird in 1854, and thus only occupied a place in the “ Addenda” to Dr. Johnston’s posthumous ‘ Catalogue of the non-parasitic Worms in the British Museum.’ No addition to the family has been made in the ‘ Fauna of Plymouth’ (1904), but Mr. Cyril Crossland’s + excellent réswmé of the various species of Chetopterus has done much to clear up the con- fusion in regard to them. Dr. Baird’s specimens of Cheto- pterus variopedatus, Renier, came from the south coast of England (Cornwall), but it ranges from Shetland to the Channel Islands, and occurs on both the eastern and western coasts as well as the shores of Ireland. Abroad it would seem to be the common form on the western and southern shores of Europe. The remarkable contour, brilliant bluish phosphorescence, and large tube often covered with zoophytes make it one of the most striking annelids. The anterior region in the northern specimens of Cheeto- pterus variopedatus usually consists of the “ head” and nine bristled segments. The so-called “head” forms a broad frill or collar, the great dorsal flaps of which cease at the base of the tentacles, a less conspicuous rim passing on each side to the middle line of the dorsum where fusion oceurs. In the preparations of the northern forms, as in life, no anterior frill is present in the mid-dorsal line, and they thus differ from the Neapolitan examples, the dorsal band forming an enlargement and ending bluntly behind the oral rim. In the Neapolitan form the mid-dorsal line has a tendency to differentiation in the shape of a fold or thickening of the rim, and the termination of the mid-dorsal longitudinal band * Trans, R. S. Edin, vol. xxv. p, 420, pl. xv. fig. 13a, and pl. xvi, fig. 4. t Proc. Zool. Soc. 1904, vol. i. p. 270, Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol, ii. 38 534 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the is less expanded. The cavity of the collar, which, by the approximation of the dorsal flaps, assumes the shape of a funnel, leads to the mouth and is tinted brown, with a tendency to madder-brown near the oral aperture. It doubt- less subserves important functions in alimentation. At its outer edge dorsally, and close to the first foot, springs on each side the large subulate tentacle, which in the preparations is grooved on its inner surface and shows crenations along the groove. Thus the organ resembles a palp, though apparently occupying a different position. In life it is capable of considerable elongation, and occasionally presents a coil or two towards the tip. At its base externally is a trans-~ versely elongated black pigment-speck—the eye,—which occupies a pit at the base of the collar and between it and the base of the tentacle. In some the black pigment-specks are separately arranged in a transverse row. Closely following the buccal segment are the feet and other parts of the region, which has 9 segments in almost all the northern examples. In two specimens from Naples one had 10 on both sides, and the other 10 on the right and 11 on the left. Considerable variability, however, is known to exist in the common species, which may have only 8 bristled segments in this region. The feet are uni- ramous with the exception of the ninth. Whilst the dorsal surface is distinguished by its narrow median grooved band which is continued on the tenth segment, the ventral surface forms a large, convex, glandular, shield-like area— somewhat resembling that in Sabella,—and in the Neapolitan examples the area is more definitely outlined, probably from the method of preparation. The next or middle region consists of 5 segments, though the first appears to pertain as much to the anterior region. This (first) segment has dorsally the median grooved band, which is of the same diameter as in front, but at the posterior edge of the wings it diminishes and is continued thereafter as an undivided smooth band. Itis in this region, viz. in the eleventh segment, that the cylindrical fecal masses first appear, so that they may be formed in front of it. The inner surface of the gut is here thrown into a com- plex series of folds or large villi. The posterior region has 22 or 23 strongly marked segments, each of which has a prominent dorsal division of the foot formed on the plan of the great wings of the tenth segment, viz., a large fleshy lobe somewhat tapered distally and enclosing a series of bristles of the type seen in the tenth bristled segment, tapered at both ends but Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 535 most attenuate at the distal end. This process ends in a ventral enlargement carrying on its anterior edge a band of hooks, each of which has about ten fangs. Besides, two flaps on the ventral surface carry hooks with ten or eleven teeth or fangs. Altogether there are thus four rows of hooks in each segment, and the individual hooks vary little in the several rows. The dorsal processes gradually diminish posteriorly and end in two small and somewhat lanceolate processes on each side and below the level of the anus. The three great lamelle on the dorsum of the middle region of the body are waved to and fro, as if performing a respiratory function either for blood or coelomic fluid, Their muscularity is considerable, so that a vigorous fanning motion from front to rear is caused. What apparently is a Sprochetopterus was dredged in Loch Linnhe on the 7th September, 1882, in 35-37 fathoms, and similar tubes come from various parts of the British shores, The tube is rigid, hard, and brittle, breaking under the forceps like the ossific tissue of young teleosteans and in short fragments. Somewhat faint rings encircle the tubes, but the intervals are not quite regular. The anterior end of the annelid is absent. Hach segment has dorsally a pair of setigerous processes bearing a group of about four bristles, with long shafts and flattened tapering tips. ‘Two flaps or flap-like processes occur on the side below the foregoing and bear hooks which are exceedingly transparent and the out- line of which is difficult to follow. They appear to approach those of Spiochetopterus, a form whose range extends to both sides of the Atlantic. 5. On the same Families dredged in the ‘ Porcupine? Expeditions of 1869 and 1870. A species about the size of Stylarioides glauca is Styla- rioides flabellata of Sars (Pl. XIL. fig. 1), which was dredged in the ‘ Porcupine’ Expedition of 1870 on the Channel Slope at Station 6, 48° 26’ N., 9° 44’ W. in 358 fathoms. It is readily distinguished from S. glauca by the dense coating of sand-grains, by the ferruginous hue of the posterior region, the stronger frontal bristles, and the conical anterior process with its long papilla. The body is rounded, about an inch in length in the preparations, slightly enlarged at the anterior third, and gently tapering to the posterior end, which forms a short cone with the anus in the centre. 38* 536 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the Anteriorly the dorsal median process bears long papille with globular or clavate tips, which give it a characteristic fringe under a lens, and on each side is the long pale bristle- tuft which proceeds forward and very slightly outward and upward, the tips having a ventral curvature. They are finely iridescent, gleaming with a greenish-blue sheen like the long bristles of Mitraria. When mounted in Farrant’s solution they are brownish by transmitted light, have short articulations at the base, but the greater part of the free portion in each has long joints. They taper to a fine point, show a distinct curvature, and are somewhat stiff. They form an even row or palisade in the tissues, with reserve bristles developing at the base, and make a regular vertical fan-like series internally. The ventral bristles are only a little shorter, the regularly arranged fan being directed slightly outward and forward, the lower bristles having a ventral direction, and the tips curve inward. The angle these bristles make with the body is variable, according to the condition of the basal muscles on immersion in spirit. The bristles of the second foot—which is fused with the first in forming the lateral projection on each side anteriorly—are much shorter and more slender than the first, indeed the dorsal do not appear to be half the length, and the ventral are still shorter, ‘Their direction is also forward and slightly outward and their structure is the same, viz., long, tapering, jointed bristles. The bristles of the third foot leave the body at a different angle—projecting more directly outward and slightly forward. The dorsal series has the same structure, but the ventral differ, for they are long, jointed, flattened, nearly of equal diameter throughout, though really slightly increasing from the base to the end of the shaft, which is a little dilated and curved forward. ‘The tip consists of a gradually diminishing flattened process, ending in a well- marked hook (Pl. XII.a. fig. 1), the whole structure being more conspicuous im situ than the slender tapering dorsal bristles. The posterior hooks are short and knife-shaped with a marked curve at the tip (Pl. XII.a. fig. 2), and have oblique strie throughout. Another species, which may provisionally be termed Sty/a- rioides sarsit, was dredged in the ‘ Porcupine’ Expedition of 1870 off Cape Sagres in 45 fathoms, on July 28th, amidst what was termed a southern fauna. It somewhat resembles Stylarioides plumosa, but has a shorter anterior region, fewer segments, more velvety surface, and stiffer dorsal bristles, the Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 537 ventral of the third pair forming long stiff straight bristles, whilst the hooks of the fourth pair are short, broad, flattened knives with a curve at the tip. This form of crotchet con- tinues a short distance and passes into a series of longer, rigid, lever-like spines posteriorly. So far as the two fragments, apparently of the same animal, show, the shape is generally that of the common species, the entire surface being closely villous from clavate papille, which are longest on the first three segments, and especially the first, but no sand-grains are visible. The general colour is a kaki-brown, and the segments are more than 20 in number. The papille are smaller on the ventral surface, and, as on the dorsum, they are more con- spicuous on the anterior segments. The anterior pit for the emission of the oral organs is triangular and resembles in position that of S. plumosa. The “first foot has long, pale golden, iridescent bristles, which in the preparation pass for- ward and inward, so that they cross each other toward the tips, which show only a trace ofa curve. They and the next two groups are studded with Loxosome, which extend likewise on the foot at the base and present buds at various stages. In structure the dorsal bristles (PI. XII. a. fig. 3) have narrow segments at the base and for a long distance outward ; then toward the tip the segments increase in length but irregularly, two, three, or four. short segments being followed by a longer one, and so on to the delicately tapered tip. In some instances the smaller segments are incomplete, the lines running inward only partially. The ventral of the first set are a little shorter, but show the same structure. The dorsal and ventral bristles of the second and third groups are shorter, and the ventral of the third have increased in strength, forming a stiff fan of rather long bristles which spread 1 up- ward and inward, so that much of the fan is seen from the ventral surface. They taper from base to apex, and the segments increase gradually in length toward the tip, which is generally abraded, apparently from use in the tunnel in the mud. The fourth foot has slender dorsal bristles, and ventrally a row of stiff flattened hooks (PI. XII. a. fig. 4) with closely articulated shafts, and broad flattened tips shaped like a hedge-bill with a well-marked hook. Oblique striz occur as the transverse lines wane. [Besides these is a form simply curved like a tapering spatula and having articula- tions nearly to the tip. The dorsal bristles form “somewhat stiff fans directed obliquely forward and upward to the posterior end of the fragment. ‘The ventral hooks, again, remain only for a short distance of the broad knife-shape, 538 Prof. M‘'Intosh’s Notes from the becoming more elongated posteriorly (Pl. XII.a. fig. 5), a typical foot there showing about five ringed hooks with a slight curvature of the shaft and ending in a point, generally abraded, and with only a trace of a curvature near the tip. They would thus act as lever-like spines, whilst the anterior crotchets are more fitted for clinging. The distinctions between Brada and Stylarioides do not rest on the absence of the frontal bristles as De Quatrefages states, for the first and second pairs of dorsal bristles, though short, are in Brada fairly conspicuous. Moreover, one section of the genus, viz. that represented by Brada villosa, H. Rathke, leans closely to Stylarioides, especially that group with more or less straight ventral bristles, yet they are distinguished by the papillee between the fourth and fifth bristled segments in Brada—even in the elongated type with 45 segments. The setigerous process for the ventral bristles is more distinct in Brada, and may show a circlet of papilla at its base. The palpi and numerous branchie characterise Brada, as well as Stylariotdes. In Brada the ovaries form dense clusters in the sixth, seventh, and eighth bristled segments and behind the papille. A variety of Brada villosa, H. Rathke, was dredged in the ‘ Porcupine ? Expedition of 1870 at Station 8 on the Channel Slope in 257 fathoms, amidst a northern fauna, and it was also dredged in the ‘ Knight Errant’ on the 17th August, 1880, at a depth of 580 fathoms at Station 8. It measures about 2 inches in length, and is distinguished by its hirsute sandy aspect and the shortness and delicacy of its bristles. The anterior end is bluntly rounded and the feeble development of the frontal bristles is, for instance, in con- trast with those of Stylarioides plumosa and indicates a difference in surroundings, the present form probably in- habiting soft mud in deep water. The anterior pit has a broad arch superiorly, the margin being papillose, whilst the posterior lip is deeply sinuous ventrally, the whole forming a large opening with a broad projecting rim ventrally. In this aperture lie the two crenate and grooved palpi and above them the slender branchize. The body is fusiform, tapered anteriorly and more distinctly posteriorly, where it ends in a bluntly conical tail with the anus in the centre. Three diminishing smooth rings occur behind the last segment bearing bristles. The dorsum is rough with long papille and sand-grains, which on the ventral surface are smaller, thus rendering the enlarged anterior region smoother, and the same may be said of the posterior half. Both offer a contrast to Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews, 539 the rough dorsal surface. The bristled segments are in the large example 46 in number. The frontal bristles of the first pair are very slender and inconspicuous, and do not extend forward the breadth of the body. ‘They are pale, tapering bristles, with long joints and very fine hair-like tips. The dorsal bristles of the second series are still shorter and equally slender. Those of the third series agree, but the ventral have assumed the characteristic stout shafts and finely tapered translucent tips seen in rest of the body (Pl. XII. a. tig. 6). They arise from a smooth conical setigerous process with long clavate papillae at the base. The prominence of the ventral division of the foot throughout the body is note- worthy. Between the fourth and fifth segments ventrally is, on each side, a cylindrical or slightly flattened papilla with a smoothly rounded free end, the lower half apparently having a coating of sand-grains. It varies in length in the females, some having long and others short papille. This form has certain resemblances to the Siphonostomum villosum, of H. Rathke*, though his examples were small and short, probably incomplete. The special characters of the ventral division of the foot and the somewhat stellate arrangement of the papille around each, when viewed on end, generally correspond. Unfortunately he did not enter into the minute structure of the bristles or figure them. Moreover, it agrees closely with Trophonia arctica, Hansen J, from a depth of 20 fathoms in Magdalena Bay. He, how- ever, describes the dorsal surface as uniformly granulated, and the papillz on the ventral surface as fewer and smaller. On the whole, Hansen’s form is smoother. There are apparently two varieties of Brada villosa, viz., the shorter northern form and the more elongated type from the ‘ Knight HErrant.’ Both have the dense coating of sand- grains which, with the papilla, make the dorsum remarkably rugose, yet there are considerable differences in the shorter northern forms from Finmark, some of which are much less covered with sand. Both have the ventral papilla exactly in the same position and of like shape, yet amongst those from Greenland and from Finmark the length of these papillee varies, some having short, others long papille, so that sexual distinctions in this respect may exist. The number of segments in the shorter northern form is about 23, whereas the specimen from the ‘ Knight Hrrant’ has 45. * Beitrage zur Fauna Norwegens, p. 215, pl. xi. figs. 11 & 12. + Norske Nordhavs-Kxped. Anuel. p. 39, pl. vii. figs. 17-20. 540 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the The bristles of the two series agree in structure, though it must be stated that the long example from the ‘ Knight Errant’ has dorsal and ventral ,bristles of a more slender character than the northern, and they are paler, and further that the papille are longer and more slender both dorsally and ventrally. In this specimen also from the ‘ Knight Errant’ a parasitic Infusorial form allied to Carchesium projects from the anterior pit. 6. On the foregoing Families dredged in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, Canada, by Dr. Whiteaves. An example of the Spherodoride, viz. an Ephesia, offers certain differences from the ordinary British and northern form (not the southern), in so far as it presents a distinctly articulated tip to its bristles, which, besides, have an enlarged end of the shaft with an oblique continuation, as in the Syllide, the terminal piece, which tapers to a sharp point, being frequently lost. It thus presents a close resemblance to Ephesia antarctica *, MclI., from the Antarctic Circle, as first procured by the ‘Challenger,’ and more recently, described by Prof. Ehlers +, by the German exploring-ship ‘ Valdivia,’ though the bristle shows no spikes on the bevelled margin of the end of the shaft—a condition, however, which is very easily altered by friction. The Chloremide are well represented by good examples of Stylarioides plumosa, O. F. M., one of which had a para- sitic crustacean attached to a branchia, the elongated body like an ovisac projecting nearly as far as the tips of the branchiz. A variety dredged in considerable numbers in 125 fathoms off Cape Rosier Lighthouse has a comparatively smooth surface, for the papille are very minute and few or no foreign particles are adherent. This form has normal bristles and hooks, whereas another variety with the roughly papillose dorsal and ventral surfaces has longer and more slender ventral crotchets, whilst the dorsal bristles are also somewhat longer, and in this respect it agrees with a similar variety procured by H.M.S. ‘ Valorous.? Whether the soft reddish mud of the region favours this tendency to a smoother surface of the first-mentioned is unknown, but the condition is noteworthy. In one instance the body is quite pale throughout and has no trace of the fine reddish mud. Brada ” ae eee ‘ Challenger,’ p. 361, pl. xliv. fig. 5, and pl. xxii. 4. figs. 22 + ‘Die bodenassigen Anneliden, &c.’ p. 107, tab. xiv. figs. 7-13 (1908). le i ee Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 54L villosa, H. Rathke, likewise occurs, and an example about § of an inch in length is so free from sand that the papille are clearly visible on the pale yellowish-brown surface. This species shows considerable variety in external appear- ance, but the bristles and crotchets remain distinctive. The Trophonia arctica of Hansen does not appear to differ materially from this form. The only example of the Chetopteride is the widely distributed Sprochetopterus typicus of Sars, tubes of which occur in 96 fathoms in Trinity Bay, Saguenay County, as well as a fragmentary form at Station 4, 1872. 7. On the same Families dredged in Norwegian Waters and in Finmark by Canon Norman. The rich collections of Canon Norman from northern waters include examples of Stylariotdes plumosa, O. F. M., off Bergen, Christiania, and other localities, as well as from Finmark, but they are comparatively small in contrast with the British specimens, the finest of which occur between tide-marks. An abundant northern form is Stylartoides glauca, Malmgren, and one still more characteristic of Norwegian waters is Stylarioides flabellata, Sars, which is found in great beauty. From Finmark come Brada villosa, H. Rathke, Brada granulata, Malmgren, and another which differs from both. Average examples of Hlabelligera affinis, Sars, are not uncommon in the Norwegian Fjords. A species, Stylarioides hirsuta, Hansen, dredged at Stations 74 and 84 in Finmark in 1890, appears to correspond closely, so far as can be made out from the brief description and figures, with Zrophonia hirsuta of Hansen*. ‘The incomplete body is about half an inch in length, somewhat clavate in outline, and with 17 bristled segments. ‘I'he colour is dull yellowish or ochre, with the clavate papille of the first two segments of a reddish brown and forming two rings, whilst a little of the same pigment occurs on the next six or seven feet. The dorsal surface (Pl. XII. fig. 2) is clothed with remarkably long papillew, so as to be woolly, especially posteriorly. On the ventral surface the papillee are comparatively short, especially on the dilated anterior region. About 17 bristled segments are present. The first segment is marked by an ellipse of the reddish- brown papilla and certain much longer pale papille, as well as by the somewhat slender and short tufts of golden * Op, cit, p. 38, pl. vii. figs, 5-8, 542 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the bristles, which pass forward and slightly upward across each other in the preparation. They taper from the base to the hair-like tip, the former, however, showing a slight constric- tion near the skin, and they have very distinct and rather long articulations, the aspect being such as would be caused by a bevelled edge at each articulation. The ventral bristles (Pl. XII. a. fig. 7) are not half the length of the dorsal series, but they are considerably stiffer, with narrow segments at the slightly contracted base, and very distinct longer articu- lations beyond these. ‘They taper to an acute point with a faint hook, probably from the mode of preservation. The next six or seven feet have similar bristles both dorsally and ventrally, the former being directed for the most part upward and forward, the latter often outward and slightly backward. The narrower part of the body is especially hirsute from the long papille and the long bristles. The description and figures of Dr. Hansen agree in the main with the foregoing, though there may be some room for doubt. The brownish colour of the ventral bristles is not conspicuous. Marenzeller is doubtful whether S. hirsuta is not a variety of S. glauca, and both have four larger and four smaller branchiz. Stylarioides normant. A form (Pl. XII. fig. 3) distinguished by its compara- tively small size, nearly cylindrical body, short papille somewhat closely covering the dorsum, well-marked feet with papille and the ventral bristles of which are only a little shorter and stronger than the dorsal, comes from Station 49, 1890. The body is pale yellow, and under a lens its surface appears to be devoid of sand-grains, but very minute particles of sand and débris are seen under the microscope on the surface of both body and papille. The anterior end is slightly tapered, abruptly truncated anteriorly, and the edge papillose. ‘he bristles of the first series are of moderate length, slender, and pass nearly straight forward. The dorsal bristles of the third series also remain of considerable length and pass upward and forward. The ventral are shorter and stronger, and form a fan nearly trans- verse in direction. Behind the foregoing the dorsal bristles do not become shorter, whilst the ventral (Pl. XII. a. fig. 8) distinctly increase in length and are directed outward and slightly backward. The transverse articulations of the dorsal bristles are characteristically faint. The clavate papille of Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 543 the dorsal lobe are longer than those of the ventral. The ventral bristles are distinguished by their greater diameter, stiffness, and slightly deeper yellow as transparent objects. Their transverse articulations are much closer proximally than distally, and the tip is very slender. This may be a well-marked variety of the former. Another member of the family is Brada granulata, Malm- gren, from Finmark in 1890. This differs from B. villosa in its shorter form in proportion to its breadth, in the less developed bristles, the absence of the ventral papilla, and in the apparent absence of sand-grains, though under a micro- scope minute grains are numerous. ‘The body is somewhat fusiform, rather blunt at each end, especially anteriorly, the segments clearly outlined and dotted all over with pustule- like papille, the ventral not evidently differing from the dorsal surface in this respect. Segments 24, the first having the trifid pit anteriorly and the last a vertical fissure for the vent. The dorsal bristles are only visible after minute inspection, and they are pale, slender, and capillary, few in number, and with long joints. The first series is inconspicuous. On the other hand, the ventral division has a distinct setigerous process surrounded by a rosette of from seven to eight or more of the pustule-like papille. The ventral bristles are long and strong, minutely striated trans« versely, of a deep brownish colour, and ending in a pale yellow tip with a long curve and a hook-like curvature at the tip (Pl. XII. a. fig. 9). Brada normani. A form (Pl. XII. fig. 4) having the outline of Brada granulata with the anterior pit terminal and of a triradiate form, and with nearly the same number of segments, viz. 24, differs from it in having a surface quite as rough as in DB. villosa—that is, covered with coarse sandy papille. Posteriorly a dimple which extends to both dorsal and ventral edges has the anus in its middle. The papille along the line of the dorsal bristles are large, long, flattened, and conical, with an acute tip (PI. XII. fig. 5), and therefore of a type quite different from the papille usually seen in Stylarioides, Brada villosa, or B. granulata. They have an opaque granular and fibrous core, and it tapers in consonance with the outline of the process and ends in a median terminal strand which passes to the narrow and hollow as well as differentiated tip of the organ. Other and smaller twigs appear to branch into the hypoderm at the base of the narrow 544 Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory. terminal region. The translucent vacuolated hypoderm (or other tissue) surrounds this fibrous axis, and its strands occasionally give a quasi-pinnate aspect to the structure. Some of the papille have black pigment-grains scattered near the tip and thinly for some distance downward, but they do not seem to have any definite arrangement. Occasionally a short cylindrical mass is extruded at the tip, the distal end having a globular body within a sheath, and the basal having a central tubular connexion with the tip of the papilla. A thin cuticle envelops all, and it is thicker on the narrow terminal part of the papilla. The cylindrical tip is often truncated, the terminal fibres occasionally projecting beyond it. No other termination to the process has yet been observed, Sand-grains adhere to the bases and sides of these organs, the exact nature of which is still sub judice. Other papille of the ordinary clavate character and coated with sand-particles are also present on the general surface. The dorsal brisiles are few in number, some bundles con- sisting of two, inconspicuous and slender. They are pale delicate bristles, with closely arranged articulations at the base, somewhat irregular longer ones in the shaft, whilst the joints increase in length toward the finely tapered tip. These bristles are situated close to the ventral series and in the line of the acuminate papilla. The dark yellow ventral hooks (Pl. XII. a. fig. 10) are of great length and nearly of equal breadth to the commencement of the pale tip, and crossed by closely arranged strize which are slightly oblique. These disappear toward the translucent tip, which, as it narrows, bends backward, and then, with a bold forward curve, ends ina hook. The great length and linear arrangement of these organs must give them considerable power, especially when their own muscles and those of the remarkably muscular and tough body-wall are considered. ‘lhe setigerous lobes supporting the ventral bristles are much less distinct than in B. granulata, very few presenting the rosette-like arrange- ment of the papillee of that form, the ventral division generally being enveloped by the irregular lobate sandy masses pro- jecting from the surface. This does not seem to be the Brada inhabilis of H. Rathke. The question may be raised as to whether this form is not a variety of Brada granulata, Malmgren, but the approxi- mation of dorsal and ventral divisions of the foot and the structure of the tip of the ventral hooks, which in some are peculiarly attenuate, almost probe-like, distinguish it. Again, if the flattened papilla should, on further investigation, be found to be adventitious, then separation would be less necessary. On Bats from Yola, Northern Nigeria. 545 EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. PuatTE XII.* Fig. 1. Stylarioides flabellata, Sars, from the dorsal surface. Enlarged under a lens. Fig. 2. Stylarioides hirsuta, Hansen, viewed from the dorsal surface. Enlarged. Fig. 3. Stylarioides normani (an var. S. hirsuta ?), sp. n., viewed dorso- laterally, so as to show the length of the bristles. Enlarged under a lens. Fig. 4. Brada normant. Enlarged. Fig. 5. Peculiar papille (?) along the line of the dorsal bristles of the - foregoing, showing a central fibrillated core and a peculiarly modified tip. The base of a second papilla lies to the left of the figure. x 130 diam. PLATE XII. a. Fig. 1. Ventral bristle of Stylarioides fiabellata, Sars. x 350 diam. Fig. 2. Posterior hook of the same species. Similarly magnified. Fig. 3. Basal portion of dorsal bristle of Stylarioides sarsii. X 850 diam. Fig. 4. Ventral hooks of the fourth foot of the same form. Similarly magnified, Fig. 5. Posterior hooks (ventral) of the foregoing form. Similarly magnified, Fig. 6. Ventral bristles of the third series of Brada villosa, H. Rathke, var. X 380 diam, Fig. 7. Ventral bristle of Stylarioides hirsuta, Hansen. X 360 diam. 7 8. Ventral bristle of Stylarioides normant. x 90 diam. Fig. 9. Ventral hook of Brada granulata, Malmgren, x 350 diam. ig. 10, Ventral hook of Brada normani, an var. B. granulata (?). x 3850 diam, LXXIII.—On a@ Collection of Bats from Yola, Northern Nigeria, collected by Mr. G. W. Webster. By Guy DoLuMAN, B.A. Tue British Museum owes to the generosity of Mr. G. W. Webster a collection of bats from Northern Nigeria, and, being the first collection received from this region, it proves of very great interest. In addition to some extremely rare bats, it contains one new species, and there can be little doubt that when the Nigerian fauna is thoroughly worked out many other new forms will be discovered. 1. Hidolon helvum, Kerr. Me -8.- -Yola. 2. Hipposiderus caffer guineensis, K. And. 210, 12,13. Yola. These three specimens are all lighter in colour than any * T am indebted to the Carnegie Trust for figs, 1-4 in this Plate. 546 On Bats from Yola, Northern Nigeria. others in the collection ; but this is probably due to the fact that they are immature. 3. Lavia frons, E. Geoff. 9. 14,2. Yola. 4, Scoteinus schlieffeni albiventer, Thos. & Wrought. 2, 4%; Nels. It is interesting to find this bat so far west as Nigeria, the type specimen being described from Naikhala, Upper Egypt. 5. Scoteecus albofuscus, Thos. da ap: Mon: This is the first dry skin of S. albofuscus that the Museum has received; the other three specimens in the collection, including the type, are all preserved in spirit. 6. Cherephon webstert, sp. n. Pit, Lie Yok: Allied to C. gambianus, de Wint., but smaller and with more fully developed upper anterior premolars, measuring ‘7 mm. in height. In addition to these two Yola specimens, there are ten other Nigerian individuals in the collection which may be referred to this new species. The difference in size between this Nigerian species and the Gambian one is shown in the tabulated list of measurements given below :— Greatest ‘ . Length of Zygomatic Locality. ra shy length of breadth, skull, C. webstert. ‘iin Saat | irisie: Type, ad. 2 ..}| Yola, N. Nigeria. 845 15:4 94 imams 207. 9” i 34:5 No skjull. HAT Sato terachs Lagos, 8. Nigeria} 34:7 15:7 9°5 A PES Ee ae - % 34:5 158 97 Aid, Oo Nee Fes “ - 35'2 157 9°7 POG Ot odes Boussa, Nigeria. 36 15:9 10 Be; (Ong ee = §5 35°5 158 9°9 Type, ad. g¢ ..| Bathurst,Gambia) 39 16°7 11:2 Ad. 9 = | 40 ee aa ee eee | ” Geological Society. 547 Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :— Head and body 55:5 mm.; tail 24; hind foot 5°5 ; ear 12. Skull: greatest length 15:4; zygomatic breadth 9:4; length of upper cheek-teeth from front of second premolar to Jast molar 4:7. Hab. Yola, N. Nigeria. Type. Adult female. B.M.no. 8.10.6. 8. Collected 27th July, 1908. There is no doubt that this Nigerian form must be recog- nized as distinct from the Gambian species both on account of its smaller size and larger upper anterior premolars. I propose to call it Cherephon websteri, after the donor of the collection. PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. May 20th, 1908.—Prof. W. J. Sollas, LL.D., Sc.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. The following communication was read :— ‘On some Fossil Fishes discovered by Prof. Ennes de Souza in the Cretaceous Formation at Ilhéos, State of Bahia (Brazil).’ By Arthur Smith Woodward, LL.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., V.P.G.S. This paper proves that the Lower Cretaceous formation of Bahia extends along the coast, to a point at least 130 miles south of the area previously described. ‘The fish-remains are referable to new species of the genera Mawsonia, Lepidotus, and Scombroclupea. Mawsonia seems to have been scaleless, and differs from all known Jurassic and Cretaceous Celacanth fishes in lacking denticles on the fins. The Lepidotus closely resembles the European Wealden _ L. Mantelli in proportions, but is more strongly ornamented. The Scombroclupea is peculiar, in exhibiting only scales where the anal finlets usually occur. 548 INDEX to VOL. II. ABANA, characters of the new genus, 72. Abramis brama and Leuciscus ery- throphthalmus, on a hybrid be- tween, 162. Acanthomia, new species of, 442. Acanthorhodeus, new species of, 356. Achalinus, new species of, 222. Acrza, new species of, 471. Agamide, note on the, 523. Akodon, new species of, 497. Allocinopus, new species of, 344. Amberana, characters of the new genus, 313. Amblydisca, new species of, 69. Anchomenus, new species of, 346. Andersen, K., on new forms of Pte- ropus, 361; on two new species of Myonycteris, 450. Andrena, new species of, 328. Andronymus, new species of, 481. Anolis, new species of, 516. Anthophora, new species of, 323. Arachnida, new, 403. Arnback-Christie-Linde, Mrs. A., on bats from Formosa, 235. Aspongopus, new species of, 439. Atholus, new species of, 150. Atractaspis, new species of, 94. Atyloides, new species of, 33. Aucklandia, characters of the new genus, 3d. Aulacizes, new species of, 74. Austen, E. E., on new African phlebotomic diptera, 94, 274, 352. Awemba, characters of the new genus, 438. Azygophleps, new species of, 263. Barbus, new species of, 238, 492. Barilius, new species of, 357. Bather, F. A., on the genotype of Cidaris, 134. Batrachia from Northern Matabele- land, on, 218; new, 221, 515. Bees, descriptions and records of, 528 Belemnites, note on a new species of, 19, Bethune-Baker, G. T., on new Afri- can heterocera, 255, 469. Birds, new, 244. Books, new :—Food Habits of the Grosbeaks, 132; Birds that eat Scale-Insects, 1382; British Mu- seum Guide to the Exhibited Series of Insects and Guide to the Gallery of Fishes, 183; Wilson’s North-American Parasitic Cope- pods, 134; Thomson’s Heredity, 464; Pycraft's Book of Birds, 466; Casey’s Revision of the Tenebrionid Subfamily Contion- tine, 467; Houard’s Les Zoocé- cidies d’ Europe et du Bassin de la Méditerranée, 467. Boulenger, G. A., on two new fishes from West Africa, 29; on a new silurid fish from South Cameroon, 30; on a new genus of snakes from Brazil, 31; on a new newt, 32; on three new snakes from Africa, 93; on a new frog and a new snake from Formosa, 221; on new fishes from Lake Nyassa, 238; on a new snake from INDEX. Yunnan, 244; on new fishes from the Upper Zambesi, 492; on new batrachians and reptiles from Co- lombia, 515. Brachylabide, revision of the, 246, Brachylabis, new species of, 249. Brada, new species of, 543. Broun, Major T., on new New- Zealand coleoptera, 334, 405. Burr, M., revision of the Brachy- labidee, 246; revision of the Pygi- dicranins, 382. Callicebus, new species of, 88. Calyptapis florissantensis, remarks on, 324. Carbula, new species of, 437. Catarbelana, characters of the new genus, 265. Caura, new species of, 437. Celzenorrhinus, new species of, 478. Ceratrichia, new species of, 481. Cheerephon, new species of, 546, Cheetopteridee, notes on the family, 528, Chalinolobus gouldi, new subspecies of, 372. Char, revision of the Irish, 225, Charaxes, new species of, 449, 478. Chilotilapia, characters of the new genus, 243. Chlorzmidz, notes on the family, 528. Chubb, E. C., on batrachia and rep- tiles from Northern Matabeleland, 218; on a new rodent-mole from Rhodesia, 451. Cichlosoma, new species of, 223, 461. Cidaris, on the genotype of, 134, Cissites, note on the genus, 199. Cockerell, T. D, A., on fossil hister- ide from the tertiary strata, 160; descriptions and records of bees, 323. Coleoptera, new, 137, 334, 405. Colgan, N., revision of the genus Lomanotus, 205, 392. Coregonus, revision of the British and Irish species of, 482, Cranopygia, characters of the new genus, 389. Creatonotus, new species of, 262. Crick, G. C., on some jurassic mol- lusea from Arabia, 1. Crustacea, new, 33, 500. Ctenognathus, new species of, 349, 549 Cuon dukhunensis, on a case of ab- normal dentition in, 196. Cyornis, new species of, 245. Cystineura apicalis, new subspecies of, 180. Dalton, L. V., on the geology of Burma, 224. Dauphina, characters of the new genus, 314, Deistoyyna, new species of, 476, Dendrolagus, new species of, 452, Dicrana, characters of the new genus, 387. Dicrochile, new species of, 345. Diedrocephala, new species of, 59, Diestostemma, new species of, 81. Diglymma, new species of, 339. Dinara, new species of, 256. Dioxys, new species of, 329. Dipodillus campestris, new species of, 374. Diptera, new, 94, 274, 352, Dipus, new species of, 307. Distant, W. L., rhynchotal notes, 57, 809; on rhynchota from Ruwenzori, 436. Dollman, G., on bats from Yola, 545. Druce, H., on a new species of Charaxes from the Cameroons, 449, Dupontia, characters of the new subgenus, 428. Eliurus, new species of, 453. Eminaria, characters of the new genus, 262. Hrepta, notes on species of, 425, Euphedra, new species of, 472. Euphrictus, characters of the new genus, 403. Euryphene, new species of, 475. Euspondylus, new species of, 519. Farran, G. P., on the copepod genus Oithona, 498. Fishes, new, 29, 30, 222, 228, 238, 356, 358, 445, 455, 489, 492 ; fossil, from Ilhéos, 547. Forficularia, notes on the, 382. Fundulus, new species of, 29. Gahan, C. J., on the coleopterous genera Horia and Cissites, 199. Galeopterus, new species of, 308, Gambusia, new species of, 457. Geological Society, proceedings of the, 224, 547. Geophis, new species of, 522. Georychus, new species of, 451. sub- 246, Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. ii. 39 550 Godwin-Austen, Lt.-Col. H. H., on the animals of Mascarene land- mollusca belonging to the family Zonitidee, 422. Gomphodontia, on the dentition of the diastema in the, 576. Gomphognathus, new species of, 376. Gonometa, new species of, 259. Giinther, Dr. A., on Agamide and Iguanide, 523. -Gymnostomus, new species of, 358. Hematopota, new species of, 94, 274. Haplochilus, new species of, 30. Haplochromis, new species of, 241. Harington, Major H. H., on new birds from Upper Burma, 244. Hemiapterus, new species of, 312. Hemisalanx, new species of, 445, Henotesia, new species of, 470. Heteroptera, new, 437. Heteroscyllium, definition of the new generic name, 455. Hippocentrum, characters of the new genus, 352, Hirst, A. S., on a new type of stri- dulating-organ in mygalomorph spiders with the description of a new genus and species of the sub- order, 401. Hister, new species of, 146. Histeride, new, 137. Hololepta, new species of, 159. Holopterna, new species of, 440. Homoptera, new, 59, 309, 443. Horia, note on the genus, 199. Hyale, new species of, 37. Hyla, new species of, 515. Hylodes, new species of, 516. Hymenoptera, new, 120, 523. Hypoptophis, characters of the new genus, 93. Iguanide, note on the, 523. Tlhéos, fossil fishes from, 547. . Kaliella, new species of, 455. Kerivoula, new species of, 372. Kirkpatrick, R., on two new genera of recent pharetronid sponges, 503. Lelia, new species of, 261. Leiper, Dr. R. T., on preoccupied generic names of polychzt worms, 468. Lepidoptera, on the, collected by W. J. Burchell in Brazil, 165; new, 180, 255, 449, 469. Leptodactylus, new species of, 515. Lepyronia, new species of, 443, INDEX. Lenciscus erythrophthalmus and Abramis brama, on a hybrid be- tween, 162. Lewis, G., on new species of His- teridz, 137. Liobagrus, new species of, 360. Locris, new species of, 317. Lomanotus, revision of the genus, 205, 392. Lophopus, new species of, 264. sare es characters of the new genus, 433. M‘Intosh, Prof., on the stranding of an adult Mesoplodon bidens at St. Andrews, 524; onan abnormal plaice, 525; on Ort agoriscus mola, 527 ; notes on the families Bed ine Chloremidz, and Chetopteride, 528. Macrolister, new species of, 144. Mammals, new, 88, 92, 235, 301, 307, 361, 370, 375, 397, 450, 451, 452, 453, 491, 495, 496, 498, 546. Mareba, characters of the new genus, Mecodema, new species of, 335. Melissodes martini, new subspecies of, 331, Mendelius, characters of the new genus, 141, Merlia, characters of the new genus 510. : Merlin, characters of the new sub family, 510. Mesoplodon bidens, on the stranding of an adult female, at St. Andrews, 524, Metanastria, new species of, 258. Minchinella, characters of the new genus, 504. Molge, new species of, 32. Mollusca, on jurassic, from Arabia, 1; new, 8, 430. Moulton, J. C., on the lepidoptera rhopalocera collected by W. J. Burchell in Brazil, 165. Murina, new species of, 370. Mus, new species of, 374. Mycalesis, new species of, 469. Mygalomorph spiders, on a new type of stridulating-organ in, 401. Mygdonia, new species of, 441. Myonycteris, new species of, 450. Myotis, new species of, 235, Nautilus, note on a species of, 11. Nemachilus, new species of, 357. Nerinza, remarks on a species of, 9. INDEX. Newton, R. B., on some jurassic mollusea from Arabia, 1. Nomia, remarks on the genus, 353. Nucula cuneiformis, remarks on, 7. Nyctinomus, new species of, 373. Oithona, new species of, 500. Omalodes, new species of, 142. Oncometopia, new species of, 62. Oopterus, new species of, 341. Opsariichthys, new species of, 359. Orchestia aucklandiz, note on, 36. Oreosaurus, new species of, 521. Orthagoriscus mola, note on, 527, Orthoptera, new, 249, 386. Osica, new species of, 257. Osmia bruneri, discription of the male of, 330. Osmodes, new species of, 479. Pachycrvrus, new species of, 154. Pandaleodes, new species of, 480. Paradrallia, characters of the new genus, 255, Parallelodon egertonianus, remarks on, 5. Pararasbora, characters of the new genus, 360, Parasa, new species of, 257. Parasalanx, new species of, 446, Paratilapia, new species of, 239, 494. Parnara, new species of, 480. Patience, A., on Trichoniscoides al- bidus and 1, sarsi, 84. Perisphinctes, notes on species of, 14. Petalosoma, characters of the new genus, 458. Phelister, new species of, 155. Philotherma, new species of, 259, Phoxonotus, new species of, 160. Picrania, characters of the new genus, 380, Plaice, on an abnormal, 525. Planema, new species of, 471. Plecostomus, new species of, 358. Pocock, R. L., on a case of abnormal dentition in a dhole, 196. Peecilia, new species of, 459. Pecilotiphia, note on the genus, 131. Pogonomys, new species of, 495. Polychet worms, on preoccupied generic names of, 468. Polyzoa, new, 264. Prionodactylus, new species of, 518. Psammomys of the Nile delta, on the, 91. Pseudisolabis, characters of the new genus, 254, Pteropus, new species of, 361, 551 Pterostichus, new species of, 409. Ptyelus, new species of, 310, 443. Pyge, characters of the new genus, 390. Pygidicrana, new species of, 386. Pygidicranine, revision of the, 382. Regan, C. T., synopsis of the family Squalide, 49; on the hybrid be- tween the bream and the rudd, 162 ; on anew species of Cichlo- soma, 222; revision of the Irish char, 225 ; on new cyprinoid fishes from Yunnan, 356; on a new loricariid fish from Argentina, 358 ; on new fishes from Formosa, 358; synopsis of the subfamily Salangine, 444 ; on the systematic position of Stylophorus caudatus, 447 ; on a new generic name for an orectolobid shark, 454; on freshwater fishes from Costa Rica, 455. Reptiles, new, 31, 32, 98, 222, 244, 516 ; from Northern Matabeleland, on, 218; on the dentition of the diastema in some fossil, 376. Rhachidelus, new species of, 31. Rhacophorus, new species of, 221. Rhinolophus monoceros, description of the male of, 237. Rhodesana, characters of the new genus, 260. Rhynchotal notes, 57, 309, 436, Rousettus, new species of, 375, Saimiri, new species of, 90. Salangine, revision of the subfamily, 444, Salanx, new species of, 360. Salvelinus, new species of, 228, Sciuropterus, new species of, 304, Sciurus, new species of, 306, 397, 491. ——— finlaysoni, on the group, 393. steerli, on the squirrels de- scribed as, 498. Seeley, Prof. H.G., on the dentition of the diastema in some fossil reptiles, 576. Snofru, characters of the new genus, 340, Sollas, Miss I. B. J., on a new fresh- water polyzoon from 8S. Africa, 264. Spheerodoridx, notes on the family, 528. Sponges, new genera of recent pha- retronid, 503, 552 Squalide, synopsis of the family, 39 Stachyrhidopsis, new species of, 245. Stelis, new species of, 329. Stictoscarta, new species of, 68. Stridulating-organ, on a new type of, 401. Stylarioides, new species of, 542, Stylophorus caudatus, on the sys- tematic position of, 447. Symphalangus syndactylus, new sub- species of, 501. Synodontis, new species of, 30. Tabanide, new African, 94, 274, 552. Tachys, new species of, 421. Taragama, new species of, 258. ‘Tarastethus, new species of, 350. Teletusa, characters of the new genus, 78. Teretrius, new species of, 139. Tetragonopterus, new species of, 455. Tetralonia, new species of, 332. Thomas, O., on new Amazonian monkeys, 88; on the Psammomys of the Nile delta, 91; on the squirrel-genus Zetis, 156; on mam- mals from the Malay peninsula, 301; on anew jerboa from China, 307; on new bats and rodents, 370; on a new fruit-bat from Sierra Leone, 375; on a new tree-kangaroo from British New Guinea, 452; on a new species of Eliurus, 453; on a new Pogo- nomys, 495; on a new Akodon from Tierra del Fuego, 496; on INDEX. the squirrels described as Sciurus steerii, 498. Thosea, new species of, 257. Thrasops, new species of, 93. Tilapia, new species of, 241. Tiphia, new species of, 120. Tomocichla, characters of the new genus, 463. Tribalus, new species of, 150. Trichoniscoides albidus and T, sarsi, note on, 84, Trichosternus, new species of, 405. Triecphora, new species of, 315, Trochus, new species of, 8. j Tropidonotus, new species of, 244. Turner, R. E., on the hymenopterous genus Tiphia, 116. Urocichla, new species of, 246. Verhoeffia, characters of the new genus, 248, Walker, A. O., on amphipoda from the Auckland Islands, 33. Woodward, Dr. A. S., on fossil fishes from Ilhéos, 547. Wroughton, R. C., on the forms of squirrel hitherto classed under Se, finlaysoni, 393; on a new squirrel from Burmah, 491. Xenorhynchichthys, characters of the new genus, 461. Zeopeecilus, new species of, 408, Zetis, note on the squirrel-genus, 136. Zonitide, on the animals of Mas- carene land-mollusca belonging to the family, 422. Zyzzogeton, new species of, 84. END OF THE SECOND VOLUME. PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS5, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET. ls ee ea ee eee ee, ed Tide May Not. ist.S.8. YoU. PUM. tun. Mag.Not.Hist.8.8 Vou. PUM a. uv LS ie") SS re so i —— aaah orm <= > aS SS S543 Sa OFS EaRE GES Sy a Does aaa LTH ee ip ET TY ort aaa LTT Deep gee an SPADVENDNINOADNNUDAIBED DDD Se TnTAATNNGBEA TN a d.Geeen, lth. W.C.M. del. paing ioe 4 Ay Pitcher imp. Highley del et lth. Ann, & Mag.Nat Hist.S.8. Vol.Il PLXW. / tL ‘eta NTA ONA AAO VEE PTI NPA ARNE PSST NTR YR Re tar CRT OT a7 \ m = OFS 4 = SSSI ramet Sava DUCA OS ETON SO a Swern, ae ine ARR = SAT ea ST ao Hghley delet lith. Pitcher imp. | LIL. PLXV. & Vo iS. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. Highley deLet lith. itcher imp. Pn ew